Morphometric Parameters of Chick Embryos With Different Genotype

See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.
net/publication/333732421
MORPHOMETRIC PARAMETERS OF CHICK EMBRYOS WITH DIFFERENT

GENOTYPE
Conference Paper · April 2018
CITATION READS
1 100
1 author:
Ziad Alabdallah
Peoples' Friendship University of Russia
12 PUBLICATIONS 4 CITATIONS
SEE PROFILE
Some of the authors of this publication are also working on these related projects:
I will study the extent of the protein content in feed and its effect on the urinary system and its effect on the morphological, histological and biochemical changes in the
quail birds View project
All content following this page was uploaded by Ziad Alabdallah on 14 June 2019.
The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

INNOVATION
IN AGRICULTURE
CONFERENCE PAPERS
OF THE Х INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC
AND PRACTICAL CONFERENCE
Moscow, 26–28 April, 2018
Moscow
2018
УДК 631.1:338.43:504.03(063) Утверждено
ББК 4+65.32+20.18 РИС Ученого совета
И66 Российского университета
дружбы народов
General edition:
doctor in agricalture sciences, professor V.G. Plyushchikov,
PhD in Geodesy P.A. Dokukin
Editorial board:
doctor in veterinary sciences Yu.A. Vatnikov, prof. PhD in GIS I. Gitas (Greece),
prof. PhD in agricultural sciences D. Koveos (Greece), PhD in agricultural sciences E.V. Romanova,
PhD in technical sciences M.V. Kochneva, PhD in Biology E.A. Dovletyarova,
A.Sh. Gadzhikurbanov, V.K. Fomin, D.I. Parpura
Общая редакция:
доктор сельскохозяйственных наук, профессор В.Г. Плющиков,
кандидат технических наук, доцент П.А. Докукин
Редакционная коллегия:
доктор ветеринарных наук Ю.А. Ватников, PhD в ГИС И. Гитас (Греция),
PhD в сельском хозяйстве Д. Ковеос (Греция),
кандидат сельскохозяйственных наук Е.В. Романова,
кандидат технических наук М.В. Кочнева, кандидат биологических наук Э.А. Довлетярова,
А.Ш. Гаджикурбанов, В.К. Фомин, Д.И. Парпура
И66 Innovative in Agriculture : Conference Papers of the X International Scientific and Practical Con-
ference. Moscow, 26–28 April, 2018 / General edition by V.G. Plyushchikov, P.A. Dokukin. –
Moscow : RUDN University, 2018. – 239 р. : il.
И66 Инновационные процессы в сельском хозяйстве : сборник статей VIII Международной

научно-практической конференции. Москва, 26–28 апреля 2018 г. / под общ. ред. В.Г. Плю-
щикова, П.А. Докукина (на англ. языке). – Москва : РУДН, 2018. – 239 с. : ил.
ISBN 978-5-209-08849-3
The collection consists of articles on actual problems in agronomy, veterinary science, geodesy, land use
planning, zooengineering, landscape architecture, production and processing of agricultural production, economy
and ecology in agrarian sector.
Materials are intended for specialists of agrarian and industrial complex, teachers, research associates, post-
graduate students and students specialized in the agrarian, biological, ecological and economic directions.
The articles are published in author's translation with the minimum editorial editing.
В сборник включены статьи по актуальным проблемам агрономии, ветеринарии, геодезии, землеуст-

ройству и кадастрам, зооинженерии, ландшафтной архитектуры, производства и переработки сельскохозяй-
ственной продукции, экономики и экологии в аграрном секторе.
Материалы предназначены для специалистов АПК, преподавателей, научных сотрудников, аспиран-
тов и студентов аграрных, биологических, экологических и экономических направлений.
Статьи печатаются в авторском переводе с минимальной редакторской правкой.
ISBN 978-5-209-08849-3 УДК 631.1:338.43:504.03(063)

ББК 4+65.32+20.18
© Коллектив авторов, 2018

© Российский университет дружбы народов, 2018
X INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC AND PRACTICAL CONFERENCE «INNOVATION IN AGRICULTURE»
INTRODUCTION
Dear colleagues and friends!
The Agrarian Technological Institute (ATI) of the RUDN University annually holds the In-
ternational Conference on «Innovation in Agriculture». Each year the conference attracts many
agrarian specialists from different parts of the world. This year we received participants and papers
from 30 countries from almost all continents Europe, Asia, Africa, North and South America.
Our conferences are the right choice for agronomists, biologists, zooengineers, veterinarian
doctors, chemists, food quality specialists, standardization experts, environmental protection
specialists, landscape designers, land and cadastre specialists, agricultural economists and man-
agers and many others who are in a way connected with agribusiness.
Nowadays the universities of Russia enlarge their focus from being educational institution
to becoming an international educational-research center. Thus our RUDN University and in par-
ticular ATI made several purposes to achieve this goal: we created inter-faculties research scien-
tific center with latest world best equipment, developed and signed agreements on cooperation
with foreign partners including creation of double-degree programs, designed short-term train-
ings for improving qualification of specialists. These are core directions of development – join-
ing education, science and business.
At Institute the wide range of additional professional services is presented. The developed
infrastructure: from special courses for under-graduates to the Courses of additional professional
education with more than 70 special programs.
The high-tech innovative work at faculty is taking place in laboratories: the laboratories in
the field of clinical veterinary science: including ultrasonography installations, the digital roent-
genogram, computer tomography of animals, the endoscopic equipment for different types of
animals; the laboratories in the field of animal husbandry including genetic sequencing, the
PtsR-analysis; the laboratories in the field of an assessment of lands and the land registry: GNSS
positioning of agricultural units, automatic data collection, innovative methods of the analysis of
substances and materials, drawing up electronic cards; the laboratories in the field of standardi-
zation and certification: including innovative methods of research on determination of quality
and safety of food products, the histologic analysis; the laboratories in the field of landscape ar-
chitecture and design: workshops of landscaping design with the set of special programs for de-
sign and introduction in practice the design decisions.
At Institute the scientific and entrepreneurial creativity of students is widely developed –
3 small innovative enterprises (SIE) with participation of RUDN University and particular stu-
dents are working in the field of micro-propagation of plants; of assessment and agroexamination
of insured events; of veterinary services.
The annual scientific and practical conference «Innovation in Agriculture» unites talented
researchers from various countries. We are open for the whole world, we wait for reports and
articles in the field of innovations in the agrarian and industrial complex in any language.
I wish to conferees health, cheerfulness, innovative thinking and further creative achieve-
ments!
Director of the Agrarian Technological Institute,

dr. in ag. sc., prof. V.G. Plyushchikov
3
4
PLANT SCIENCE
ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY OF USING COMBINED PESTICIDES
IN THE SEED TREATMENT BY THE EXAMPLE
OF LLC «SOYUZ AGRO», REPUBLIC OF TATARSTAN
E. Semina
Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

8–2 Miklukho-Maklaya street, Moscow, 117198, Russian Federation
To prove the economic feasibility of an integrated approach for seed treatment with the use of a
fungicidal and insecticide seed dressing agent, while using the newest surface-active agent Silway in a
homogeneous mixture (tank mix). To demonstrate the high efficiency of the use of a three-component fun-
gicide for these purposes and a one-component insecticide, with a pronounced systemic translaminar ef-
fect. The result was a long-term protection of barley from pests and diseases, up to the phase of the flag
sheet. The economic analysis of the conducted undeniable proved a reliable increase in the yield, and
accordingly the correct choice of the seed protection scheme, as well as the possibility to exclude all sub-
sequent treatments of vegetating plants. The conducted studies showed not only a practical economic re-
sult, but also a high ecological component.
Key words: pesticides, seed treatment, fungicides, root rot, crop losses, grain, cereals.
Introduction. Many years of experience in the advanced grain-producing countries, as

well as the vast experience accumulated by our scientists, shows that only new innovative sys-
tems of growing crops are economically more profitable and environmentally safe (Zakharenko,
2013).
Economic instability, the severance of economic ties deepen the degree of risk and prob-
lems associated with making decisions in a risky agricultural production. Foreign economists
consider, that the main problem is not the management of risk situations, it is the management of
profit to be a priority. Risk assessments, especially in terms of reducing or preventing them are
more valuable (Zakharenko, 2013).
Currently, the most relevant and less studied in agriculture is the economic risk of crop
losses from factors associated with the activities of pests on agricultural crops. It arises in the
course of carrying out economic activities and is associated with the danger of potentially losing
resources, as well as inadequate income (Cecala, 2016).
Losses of grain yield in 25–30% when sowing on stubble progenitors due to intensive devel-
opment of root rot is quite common. However, many seed treatments do not provide full protection
and long-term protection of cereals. The reliability of protection is determined by economic indica-
tors in agriculture (Shpaar, 2000; Seed infection of crops of Syngenta, 2016).
Most of the active ingredients of treatment medicine belong to the group of triazoles and
imazolines, inhibitors of ergosterol biosynthesis. Many medicines contain only one active
ingridient (remember tebuconazole!), or a combination of two ingredients in one chemical class.
This provides a quite acceptable degree of protection from a certain «set» of fungal pathogens:
dusty, hard, rocky and dwarf firebrand, alternaria, powdery mildew and septoriosis (Dr. Prigge,
2004; Shpaar, 2000).
5
The conclusion is clear: it is necessary to pay special attention to the fight against root rot of
wheat. Root rot is a common name historically entrenched in a group of cereal diseases that effect
on the roots, the root part of the stem, the interstitial internodes, the tillering node. Not despite on
the similar symptoms, diseases are caused by various pathogens (Shiltsova, 2016).
The sowing material must be checked for varietal and sowing qualities, meet the require-
ments of GOST R 52325-2005 (admixture of cephalic formations not more than 0,002%, ergot
sclerosis – 0,5%, weed seeds not more than 70 pcs/kg; germination depending on the crop, in-
cluding freshly harvested seeds of winter crops planted in the harvest year, at least 85–87%) for
manufacturers of commercial products.
It is necessary to conduct phyto-test of seeds to determine the need for seed dressing and
selection of a preparation (Seed infection of crops of Syngenta, 2016).
It is very important in today's difficult economic situation to prevent the spread of fire-
brand. The firebrand must be destroyed only by 100% and only by systemic preparations. Highly
effective active ingredients against them are tebuconazole and cyproconazole (Burmistrov, 2015;
Prigge, 2004).
Fungi of the genus Fusarium and Helmintosporium are the cause root rot of cereals. They
are distinguished by a variety of kinds, which are adaptive to environmental conditions and exis-
tence with a lack of oxygen. It should be noted that fungi from the genus Fusarium produce my-
cotoxins, which are dangerous for humans and animals. Phytosanitary regulation of seeds is: 10–
15% of the infection with fungi of the genera helminthosporium and fusarium. Soil contamina-
tion with helminthosporium is above the threshold level (20–40 conidia in 1 g of soil for leached
black soil). Successful cope with them will help if treatment medicine contained tebuconazole
and azoxystrobin (Shiltsova, 2016; Shpaar, 2000).
Fungi of the genus Alternaria always populate seeds, it is the most numerous representative
of the microbiota of grain. They can accompany other pathogens and cause additional damage to
plants, produce dangerous for warm-blooded toxins, and may not be dangerous. A significant
biological effectiveness (87–89%) of medicine of systemic-contact action against fungi of the
genus Alternaria on the basis of such active ingredient as cyproconazole (Seed infection of crops
of Syngenta, 2016).
Some saprotrophyte microorganisms (molds) under certain conditions are able to go on
parasitizing and partially or completely destroy the grain, changing its physical properties and
chemical composition. This is reflected in the sowing qualities, as the germination decreases.
There are often cases when seeds with high viability (94–96%) have low germination capacity –
76–78%, the reason for this is largely contamination with molds. Good effectiveness against
them was shown by medicine with azoxystrobin (Seed infection of crops of Syngenta, 2016).
There are dangerous types of bacteria on the grain: Pseudomonas syringae pv. atrofaciens –
causative agent of basal bacteriosis of cereals and Xanthomonas campestris pv. translucens –
causative agent of black bacteriosis of wheat. There has been an increase in bacterial infection of
seeds in recent years. Effective protection against these pathogens is azoxystrobin (Shpaar, 2000;
Seed infection of crops of Syngenta, 2016).
The modern Russian market offers a wide range of fungicidal medicine for seed treatment.
It is important for the agronomist to remember the fungicidal turnover and the quality of the ap-
plied plant protection products. A good solution is the use of multicomponent medicine contain-
ing 2, 3 active ingredients.
Principles of choice of treatments:
– study of the spectrum of action on harmful organisms is mandatory;
– analysis of the expected damage of seeds based on phyto-test;
– accounting for the specificity of the variety and the potential susceptibility to disease;
– correction to the soil and climatic conditions of the cultivation zone;
– ratio of price and expected economic efficiency.
6
A competently chosen fungicide for seed treatment will allow you to fully control the pro-
tection of crops from snow mold, damping, seed and soil infection, root rot (Zakharenko, 2013;
Zakharenko, 2014).
It is important to know that the infection formed in the autumn-spring period will lead to
further infection of the upper leaves and ear in the summer.
Another step in improving the chemical method of plant protection was the creation of medi-
cine for the seed treatment with a multitude of biological activities – insect fungicides, designed to
combat the complex of pests and plant diseases. As complex medicine were used: Celest Top 1,2 l/t
(thiomethoxam + difenoconazole + fludioxanil) and Scenic Combi 1,3 l/t (clotianidin + prothio-
conazole + fluoxastrobin + tebuconazole) (Seed infection of crops of Syngenta, 2016).
Their use on spring wheat provided high biological efficiency in the control of cereal fleas
(82–79%), and good efficacy on barley (78–77%). In addition, the fungicidal effect of the tested
medicine was evaluated. Insect fungicide allowed reducing the development of root rot of Fusa-
rium-Helminthosporium etiology. Due to bilateral protection of seeds, the medicine provided an
increase in productivity by 10% for barley and 21–27% for spring wheat (Dr. Prigge, 2004).
In evaluating the economic effectiveness of insect fungicides on spring wheat, there was an
increase in profit by 2400–3700 rubles/ha (profitability 73–82%). When using mixtures, profit
increased relative to control at 3600–4200 rubles /ha, profitability was 81–89% (Zakharenko,
2014).
It is known that multicomponent disinfectants based on several active substances with fun-
gicidal activity and the addition of insecticides to protectants become an integral part of the tech-
nology of growing cereals (Shpaar, 2000).
These preparations provide reliable and long-term protection of cereal crops irrespective of
weather conditions, well preserved – on seeds have a translaminar effect.
In fact, the translaminar effect is an «intermediate link» between the contact action, when
the substance shows its properties only on the surface of the plant, and systemic when it pene-
trates and moves along the vascular system. Many pesticides have similar properties. The ability
to use medicine with trans-laminar activity is especially important in controlling pests in hard-to-
reach parts of the plant (aphids, gall-flies) and damaging leaf blades (Seed infection of crops of
Syngenta, 2016).
To prove these facts, we conducted practical studies in 2017 in the Republic of Tatarstan,
on the basis of LLC «Soyuz-Agro», production tests were carried out on new innovative grain
protectants in a mixture of Silway silicon-surfactant, in the RPK Prikamsky Division.
Methodological and information base.
Location: Sheremetyevka settlement, Nizhnekamsk district.
Object of the test: Spring barley. Variety: Raushan. Reproduction: The Super Elite.
The amount of etching is 20 t. Date of processing on April 12, 2017.
The seed dresser PS-10 was used with a productivity of 10 t/h.
Control variant-seed treatment Kinto Duo (BASF) 1,5 l/t.
Pesticides for etching and dosing TriAgro, FS – 0,2 l/t and Clotyanidine Pro, FS – 0,5 l/t,
and Silway – 2,5 ml/10 l of water.
TriAgro, KS – a combined preparation, is issued as a grain protector and fungicide for ce-
reals. Active substance: azoxystrobin 100 g/l + tebuconazole 120 g/l + cyproconazole 40g/l.
Each of the presented components is an effective fungicide and advantageously complements
each other (Shiltsova, 2016).
The combination of these components in one medicine can effectively combat not only the
fungal and bacterial infections of the grain, but also can solve the problem of stress factors such
as drought, unfavorable conditions of overwintering and others.
Clotanidine PRO is a highly effective systemic insecticide for presowing seed treatment of
cereals. The active ingredient is clotianidine, it has pronounced systemic properties. After sow-
7
ing the crops, the insecticide acts in two directions: it creates a protective area around the seed,
protecting it from soil-borne pests and penetrates into the plant itself, and then, as it grows, pro-
vides a long protective effect of the shoots.
New surfactant Silway – trisiloxanacylate, 100% organosilicon surfactant, a new genera-
tion of wetting agent for increasing the effectiveness and stability of plant protection products
and fertilizers (Shiltsova, 2016).
It is used to improve wetting and increase the surface area of the sprayed surface with a
working solution. Used in tank mixtures with herbicides (including soil), fungicides, insecticides,
acaricides, plant growth regulators and fertilizers for foliar dressing. Silway is especially neces-
sary for treatment with contact insecticides and fungicides, such as a complete covering of the
plant surface is very important for them, if there is wax layer or pubescent surface on the surface
of the culture.
Silway operates by means of an extraordinary reduction in the surface tension of aqueous
solutions, which improves the spread of the working fluid on the plant surface. Silway's mole-
cule has a hydrophobic part (insoluble in water) based on siloxane and a hydrophilic part (water-
soluble) based on polyoxyethylene (Shiltsova, 2016).
The vegetation index of crops in Tatarstan was twice lower than in 2016 due to a cold
weather and soil moisture. This is stated in the analysis of the National Union of Agricultural
Insurance (NUAI). Space monitoring of winter crops was carried out on the territory of Tatarstan
on May 10–11. «Coldness affected the development of cultures: how well it started at the same
time last year, just as bad plants are developing now», – said the president of the NUAI Korney
Bijdov.
Before the beginning of the work, the act of phyto-test of seeds was confirmed, this con-
firms the correctness of the choice of the pesticide. From the act it is clear that the main causa-
tive agent found on seeds is helminthosporium., The stock of soil infection and pests is large
enough when it is zero tillage technology (Shiltsova, 2016).
The barley was sowing: The sowing time: 04.04.2017. The seeding complex: Jondir. The
depth of seeding: 4–5 cm. Seeding rate: 224 kg/ha. The area of sowing is 89 hectares. Field
number is 02-007. The predecessor is winter wheat. Test of seedlings of dug plants shows that
there are significant differences between plants that are processed by the composition proposed
by LLC «Agrochim–XXI» and processed in a control variant.
Harvesting showed that the yield on the control version was 39 c/ha, and on the experimen-
tal version – 46 c/ha. The increment of harvest per hectare was 7 c – 3,850 rubles (at prices ap-
proved by the Ministry of Agriculture and Food of the Republic of Tatarstan for 2017).
Results and discussion. On barley, in accordance with the issued certificates, the yield in-
crease was 7 c/ha or, in terms of current prices, 3850 rubles/ha. The area of sowing with etched
seeds is 89 hectares, the value of the saved crop in money terms was 342 650 (three hundred
forty two thousand six hundred and fifty) rubles. The cost of pesticides for processing seeds
(25 tons), respectively, amounted to 31,750 (Thirty-one thousand seven hundred and fifty) ru-
bles.
Thus, the cost of purchasing grain protectants has paid off more than 10 times.
As a result of experiments, the following conclusions can be drawn:
– correctly chosen strategy of seed treatment allowed to exclude losses from such risk fac-
tors as pests and diseases during sprouting up to the flag sheet;
– with yields of up to 50 centners per hectare, the use of insecticides and fungicides was
not economically viable;
– the use of complex pesticides on cereals not only allows saving material resources, but
also to ensure the ecological character of growing grain crops.
Thus, on the basis of specific industrial studies those identify reasonability of using for
seed treatment of cereal crops a complex of drugs with a long protective effect.
8
Protecting the sprout at the first stages of its development from diseases through presowing
seed dressing has made it possible to obtain a dense and healthy stem plant – the main and deci-
sive factor of the planned yield.
Seed treatment is the most economical and ecological method of protecting plants against
diseases.
The fungi of the genus Fusarium and Helmintosporium found in the phyto-examination of
barley seeds, and could be the reason for crop losses from root rot, were completely controlled,
contained in TriAgro tebuconazole and azoxystrobin. As a result of the use of TriAgro in seed
treatment, this risk factor was completely ruled out (Agrarian Stavropol, 2017).
As a result of the fact that the test seed TriAgro seed treatment contains cyproconazole, it
was possible to control the fungi of the genus Alternaria, which populate the seeds always, since
they are the most numerous representatives of the microbiota of the grain to (87–89%). The dan-
ger of these fungi is that they can accompany other pathogens and cause additional damage to
plants, produce toxins that are dangerous to warm-blooded animals, and may not be dangerous.
On seeds treated with TriAgro there were also dangerous types of bacteria: Pseudomonas
syringae pv. atrofaciens – causative agent of basal bacteriosis of cereals and Xanthomonas
campestris pv. translucens – causative agent of black bacteriosis of wheat. Azoxystrobin served
as an effective protection against these pathogens.
The calculations of fusarium and helminthosporium rots were carried out at 13–21; 59–69
and 80 phases according to Tsadoks in accordance with the methodical recommendations.
Orophobial, cercosporellar and rhizoctoniosal root and basal rot were taken into account in
the phase of earing – milk ripeness (59–71 phases according to Tsadoks).
The use of an insecticidal system preservative made it possible to completely protect bar-
ley plants not only from soil-borne insects and grass flies, but also secretly feeding thrips and
cereal aphids.
The results of the study of the proposed mixture of seed treatment showed its high eco-
nomic efficiency in protecting against the negative impact of risk factors for crop losses from
pests and diseases, and also proved the prospects of development of this direction as an impor-
tant element of the integrated plant protection system.
LITERATURE
1. Agrarian Stavropol. – 21.07.2017. – № 27.

2. Burmistrov A.N., Shibalin E.N. How to avoid mistakes in the pre-sowing treatment of grain seeds //
Agrovestnik. – 2015. – № 7.
3. Cecala A., Zargaryan N.Yu., Nemchenko V.V., Tsybysheva M.Yu., Melnikov V.P. Treatment of
grain // Fields of Russia. – 2016. – № 2 (135).
4. Dr. Prigge, Dr. Gerhard, Dr. I. Habermayer, BASF «Fungal diseases of grain crops» / ed. by
prof. Yu. Straykova. – M., 2004. – Р. 16–67.
5. GOST 12044-93. Seeds of agricultural crops. Methods for the determination of infestation of
diseases. – M.: Standardform, 2011. – Р. 164–165.
6. Shiltsova M.A. Preventive measures – taking care of the future harvest // Protection and quaran-
tine of plants. – 2016. – № 3. – Р. 40–41.
7. Methodical instructions on carrying out production demonstration tests of means and methods of
protection of crops against diseases // Protection and quarantine of plants. – 2004. – Supplement to № 3,
RAAS.
8. Methodology of experimental and demonstration activities in crop production. Methodical rec-
ommendation / The Ministry of agriculture of the Russian Federation. – M., 2016.
9. Seed infection of crops of Syngenta // Grain. – 08.09.2016.
10. Shiltsova M.A. Agrochim XXI-strategy of crop protection // Sugar beet: Scientific and practical
magazine. – 2016. – № 3. – Р. 14–16.
9
11. Shiltsova M.A. Components of the future harvest // Protection and quarantine. – 2016. – № 2. –
Р. 16–19.
12. Shpaar D. N., Grib S., Elmer M. Cereals. – 2000. – Р. 200–250.
13. Zakharenko V.A. Potential phytosanitary and its implementation based on the use of pesticides
in the integrated management of phytosanitary condition of agroecosystems Russia // Agrokhimiya. –
2013. –№ 7. – Р. 3–155.
14. Zakharenko V.A., Vasyutin A.S. Phytosanitary risks in grain production // Protection and Quar-
antine. – 2014. – № 7. – Р. 3–7.
INFLUENCE OF BIOLOGICAL PREPARATIONS

ON THE PRODUCTIVITY OF POTATOES IN ARID CONDITIONS
IN THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION
Y. Mizrukhin

Potato is one of the most important food crops in the world. Due to the high plasticity and
ability to grow on different types of soils, potato is cultivated everywhere. Russia ranks third in
the world in the potato production.
However, in arid conditions during spring plantings of potatoes it is not always possible to
obtain a high and qualitative yield, since the period of tuber formation coincides with the rise of
air temperature to 35 °C and higher, which often causes the ecological degeneration of tubers.
One of the effective ways to resolve this problem can be using microbiological preparations
which help increase the potato yield and improve the biological activity of the soil. The purpose of
our research is to study the effect of treatments with biological preparations on potato productivity in
Kastanozems soils of the arid zone of the Astrakhan region, which is located in the south of Russia.
Methods. The set tasks was carried out by setting up field experiments on the fields of the re-
search institute PNIIAZ in the Astrakhan region. For this purpose, we selected 7 varieties of potatoes
on drip irrigation, 2 microbiological fertilizers Baikal Em-1 and Extrasol. Extrasol is a liquid form of
a strain of rhizosphere, nitrogen-fixing bacteria Bacillus subtilus. Baikal Em-1 also contains mixture
of nitrogen-fixing, Photosynthetic, Lactic Acid Bacteria and Actinomycetes.
The treatments were carried out according to the following scheme:
1) pre-plant treatment of tubers;
2) on vegetating plants in the seedling stage – the beginning of budding;
3) in the budding-flowering stage. On our experimental field were light Kastanozems soils,
loamy (with a low-power humus horizon (0,2–0,25 m)) and low humus level – 1,1–1,2%.
Results. During our study, it was found that treatment potato varieties with Baikal Em-1
reduced the vegetation period on the average by 2 days, with Extrasol by 4 days. The height of
plants, depending on the varieties, exceeded the control by an average of 0,4–0,20 m, treatment
with Extrasol – 0,5–0,25 m. In all varieties treated with Extrasol, the weight of green vegetative
mass exceeded the control from 40 to 339 g, which indicates a high growth-stimulating activity
because of preparation. Baikal Em-1 promoted an increase in the weight of green vegetative
mass on average by 40–230 g. Thus, according to biometric indicators, on average during the
years of research, the most significant effect on potato varieties was provided by Extrasol, which
promoted the rapid growth of plants and the accumulation of a larger mass of leaves, an average
of 45% in all indices. Baikal Em-1 also had a growth-stimulating effect on potato plants, but to a
lesser extent, on average 13,4% for growth and 27,3% for accumulation of vegetative mass.
10
The yield of our potatoes can be seen in the table. For yields, the indicators were slightly
different both in varieties and in treatments. Over the years of study, six of the seven varieties
(Ilyinsky, Nevsky, Resurs, Sokolsky, Zhukovsky ranniy, Red Scarlett) showed higher yields than
on control, when treated with Extrasol. The yield increase was 3,0 to 9,8 t/ha. Variety called Ef-
fect treated with Baikal Em-1, showed an increase in yield of 9,6 t/ha.
Table 1
Influence of biological preparations on productivity of potatoes (2013–2016)
Productivity Yield Deviation Marketable yield

Variety Variant of one plant % to from control, % of total
t/ha t/ha
pcs g control t/ha yield
Control 7,9 535,4 32,1 – – 25,1 78
Ilyinsky Baikal-Em 1 8,9 674,2 40,5 126 8,3 36,0 89
Extrasol 9,2 689,5 41,4 129 9,2 37,2 90
Control 9,1 621,4 37,3 – – 30,6 82
Nevsky Baikal-Em 1 8,2 665,4 39,9 107 2,6 34,3 86
Extrasol 8,1 674,2 40,5 108 3,2 36,0 89
Control 7,1 510,5 30,6 – – 23,6 77
Effect Baikal-Em 1 8,1 669,8 40,2 131 9,6 32,2 80
Extrasol 7,9 602,5 36,2 118 5,5 29,6 82
Control 11,6 902,3 54,1 – – 41,1 76
Resurs Baikal-Em 1 11,4 935,4 56,1 104 2,0 44,9 80
Extrasol 11,2 952,7 57,2 106 3,0 50,3 88
Control 8,1 485,4 29,1 – – 18,1 62
Sokolsky Baikal-Em 1 8,2 602,5 36,2 124 7,0 25,3 70
Extrasol 9,2 631,2 37,9 130 8,7 28,8 76
Control 7,5 589,1 35,3 – – 29,7 84
Zhukovsky
Baikal-Em 1 6,3 654,8 39,3 111 3,9 35,4 90
ranniy
Extrasol 6,8 694,5 41,7 118 6,3 38,3 92
Control 6,5 501,5 30,1 – – 27,1 90
Red Scarlett Baikal-Em 1 5,1 579,5 34,8 116 4,7 32,3 93
Extrasol 6,3 665,3 39,9 133 9,8 37,5 94
Our study shows that in the arid conditions (Astrakhan region) on light Kastanozems soils,
the use of biological preparations affects different varieties of potatoes unequally, but in general,
helps to get higher yields of better quality. These results can be used to cultivate potato not only
in Russia, but also in regions with similar conditions all over the world.
LITERATURE
1. Armor B.A. Methodology of field experience with the basics of statistical processing of research
results. – M.: Agropromizdat, 1985. – 351 р.
2. Kevesh A.L., Bashkatov B.I., Goncharov A.N., etc. Russia and the countries of the world /
Rosstat. – M., 2010. – 372 c.
3. Prospects in the field of food // FAO. – 2010. – № 6. – 21 s.
4. Simakov E.A., Anisimov B.V., Elanskiy S.N., etc. Potato cultivars cultivated in Russia: 2010. –
M.: Agrospas, 2010. – 128 p.
5. Surinov A.E., Baranov E.F., Bugakova N.S. Russia 2012: Stat. directory / R76 Rosstat. – M.,
2012. – 59 c.
6. Tumanyan A.F., Tyutyuma N.V., Shcherbakova N.A. Water consumption of potatoes with drip ir-
rigation method depending on commodity productivity of varieties // Theoretical and Applied Problems
of the Agro-Industrial Complex. – 2012. – № 3 (12). – C. 34–37.
11
TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION IN ORGANIC AGRICULTURE
B. Kalunga

The term Organic Agriculture according to the international forum for of organic movement
(IFOAM) is defined as a production system which sustains the health of soils, ecosystems and people. In-
novation is the implementation of a new or significantly improved product (good or service), a new mar-
keting method or a new organisational method in business practise, workplace organisation or external
relations. The major principles of organic farming are based on its reliance on ecological processes, bio-
diversity and cycles adapted to local conditions, rather than the use of inputs with adverse effects. Or-
ganic Agriculture combines tradition, innovation and science to benefit the shared environment and pro-
mote fair relationships and a good quality of life for all involved.
Key words: technological innovation, organic agriculture, innovation.
Introduction. Organic Agriculture according to the international forum for organic

movement (IFOAM) is defined as a production system which sustains the health of soils, ecosys-
tems and people. The major principle of organic farming lies on its reliance on ecological proc-
esses, biodiversity and cycles adapted to local conditions, rather than the use of inputs with ad-
verse effects. Organic Agriculture combines tradition, innovation and science to benefit the
shared environment and promote fair relationships and a good quality of life for all involved
(http://unctad.org…).
Innovation and Organic Farming. The agriculture sector in general and the food sector is
faced with problems of food security, soil fertility, low crop yields and climate change which has
become an alarming problem globally. A renewed approach on technology and innovations is the
only instrument of combating these challenges. On the other hand, the organic agriculture as a
sector and just like any other sector need to remain competitive and influential on the market. To
achieve this goal there is an urgent need of implementing technological innovation to meet the
need of consumers and increase its share in agricultural sector (Padel, 2015; Tereso, Abrahão,
Gemma, 2012; http://unctad.org…).
There are ample researches on economical, information market gaps in organic farming
comparing to technological gap. The technology being used by organic farming was initially
meant for conventional agriculture and its adapting in organic farming normally creates difficul-
ties as it lacks ecological and healthy elements that are only embraced by organic farming.
Role of innovation in Organic Farming. In organic farming the technological innova-
tions are aimed at enabling competitive advantage and allow higher labour productivity. These
innovations occur in forms production process, marketing and organization.
Therefore, innovation technology in organic farming is understood as the inclusion of
modern technological techniques in organic farming in harmony with the three basic principles
of organic farming (Ecological principle, biological principle and healthy principle) to minimise
the cost of production with increased crop yield.
Innovation encompasses products, processes and new business activities or organizational
models. Technological innovation ascribes creating human related products such as tools,
equipment or machine; technical processes and organizational processes which advantageous
over traditional practices
However, the most important fact to note is that organic farming with its strictest rules on
production system it has proved by many stakeholders as the only took it to solve the question of
12
food security. It has developed its own market, it links traditional farmers with scientific re-
searchers thereby enhancing increased crop yield with high economic efficiency (Padel, 2015;
Tereso, Abrahão, Gemma, 2012; http://unctad.org…).
Elements of technological innovation in Organic farming. The elements of Innovation
in organic farming includes the following aspects.
Product innovation: market introduction of new products or services. This aspect in or-
ganic farming involves the introduction of modern machinery, equipment, tools and instruments
adopted to simplify the workload in production process and in post-harvest (Symposium on Hu-
man Factors, 2008; Tereso, Abrahão, Gemma, 2012).
Marketing innovation: adoption of new marketing methods, involving significant im-
provements in product design or packaging, pricing, distribution and promotion. This involves
product branding, product promotion and ensuring that product sold on market meet the re-
quirements of organic products stipulated by the main leading organization in certifying and con-
trolling the qualities of organic farming (Tereso, Abrahão, Gemma, 2012).
Process innovation: adoption of new processes or logistics of goods or services. In organic
agriculture it corresponds to adaptive processes of the cultivars, the techniques used to deal with
natural resources, production and property, and the strategies used to control biological agents
that compete with the production such as fungi, insects, plants (Symposium on Human Factors,
2008; Padel, 2015).
Organizational innovation: the implementation of new organizational methods in the
company's business practices, in the workplace organization or in the external relations. The or-
ganizational innovation is one is one of the outstanding examples of technological innovation in
organic farming (Symposium on Human Factors…, 2008; Padel, 2015).
Today organic farmers, processors, exporters and importers are represented by different
organization local and international which oversees all organic activities globally. Example of
such organization are AfroNet, EU, IFOAL, etc. (The world of Organic Agriculture…, 2018).
Conclusion. Despite the successfully modern history of organic farming there is need of
covering the research gap and introduce the use of modern technology in organic farming. How-
ever, there has been a wide financial gap. To contain this problem the organic farming sector,
need urgent financial support. Governments in respective countries, local and international
stakeholder should work together to support organic farmers (The world of Organic Agricul-
ture…, 2018; http://unctad.org/en…).
Organic farmers have little technology in the form of products (machinery, equipment and
tools). The main innovations that enable competitive advantage or allow higher labour productiv-
ity to occur is in the form of processes, organization and marketing (http://unctad.org/en…).
LITERATURE
1. Symposium on Human Factors in Organizational Design and Management // ODAM–2008,

Guarujá. – SP. Proceedings… Santa Monica. – CA, USA: IEA Press, feb., 2008. – Vol. 1. – P. 297–305.
2. Padel S. Technology and innovation in Organic Farming: Experience from the SOLID project
and TP organics, 2015. – URL: http://www.ifstal.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2015/09/1.2-IFSTAL-
symposium-Susanne-Padel.pdf
3. Tereso M.J.A.A., Abrahão R.F.A., Gemma S.F.B. Work and technological innovation in organic
agriculture // Work 41. – 2012. – Р. 4975–4978.
4. The world of Organic Agriculture, FiBL, IFOAM – Organics international, 2018. – P. 73, 75.
5. URL: http://unctad.org/en/pages/newsdetails.aspx?OriginalVersionID = 131.
13
INOCULATION OF SOYBEAN SEEDS WITH RIZOTORFIN

AS A WAY TO INCREASE SYMBIOTIC NITROGEN FIXATION
AND THE YIELD OF THIS CROP IN THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS
Y.V. Tsvetkova, M.U. Liashko

The lack of protein in animal feed rations in Belarus and the growth of soybean meal im-
ports as a result, emphasize the relevance to increase production of protein nitrogen for livestock
needs on the territory of republic. This can be solved by increasing the bioavailability of agricul-
ture, which is achieved by increasing the proportion of legumes in crop rotations particularly
soybeans and improving the efficiency of symbiotic nitrogen fixation.
Soybean is an introduced culture for Belarus. Therefore, adaptation of new cultivars of lo-
cal and foreign selection is a topical issue in this country. The criterions can be based on assess-
ment both on productivity of beans and on the value of the nitrogen which is biologically fixed
by symbiotic nodule bacteria.
In 2017 the evaluation of four cultivars of soybean of local and foreign breeding (Table 1)
was carried out on experimental fields of Nesvizhskaya State crop testing station in Minsk Re-
gion.
Table 1
Effect of inoculation on the yield of soybean cultivars
Yield of pods, t/ha

Cultivar Excess of yield,%
Without inoculation Rizotorfin inoculation
Pripyat (experimental check) 3,10 4,11 33
Gallyok 3,26 4,53 39
Slavanka 2,94 5,11 74
Sobrini 3,97 4,64 17
Average
3, 318 4,598 39
LSD05 = 0,49 т/га
Test plot soil is sod-podzolic light loamy, subacid (pHKCl 5,5–6,0), humus content is 2,71%,
the content of exchangeable potassium is 400 mg/kg and labile phosphorus is 299 mg/kg of the soil.
Planting was wide-row, spacing in rows – 45 cm. The distance between plants in row – 10 cm.
Hand planting was carried out germinated seeds to a depth of 2–3 cm. Seed application rate
amounted to 222 000 seeds per 1 hectare. The Rizotorfin seeds variant were treated on the day of
planting. The area of one registration plot – 14,4 m2. The distance between variants was 10 m to
avoid accidental inoculation of the control group. The experiment had four replicates, the location of
the plots is randomized. Comparison of the yield of tested varieties in 2017 is shown in the table 1.
According to the preliminary results from the analysis of the data, it was concluded that the
application bacterial fertilizer on soybean seed showed a significant positive effect on increasing the
yield in all varieties, increasing the share of biological nitrogen and different reactions of varieties to
inoculation. Due to improved nitrogen nutrition of soybean plants on plots with Rizotorfin applica-
tion the number of pods and grain content increased. Based on the results of the crop structure analy-
sis, a strong correlation was established between the yield and the number of pods in the plants and
between the yield and the grain content in both variants. Correlation indexes were r = 0,82 and
r = 0,88, respectively, in inoculation variant and seed-free variant – r = 0,87 and r = 0,88.
14
THE PREDICTIVE MODEL

FOR THE NITROGEN SUPPLY ESTIMATION
OF AGRICULTURAL PLANTS
A.V. Vvedenskaya1, M.S. Gins2, A.M. Khorokhorov1, V.V. Vvedenskiy2,

A.F. Peliy2, A. Diop2, E.S. Borodina3, V.E. Ulyumdzhieva2,
A.Sh. Gadzhikurbanov2, E.A. Notina2
1
Radioelectronics and Laser Technology Research Institute
of the Bauman Moscow State Technical University
2
3
Institute of Agronomy and Biotechnology RSAU – MTAA named after K.A. Timiryazev
The article deals with the description of the creating method for a predictive model of the nitrogen
supply and the comparison of the obtained predictive models based on different vegetative indices. The
predictive models for plants of the «Protva» bean species of Russian selection at various concentrations
of total nitrogen in the soil are presented in the article. All models were obtained on the basis of com-
parative analysis of various vegetative indices. The authors propose to use the obtained predictive model
for determining current concentration of nitrogen in the soil. Such information can be used for creating
soil maps of a field with a high spatial resolution, which are successfully used to apply fertilizers in pre-
cision farming systems and can significantly improve productivity and yield.
Key words: predictive model, spectral method, vegetative index, agricultural plants, remote sens-
ing, nitrogen.
Introduction. Timely and reliable monitoring of mineral substances composition in the

soil is an integral element of the modern cultivating system of agricultural fields (Way and Long,
2015). The optimal concentration of nitrogen in the soil It is known to be one of the key parame-
ters for optimal plant development (Budagovsky, 2009). The spectral method appears to be a fast
way of determining the amount of a nutrient in the soil (Yang et al., 2015).
The quantitative evaluation of nitrogen in the soil is based on the obtained spectral data of
agricultural plants and the vegetative indices theory. The corresponding vegetative indices serve to
obtain a vegetation predictive model. The predictive model can be used to determine the current
content of total nitrogen in the soil. Thus, the determination of this model seems to be an important
task for the nitrogen supply estimation of agricultural plants (Vvedenskaya et al., 2017).
The article focuses on the description of the creating method for a predictive model and on
the comparison of the obtained predictive models based on different vegetative indices.
Materials and Methods. Samples for the study were prepared in the scientific laboratory
«Meristema» of the Agrarian-Technological Institute of the Peoples' Friendship University of Russia.
The objects of the study were plants of the «Protva» bean species of Russian selection. Different fer-
tilizer rates were introduced in different samples soil in the range from 0,00% of the norm to 125%
of the norm in 25% increments, 25 plants for each level of application, and only 150 samples. The
spectra of reflection from the leaves of the samples were taken by the specialists of the Bauman
Moscow State University using the spectrophotometer «LAMBDA 950» PERKIN ELMER (USA).
The most common vegetative index – NDVI (Gitelson et al., 2014) and well-established
(Inoue et al., 2016) indices – RSI, CI and VOG3 (Inoue et al., 2016; Gitelson et al., 2005; Vo-
gelmann et al., 1993). Response models of plants of the «Protva» bean species were obtained at
15
different nitrogen concentrations in the soil using the given indices and based on the obtained
spectra. 5 values of the vegetative indices for each level of deposition were obtained after aver-
aging of the measured values.
A predictive model was calculated based on the plant response model for the task of determin-
ing the current concentration of total nitrogen in the soil. The model is a function of the concentration
of total nitrogen in the soil, the value of the vegetative index is the argument: P = V (Index).
Results. The spectral reflectance curves for a single plant from each group of samples with
different levels of nitrogen fertilizer application are shown in Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Example of the spectral reflectance curves of the «Protva» bean species leaves
with different fertilization rates; 1 – 125% of the norm; 2 – 100% of the norm; 3 – 75% of the norm;
4 – 50% of the norm; 5 – 25% of the norm, 6 – 0% of the norm
The vegetative indices NDVI, RSI, CI, VOG3 were calculated based on the data obtained.
The response model of the «Protva» bean species at various concentrations of nitrogen fertilizers
based on the vegetative index values of NDVI, RSI, CI, VOG3 was obtained. Its appearance is
shown in Fig. 2.
Fig. 2. The response model of plants of the «Protva» bean species at various nitrogen fertilizers
concentrations created on the basis of indices: a) NDVI, b) RSI, c) CI, d) VOG3;
V is the nitrogen fertilizer concentration as a percentage of the norm
16
The equations of predictive models for the indices of NDVI, RSI, CI and VOG3 are given
in Table 1.
Table 1
Predictive models equations for various indices
Prediction model Formulation R2 RMSE

PNDVI 6,774 NDVI – 4,795 0,6818 0,05727
PRSI 0,521 RSI – 0,751 0,9618 0,75997
PCI 3,070 NDVI – 0,383 0,9458 0,12319
PVOG3 15,106 NDVI – 0.314 0,9689 0,02779
Discussion. The predictive models of nitrogen supply based on different indices have a dif-
ferent form. It is too early to determine uniquely the vegetative index, which is the best for de-
termining current nitrogen concentration in the soil for the «Protva» bean species along the lines
of measurements performed. However, it can be said that NDVI is not the best basis for creating
a vegetation prognostic model. The correlation coefficient for NDVI is less than for the other in-
dices, which means that the model based on this index has less certainty. VOG3 uses 4 wave-
lengths, so other things being equal, CI and RSI provide more performance. In this case, the ef-
fectiveness of using more than two wavelengths has not been proven (Inoue et al., 2016). In ad-
dition, the requirements for the pass bands necessary for calculating the CI are lower than for
RSI (Inoue et al., 2016). In this way, the measuring equipment can have a lower resolution if the
CI is used. On the other hand, required wavelengths for calculation CI is located farther from the
visible spectral range therefore equipment with high sensitivity in the far infrared region of the
spectrum is required for the use of CI (Vvedenskaya et al., 2017).
Conclusion. The prognostic model of the total nitrogen content in the soil for 4 different
vegetative indices was obtained and analyzed in the study. The prognostic model was compiled
based on an analysis of a set of bean plants with different concentrations of total nitrogen in the
soil. It can be used for technologies of precision farming, in fertilizer management systems, for
creating quality maps of soil fields. The models created in our work based on various indices
have different types and properties analyzed in the study. The vegetative indices RSI and CI
showed themselves best but none of the indices can be called universal. They must be selected
along the lines of the required tasks. Nevertheless, our analytical approaches, results, as well as
new models can provide useful information for assessing the nitrogen supply.
LITERATURE
1. Budagovsky A.V., Budagovskaya O.N., Lents F. A new approach to the problem of functional
plant diagnostics // Agrarian Science. – 2009. – V. 9. – Р. 19–21.
2. Inoue Y., Guérif M., Baret F., Skidmore A., Gitelson A., Schlerf M., Darvishzadeh R., Olioso A.
Simple and robust methods for remote sensing of canopy chlorophyll content: a comparative analysis of
hyperspectral data for different types of vegetation // Plant Cell Environ. – Dec. 2016. – № 39 (12). –
Р. 2609–2623.
3. Gitelson A.A., Vina A., Ciganda V., Rundquist D.C., Arkebauer T.J. Remoteestimation of canopy
chlorophyll content in crops // Geophys. Res. Lett. – 2005. – № 32. – L08403.
4. Gitelson A.A., Peng Y., Huemmrich K.F. Relationship between fraction of radiation absorbed by
photosynthesizing maize and soybean canopies and NDVI from remotely sensed data taken at close range
and from MODIS 250 m resolution data // Remote Sensing of Environment. – 2014. – № 147. – Р. 108–
120.
5. Vogelmann J.E., Rock B.N., Moss D.M. Red edge spectral measurements from sugar maple
leaves // International Journal of Remote Sensing. – 1993. – № 14. – Р. 1563–1575.
17
6. Vvedenskaya A.V., Khorokhorov A.M., Vvedenskiy V.V., Hins M.S. Optoelectronic system for
monitoring the condition of agricultural plants // Bulletin of the MSTU. N.E. Bauman. Ser. Instrument
making. – 2017. – V. 4. – Р. 54–58.
7. Vvedenskaya A.V., Khorokhorov A.M., Vvedenskiy V.V., Hins M.S. Non-destructive method for
diagnostics of nitrogen availability of plants by an optoelectronic plant monitoring system // Bulletin of
the Russian University of Peoples' Friendship. Ser. Agronomy and cattle breeding. – 2017. – V. 12-1. –
Р. 7–16.
8. Way D.A., Long S.P. Climate-smart agriculture and forestry:maintaining plant productivity in a
changing world while minimizing production system effects on climate // Plant, Cell and Environment. –
2015. – № 38. – Р. 1683–1685.
9. Yang X, Yu Y, Fan W. Chlorophyll content retrieval from hyperspectral remote sensing image-
ry // Environ Monit Assess. – 2015, Jul. – № 187 (7). – Р. 456.
USE OF AMAZONE PRECISION SPRAYERS

IN RAPESEED CULTIVATION TECHNOLOGY
A.F. Peliy1, A. Diop1, E.S. Borodina2, V.A. Burlutskiy4, A.V. Vvedenskaya3,

V.V. Vvedenskiy1, V.E. Ulyumdzhieva1, A.Sh. Gadzhikurbanov1, I.A. Bykova1, M.S. Gins1
1
Agro-Technological Institute of RUDN University
2
Institute of Agronomy and Biotechnology RSAU – MTAA named after K.A. Timiryazev
3
Radioelectronics and Laser Technology Research Institute
of Bauman Moscow State Technical University
4
Kaluga Research Institute of Agricultural
The main attention in the work is given to the description of various technologies in rapeseed culti-
vation by precision technique for the application of mineral fertilizers and pesticides. A comparative
evaluation of rapeseed crop cultivation is shown. The effect of precision spraying on the in-floor variabil-
ity of weed plants is shown. The use of GIS technology for spatial positioning and differentiated applica-
tion of a working solution of tank mixes pesticides relative to the distribution density in weed crops. The
productivity of spring rapeseed sowing is indicated with the use of various treatments.
Key words: precision technologies, Amazone sprayers, intra-field variability, weeds, rapeseed.
Introduction. Rapeseed and winter plants are multifunctional crops used for obtaining high-
quality food and technical vegetable oils, biodiesel fuel, high-protein additives (cake, meal) in
mixed fodder and green mass for fodder purposes; rapeseed crops have a high phytosanitary role in
crop rotations, and when used as siderates – contribute to improving soil structure and enriching it
with organic matter (Shpaar, 2007). In recent years, in the Russian Federation, and especially in the
Central Black Earth region, sown areas and gross harvest of rapeseed seeds have grown signifi-
cantly. At the same time, the issue of low productivity of seed and commodity crops of spring rape
remains constrained by the strong influence of abiotic and biotic stressors of the environment on
cultivated varieties and hybrids, an insufficient level of development of integrated application of
chemical protection products of plants, mineral fertilizers and variety-specific precision agrotech-
nologies (Fedotov et al., 1998; Dejoux et al., 2003; Novoselov et al., 2011).
18
Traditional technologies for the application of plant protection products based on one typi-
cal field unit of administration lead to the same dose of pesticides and agrochemicals on the
whole plot, without taking into account the density and level of distribution of pests, diseases,
weeds and cultivated plants in separate elementary areas of the agrolandscape (Gafurov et al.,
2012). The intensification of traditional technologies for the production of plant products con-
tributes to a significant increase in the degree of spatial agrochemical and agrophysical heteroge-
neity of agrozems that have a significant effect on the productivity of crop crops (Vitkovskaya,
2009; Vvedenskaya et al., 2017).
In the position of modern precision agriculture, special attention should be paid to the
regulation of controlled objects within the elementary range of the agrolandscape, formed by the
nature of the relief, the structure of the soil cover, and the microclimatic differences in its areas.
As a result, the danger of violation of the ecological situation and unreasonable overexpenditure
of funds is significantly reduced (Gafurov et al., 2012). Accordingly, the development and intro-
duction of the positions of point application of plant protection products and the introduction of
mineral fertilizers, including in the form of foliar top dressing, is an urgent task to introduce a
resource-saving precision technology for the cultivation of rapeseed.
The non-chernozem zone of the European part of Russia for amaranth is a zone of risky
farming, where in some years the amount of acthe temperature is insufficient for the growth and
maturation of seeds (CATE = 1800–2200 °C) (Platonova et al., 2018). Rapeseed is similar to
amaranth in terms of the sum of the active temperatures necessary for complete ripening of
seeds, so the experience was laid on the territory of the chernozem part of the Russian Federation
in the Voronezh region.
Materials and Methods. Field experience was laid in the Voronezh region. on two charac-
teristic fields of the farm in the field crop rotation. The soil of the zonal section is typical black
chernozem, medium loamy. According to the content of humus (5,37–6,54% in the 0–40 centi-
meter layer) the soil is medium-weighted. Relatively well provided with mobile forms of phos-
phorus and potassium, 120–185 and 115–189 mg/kg of soil, respectively, according to Chirikov.
The reaction of the soil solution is close to neutral. The fields were characterized by the presence
of annual, perennial dicotyledonous and perennial grassy weeds.
A comparative evaluation of spring rapeseed cultivation was carried out with the Salsa KL
(F1) hybridoma sprayer Amazone-New UX Isobus in comparison with Amazone UX Amabus
(old) (factor A) against a background of varying intensity of application of pesticides and min-
eral fertilizers (factor B). Sowing treatments were carried out with complex tank mixtures, in-
cluding a herbicide, an insecticide, a fungicide and mineral fertilizers, depending on the level of
the intensity of the technology and the presence of harmful objects.
The basic level of application of pesticides included the first treatment with a herbal mix-
ture of herbicides Halion, BP in the norm of 0,27 l/ha and Quickstep, CME (0,8), Borey insecti-
cide, 0,08 and Kolosal Pro fungicide, 5); second treatment – insecticide Superkill, CE (0,6) and
fungicide Pictor, COP (0,5).
The intensive level of application consisted of the primary treatment of the tank mixture:
the herbicide Novopasaran, KS (1,0), adjuvant Dash (1,0), insecticide Borey, SC (0,08) and fun-
gicide Kolosal Pro, CME (0,5); top-dressing with ammonium sulfate (280,0); secondary treat-
ment with a tank mixture: herbicide Galion, BP (0,29), insecticide Pirinex Super, CE (0,5) and
fungicide Caramba, CE (0,8) and mineral fertilizer – ammonium sulfate (20,0); Desiccation of
crops Tornado, VR (1,5).
The first processing of spring rapeseed sowings was carried out in the development phase
of 3–4 pairs of real leaves – rosette (VVSN for Tsadoksu – 18–21) and in the early phases of de-
velopment of weed plants (for annual plants VVSN – 12–19, for perennial plants – 12–16). The
second processing of crops was carried out in the growth phase of the stem – budding (VVSN –
35–50), the third treatment (desiccation of crops) – during the full maturation of the seeds. The
flow rate of the working fluid (tank mixture) is 200 l/ha (Novoselov et al., 2011).
19
The effectiveness of application of Amazone UX sprayers and technology of different in-

tensity levels on the yield of spring rapeseed sowings was determined in 4 production sites (av-
erage area – 105,3 ha), using GIS-technology of combining (50-fold repetition). Accounting for
the quantitative-species composition of the weed component of agrophytocenosis of rapeseed –
on 5,0 m2 registration sites before and 30 days after the first treatment with herbicides (50-fold
repeatability). The total area of the experiment was 421,2 hectares.
In our experiments, the use of these tank mixtures of pesticides and fertilizers was safe for
rapeseed plant, and during the growing season phytotoxic effects in crops were found. At the same
time, their high biological effectiveness of the effect on the septal component of agrophytocenosis
was noted. So, 30 days after the first processing of crops with tank mixtures of herbicides Halion,
BP and Nopasaran, the COP decreased the number of weed plants from 49 to 82% and from 64 to
87%, respectively. In turn, the use of GPS SectionControl for spatial positioning and differentiated
application of a working solution of tank mixtures of pesticides with respect to the distribution
density in weed crops with the Amazone UX Isobus sprayer allowed to increase the efficiency
from the application of these tank mixtures to 90–96% in both cases. The observed increase and
leveling of differences in the biological effectiveness of the herbicides used, depending on their
application technology, was explained by the narrowing and equalization of the range of the range
of variation, the coefficient of variation decreased from 24,4–26,8 to 12,4–12,5%, respectively.
The manifestation of the stabilizing effect on the average by experience was 206%.
Further trends in the development of the herbicidal effect persisted both in terms of the decline
in numbers and the mass of weed plants. At the same time, a positive effect on the conservation and
habitus of spring rapeseed plants was noted, which we associated with a decrease in the levels of
competitive tension in the agrophytocenosis for the vital factors of the environment (Table 1).
Table 1
Effect of precision spraying on the in-floor variability of weed plants (mean), pcs/m2
Average value and its statistical characteristics

Sprayer brand and level of technology
M±m Lim (min–max) R σi2 Cv, %
Amazone UX Amabus (Old)
Basic (Helion, BP) 15,6 ± 0,6 12,9–37,3 24,4 17,5 26,8
Intense (Nopasaran, KS) 12,8 ± 0,4 9,8–25,8 16,0 9,8 24,5
Amazone UX Isobus
Basic (Helion, BP) 5,1 ± 0,2 2,8–7,4 4,6 0,4 12,5
Intense (Nopasaran, KS) 5,1 ± 0,2 2,9–7,3 4,4 0,4 12,4
НСР05 (n = 50, Si = 10 га) 2,0 – – – –
The results of the surveys showed that, on average, the processing of spring rapeseed crops
positively influenced the formation of the crop. The largest increase in productivity and the col-
lection of raw fat from a unit area was noted in an intensive version of the technology using
Amazone UX Isobus. In this variant, the greatest economic effect was noted (Table 2).
The availability of automatic inclusion of individual injectors in the Amazone UX Isobus
sprayer makes it possible to save plant protection products in relation to Amazone UX Amabus
by 8,3%, which in money terms per 1 hectare is 400 rubles, there is no re-application of the
working fluid to the passed crop area of rapeseed, reducing the burden on the environment,
thanks to multiple automatic counting rates of current consumption.
Conclusions. Experience has shown the effectiveness of the use of precision equipment for
intensive rapeseed cultivation over basic technologies. The use of modern technology allows us
to perform various agricultural operations more qualitatively and quickly, which ultimately af-
fects economic development. The use of the GPS-switch with automatic inclusion of injectors
has proved its advantage over the continuous fertilization of economical and high-quality.
20
Table 2
Productivity of rapeseed sowing using different treatments, t/ha
Yield of The content Addition to control

Collection oil,
Variant seeds, of raw fat seed collecting oil
kg/ha
centner/ha (in as),% centner/ha % kg/ha %
Basic technology
Amazone UX Amabus
18,2 44,4 890 – – – –
(control)
Amazone UX Isobus 19,9 44,3 975 1,7 9,3 85 9,6
Intensive technology
Amazone UX Amabus 20,6 43,8 1009 2,4 13,2 119 13,4
Amazone UX Isobus 22,1 43,3 1082 3,9 21,4 192 21,6
HCP05 (Factor A) – 1,2 centner/ha; HCP05 (Factor B) – 1,8 centner/ha.
LITERATURE
1. Dejoux J.-F., Meynarda Jean-Marc, Reaub R., Rochec R., Saulasa P. // Agronomie. – 2003. –
Vol. 23. – Р. 725–736.
2. Fedotov V.A., Kolomeichenko V.V., Korenev G.V. et al. Crop production of the Central Black
Earth region / ed. by V.A. Fedotova, V.V. Kolomeichenko. – Voronezh: Center for Spiritual Revival of
the Black Earth Region, 1998.
3. Gafurov R.M., Sheptukhov V.A., Tsimbalova V.A., Molodchuev A.A. Peculiarities of the manifes-
tation of the in-floor variability of the quantitative-species composition of weed vegetation in crops of
grain crops // The 80th anniversary of the Moscow Scientific Research Institute «Nemchinovka» –
Achievements and prospects for scientific provision of the agro-industrial complex of the Central region
of Russia. – Nemchinovka, 2012. – Р. 212–219.
4. Novoselov Yu.K., Volovik V.T., Shpakov A.S. et al. Zonal resource-saving technologies for culti-
vation, processing and storage of spring and winter rapeseed in the Central Federal District: production-
practical. publication. – M.: FGBNU «Rosinformagrotekh», 2011.
5. Shpaar D. et al. Rapeseed and rape (Cultivation, cleaning, use). – M.: ID LTD «DLV
AGRODELO», 2007.
6. Platonova S.Y., Peliy A.F., Gins E.M., Sobolev R.V., Vvedenskiy V.V. The study of morphologi-
cal and biochemical parametres of Amaranthus tricolor L. Valentina variety // RUDN UniversityJournal of
Agronomy and Animal Industries. – 2018. – № 13 (1). – Р. 7–13. DOI: 10.22363/2312-797X-2018-13-1-7-13.
7. Vitkovskaya S.E. Estimation of spatial heterogeneity of agrochemical indices of soil and plant
mass in the field experiment // Fertility. – 2009. – № 5 (50). – Р. 8–9.
8. Vvedenskaya A.V, Vvedensky V.V, Gins M.S, Khorokhorov A.M. Non-destructive method for di-
agnostics of nitrogen availability of plants by the optico-electronic plant monitoring system // Bulletin of
the Peoples' Friendship University of Russia. Series: Agronomy and animal husbandry. – 2017. – T. 12. –
№ 1. – Р. 7–15.
CONTROLLING WEED BY THE DIFFERENT STRATEGIES

IN SUGAR BEET
M. Bayat, T. Astarkhanova, E. Pakina, M. Zargar, E. Albert

The experimental design was split-split plot based on randomized complete block design with four
replications. Planting pattern considered as main-plot in three levels including single row planting with
21
50 cm row width, single row planting with 60 cm row width and twin row planting with 60 cm row width,
time of mechanical control in three levels as sub-plot including mechanical weed control at 4–6 leaves
stage, 10–12 leaves stage and 14–16 leaves stage (of sugar beet), and herbicides as sub-sub plot in two
levels including metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat and
triflusulfuron-metil plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat. In most cases,
planting pattern had appropiriate effect on weeds biomass reducthion that best results were achived in
twin row planting 60 cm. Best results were achived in mechanical weed control at 4–6 leaves stage of
sugar beet that had the most reduction on weeds density and biomass.
Key words: herbicide; mechanical control; planting pattern.
Introduction. Cultural and mechanical methods are the most important non chemical weed
management techniques than eliminate weeds with low cost (Cardina et al., 1987; Johnson,
Mullinix, 2000; Tharp, Kells, 2001; Brecke, Stephanson, 2006). Cultivating the soil by chisel
plough, can burry weeds in soil to some extent but sweep plow usually brings up the soil verti-
cally. These blades cut the roots of large weeds, uproot smaller weeds and burry them under the
soil (Najafi, 2007). An experiment showed that a hand weeding 10–20 weeks after planting sugar
beet can keep the field clean of weed until the harvest time (Dawson, 1988). Changing the popu-
lation of crop by changing the rows spacing sill also reduce weeds growth (Najafi, 2007). In an
experiment, researchers tested this and found out that when planting pattern is rectangular, weeds
will grow more and occupy more land (Ficher, Miles, 1973). It is clear that reduction of rows
spacing will increase crop competition ability, and reduce amount of sun light transmitted to soil
surface so weeds germination and growth will decrease (Tharp, Kells, 2001). To study this, re-
searchers conducted an experiment and concluded that twin-row planting pattern of peanut will
help to control weeds better than in single-row pattern (Colvin et al., 1985). Brecke, Stephanson
(2006) also attest that twin-row planting pattern of peanut is better than single-row. Another ex-
periment showed that twin-row pattern can reduce the density of Amaranthus retroflexus (66%),
Setaria viridis (80%) and Cyperus rotundus (73%) compared with single row (Grichar et al.,
1994). Other experiments of peanut resulted that total weeds density was lower in row spacing of
30 cm than in 91 cm (Buchanan, Hauser, 1980; Johnson et al., 2005). In a sugar beet field,
Hemmatzadeh et al. (2007) observed that twin-row planting pattern reduced weeds biomass 85–
95% compared with single-row. Finally, the objective of this experiment was to integrate non
chemical weed management techniques (mechanical control and planting pattern) with herbi-
cides in order to optimize weed management in sugar beet and to reduce application of herbi-
cides and environmental contamination.
Materials and Methods. This experiment was conducted in 2014, planting pattern was a
main plot in three levels: single row 50 cm width, single row 60 cm and twin row 60 cm width.
Sub plots were time of mechanical control in three levels: mechanical weed control at 4–6, 10–
12 and 14–16 sugar beet leaves stages between rows and sub sub-plots were herbicides: metami-
tron (preemergence) plus mixture of phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat (2–4 leaves
stage) and triflusulfuron-methyl (cotyledon stage) plus mixture of phenmedipham + desmedi-
pham + ethofumesat (2–4 leaves stage). Herbicides were applied on the rows by a knapsack
sprayer according to the recommended dose: triflusulfuron–methyl 30 g ha-1, phenmedipham +
desmedipham + ethofumesat 4 Li ha-1 and metamitron 4 kg ha-1.
After preparing the field with the conventional method, sugar beet (var: Rasul) was planted
at 100 000 plants ha-1 in both single and twin row system. As a result, sugar beat was planted
with 20, 16,6 and 33,3 cm in single row 50 cm, single row 60 cm and twin row 60 cm width re-
spectively.
Weeds density and biomass were studied 30 days after herbicides application. To do this, a
50 × 50 cm quadrate was installed in each plot and number of weeds was counted before spray-
22
ing and 30 days after spraying. To measure the biomass of weeds, 30 days after spraying
weeds in quadrates were harvested and oven dried at 75 °C. To control grass weeds, Haloxy-
phop-R methyl ster was used 1 Li ha-1 in all plots in grasses 2–5 leaves stage. Finally data were
analyzed using SAS 9,1 and means were compared by Duncans multiple range test at p ≤ 0,01
and 0,05.
Results. Results showed that planting pattern has had significant effect only on Amaran-
thus retroflexus at p ≤ 0,01 (Table 1). Moreover, none of the treatments could affect Datura
stramonium. Mean comparison showed that different types of planting patterns have affected
density of A. retroflexus significantly in the way that lowest density of this weed (23,5 plant m2–1)
was in single-row 60 cm. different herbicide treatments had also significant effect on A. retro-
flexus and C. album. Metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham + etho-
fumesat controlled these two weeds the best (23 and 13,2 plants m2–1, respectively) and triflusul-
furon-methyl plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat controlled
them the worst (35,3 and 33,3 plants m2–1, respectively). No significant difference was observed
in times of mechanical control (Table 1).
Table 1
Mean comparison of main effects of treatments on weeds density (plant m2–1)
Treatments A. retroflexus C. Album D. stramonium

Planting pattern
single row spaced 50 cm apart 23,5 c 22,8 a 13,6 a
single row spaced 60 cm apart 35,3 a 24,1 a 13,5 a
twin row spaced 60 cm apart 28,6 b 22,8 a 14,3 a
Time of mechanical control
4–6 leaves stage of sugar beet 30,3a 24,5 a 13,5 ab
10–12 leaves stage of sugar beet 29,8 a 23,6 a 13 b
14–16 leaves stage of sugar beet 27,3 a 21,6 a 15 a
Herbicide application
metamitron + (phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat) 23 b 13,2 b 13 a
triflusulfuron + (phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofume-
35,3 a 33,3 a 14,6 a
sat)
Means in a column followed by the same letter are not significantly different at P ≤ 0,05.
Interactions of planting pattern × time of mechanical control and planting pattern × herbi-
cide and also planting pattern × time of mechanical control × herbicide was significant on den-
sity of A. retroflexus and C. album but interaction of time of mechanical control × herbicide was
significant only on density of A. retroflexus. Mean comparison of interaction of planting pat-
tern × time of mechanical control showed that single-row 50 cm × mechanical control at 10–
20 leaves stage (sugar beet) is the best treatment for controlling A. retroflexus (18,8 plants m2–1)
and twin-row 60 cm × mechanical control at 10–12 leaves stage is the best treatment for control-
ling C. album (14,8 plants m2–1) (Table 2). Also results indicate that interaction of single-row
50 cm × metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat has had
the most controlling effect on A. retroflexus (11,6 plants m2–1) and C. album (10 plants m2–1)
(Table 3).
Weeds biomass. Results showed that treatments have had significant effect on reduction
of weed biomass. The lowest A. retroflexus, C. album and total weed biomass was in twin-row
60 cm but different planting patterns had no significant effect on D. stramonium. Mechanical
control at 4–6 leaves stage and Metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedi-
pham + ethofumesat were the most significantly effective treatments on weeds and total weed
biomass (Table 4).
23
Table 2
Interactions of planting pattern × time of mechanical control on weeds density and biomass
Treatments Density (plant m2–1) Biomass (g m2–1)

Planting pattern × A. retro- C. Al- A. retro- C. Al- D. stramo- Total dry
Time of mechanical control flexus bum flexus bum nium weight
P1M1 20 e 24,8 ab 15,6 d 20 d 9,2 c 34 c
P1M2 18,8 e 20 bc 45,6 b 101,6 a 19,6 b 342,4 a
P1M3 31,2 bc 23,2 ab 79,2 a 66 c 44 b 196 b
P2M1 32,8 bc 18,8 bc 46 b 20,4 d 8,4 c 64,4 c
P2M2 44,4 a 30 a 72 a 78,8 b 9,2 c 320 a
P2M3 28,8 cd 23,2 ab 30,8 c 85,2 b 10,8 c 140,8 b
P3M1 38 ab 29,2 a 18,8 d 28,8 d 20,4 b 62,4 c
P3M2 25,2 cde 14,8 c 18,9 d 34 d 9,6 c 48 b
P3M3 28,de 24 ab 46 b 55,6 c 25,2 a 157,2 b
Table 3
Interactions of planting pattern × herbicide application on weeds density and biomass
Treatments Density (plant m2–1) Biomass (g m2–1)

Planting pattern × A. retro- C. Al- A. retro- D. stra- Total dry
C. Album
Herbicide application flexus bum flexus monium weight
P1C1 11,6 d 10 c 23,6 d 22 c 8c 32,4 d
P1C2 35,2 b 35,6 a 70 a 110 a 24 a 250,4 b
P2C1 28 c 15,6 b 37,2 c 19,6 cd 8,8 c 70,4 e
P2C2 42,4 a 32,4 a 62,4 b 109,6 a 10 c 279,6 a
P3C1 28,8 c 14 bc 32 c 14,8 d 15,6 b 26,9 d
P3C2 27,6 c 31,6 a 24,4 d 64 b 20,8 a 40,4 c
Table 4
Mean comparison of main effects of treatments on weeds biomass (g m2–1)
A. retro- D. stra- Total dry

Treatments C. Album
flexus monium weight
Planting pattern
single row spaced 50 cm apart 46,9 a 66,1 a 16,1 a 190,9 a
single row spaced 60 cm apart 48,9 a 64,8 a 15 a 175,2 a
twin row spaced 60 cm apart 28,4 b 39,6 b 18,4 a 134 b
4–6 leaves stage of sugar beet 27,3 c 29,8 b 12,7 b 53,7 c
10–12 leaves stage of sugar beet 44,6 b 71,6 a 12,9 b 82,2 a
14–16 leaves stage of sugar beet 52,2 a 69,1 a 18,4 a 164,9 a
Herbicide Application
Metamitron + (phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofume-
31,1 b 19 b 10,9 b 103,3 b
sat)
Triflusulfuron + (phenmedipham + desmedipham + etho-
51,7 a 94,7 a 18,4 a 230,6 a
fumesat)
24
Study of the interactions of treatments also showed that interaction have significantly af-
fected weeds biomass. Mean comparison of interaction of different planting patterns and time of
mechanical control indicated that the lowest biomass of A. retroflexus (15,6 g m2–1) was
achieved in single-row 50 cm × mechanical control at 4–6 leaves stage and its highest was in
single-row 50 cm × mechanical control at 14–16 leaves stage (79,2 g m2–1). For C. album, single-
row 50 cm × mechanical control at 4–6 leaves stage was the best (20 g m2–1) and single-row
50 cm × mechanical control at 10–12 leaves stage was the worst (101,6 g m2–1) treatment. Sin-
gle-row 60 cm × mechanical control at 4–6 leaves stage was the best treatment to control
D. stramonium (8,4 g m2–1). Finally, for total weed biomass, single-row 50 cm × mechanical
control at 4–6 leaves stage was the best and single-row 50 cm × mechanical control at 10–
20 leaves stage was the worst treatment (Table 4).
Interaction of planting pattern × herbicide was also significant and single-row 50 cm ×
metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat had the most
controlling effect on biomass of A. retroflexus and D. stramonium but for C. album, results were
different and the best treatment was twin-row 60 cm × metamitron plus combination of phen-
medipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat (Table 3).
Root yield and sugar content of sugar beet. Among three treatments, effect of planting
pattern was significant on root yield and sugar content but time of mechanical control and herbi-
cide had significant effect only on root yield. Mean comparison showed no significant effect of
treatments on sugar content. For root yield, different times of mechanical control and herbicides
had significant effect in the way that mechanical control at 10–20 leaves stage and metamitron
plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham + ethofumesat resulted in highest sugar beet
root yield (Table 5).
Table 5
Mean comparison of main effects of treatments on sugar beet root yield and sugar content
Treatment Root yield (t h-1) Sugar content, %

Planting pattern
single row spaced 50 cm apart 15,104 a 17,8 a
single row spaced 60 cm apart 16,110 a 18,3 a
twin row spaced 60 cm apart 11,680 a 17,9 a
4–6 leaves stage of sugar beet 12,055 b 17,9 a
10–12 leaves stage of sugar beet 17,860 a 18,1 a
14–16 leaves stage of sugar beet 12,886 b 18 a
Herbicide application
metamitron + (phenmedipham + desmedipham + etho-
15,872 a 17,9 a
fumesat)
triflusulfuron + (phenmedipham + desmedipham + etho-
12,660 b 18,1 a
fumesat)
Discussion. As seen in results, mechanical control at 4 leaves stage of sugar best had the
best effect on reduction of weed density and biomass and also on improvement of sugar beet root
yield. In fact when weeds are at the early stages of growth, their roots and shoots are weak and
mechanical control can eliminate the before crop yield suffer. After 4–6 leaves stage, sugar beet
has a critical period of weed competition and weeds establish in field so it will be difficult to
mechanically control them and on the other hand, they have damaged the crop yield. An experi-
ment showed that hand weeding 10–12 weeks after sugar beet planting will keep the field free of
weeds until the harvest time (Dawson, 1977).
25
Among herbicide treatments, metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedi-

pham + ethofumesat had better effect on weeds density and biomass and sugar beet root yield
than triflusulfuron-methyl. Metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedipham +
ethofumesat control some weeds like A. retroflexus and C. album usually well but some weeds
can avoid the damage of triflusulfuron-methyl. In an experiment researchers understood that the
best time for application of metamitron is between sugar beet planting and 2 leaves stage so the
herbicide can suppress A. retroflexus and C. album (Mousavi, 2001).
For cultural weed management, a square like planting pattern (twin-row with 60 cm width
and plants spacing of 33,3 cm) was tested. In this type of planting pattern, crop will cover the
soil better and lower space will remain for weeds so the crop will dominate weeds. In this ex-
periment, twin-row 60 cm showed considerable control on weeds biomass. An experiment tested
the effect of planting pattern on weed management in a sugar beet field and resulted that rectan-
gular planting patter will help weeds to grow better and occupy more land and it will reduce crop
growth and yield (Fischer, miles, 1973).
LITERATURE
1. Brecke B.J., Stephanson D.O. Weed management in single vs. twin-row peanut (Arachis hypo-
gaeat) // Weed Technology. – 2006. – № 20. – Р. 365–376.
2. Buchanan G.A., Hauser E.W. Influence of row spacing on competitiveness and yield of Peanut //
Weed Science. – 1980. № 28. – Р. 401–409.
3. Cardina J., Mixon A.C., Wehtje G.R. Low-cost Weed control system for close-row Peanut //
Weed Science. – 1987. – № 35. – Р. 700–703.
4. Colvin D.L., Wehtje G.R., Patterson M., Walker R.H. Weed management in minimum–tillage
peanuts as influenced by cultivar, row spacing and herbicides // Weed Science. – 1985. – № 33. – Р. 233–
237.
5. Dawson J.H. Competition of late emerging weeds with sugar beet // Weed Science. – 1977. –
№ 25. – Р. 165–169.
6. Fischer R.A., Miles R.E. The role of spatial pattern in competition between crop plants and
weeds: a theoretical analysis // Mathematical Biosciences. – 1973. – № 18. – Р. 335–350.
7. Grichar W.J., Colburn A.E., Kearney N.S. Herbicides for reduced tillage in peanut (Arachis hy-
pogaea) in the southwest // Weed Technology. – 1994. – № 8. – Р. 212–216.
8. Hemmatzadeh H. Integrated weed management in sugar beet fields in Qazvin province, Iran //
M.Sc. thesis, Islamic Azad University, Science and Research Branch, Tehran, Iran (in Farsi). – 2007.
9. Johnson W.C., Mullinix B.G. Evaluation of tillage implements for stale seedbed tillage in peanut //
Weed Technology. – 2000. – № 14. – Р. 519–523.
10. Johnson W.C., Prostko E.P., Mullinix B.G. Improving the management of dicot weeds in pea-
nut with narrow row spacing and residual herbicides // Agronomy journal. – 2005. – № 97. – Р. 85–88.
11. Mousavi M.R. Integrated weed Management-principals and methods // Meead Publications,
Iran (in Farsi). – 2001.
12. Najafi H. Non-chemical weed management. Kankash-e-Danesh Publication. – Iran (in Farsi),
2007.
13. Nelson K.A. Glyphosate application timings in twin and single-row corn soybean spacing //
Weed Technology. – 2007. – № 21. –Р. 186–190.
14. SAS institute. The SAS system for windows, release 9.1. The Institute Cary, NC, USA, 2002.
15. Tharp B.E., Kells J.T. Effect of glufosinate-resistant corn population and row spacing on light
interception, corn yield and common lambsquarter growth // Weed Technology. – 2001. – № 15. –
Р. 413–418.
16. Wehtje G.R., Walker H., Patterson M.G., McGuire J.A. Influence of twin rows on yield and
weed control in peanut // Peanut science. – 1984. – № 11. – Р. 88–94.
26
BACKGROUND OF WEED MANAGEMENT OF WHEAT FIELD

IN RUSSIA
A. Ferdous, E.N. Pakina

Study of the conduction of weeds prevention, eradication, and control with biological weed man-
agement agents is recommended alternatives to the use of herbicides that provide new environmental op-
tions weed management tools under the wheat field condition of Moscow and consequently maintaining
satisfactory crop yield under intensive technology in a 3 years period: 2011–2013. Field experiment were
laid out to appraise the efficacy of reduced concentrations of a post-emergence herbicide verdict in com-
bination with biocontrol agent to suppress maximum major weeds in wheat field under the condition of
Non-chernozem zone, Moscow Research Institute of Agriculture «Nemchinovka» Moscow area, Odint-
sovskiy region, Russia country (55° 45′ N, 37°37′ E and 200 m altitude). Wheat cv. Moscovskaya 39 was
planted in twenty ninth of August 2011 and in the second year the same variety of wheat was planted in
second of September 2012 using plant densities of 5 million viable seeds per hectare. Wheat seeds were
germinated in eighth of September 2011 and fourteenth of September 2012 respectively in both experi-
mental years. Due to protect seeds against pests and diseases seeds were mixed with fungicide and insec-
ticide before sowing. Experiment was laid out to evaluate the weed suppressive activity of biological
agents [bioherbicide (3 L ha-1) + biofertilize, growth regulatore (1 L ha-1) + biofungicide with anti stress
activity to weather conditions and chemical treatments and growth regulator activity (1 L ha-1)] in com-
bination with reduced doses of new generation post emergence herbicide ‘Verdict’ (0; 0,2; 0,3 and 0,5 kg
ha-1) surfactant 0,5 L ha-1 was mixed to herbicide as a tank mix. Verdict formulation followed as: Meso-
sulfuron-methyl – 30 g/kg + Iodine-sulfuron-methyl-sodium – 6 g/kg + Mefentir-diethyl – 90 g/kg. Trial
was conducted in a randomized, complete block design [RCBD] with four replicates. The herbicides were
applied post emergence by a knapsack sprayer which had flat fan nozzles (Nozzle number 11002). The
advantages that have gotten as simultaneous control of combined weed community, one-time spraying
and not necessary to combine different herbicides, so their antagonism can be avoided.
Key words: Agronomical Efficiency, Energy Output, Reduced Herbicide Rate, Weeds, Wheat Yield.
Introduction. With the world’s population forecasted to obtain nine billion by 2050, food
security has become a critical global challenge for the 21st century and the cereal production
needs to increase by 50% in 2030 (Foresight: The Future of Food and Farming, 2011). Wheat is
the dominant cereal crop grown in countries, and globally, one of the three most important crops
for human and livestock feed (Shewry, 2009). Consequently, raising wheat yields is now one of
the top priorities for agricultural research (Reaping the benefits: Science and the sustainable
intensification of global agriculture, 2009).
Weeds are the most important barriers in achieving the potential wheat (Triticum aestivum)
production. More than 60% of the pesticide all over the world is for weeds-herbicides (Monaco
et al., 2002). Weeds are the most acute pest in cropping systems with estimated annual global
damage of around 40 billion dollars each year (Monaco et al., 2002). Weed competition can re-
duce individual crop yields by 10–100% (Ashton, Monaco 1991). Weeds also can harbor insects,
disease and nematode pests that infest crops significantly (Derr, 2004). Nayyar et al. (1994) also
reported that Weeds can reduce wheat yield by 25–30% and research findings indicated that
wheat yield could be increased by 37% if weeds are properly controlled. Hence, weeds are usu-
ally recognized as unwelcome plants, because they pose a ubiquitous threat to agricultural pro-
ductivity. Moreover, they may represent shelters for disease victors, as well as compete with the
economic crops for moisture, nutrient and light. On the other hand, weeds significantly affect
27
human health through allergic reactions, skin irritation, mechanical injury, or internal poisoning
(Ziska, 2001). Thus, Weeds are a major contributing factor to crop yield loss through competi-
tion for water, light and nutrients. Some researchers have examined various morphological and
physiological traits of wheat (Triticum aestivum) cultivars and their competitiveness with weeds.
In the experiments, characteristics commonly identified to make crops more competitive include
rapid germination and root development, higher biomass at tillering, early vigor (e.g. speed of
germination), flag leaf area, vertical leaf area distribution and greater harvest index (Soufizadeh
et al., 2007).
Hence, several crop management strategies are used to manage weeds including cultural
(seeding rates, crop rotation, time of seeding), tillage, chemical, and biological agent. Yet, there
is a strong reliance on chemical herbicides as the main weed management method, especially
while no-tillage is being done on more regions every year. Recently, plant protection practices
have come under greater investigation because of environmental issues associated with spray
drift, chemical residues in the soil, water and food, and development of herbicide-resistant weed
(Ruegg and Zoschke, 2007).
Necessity of development of non-chemical weed agents. Accordingly to the increasing
number of herbicide resistant weeds and the discontentment of farmers from effect of herbicides
application, developing other practices of weed management is needed. Non-chemical weed sup-
pression should replace the chemical ones. Apart from the consequences occurred by the indis-
criminate use of herbicides, the increase in farm productivity and use of other non-chemical
methods of weed management is necessity (Zargar, 2011). As reported by Heap (2007) Indis-
criminate consumption of chemical herbicides in weed suppression during the past few decades
has resulted in serious environmental problems, such as resistance, shifts in weed populations
that are more closely related to the crops. Hence, it is understood that chemical herbicides are not
free of problem, so researchers are working on non-chemical weed management practices, which
brings together all the possible methods of weed control. Also, after several years of herbicide
application, often in the presence of high weed pressure, approximately 180 species of herbicide-
resistant weeds have been identified (Weed Science, 2006). As reported by Zargar et al. (2011)
non-chemical weed management methods can reduce weeds infestation and decreased the need
for chemical herbicides. Non-chemical weed control strategies are increasingly being conducted
for yield quality of many crops, vegetables and fruit without any environmental pollution
(Anderson 2000; Johnson 2004).
Roles of fertilizers in weeds management in cereal crops. It is true of most soil manipu-
lations, fertility affects weeds. However, the most weeds can be suppressed by simple manipula-
tion of soil nutrient levels. Fertilizer is added to improve crop yield, but weeds are often more
competitive with crops at higher nutrient levels. Hence, while weed population is low, added fer-
tilizer, particularly N (Nitrogen), raises crop yield and makes a crop more strong competitor with
weeds. But when weed population is high, added nutrients favour weed over crop growth (Zim-
dahl, 2007). Some experiments found that the use of fertilizers to soil decrease the densities of
weeds and their biomass (Tulikov, Sugrabov, 1984; Tollenaare et al., 1994). Moreover, where
weed population is low, raising the rate of N can markedly increase crop yields and minimize
competition with weeds (Alkamper, 1976).
Varieties of winter wheat in Russia.
Moscovskaya-39 – is a mid-ripening variety. Not affected with leaf rust and smut, not af-
fected with powdery mildew. In central region of Russian Federation it is one of the best accord-
ing to its winter hardiness and resistance to lodging this variety has high quality grain.
Moscovskaya-39 belongs to strong wheat, it contains 6–8% gluten and 1,5–2% protein.
Nemchinovskaya-24 – is a mid-ripening variety. Growing season 294–336 days. Matures
at 2–4 days later than some other grades of this region. Resistant to lodging. Weevil egg-shaped,
colored, crest medium length. Weight of 1000 grains is 37–48 g. The average yield in the regi-
28
on – 3,0 t/ha. Baking quality – good. Susceptible to powdery mildew, very susceptible to snow
mold.
Galina is a mid-ripening variety. Growing season 296–330 days. Matures in terms similar
to variety Moscovskaya-39. Resistant to lodging. Weevil elongated, colored, crest length me-
dium. Weight of 1000 grains is 38–52 g. The average yield in the region – 2,7 t/ha. The maxi-
mum yield of 8,7 t/ha was obtained in the Vladimir region in 2002 year. Baking quality is satis-
factory. Moderate resistant to smut. Very susceptible to leaf rust, snow mold, root rot.
Weed community in the fields of Moscow. Average long-term observation of weed
community indicate that the mostly spread species are: Matriceria inodоra L. species of Galeop-
sis, Galium aparine L. Stellaria media L. Viola arvensis, Сhenopodium album L, species of Fu-
maria, Equisetum arvense L. Therefore, the present study was conducted to suppress, first of all,
these weed species.
Grain yield of winter wheat «Maskovskaya-39» during 2011–2013. Results of three
years experiments during 2011 to 2013 related to effect of various verdict doses on winter wheat
indicated that wheat yield percentage was desirably enhanced 17,63% compared to the control
when intermediate dose of verdict 0,3 kg/ha-1 was applied, the lowest yield increasing percentage
10% was achieved when verdict 0,2 kg/ha-1 was used.
Table 1
Grain yield of winter wheat «Maskovskaya–39» during 2011-2013
Verdict doses 2011 2012 2013 Average + /- Control %

0,5 kg ha-1 5,91 7,33 7,39 6,87 0,69 11,16
0,5 kg ha-1 6,52 7,8 7,51 7,27 1,09 17,63
0,5 kg ha-1 5,81 7,2 7,41 6,80 0,62 10
Control ’no application’ 5,23 6,8 6,52 6,18 – –
Conclusion. The aim of biological methods or agents is not to eradicate weeds, but rather
to reduce and regulate weed populations below levels that cause economic injury to the cropping
systems. Biocontrol components combined to chemicals are determined as utilizing control ap-
proaches towards targeted weeds that prevent damage to non-target crops. This approach can be
operated as an economically effective technique and environment-friendly practice to diminish
weed damage.
LITERATURE
1. Foresight. The Future of Food and Farming, Final Project Report. London: The Government Of-
fice for Science, 2011.
2. Shewry P.R. // Wheat. J. Exp. – 2009. – Bot. 60. – Р. 1537–1553.
3. Reaping the benefits. Science and the sustainable intensification of global agriculture Royal So-
ciety Report. – London, 2009.
4. Monaco T.J, Weller S.S.C., Ashton F.M. Weed science principles and practices John Wiley, sons,
INC. – 2002.
5. Ashton F.M., Monaco T.J. Biological control // Weed Science, Principles and Practices / ed. by
F.M. Ashton, T.J. Monaco). – N. Y.: A Wiley-Interscience Publication, 1991. – Р. 48–56.
6. Derr J.F. The status of weed science at universities and experiment stations in the northeastern
United States // Weed Technol. – 2004. – № 18. – Р. 1150–1156.
7. Nayyar M.M., Shafi M.L., Mahmood T. Weed eradication studies in wheat // Proc. 4 th Pak. Weed
Sci. Conf. 9.p. Univ. of Agric. – Faisalabad, 1994.
8. Ziska L.H. My view // Weed Science. – 2001. – № 49. – Р. 437–438.
9. Soufizadeh S. Evaluation of some characteristics affecting competitiveness of eight Iranian wheat
cultivars with Rocket weed // Iranian journal of weed research. – 2007. – № 2. – Р. 59–78.
29
10. Ruegg W.T., Quadranti M., Zoschke A. Herbicide research and development: challenges and
opportunities // Weed Research. – 2007. – № 47. – Р. 271–275.
11. Zargar M., Najafi H., Fakhri K., Mafakheri S., Sarajuoghi M. // Research on Crops. – 2011. –
№ 12 (1). – Р. 173–178.
12. Weed Science. International Survey of Herbicide Resistant Weeds. – URL: http://www.weed
science.org/in.asp (Accessed 26 May 2006).
13. Anderson R.L. A cultural system approach can eliminate herbicide need in semiarid proso mil-
let (Panicum miliaceum) // Weed Technol. – 2000. – № 14. – Р. 602–607.
14. Johnson D.R., Wyse D.L., Jones K.J. Controlling weeds with phytopathogenic bacteria // Weed
Technol. – 1996. – № 10. – Р. 621–624.
15. Zimdahl R.L. Weed-Crop Competition, 2nd ed. Blackwell Publishing. – Oxford, UK, 2007.
ANTIBACTERIAL EFFECT OF ESSENTIAL OIL

OF MEDICINAL HERBS AND THEIR INHIBITORY EFFECTS
ON RALSTONIA SOLANACEARU BACTERIA
(POTATO SOFT ROT FACTOR) AND PECTOBACTERIUM
CAROTOVORUM BACTERIA (POTATO WILTING FACTOR)
Y. Naserzadeh, N. Mahmoudi

Potato is one of the plants that annually suffer from damages due to the soft rot and tuber disease
in the cellar. Nowadays, utilizing from herbal essential oils for acquisition of natural antibacterial agents
has been of great interest to control plant-pathogens. In present study, five medicinal herbs of Thymus
sativum L, Coriandrum sativum L., Cuminum cyminum L., Rosmarinus officinalis L. and Eucalyptus
globules L. were extracted using distillation with water and their inhibitory effects on Ralstonia solana-
cearu bacteria (potato soft rot factor) and Pectobacterium carotovorum bacteria (potato wilting factor)
examined through disc diffusion method1. Tube dilution method2 was used to determine the minimum in-
hibitory concentration and minimum bactericidal concentration. The variance analysis was carried out
on tests in the form of a completely randomized factorial design. Comparison of means was performed
based on Duncan's multi-domain test (MSTAT-C software). Thymus sativum L. essential oil was used in
greenhouse stage, because it showed the highest level of inhibitory effect on both bacteria in the labora-
tory stage. The obtained results showed that Thymus sativum L. essential oil had the most antibacterial
activity and effect compare with other essential by creating an inhibitory shaft diameter of 34,8 mm. For
greenhouse experiments, Thymus sativum L. essential oil was used with a concentration of 0,5% by spray
method and a concentration of 1% by pouring essential oil into the soil. According to the results, Thymus
sativum L. reduced the occurrence of potatoes' soft rot disease up to 41% and potatoes' bacterial wilt up
to 44%. Therefore, Thymus sativum L. essential oil can be utilized as an inhibitor to manage these two
diseases in potato plant due to its appropriate antibacterial function.
Key words: antibacterial effect, herbal essential oil, Ralstonia solanacearum, Pectobacterium ca-
rotovorum, potato bacterial soft rot.
1
The agar diffusion test (Kirby-Bauer antibiotic testing, KB testing, or disc diffusion antibiotic sensitivity
testing) is a test of the antibiotic sensitivity of bacteria
2
(Broth Tube Dilution Method) The tube dilution test is the standard method for determining levels of resis-
tance to an antibiotic. Serial dilutions of the antibiotic are made in a liquid medium which is inoculated with a stan-
dardized number of organisms and incubated for a prescribed time.
30
Introduction. Carotovora Pecto bacterium is the causative agent of potato's soft rot and
tuber disease in the cellar (Aazadvar et al., 2007; Hooker, 1981), so that about 38 to 24 percent
of potato waste has been reported during the first three months of storage caused by this bacte-
rium (Varns et al., 1985). The use of chemical compounds threatens human health in addition to
environmental pollution. For this reason, utilizing from natural compounds to control pests and
plant diseases is one of the ways to reduce environmental hazards. Food safety is becoming more
and more important with modern advances in human health and food production (WHO, 2002).
It has been estimated that annually more than 30% of people in industrialized countries suffer
from food contamination (WHO, 2002). Therefore, it is necessary to combine new methods with
existing methods in order to reduce or eliminate factors of foodborne diseases (Leistner, 1978;
Samavi et al., 2009). In this regard, communities make endeavors to move toward green usage
and reduce using of artificial additives with lower environmental impact (Tuley de Silva, 1995;
Smid, Gorris, 2006). It is recommended to utilize from natural products as antibacterial com-
pounds to reduce the risks to human health and economic losses caused by food-producing mi-
crobes (Conner Daferera et al., 2000; 1993) which is an appropriate solution to control patho-
genic bacteria and increase the expiry time of food products (Shukla, Dwivedi, 2012).
Plant essential oils appear to be an appropriate option as natural anti-bacterial additives, so
that the anti-bacterial properties of many essential oils and their compounds are proven (Mari et
al., 2003). Many herbal essences, especially medicinal plants and their constituent elements have
been known for antibacterial activity on a wide range of microorganisms including gram-
negative (Sivropoulou et al., 1996; 1998) and gram-positive (Kim et al., 1995) bacteria. It has
usually been shown that gram-negative bacteria are more resistant to the antagonistic effects of
essential oils than gram-positive bacteria, due to the presence of lipopolysaccharides1 in the outer
membrane of the bacterial cell; but this result has not always been correct (Burt, Karapinar, Ak-
tug, 1987, 2004).
In the past, the antibacterial properties of essential oil of some plants have been tested on
bacteria. In a study, it has been shown that essential oil of Coriandrum sativum L prevents the
growth of Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli and Salmonella typhimuruim bacteria
(Broomand et al., 2008; Shukla, Dwivedi, 2012). In addition the antibacterial properties of Thy-
mus sativum L oil on Fire Blight bacterium (with bacteria agent of Erwinia amylovora) of grainy
trees has been proven (Hasanzadeh et al., 2005) and Gachkar t al (2007) showed that Cuminum
cyminum L oil prevents the growth of Escherichia coli, Listeria monositogenes and Salmonella
aureuse bacteria. According to the study of Romano et al (2008), Rosmarinus officinalis L essen-
tial oil prevents the growth of Escherichia coli and Salmonella aureus bacteria.
Soft rot and tuber and bacterial wilting are among dangerous diseases in potatoes which are
caused by Pectobacterium carotovorum PV Carotovorum and Ralstonia solanacearum bacteria,
respectively. These diseases greatly reduce the quality and quantity of products. These two dis-
eases are one of the most important diseases of tuber, seedlings and bushes of potato and easily
transmitted through cultivation of infected tubers (Murray et al., 1995).
In present study, the essential oils extracted from Thymus sativum L., Coriandrum sati-
vum L., Cuminum cyminum L., Rosmarinus officinalis L. and Eucalyptus globules L. medical
herbs were tested on P. Carotovorum and R. solanacearum bacteria in lab and greenhouse condi-
tions in order to measure the level of these essential oils' antibacterial effect on these two bacte-
ria.
Methods and Materials. Collection of herb samples and extraction of essential oils from
them. The leaves of Thymus vulgaris L., Rosmarinus officinalis L. and Eucalyptus globules L.
were collected from the Agricultural Research Institute of Tehran University and leaves of Cori-
andrum sativum L. and Cuminum cyminum L. collected from Research Farm of Food Science
1
A complex molecule containing both lipid and polysaccharide parts.
31
and Technology Institute of Tehran University. Then, they were dried in the shade and exposed
to air flow. They were then placed in a cool place to prevent their deterioration and decay (As-
gari, 1999; Smsam Shariat, 1993). Essential oil extraction from the herb's new organs (vegetative
form with flower bed) was carried out through Clevenger distillation1 for 4 hours and immedi-
ately absorbed by dry sulfate and kept in a dark place at 4 °C until analysis time.
Preparation of bacteria. R. solanacearum and P. carotovorum bacteria were supplied from
Agriculture School of Tehran University.
Growth inhibition test. First, R. solanacearum and P. carotovorum bacteria were cultured
in broth nutrient culture medium2 and used in the experiment after 24 hours. Disc diffusion
method was used to growth inhibition test (Murray et al., 1995). Plates containing agar medium
(for E. coli) and sucrose peptone agar (for R. solanacearum) were prepared and 100 μl of sup-
pository of 108 cfu / ml of bacteria was poured on each plate and dried. Filter paper (Sartorius)
was prepared by punching in 6 mm pieces and sterilized in the autoclave. The essential oil of
T. vulgaris was prepared in 99,6% ethanol with dilutions of 0; 0,01; 0,05; 0,1; 0,5; 1; 5; 10; 25;
50; 75 and 100%. Each paper disk was incubated with 10 μL of each dilution and placed in the
middle of plate containing the bacteria after drying. Ethanol solvent was used as a negative con-
trol and erythromycin (μg/disc10) and streptomycin (μg/disc15) antibiotics were used as a posi-
tive control. In negative control treatment, 10 μl of ethanol solvent 99,6% was added to paper
disk. Samples were stored in incubator at 30 °C. After 48 hours, the inhibition hole was marked
with a millimeter-based ruler.
Determining the lowest inhibitory concentration and the lowest bactericidal concentra-
tion. For this purpose, tubular dilution method was used (Kivanc, Akgul, 1986). In this method,
E. coli, R. solanacearum and P. carotovorum bacteria were separately cultured in test tubes con-
taining 5 milliliters of broth culture medium. 24 hours after 108 cfu suspension per milliliter of
each bacterium, 50 μl of each 0,01, 0,05 and 0,1% dilutions of essential oil was added to 99,6%
ethanol solvent. Samples were stored in incubator at 30 °C. After 48 hours, treatments were mac-
roscopically examined and the lowest concentration with no visible inhibitory effect on bacteria
was considered as the minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC). In the control treatment, 50 mil-
liliters of 99,6% ethanol solvent were used.
Greenhouse studies. Fontane type of potato containing prepared buds was supplied from
Varamin region. The mixture of sand, clay and soil litter (duff) was prepared with a 1:1:1 ratio
and sterilized by autoclave at 121 °C for 1 hour (Irikiin et al., 2006). In each pot, a germinated
tuber of potato was planted and stored in a greenhouse at a temperature of 28–30 °C and a hu-
midity of 60%. Every 7 days, the bushes were treated with nitrogen, phosphate and potassium
fertilizers in a ratio of 3 per thousand and iron chelate in a ratio of 3 per thousand using spray
method.
Thymus sativum L essential oil was used in greenhouse stage, because it showed the high-
est level of inhibitory effect on both bacteria in the laboratory stage. For this purpose, 100 milli-
liters of Thymus sativum L oil were prepared with 1% concentration at a ratio of 100:1:1 (Essen-
tial Oil:Alcohol:Water) and poured into each pot two months after potato cultivation. 24 hours
cultivation of P. carotovorum and R. solanacearum bacteria was used based on the Kempe& Se-
queira method (1983) to carry out inoculation of stems and roots. 48 hours after applying essen-
tial oil on each pot, 20 μl of 108 cfu suspension of bacteria was injected at the angle of leaf and
stem using insulin syringe. In infecting the roots of herbs, roots were first a little scratched with a
1
Product Description: Organic compounds are separated using steam, so as not to degrade the essential oil.
Essential oils are what is used for perfume, food, medicines or atomizers. The Clevenger Apparatus conducts the
distillation process by boiling, condensing and decantation to separate the oil.
2
The most common growth media for microorganisms are nutrient broths (liquid nutrient medium) or LB
medium (lysogeny broth). Liquid media are often mixed with agar and poured via a sterile media dispenser into
Petri dishes to solidify. These agar plates provide a solid medium on which microbes may be cultured.
32
sterilized knife and then; 100 milliliters of 108 cfu suspension of bacteria was poured onto the soil.
48 hours later, a concentration of 0,5% Thymus sativum L essential oil was prepared with a ratio of
0,5:0,5:0,5 (essential oil: alcohol: water) and sprayed on the plant foliage to dissolve thyme oil on
the herb. The experiments included four treatments of bacteria-infected herbs, bacteria-infected
and oil-impregnated herbs, completely healthy herbs and completely healthy and oil-impregnated
herbs. Recording of bushes was carried out twenty days after inoculation. Bacterial wilt disease
index was measured based on Kempe and Sequeira method (1983) and according to the scale of
4,1–1 as follows: Zero score indicated no symptoms, score 1: 25–1% wilt of foliage, score 2: 50–
26% wilting of foliage, score 3: 75–51% wilting of foliage and score 4: 100–76% wilting of foli-
age. Rot and tuber disease index was measured according to the scale of 1–8. Zero score was con-
sidered for seedlings without symptoms of yellowish, wilting, blackening and rotting of stem and
score 8 was considered for seedlings that had completely destroyed (Bagheri, Zafari, 2005).
Determining disease incidence, biological control and biomass increase. The disease in-
cidence was calculated through counting the number of affected bushes in relation to total num-
ber of bushes in each treatment. Biological control efficiency and biomass increase in fresh
weight were calculated using Xue et al. (2008) method through following formulas:
Biomass increase = [average fresh weight of control /

(average fresh weight of control – average fresh weight of treatment)] × 100;
Biological control efficiency = [disease of control /

(disease of control – disease treatment)] × 100.
Analysis of Results. Laboratory and greenhouse tests were carried out in three replications
and three samples of each treatment were used in each replication. The results were analyzed us-
ing a completely randomized design with MSTAT-C software. The mean comparison was per-
formed by Duncan's multiple-range test.
Results. Laboratory results. All five essential oils showed antibacterial effects on tested
bacteria. The size of inhibitory shaft was different according to the concentration and types of
essential oil, so that 100% concentration of Thymus sativum L showed the most antibacterial ac-
tivity by creating a diameter of 34,8 mm inhibition in R. solanacearum which was more than
measured shaft in streptomycyne sample (22 mm) (Table 1).
Table 1
Antibacterial effect of various concentrations of tested essential oils on R. solanacearum bacteria
Concentration, %
Essential oil
0 0,01 0,05 0,1 0,5 1 5 10 25 50 75 100
Coriandrum sativum L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 6,6 l 7,1 k 7,8 j 9,1 h
Cuminum cyminum L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 6,5 l 7,1 k 8j 9h 9,6 g
Thymus sativum L 0m 0m 0m 6,5 l 7,8 j 11,8 e 10 if 11,8 e 13,1 d 22,8 c 29,6 b 34,8 a
Rosmarinus officinalis L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 6,5 l 8j 8,8 hi 11,8 e
Eucalyptus globules L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 6,5 l
The size of inhibition shafts includes diameter of the paper disc (6 millimeters).
In each column, non-similar letters with Duncan's test are significant at the level of 5%.
Concentration of zero is related to ethanol treatment (negative control).
Values of t inhibition shaft are in millimeters.
Rosmarinus officinalis L the highest antibacterial effect on both R. solanacearum and

P. Carotovorum (both equal to 11,8 mm) after Thymus sativum L (Tables 1 and 2) negative
control had no bactericidal activity on any of the pathogenic bacteria. According to laboratory
results, it was identified that R. solanacearum is resistant to erythromycin antibiotics. How-
33
ever, the bactericidal effect of essential oils has a direct relationship with their concentration;
so that higher values of inhibitory shaft were measured at concentrations of 50, 75 and 100%.
The minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) and minimum bactericidal concentration (MBC)
varied in different oils from 1 to 1000 μg/μl. The minimum bactericidal concentration of under
study bacteria was related to Thymus sativum L essential oil which was equaled to 1 micro-
gram per milliliter on R. Solanacearum bacterium and 5 microgram per milliliter on E. coli and
P. carotovorum bacteria.
Table 2
Antibacterial effect of various concentrations of tested essential oils on P. Carotovorum bacteria
Concentration, %
Essential oil
0 0,01 0,05 0,1 0,5 1 5 10 25 50 75 100
Coriandrum sativum L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 8 hi 9,1 f 10 f 10 f 10,6 e 11,17 d
Cuminum cyminum L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 6,6 m 7,1 kl 7,1 kl 7,5 jk 7,5 jk
Thymus sativum L 0m 0m 0m 7,1 kl 7,6 j 10,5 e 10,5 g 10,5 e 14 c 15,6 b 16 b 16,5 a
Rosmarinus officinalis L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 6,5 m 8j 7,1 kl 8,1 h
Eucalyptus globules L 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 6,8lm 7,6 ij
The size of inhibition shafts includes diameter of the paper disc (6 millimeters).
Concentration of zero is related to ethanol treatment (negative control).
Values of t inhibition shaft are in millimeters.
Greenhouse results. The results of biological control of Thymus sativum L essential oil on
bacterial wilting and soft rot and tuber diseases in greenhouse condition have been presented in
Tables 3, 4 and 5. In general, it was observed a significant decrease in incidence of wilting and
soft rot and tuber diseases and a significant increase in stem and root weights of potato plant.
No change was observed in stem and root weights of healthy plant treated with essential oil in
negative control. In this experiment, positive control showed more than 80% of symptoms of wilting
and soft rot and tuber. While none of negative control treatments showed diseases' symptoms.
In addition, there was no abnormal indication on the leaves or roots of healthy plant treated
with essential oil. According to Table 3, the incidence of disease in plant infected with P. caroto-
vorum and treated with thyme oil of 40,67% was higher than positive control (82,33%). Dry and
fresh weights were significantly increased with potato leaf litter(p < 0,05), so that the fresh
weight of root was 28,23% and the stem dry weight was 95,1 g, in comparison with positive con-
trol (19,78% and 1,33 g, respectively) (Table 3).
Table 3
Pathogenicity percentage of P. carotovorum in the potato plant treated

with Thymus sativum L essential oil in greenhouse condition
Incidence, Root fresh Stem fresh Dry Stem dry

Treatment
% weight, g weight, g weight, g weight, g
Positive control* 82,33 a 19,78 b 12,84 b 1,18 b 1,33 b
Plant infected with bacteria treated by
40,67 b 24,30 ab 15,51 b 1,50 b 1,95 ab
essential oil
Healthy plant treated by essential oil 0c 32,08 a 18,98 a 1,97 a 2,14 a
Negative control (healthy plant) 0c 32,09 a 18,47 a 1,91 a 2,01 a
*
Bacteria infected plant and untreated with essential oils.
34
The results of dry and fresh weights of plant contaminated with R. solanacearum had a sig-
nificant difference with positive control (Table 4). Also, the dry and wet weights of root and
stem of bacterial wilt disease was significantly reduced in positive control. The incidence of dis-
ease was 36,67% in treatment infected with R. solanacearum, which was significantly in com-
parison with positive control (80,67%) as has been shown in Table 4.
Table 4
Pathogenicity percentage of R. Solanacearum in the potato plant treated

with Thymus sativum L essential oil in greenhouse condition
Incidence, Root fresh Stem fresh Dry Stem dry

Treatment
% weight, g weight, g weight, g weight, g
Positive control* 80,67 a 14,47 c 12,79 c 1,31 c 1,84 b
Plant infected with bacteria treated by
36,67 b 18,88 b 16,55 b 2,61 b 2,69 b
essential oil
Healthy plant treated by essential oil 0c 22,82 b 23,55 a 3,0 a 3,26 a
Negative control (healthy plant) 0c 22,82 b 23,55 a 3,0 a 3,26 a
*
Bacteria infected plant and untreated with essential oils.
As it can be seen from Table (5), the highest amount of disease controlled by Thymus sati-
vum L essential oil in R. solanacearum infected plant was 53,85%, while applying this essential
oil in P. carotovorum infected plant could control 50,2% of soft rot and tuber disease. The bio-
mass of root and branch of infected potatoes with R. solanacearum and P. carotovorum increased
up to 22,30% (Table 5).
Table 5
Bio-control efficiency and biomass increase of root and branch
Disease Branch biomass increase, % Root biomass increase, % Biological control efficiency, %
Soft rot and tuber 17,33 b 18,55 b 50,2 a
Bacterial wilting 22,30 b 23,25 ab 53,85 b
Discussion. Among essential oils of five medicinal herbs used in present study, Thymus
sativum L essential oil showed the highest antibacterial properties on under study bacteria in
laboratory and in greenhouse conditions. Several reports have ever been provided on anti-
bacterial properties of Thymus sativum L essential oil (Bhaskara et al., 1998). In greenhouse
conditions, antibacterial properties of Thymus sativum L on Xanthomonas citri PV Citri bacte-
rium has been reported equal to 69% (Samavi et al., 2009). Also, Lucas et al. (2012) observed a
decrease in the disease caused by the Xanthomonas vesicatoria bacterium as a result of using
Thymus sativum L essential oil with consentration of 0,1%. Recently, many researchers have
tested a variety of herbal essential oils on R. solanacearum and P. carotovorum and showed the
importance of problem by this attention. Jeong et al. (2009) tested essential oil of Cymbopogon
sp at a concentration of 0,5% on the growth of P. carotovorum bacteria and observed complete
inhibition of bacterial growth. Vukovic et al (2007) proved that Teucrium sp has bactericidal ef-
fects on P. carotovorum bacteria. In addition, Biavati et al. (2004) showed the antibacterial activ-
ity of Satureja sp and Thymbra sp on P. carotovorum bacterium. In other study, Vokou et al.
(1993) proved the bactericidal effects of Rosmarinus officinalis L against P. ca-rotovorum. Ji et
al. (2005) tested the thymol on R. solanacearum in field conditions and observed prevention of
wilting disease in plants.
35
The results of Pattnak et al (1996) and other studies have shown that essential oils of me-
dicinal herbs are rich in biological and antifungal substances and can control a limited number of
herbal pathogenic fungi. Antimicrobial properties of 37 herbal extracts from 23 plant species
were investigated against seven plant pathogens and five fungi responsible for food corruption
under laboratory conditions and favorable results were obtained (Pattnaik et al., 1996).
Study of Moreno et al. (2006) also proved that Thymus sativum L plant is a mint family,
which its airborne substances have secondary metabolites including thymol and carvacrol. Ros-
marinus officinalis L. plant belongs to Mint family containing a rich source of phenolic com-
pounds with anti-bacterial and anti-oxidant properties and its antimicrobial property is related to
the presence of Rosmaric Acid, Carnoside and Carnosol (Moreno et al., 2006).
After Thymus sativum L., Coriandrum sativum L. had a proper antibacterial effect on all
three bacteria. Coriandrum sativum L has no phenolic compounds, but it contains 60–70% li-
nalool1. Wan et al. (1998) found that Bactericidal properties of Basil's essential oil are mainly
due to the presence of linalool (Wan et al., 1998).
Rosmarinus officinalis L essential oil does not contain phenol antibacterial compounds. In
a study by Daferera et al. (2002), Rosmarinus officinalis L essential oil had very weak antibacte-
rial effect on the pathogenicity of Fusarium sp. ،Botrytis cinerea and michiganensis sp michi-
ganensis Clavibacter compared to Thymus sativum Lessential oil.
Also, it has been shown that antibacterial effect of Thymus sativum L is due to the pres-
ence of phenolic compounds, especially thymol. Terpenic phenols are bonded with amine and
hydroxylamine groups of bacteria membrane and cause bacterial cell proliferation and death by
destroying wall structure and releasing lipids into cytoplasm (Juven et al., 1994). More than
60 components have been identified in T. vulgaris essential oil, which often have antioxidant and
anti-bacterial properties (Baranauskiene et al., 2003). The most important compounds in this es-
sential oil are thymol (60–44%) and carvacrol (2–2,2–4,2%) which have the most and least anti-
bacterial activity, respectively (Bounatoriro et al., 2007). Therefore, it seems that partial com-
pounds Thymus sativum L essential oil play a synergistic role in antibacterial activity (Bouna-
toriro et al., 2007).
In greenhouse investigations of present study, a significant decrease was observed in the
incidence of both wilting and soft rot and tuber diseases as a result of Thymus sativum L essen-
tial oil activity in potato plant. The combination of essential oil components in the soil and in
vicinity of root within 48 hours may induce systemic resistance to the plant and as a result has
reduced the incidence of disease. It has been proven that plants have defense mechanisms against
attack of pathogens and some of these mechanisms are induced by living or non-living matter.
The induced resistance has been detected by observing the limitation or inhibition of disease
growth symptoms (Walters et al., 2005). Also, it would be possible that Thymus sativum L. es-
sential oil has had a bactericidal effect on the soil and resulted in loss of a percentage of tested
bacteria in the soil.
In 2011, extracts of several plants including garlic were used to prevent the growth of
penny-silica storage fungus in apple fruits (Hirpomi et al., 2011). Garlic extract was also used
alone and once with vegetable oil to control the blue and green molds of orange. The results
showed that antifungal effect of the extract was 100% more effective in combination with vege-
table oil (Obagwu and Korsten et al., 2003). Even utilizing from essential oils of Thymus sati-
vum L, Peppermint and Indian chamomile against some cellar fungus of avocado and peach
completely prevents mucilage growth of these fungi and leads to non-caries in fruits after har-
vesting and Thymus sativum L essential oil can definitely be used as a natural fungicide to con-
trol post-harvest fungal diseases (Sellamuthu et al., 2013).
1
Linalool refers to two enantiomers of a naturally occurring terpene alcohol found in many flowers and spice
plants. These have multiple commercial applications, the majority of which are based on its pleasant scent.
Formula: C10H18O.
36
The greenhouse and laboratory results of present study indicated that Thymus sativum L
essential oil has a high antibacterial capacity and can be used in combination control with other
non-chemical methods against bacterial wilt and soft rot and tuber diseases of potato. However,
farm research is needed to confirm the effectiveness of using this essential oil in natural condi-
tions and to calculate the concentration of essential oil for achieving an acceptable and afford-
able disease control.
LITERATURE
1. Smsam Sh.H. Extraction of effective materials of medicinal plants and their identification and
evaluation methods. – Tehran: Mani Publications, 1992.
2. Azadvar M., Najafinia M. Investigating the Causes of Soft Rot and Tubers of Potato in Ware-
houses and Cooling Buildings in Jiroft Region // Research and Development in Agriculture and Horticul-
ture. – 2007. – № 75. – Р. 97–101.
3. Afzal A.M., Rahber-Bhatti M.H., Aslam M. Antibacterial activity of plant diffusate against Xantho-
monas campestris PV citri // International Journal of Pest Management. – 1997. – № 43 (2). – Р. 149–153.
4. Bagher, A., Zafari D. Evaluation and identification of potato varieties resistance to black leg
(soft rot) disease // Agricultural Research (Water, Soil and Plant in Agriculture). – 2005. – № 5 (2). –
Р. 17–26.
5. Baranauskiene S.P., Venskutoni R., Viskelis P., Dambrauskiene E. Influence of nitrogen
fertilizers on the yield and composition of thyme (Thymus vulgaris) // Journal of Agriculture and Food
Chemistry. – 2003. – № 51. – Р. 7751–7758.
6. Bhaskara M.V., Angers P., Gosselin A., Arul J. Characterization and use of essential oil from
Thymus vulgaris against Botrytis cinerea and Rhizopus stolonifer in strawberry fruits // Phytochemistry. –
1998. – № 47. – Р. 1515–1520.
7. Biavati B., Ozcan M., Piccaglia R. Composition and antimicrobial properties of Satureja cunei-
folia and Thymbra sintenisii Bornm. et Aznav. subsp. isaurica P.H. Davis essential oils // Annals of Mi-
crobiology. – 2004. – № 54 (4). – Р. 393–401.
8. Bounatoriro S., Smiti S., Miguel M.G., Faleiro L., Rejeb M.N., Neffati M., Costa M.M., Figuei-
redo A.C., Barroso J.G., Pedro L.G. Chemical composition, antioxidant and antibacterial activities of the
essential oils isolated from Tunisian Thymus capitatus Hoff. Et Link // Journal of Food Chemistry. –
2007. – № 105. – Р. 146–155.
9. Broomand A., Hamedi M., Emamjomeh Z., Razavi S.H., Golmakani M.T. Investigation on the an-
timicrobial effects of essential oils from dill and coriander seeds on Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia
coli 0157:H7 and Salmonella typhimuruim // Journal of Agricultural Sciences. – 2008. – № 4 (1). –
Р. 59–68.
10. Burt S. Essential oils: their antibacterial properties and potential applications in foods-a review //
International Journal of Food Microbiology. – 2004. – № 94. – Р. 223–253.
11. Conner D.E. Naturally occurring compounds // Antimicrobials in Foods / P. Davidson, J.N. So-
fos, A.L. Branen (Eds.). – Marcel Dekker, Inc., N. Y., 1993. – Р. 441–468.
12. Daferera D.J., Ziogas B.N., Polissiou M.G. GC-MS analysis of essential oils from some Greek
aromatic plants and their fungitoxicity on Penicillium digitatum // Journal of Agriculture and Food Chem-
istry. – 2000. – № 48 (6). – Р. 2576–2581.
13. Daferera D.J., Ziogas B.N., Polissiou M.G. The effectiveness of plant essential oils on the
growth of Botrytis cinerea, Fusarium sp. And Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. Michiganensis // Journal
of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. – 2002. – № 22. – Р. 39–44.
14. Gachkar L., Yadegari D., Rezaei M.B., Taghizadeh M., Alipoor A.S., Rasooli I. Chemical and
biological characteristics of Cuminum cyminum and Rosmarinus officinalis essential oils // Food Chemis-
try. – 2007. – № 102. – Р. 898–904.
15. Hasanzadeh N. Technological implication of natural products in plant diseases management
with special emphasis on fireblight // Journal of Agricultural Sciences. – 2005. – № 1. – Р. 53–68.
16. Helander I.M., Alakomi H.L., Latva-Kala K., Mattila-Sandholm T., Pol I., Smid E.J., Gor-
ris L.G.M., Von Wright A. Characterization of the action of selected essential oil components on Gram-
negative bacteria // Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. – 1998. – № 6. – Р. 3590–3595.
37
17. Hirpomi I., Natthamon S., Fumiyuki K., Sirichal K., Yasuyoshi H. Application of selected plant
extracts to inhibit growth of Penicillium expansum on apple fruits // Plant Pathology Journal. – 2011. –
№ 10 (2). – Р. 79–84.
18. Hooker W.J. Compendium of Potato Diseases. – St. Paul, Minnesota, USA: APS Press, 1981. –
125 p.
19. Irikiin Y., Nishiyama M., Otsuka S., Senoo K. Rhizobacterial community-level, sole carbon
source utilization pattern affects the delay in the bacterial wilt of tomato grown in rhizobacterial commu-
nity model system // Applied Soil Ecology. – 2006. – № 34. – Р. 27–32.
20. Jeong M.R., Park P.B., Kim D.H., Jang Y.S., Jeong H.S., Choi S.H. Essential oil prepared from
Cymbopogon citrates exerted an antimicrobial activity against plant pathogenic and medical microorgan-
isms // Microbiology. – 2009. . – № 37. – Р. 48–52.
21. Ji P., Momol M.T., Olson S.M., Pradhanang P.M., Jones J.B. Evaluation of thymol as biofumi-
gant for control of bacterial wilt of tomato under field conditions // Plant Disease. – 2005. – № 89. –
Р. 497–500.
22. Juven B.J., Kanner J., Schved F., Weisslowicz H. Factors that interact with the antibacterial ac-
tion of thyme essential oil and its active constituents // Journal of Applied Bacteriolog. – 1994. – № 76. –
Р. 626–631.
23. Karapinar M., Aktug S.E. Inhibition of foodborne pathogens by thymol, eugenol, menthol and
anethole // International Journal of Food Microbiology. – 1987. – № 4. – Р. 161–166.
24. Kempe J., Sequeira L. Biological control of bacterial wilt of potatoes: Attempts to induce resis-
tance by treating tubers with bacteria // Plant Disease. – 1983. – № 67. – Р. 499–503.
25. Kim J., Marshall M.R., Wei C.I. Antibacterial activity of some essential oil components against
five foodborne pathogens // Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. – 1995. – № 43. – Р. 2839–2845.
26. Kivanc M., Akgul A. Antibacterial activities of essential oils from Turkish species and citrus //
Flavour and Fragrance Journal. – 1986. – № 1. – Р. 175–179.
27. Leistner L. Hurdle effect and energy saving // Food Quality and Nutrition / W.K. Downey
(Ed.). – London, England: Applied Science Publishers, 1978. – Р. 553–557.
28. Lucas G.C., Alves E., Pereira R.B., Perina F.G., Souza R.M. Antibacterial activity of essential
oils on Xanthomonas vesicatoria and control of bacterial spot in tomato // Brazilian Agricultural Re-
search. – 2012. – № 47. – Р. 351–359.
29. Mari M., Bertolini P., Pratella G.C. Nonconventional methods for the control of post-harvest
pear diseases // Journal of Applied Microbiology. – 2003. – № 94. – Р. 761–766.
30. Murray P.R., Baron E.J., Pfaller M.A., Tenover F.C., Yolke R.H. Manual of Clinical Microbi-
ology. – Washington, DC: ASM, 1995. – 1482 p.
31. Obagwu J., Korsten L. Control of citrus green and blue molds with garlic extracts // European
Journal of Plant Pathology. – 2003. – № 109. – Р. 221–225.
32. Oussalah M., Caillet S., Saucier L., Lacroix M. Antimicrobial effects of selected plant essential
oils on the growth of a Pseudomonas putida strain isolated from meat // Meat Science. – 2006. – № 18. –
Р. 414–420.
33. Pattnaik S., Subramanyam V.R., Kole C. Antibacterial and antifungal activity of ten essential
oils in vitro // Microbios. – 1996. – № 86. – Р. 237–246.
34. Romano C.S., Abadi K., Repetto V., Vojnov A., Moreno S. Synergistic antioxidant and antibac-
terial activity of rosemary plus butylated derivatives // Food Chemistry. – 2008. – № 15. – Р. 456–461.
35. Samavi S., Hassanzadeh M., Faghihi M., Rezaee Y. // Journal of Plant Pathology. – 2009. –
№ 91 (3). – Р. 691–696.
36. Sellamuthu P.S., Sivakumar D., Soundy P. Antifungal activity and chemical composition of
thyme, peppermint and citronella oils in vapor phase against avocado and peach postharvest pathogens //
Journal of Food Safety. – 2013. – № 33. – Р. 86–93.
37. Shukla A., Dwivedi S.K. Bio efficacy of plant extracts against Fusarium species causing wilt in
pulses // IOSR Journal of Engineering. – 2012. – № 2. – Р. 136–144.
38. Sivropoulou A., Papanikolaou E., Nikolaou C., Kokkini S. Antimicrobial and cytotoxic activities of
Origanum essential oils // Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry. – 1996. – № 44. – Р. 1202–1205.
39. Smid E.J., Gorris L.G.M. Natural antimicrobials for food preservation // Handbook of Food
Preservation / M.S. Rahman (Ed.). – Marcel Dekker, N. Y., 1999. – Р. 285–308.
38
40. Tuley de Silva K. A Manual on the Essential Oil Industry. United Nations Industrial Develop-
ment Organization (UNIDO). – Vienna, 1995. – 231p.
41. Varns J.L., Schaper L.A., Preston D.A. Potatoes losses during the first three months of storage
for processing // American Potato Journal. – 1985. – № 62. – Р. 91–99.
42. Vokou D., Vareltzidou D., Katinakis P. Effects of aromatic plants on potato storage: sprout
suppression and antimicrobial activity // Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment. – 1993. – № 47. –
Р. 223–235.
43. Vukovic T., Milosevic S., Sukdolak S., Solujic S. Antimicrobial activities of essential oil and
methanol extract of Teucrium montanum // Evidence- Based Complementary and Alternative Medicine. –
2007. – № 4. – Р. 17–20.
44. Walters D.R., Walsh D., Newton A.C., Lyon G.D. Induced resistance for plant disease control:
maximizing the efficacy of resistance elicitors // Phytopathology. – 2005. – № 95. – Р. 1368–1373.
45. Wan J., Wilcock A., Coventry M.J. The effect of essential oils of basil on the growth of Aeromonas
hydrophila and Pseudomonas fluorescens // Journal Applied Microbiology. – 1998. – № 84. – Р. 152–158.
46. WHO. 2002. Food safety and foodborne illness. World Health Organization Fact sheet 237, re-
vised January Geneva.
47. Xue Q.Y., Chen Y., Li S.M., Chen L.F., Ding G.C., Guo D.W., Guo J.H. Evaluation of the
strains of Acinetobacter and Enterobacter as potential biocontrol agents against Ralstonia wilt of tomato //
Biological Control. – 2008. – № 48. – Р. 252–258.
MARKER-ASSISTED SELECTION – A POTENTIAL APPROACH

TO BREED PREBIOTIC-RICH YACON PLANTS
(SMALLANTHUS SONCHIFOLIUS)
Y.H. Díaz

Yacon (Smallanthus sonchifolius), a root crop of South American origin, is considerably rich in
health-related substances, such as antioxidants and fructooligosaccharides (FOS). FOS are prebiotics
that are thought to selectively promote the growth of health-promoting bacteria (bifidobacteria) while
reducing pathogenic bacteria populations. They are reported to positively influence the immune response,
glucose homeostasis and lipid metabolism, which therefore reduce the glycemic levels, body weight and
colon cancer risk. Those health benefits have increased the interest on yacon and its functional foods.
The present review aims to discuss these properties attributed to yacon plants and their bioactive
compounds. Additionally, we look at the possibility of identifying major quantitative trait loci and gene-
based markers associated with high fructan content, and how they can be used via marker-assisted selec-
tion (MAS) to breed prebiotic rich yacon plants.
Key words: yacon, Smallanthus sonchifolius, prebiotics, fructooligosacharides, marker-assisted se-

lection.
Introduction. Yacon (Smallanthus sonchifolius) is a root crop native to the Andean region,
that has been introduced and cultivated in Russia its capability to adapt to different climatic re-
gions, altitudes and soils (Caetano, 2016; Gins, 2011) Yacon yields fruit-like tubers, crunchy and
juicy with a relatively sweet taste, that are usually consumed raw or cooked as a sweet, juicy
vegetable (Gins, 2015).
Yacon is also considered a functional food due to its chemical composition, that are bene-
ficial to human health (Caetano, 2016; Gins, 2015; de Moura, 2012). These health benefits are
39
associated with phenolic compounds, antioxidants and health promoting carbohydrates. The an-
tioxidant capacity of yacon was evaluated between 23 and 136 µmol/g trolox equivalent of the
dry matter, and total phenolic compounds represent 0,79 to 3,08% of the dry matter (Caetano,
2016; Khajehei, 2018).
Carbohydrates’ content in yacon roots is dominated by inulin and fructooligosaccharides
(FOS), and their health benefits are heighted by studies, that show, that they can reduce glycemic
index, body weight and the risk of colon cancer (Caetano, 2016; Khajehei, 2018; de Almeida,
2015). They are classified as prebiotic food that resist digestion and absorption in gastrointestinal
tract (small intestine); are fermented by the gut (large intestine) microbiota, and stimulates the
growth and activity of beneficial bacteria in the lower-gut towards a healthier composition
(Caetano, 2016; de Moura, 2012; Dwivedi, 2014). Studies also show that the composition of
FOS and other bioactive compounds is influenced by the cultivar (de Almeida, 2015), thus high-
lighting the importance of breeding cultivars with higher content of FOS, phenolic compounds
and antioxidants.
Due to the benefits of yacon’ bioactive compounds and their dependency to cultivars’
characteristics, it is crucial to gain better understanding of these health benefits, and breeding
methods of bioactive compounds rich yacon plants.
The objective of this study is to review studies on prebiotic substance of yacon tuber and
the potential of marker-assisted selection for breeding yacon plants rich in FOS and inulin.
Fructooligosacharides (FOS): Characteristics and Health Benefits.
Characteristics. Fructooligosacharides (FOS) are fructans consisting of linear short chains
of fructose molecules, synthesized in the cell vacuoles of plant leaves, stems and roots (Caetano,
2016; Pilat, 2012), and found in a wide number of plant families from garlic, onion, asparagus,
artichoke, banana, wheat to yacon (Santana, 2008). FOS’ health benefits can be explained by
their resistance to enzymatic digestion, which enables them to reach the colon intact before un-
dergoing microbial fermentation. FOS’ fermentation then selectively stimulates the proliferation
of a group of beneficial bacteria in the human colon, bifidobacteria (Caetano, 2016; Sabater-
Molina, 2009; Bibas, 2010). Through growth of those microorganisms beneficial to intestinal
health, FOS influence not only a change in composition and functionality of the microbial popu-
lation, but they also facilitate the exclusion of potential pathogens by competition, thus modulat-
ing the immune system (de Almeida, 2015; Lomax, 2009).
Health benefits. As previously mentioned, FOS are resistant to digestion enzymes, and
their after fermentation in the colon stimulates growth of desirable bacteria, Bifidobacterium,
which modulates the intestinal microbiota. Studies suggest that FOS also have beneficial effects
against colorectal cancer, diabetes and obesity.
Colorectal cancer. One of the beneficial effects against colorectal cancer is the increased
absorption of certain minerals (calcium and magnesium), which are associated with the fermen-
tation of FOS in the colon, due to a decreased pH and consequent solubilization of complex salts
(Lobo, 2007; Lobo, 2006). These minerals are not only essential components of the bone struc-
ture and contribute to reduction of cholesterol levels, they are also know to inhibit the production
of toxins and carcinogens in the colon (de Almeida, 2015). FOS consumption also leads to in-
creased production of short chain fatty acids, that can suppress inflammation and cancer by in-
creasing local immune response, decreasing colon pH and promoting ammonia and amine excre-
tion (Caetano, 2016; Raman, 2013; Rolim, 2015).
Diabetes. Diabetes is a metabolic disease characterized by hyperglycemia resulting from de-
fects in insulin secretion and/or insulin action. Therefore the reported hypoglycemic properties of
yacon has made them an effective alternative for diabetes treatment (Caetano, 2016; Gins, 2015).
Moreover, some preclinical and clinical trials have shown that yacon roots’ FOS have a notable hy-
poglycemic effect, with suggestion that FOS putative effects on glucose disposal and insulin toler-
ance are mediated via multiple mechanisms (Caetano, 2016; Satoh, 2013; Luna, 2014).
40
Obesity. Obesity is one of the main public health challenges worldwide due to the associ-
ated increased risk of diabetes, heart disease, hypertension, cancer and other diseases (Caetano,
2016; Ahima, 2013). There are some claims that yacon syrup can aid in weight loss, although
there is still no scientific evidence. However, these properties are related to the high content of
FOS found in yacon root (Caetano, 2016). FOS are also understood to have beneficial effects on
lipid metabolism, but again the mechamisms are still unclear. The same can be said on the sev-
eral studies that repots the beneficial effects of yacon intake on obesity. Much needs to be under-
stood about the mechanisms and processes that underlie such effects (Caetano, 2016).
Breeding yacon for high content of FOS and inulin. Although researches suggest that most
of the nutritional traits are highly influenced by environment (location) and genotype × environment
interaction effects, with environments having major effects (Dwivedi, 2014), some quantitative trait
locis (QTL) associated with fructan and inulin have been identified in plants, such as wheat (Huynh,
2008), barley (Hayes, 1993), onion (McCallum, 2006) and ryegrass (Turner, 2006). And molecular
makers, such as gene-based single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) markers have successfully been
mapped to major QTL (Huynh, 2008), which affects the accumulation of fructan in wheat grains
(Dwivedi, 2014). Identified QTL associated with fructan content and protocol of identification
should serve as blueprint in yacon research, which would enable the use of marker-assisted selection
(MAS) and speed up the creation of new FOS rich yacon cultivars.
Molecular markers, such as microsatellite markers or SNP-based markers, have been used for
targeted development of compounds rich plants, which should be enhancement of FOS and inulin in
yacon roots and tubers, as research has shown that nutritional traits can be combined into improved
genetic background using both conventional and nonconventional plant breeding (Dwivedi, 2014).
Conclusion. Yacon’s fructooligosaccharides and inulin, known as prebiotic substances,
consumption has been reported to have beneficial effects, as it is important to regulate several
pathways related to colon cancer, diabetes, and obesity. They modulate the human intestinal mi-
crobiota, increase glucose absorption in peripheral tissues, stimulate insulin secretion in the pan-
creas and modulate cellular pathways related to lipid homeostasis. Identification of QTL and mo-
lecular markers associated with their content in yacon roots could enable the use of marker-
associated selection to breed prebiotic-rich yacon.
LITERATURE
1. Ahima R.S., Lazar M.A. The Health Risk of Obesity-Better Metrics Imperative // Science. –
2013. – Vol. 341. – № 6148. – P. 856–858.
2. Bibas Bonet M.E. et al. Prebiotic effect of yacon (Smallanthus sonchifolius) on intestinal mucosa us-
ing a mouse model // Food Agric. Immunol. – Taylor, Francis Group, 2010. – Vol. 21. – № 2. – P. 175–189.
3. Caetano B.F.R. et al. Yacon (Smallanthus sonchifolius) as a Food Supplement: Health-
Promoting Benefits of Fructooligosaccharides // Nutrients. Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute
(MDPI). – 2016. – Vol. 8. – № 7.
4. De Almeida Paula H.A., Abranches M.V., de Luces Fortes Ferreira C.L. Yacon (Smallanthus
Sonchifolius): A Food with Multiple Functions // Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. – Taylor, Francis, 2015. –
Vol. 55. – № 1. – P. 32–40.
5. De Moura N.A. et al. Protective effects of yacon (Smallanthus sonchifolius) intake on experi-
mental colon carcinogenesis // Food Chem. Toxicol. – 2012. – Vol. 50. – № 8. – P. 2902–2910.
6. Dwivedi S. et al. Plant prebiotics and human health: Biotechnology to breed prebiotic-rich nutri-
tious food crops // Electron. J. Biotechnol. – Elsevier, 2014. – Vol. 17. – № 5. – P. 238–245.
7. Genta S. et al. Yacon syrup: Beneficial effects on obesity and insulin resistance in humans //
Clin. Nutr. – 2009. – Vol. 28. – № 2. – P. 182–187.
8. Gins M.S. et al. Fructosans and phenolic compounds of yacon // Veg. Crop. Russ. Jiene-
on’entateinmento. – 2015. – № 3–4. – P. 118–122 (in Russian).
9. Gins M.S. et al. Improving the quality of vegetable crops as a functional food // Dostizheniya
Nauk. i tekhniki APK. – 2011. – Vol. 3. – P. 34–36 (in Russian).
41
10. Gins M.S., Gins V.K. Physiological-biochemical bases of introduction and selection of vegeta-
ble crops. – M.: PFUR, 2011. – 128 p. (in Russian).
11. Hayes P.M. et al. Quantitative trait loci on barley (Hordeum vulgare L.) chromosome
7 associated with components of winterhardiness // Genome. NRC Research Press. – Ottawa, Canada,
1993. – Vol. 36. – № 1. – P. 66–71.
12. Huynh B.-L. et al. Quantitative trait loci for grain fructan concentration in wheat (Triticum aes-
tivum L.) // Theor. Appl. Genet. Springer-Verlag. – 2008. – Vol. 117. – № 5. – P. 701–709.
13. Khajehei F. et al. Yacon (Smallanthus sonchifolius Poepp.,amp; Endl.) as a Novel Source of
Health Promoting Compounds: Antioxidant Activity, Phytochemicals and Sugar Content in Flesh, Peel,
and Whole Tubers of Seven Cultivars // Molecules. – 2018. – Vol. 23. – № 2. – P. 278.
14. Lobo A.R. et al. Effects of fructans-containing yacon (Smallanthus sonchifolius Poepp and
Endl.) flour on caecum mucosal morphometry, calcium and magnesium balance, and bone calcium reten-
tion in growing rats // Br. J. Nutr. – 2007. – Vol. 97. – № 4. – P. 776.
15. Lobo A.R., Colli C., Filisetti T.M.C.C. Fructooligosaccharides improve bone mass and biome-
chanical properties in rats // Nutr. Res. – 2006. – Vol. 26ю – № 8. – P. 413–420.
16. Lomax A.R., Calder P.C. Prebiotics, immune function, infection and inflammation: a review of
the evidence // Br. J. Nutr. – 2009. – Vol. 101 – № 5. – P. 633.
17. Luna López V. et al. Carbohydrate: current role in diabetes mellitus and metabolic disease //
Nutr. Hosp. – 2014. – Vol. 30. – № 5. – P. 1020–1031.
18. McCallum J. et al. Genetic mapping of a major gene affecting onion bulb fructan content //
Theor. Appl. Genet. Springer-Verlag. – 2006. – Vol. 112. – № 5. – P. 958–967.
19. Pilat T.L., Kuzmina L.P., Izmerova N.I. Detoxicative nutrition. – M.: GEOTAR-Media, 2012. –
694 p. (in russian).
20. Raman M. et al. Potential of probiotics, prebiotics and synbiotics for management of colorectal
cancer // Gut Microbes. – 2013. – Vol. 4. – № 3. – P. 181–192.
21. Rolim P.M., Rolim P.M. Development of prebiotic food products and health benefits // Food
Sci. Technol. SBCTA. – 2015. – Vol. 35. – № 1. – P. 3–10.
22. Sabater-Molina M. et al. Dietary fructooligosaccharides and potential benefits on health //
J. Physiol. Biochem. – 2009. – Vol. 65. – № 3. – P. 315–328.
23. Santana I., Cardoso M.H. Yacon tuberous root (Smallanthus sonchifolius): cultivation poten-
tiallities, technological and nutritional aspects // Ciência Rural. Universidade Federal de Santa Maria. –
2008. – Vol. 38. – № 3. – P. 898–905.
24. Satoh H. et al. Yacon diet (Smallanthus sonchifolius, Asteraceae) improves hepatic insulin resis-
tance via reducing Trb3 expression in Zucker fa/fa rats // Nutr. Diabetes. – 2013. – Vol. 3. – № 5. – P. 3–70.
25. Turner L.B. et al. Dissecting the regulation of fructan metabolism in perennial ryegrass (Lolium
perenne) with quantitative trait locus mapping // New Phytol. Blackwell Publishing Ltd. – 2006. –
Vol. 169. – № 1. – P. 45–58.
STUDY OF SPATIO-TEMPORAL EVOLUTION

IN THE NORTH AFRICAN REGION (ALGERIA)
AND ITS INFLUENCE ON THE CEREAL PRODUCTION PROCESS:
STUDY OF THE YIELD EVOLUTION OF DURUM WHEAT
(TRITICUM DURUM DESF)
R.N. Yacer, E. Pakina

This work aims to study the spatial and temporal evolution of grain production in the wilaya of
Bordj Bou Arréridj, which is situated in the high central plains of eastern Algeria, in relation to climate
42
change over two period’s time. A former period that stretches from 1997 to 2007 and another from 2007
to 2014. To this end, we selected potential cereal producing areas sown to durum wheat (21 stations).
The selected stations have the same topographical feature, the results obtained indicate a favorable cli-
mate change in favor of the cereal yield, this change is expressed by the increase in the maximum tem-
perature of 1,45C °C and minimum of 1,26 °C and precipitation 2,5 mm. Moreover this development is
accompanied by an increase in production by 16544,4 t, which contributed to the improved performance
by 6,33 t/h between the two periods studied. However the areas do not record any significant change. In
the end our work revealed the positive effect of climate change on the improvement of the production of
durum wheat in the province of BBA.
Key words: Durum wheat, Climate Change, Efficiency, Climate Evolution, Temperature, Precipita-
tion.
Introduction. Cereals are the first human food resource, and protein’s main resources,
they also provide a privileged resource for animal feed and multiple industrial applications (Bon-
jean et al., 1990).
Food consumption in the Maghreb countries exceeds, on national average, the coverage of
the estimated nutritional needs of individuals, leaving large groups of the population in difficulty
(Allaya, 1993), thereby, Algeria reached at the beginning of the twentieth century 3,5 million
tons from durum wheat importation. The national yield of this crop is the lowest in the Mediter-
ranean basin (Belaid, 2000).
This weakness of wheat production in Algeria was always linked to the effects of water
stress, which is being felt very significantly in recent years (Chaise et al., 2006), And low winter
and spring temperatures (Annicchiarico and al, 2005), as most of the cereals area is in arid and
semi-arid zones (El Mourid and al, 1996). In addition, in the last thirty years, a world climate
changes has been noticed. This change was explained by the increase of temperature average,
stronger rain flow variability.
Our work is to study all possible factors that reflect on cereal production:
– a climate analysis, we dealt with this analysis by a comparison between climate condi-
tions in (1990–2004) with the current climate (2004–2014). We also studied the trend of precipi-
tation and temperature at the study area over a period of 24 years (1990–2014);
– study the evolution of cereal production, identify and locate regions, to see how they re-
act to climate change;
– at the end, we have studied statistically (factorial analysis of multiple correspondences)
the influence of certain factors (precipitation, minimum temperature, maximum temperature,
etc.) on production.
Moreover has the climate change noticed in recent years (24 years) significantly affect ce-
real production in our country? Do climate changes have a direct or indirect impact on the evolu-
tion of cereal yields in Algeria?
Materials and methods. Material: for our work we have used:
– Map info software; Version 8.0, to digitalise maps and Theatrical correction;
– STATISTICA software, Version 8.5, for the following statistic treatments;
– Principal component analysis (PCA), to look for the relationship between the different
variables that influence cereals production;
– ANOVA (stations and years) to test the effect of these two variables on the different ce-
real production variables and climate.
Research methodology. Our work consists in studying the spatial-temporal evolution of
cereal production in BBA in relation with its climate evolution for a period of 24 years. For this
we have chosen potential areas of production (21 stations) and to better follow the evolution we
have chosen stations that do not differ from a topographic point of view (slope, attitude, …).
43
It’s a zone situated in the high plateau, in which we have elaborated the climatic evolution
into two periods, first one that lasts from 1983 to 1998 and a recent one that lasts from 1998 to
2014 then we studied the production evolution.
We used those results to enable us to correlate the production evolution with the one of the
climate, to get the effect of this last on the cereal yield on the basis of wheat requirements in wa-
ter temperature and periods necessary for needed parameters in one hand, in the other hand to
identify the affected stations and those which are tolerant to the noticed changes.
Then we have elaborated an Emberger’s climograph in order to prove the bioclimatic
change of the studied area which means climate change exists.
Results. EMBERGER’s rainfall quotient and climate classification. According to
EMBERGER 1955, the Mediterranean climate can be expressed with the formula:
Q2 = (1000p) / (M + m) (M – m)/2
Fig. 1. Bordj Bou Arreridj climatic diagram of Eemberger (Ancient period)
According to Emberger’s climatic diagram our study region notice a slight bioclimatic
change that is moving to a sub-humid stage since the rainfall quotient (Q2) of the first period is
33,05 however the one of the recent period is 37,20.
Statistics analysis. Time course effects cereal yields and climate. The effect of time fac-
tor set by two periods first and recent is tested through the different production and climatic pa-
rameters by ANOVA test to just one factor. The ANOVA results are represented in the following
Table 1.
According to ANOVA the effect of the factor time is highly significant (p < 0,001) on du-
rum wheat yield (Table 2).
According to ANOVA the effect of the factor time is highly significant (p < 0,001) on
minimal temperatures (Table 3).
According to ANOVA the effect of the factor time is highly significant (p<0.001) on
maximum temperature (Table 4).
44
Fig. 2. Bordj Bou Arreridj climatic diagram of Eemberger (Recent period)
Table 1
ANOVA’s results for yields
yld (t/h) SS yld (t/h) MS yld (t/h) F yld (t/h) P

Factor 3713,72 3713,72 192,870 0,00
Error 7085,85 1926
Total 10799
Table 2
ANOVA’s results on minimum temperatures
Tm (C°) SS Tm (C°) MS Tm (C°) F Tm (C°) P

Factors 145,60 145,60 726,6 0,00
Error 73,74 0,20
Total 219,33
Table 3
ANOVA’s results for maximum temperatures
TM (C°) SS TM (C°) MS TM (C°) F TM (C°) P

Factor 187,2 187,2 236,8 0,00
Error 290,9 0,8
Total 478,1
45
Table 4
ANOVA’s results for precipitations
P (mm) SS P (mm) MS P (mm) F P (mm) P

Factor 226,8 226,8 4,791 0,029239
Error 17420,8 47,3
Total 17647,6
According to ANOVA the effect of the factor time is significant (p < 0,05) on precipitations.
Trends and relationship between the climatic evolution and cereal production. To get
the relationship between the different variables (minimum temperature, maximum temperature,
precipitations) that influence the cereal yield, and to study the nature and level of divergence be-
tween the different variables towards our study area yield we used the PCA to be able deduct the
trend and the relationship between the evolution of parameters and yield.
А. Correlation circle:
Fig. 3. Trend and relationship between climatic evolution and yield in BBA
В. Correlation matrix:
Table 5
Trend and relationship between climatic evolution and cereals yield
Correlations (Spreadsheet33)
Variable
yld (t/h) Tm (°C) TM (°C) P (mm)
yld (t/h) 1,000000 -0,613922 0,086971 0,612776
Tm(C°) -0,613922 1,000000 -0,514887 -0,167199
TM(C°) 0,086971 -0,514887 1,000000 -0,283808
P (mm) 0,612776 -0,167199 -0,283808 1,000000
46
According to the correlation matrix, the correlation between climatic parameters (mini-
mum temperature, maximum temperature, precipitation) and yield parameters (yld) using the
correlation matrix R whose values which have a significant correlation are those whose value
Absolute value of r is equal to or greater than 0,50, from this it is deduced that the minimum
temperature (Tm) and the maximum temperature (TM) do not have a significant effect on the
yield (yld) since r (Tm) = 0,61, and r (TM) = 0,08, ie r < 0,5, whereas precipitation (P) signifi-
cantly influences and acts differently on the durum yield of the BBA region seen That r = 061
that is to say r > 0,50.
Discussion. According to Olesen and Bind (2002), climate change affects mainly cereal
production by effects of temperature, precipitation, solar radiation, humidity etc. The yield in a
given environment is directly and indirectly influenced by morphological, physiological espe-
cially climatic factors (Prasad et al., 2007).
According to Djermoun (2009), in Algeria, cereal production increased by an average of
77,8% between 1961–1965 and 2001, from 1,257 to 2,687 million tons. This increase is due
mainly to improved yields. However, the area reserved for wheat fell by around – 9,64% from
1,969 to 1,779 million ha on average during the same period. Moreover, our results show that the
evolution of the durum wheat production in BBA is compatible with that of Djermoun in 2009,
of which we observed an improvement in production between the two periods studied (first and
recent), an increase of 60% in cereal production, So this increase is directly related to yield im-
provement because we found no significant variation in the areas reserved for durum crops in the
study area during the two study periods. To this end, we can conclude that BBA region is con-
sidered as an important cereal center whose local population is mainly devoted to cereal crops
compared to other crops that are nevertheless neglected.
Our results are similar to those reported by Chebil et al. (2011), which reported a sharp in-
crease in yield in Tunisia during the period 1980–2009, this improvement is explained by the
evolution of the climatic conditions of Tunisia. However, the variation in yield in the durum
wheat crop due to climate change shows an increase in this later in the Mediterranean regions.
On the other hand, the central and south-eastern regions are characterized by a decrease in the
yield of durum wheat due to unfavorable climatic changes (Brisson et al., 2010).
Conclusion. Spatio-temporal analysis on our study region situated in the Algerian high-
plateau reports that the climate change noticed is favourable to the improvement of wheat pro-
duction, which has doubled in the recent period from 11 373 to At 27 917 t, An increase in pro-
duction directly related to yield improvement from 6,01 to 12,34 t/h cause there was no variation
for areas, in addition to the increase in minimum temperatures of 1,25 °C, and maximum of
1,43 °C, while precipitation increased by 1,57 mm.
The cultivation of durum wheat is one of the most important crops in the highlands, so the
Algerian state must encourage farmers to make more efforts to increase local production and
contribute to the improvement of the rate Self-sufficiency for these strategic products. Neverthe-
less, there is a particular intent and considerable importance in the cereal sector for investment,
extension, genetic improvement and other actions that can improve productivity. A clear strategy
is urgently needed to meet this challenge.
LITERATURE
1. Allaya M. La situation alimentaire des pays du Sud et de l’Est méditerranéens // Cahiers

d’Options Méditerranéennes. – 1993. – Vol. 1. – № 5. – Р. 7–15.
2. Annicchiarico P., Bellah F., Chiari T. Defining subregions and estimating benefits for a specific-
adaptation strategy by breeding programs: a case study. – Crop Sci 45, 2005. – Р. 1741–1749.
3. Belaid A. The economics of durum wheat production in WANA: past trends and future prospects //
Proceeding of the symposium blé. – 2000: enjeux ET strategies. – Р. 47–70.
47
4. Bonjean A., Picard E. Les céréales à paille origine, historique, économie et sélection. – Nathan,
1990. – Р. 235.
5. Brisson N., Levrault F. Changement climatique, agriculture et foret en France: simulations
d'impacts sur les principales espèces ADEME // Livre vert du projet CLIMATOR. – 2010.
6. Chaise L., Ferla A.J., Honore A., Moukhli R. L’impact du changement climatique sur
l’agriculture en Afrique // Atelier Changement Climatique. ENPC. – 2005.
7. Chebil A., Mtimet N., Tizaoui H. // AfJARE. – 2011, September. – Vol. 6. – № 2.
8. Djarmoun A. La production céréalière en Algérie, les principales caractéristiques // Revue
Nature et Technologie. – 2009, Juin. – № 1. – Р. 45–53.
9. El Mourid M., Karrou, M, El Gharous M. La recherche en aridoculture respectueuse de
l’environnement // Al Awamia. – 1996. – № 92. – Р. 69–81.
10. Olesen J.E., Bindi M. Consequences of climate change for European agricultural productivity,
land use and policy // Eur. J. Agron. – 2002. – № 16. – Р. 239–262.
11. Prasad B., Carver B.F., Stone M.L., Babar M.A., Raun W.R., Klat A.R. Genetic Analysis of In-
direct Selection for Winter Wheat Grain Yield Using Spectral Reflectance Indices // Crop science. –
2007. – № 47. – Р. 1716–1425.
DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY DIETARY MARMALADE

USING NATURAL VEGETABLE RAW MATERIALS
I. Nikitin1, M. Nikitina2, N. Allilueva1, V. Bogatirev1

1
The Moscow State University of Technologies and Management named after K.G. Razumovskiy
2
The V.M. Gorbatov All-Russian Meat Research Institute
Product development preventive nutrition is given a significant role today. The increased intake of
refined foods, including confectionery products, is the cause of many diseases such as obesity, diabetes,
atherosclerosis, and others. Necessary scientific and practical research on developing technologies ob-
tain confectionery products with quality characteristics satisfying consumers needs and at the same time
have a high nutritional and biological value. At article presents developed technology for producing fruit
jelly marmelade basis on natural raw materials – Viburnum puree and orange. Defined quality indica-
tors, as well as the antioxidant capacitance of the samples. Base on data obtained as a result of tasting,
conducted a study assessment of consumer satisfaction by qualimetric modeling.
Key words: confectionery, candy, natural vegetable raw materials, qualimetric modeling, antioxi-
dant capacitance.
Introduction. According to info from Institute of Nutrition (www.ion.ru) more than a third
of Russian population are overweight and obese. At same time population increases consumption
of confectionery products, due to stable taste pliterature of consumers, as well as affordability
and wide choice of products in this category.
Scientific and practical research to develop technologies obtain confectionery products
with quality characteristics satisfying consumer and at same time have high nutritional and bio-
logical value, manufactured with use of non-traditional raw materials, which consists vitamins,
proteins, minerals and dietary fiber, which along with enrichment products may change quality
of finished product (Tabatorovich, 2012).
Rationale of using viburnum and orange as prescription components in marmalade.
Perspective is use of Viburnum ordinary (lat. Vibúrnumópulus) as a formulation component in
48
production of marmalade. Pectin from Viburnum juice provides ability to turn into jelly (which
is a prerequisite in technology of marmalade), and percentage of R−activ compounds (bioflavon-
oids) in berries and juice can be 300−500 mg/100g. Viburnum juice contains vitamins: A, D, E;
vitamin C in it more than in citrus; there are also minerals – phosphorus, magnesium, potassium,
iron, calcium, copper, manganese, iodine. In Viburnum berries a lot of invert sugar – about 30%,
also found tannins, isovaleric acid and acetic acid. The seeds contain up to 21% fatty oils. Char-
acteristic odor and specific bitterness imparts glycoside viburnin. However, this glycoside par-
tially destroyed by heat treatment, moreover, it is possible to neutralize strong smell by natural
origin flavorings, such as contained in citrus fruits (Allilueva, 2015).
During long studies in orange puree it was chosen as an additional material. His multivita-
min complex is richly represented in vitamins B, ascorbic acid. The orange contains a sufficient
amount of macro- and microelements. Also high fiber content in it. Orange puree – a valuable
source of amino acids, more than 170 phytonutrients, 60 flavonoids.
The strong aroma, rich vitamin and mineral composition determined orange puree value
for its introduction to marmelade formulation.
Because of own pectin, contained in Viburnum, not enough to form a firm jelly, as an addi-
tional gelling agent chosen gelatin. Amino acids contained in composition of gelatin, strengthen
heart muscle, and has positive effect on mental activity.
Formulation of dietary marmalade. During tests was created products with different ra-
tios of main raw material (orange puree, viburnum puree) presented in Table 1.
Table 1
The ratio of orange and viburnum puree in recipe of marmalade prototypes
Mass fraction of orange puree,% Mass fraction of viburnum puree,%

1 25 75
2 75 25
3 60 40
4 40 60
5 50 50
Consequently dietary directivity of marmelade development in recipe amount of sugar re-

placed by fructose, it takes into account degree of sweetness relative to sucrose, which can help
significantly increase amount of puree in product recipe. In addition, due to the properties of
fructose to enhance natural flavor of fruits and berries, produced marmalade has more intense
and strong flavor.
Quality analysis of marmelade samples on organoleptic and physico-chemical parame-
ters were carried out in laboratory conditions, department «Technology of grain processing,
breadmaking, confectionery and macaroni production» of MSUTM named after K.G. Razu-
movsky.
Evaluation quality indicators of marmalade samples was carried out by expert methods
qualimetry. During tasting we took 20 respondents with age from 20 to 50 years in order to iden-
tify relevance of product in different age categories of consumers.
We use a variety of methods: interviews, questionnaires. Practice has shown that the most
effective way – interviews: respondents take the initiative, reasoned expressing their point of
view.
Estimation of consumer properties by qualimetric modeling method. The key step of
evaluation customer satisfaction was procedure based on processing qualimetric modeling data,
which helped offset versatile performance in a single assessment, taking into accounton same
time importance for consumers each of them (Klyachin, 2007).
49
Qualimetric model looks like:

n m
Yik
∑∑ B
i =1 k =1
K= ik
,
nm
where m – number of consumers surveyed;
n – number of estimated criteria (indicators);
Yik – satisfaction of kth consumer by ith criteria, points;
B ik – importance of ith criteria for kth consumer, points.
To systematize received information and visual display results of research, was developed
matrix of customer satisfaction which shows in compact form private consumers assess accord-
ing to selected criteria (taste, color, smell, texture, surface), and data processing results.
To determine reliability of results conducted analysis of consistency expert opinion (con-
sumers) through determination of concordance coefficient:
n
12∑d 2j
j =1
W=
m (n 3 − n)
2 ,
where d j – deviation of ranks sum for j-th parameter from average ranks sum.
If among ranks given by one expert (user), there is an equal, than concordance coefficient
is calculated as follows:
n
12 ∑ d 2j
∑ (t − t k ),
m
W =
j =1
Tk = 3
k
m (n − n ) − m ∑ T k
m
2 3 k =1
k =1
where t k – number of equal rank in kth group.

Concordance coefficient W from 0 tо 1. If W = 1 – there is complete consistency of expert
opinion, if W > 0,5 – tolerable, W < 0,5 – too low.
As the expert assessment are considered random variables, then inspect significance crite-
rion χ2 .
Thus, result is based on conduct multi-level evaluation quality of products, taking into ac-
count opinions of all consumers, which once again proves necessity of respondents classification
in the first phase of study.
Generalized quality score is presented in the form of average index, as the individual indi-
cators contribute different weight share in its formation.
Generalized quality index for developed marmalade determined by six unit indicators: x1 –
taste (sweet / bitter), x2 – taste (like / dislike), x3 – color, x4 – smell, x5 – surface condition, x6 –
consistency. Table 2 present qualitative models of marmalade prototypes.
Analysis of models suggests that the less significant indicator for sample 1 is consistency,
sample 2 – consistency, surface and smell, for sample 3 – taste (sweet/bitter) and taste
(like/dislike), for sample 4 – taste (sweet/bitter), for sample 5 – taste (sweet/bitter) and smell.
From this we can conclude that for respondents taste of prototype № 1 and № 2 was the
main factor in assessing. In all other samples leadership position has value indicator – surface
condition of marmalade.
50
Table 2
Qualitative models of marmalade prototypes
№ Components ratio Qualitative model

1 Viburnum 75/orange 25 P = 0,20 x1 + 0,18 x2 + 0,16 x3 + 0,17 x4 + 0,15 x5 + 0,13x6
2 Viburnum 25/orange 75 P = 0,19 x1 + 0,19 x2 + 0,17 x3 + 0,15 x4 + 0,15 x5 + 0,15 x6
3 Viburnum 40/orange 60 P = 0,11x1 + 0,11x2 + 0,20 x3 + 0,17 x4 + 0,21x5 + 0,20 x6
Definition of quality indicators for marmalade. Analyses to determine physico-chemical

indicators of quality allowed to select the best prototypes (Table 3).
Table 3
Physico-chemical indicators of marmalade prototypes
Indicators Sample № 1 Sample № 2 Sample № 3 Sample № 4 Sample № 5

Acidity, grad H 11,1 7,9 6,4 5,9 6,7
Humidity,% 69,8 67,8 64,3 68,5 66,3
Mass fraction,% 1,5 1,6 1,2 1,3 1,4
Based on extended sensory evaluation and results of physico-chemical studies have found
that best indicators have prototypes № 1 and № 2. This choice, presumably, could be due to fact
that consumers prefer a product with a strong mono taste, smell and color of orange, or Vibur-
num and do not prefer the samples, where they are mixed.
In the next stage of research studied effect from new composition on its antioxidant capac-
ity, which is relevant for improving nutritional value of marmelade and its functional signifi-
cance for human body.
Determination antioxidant capacity of marmalade. Together with Institute of Biochem-
istry A.N. Bach Academy of Sciences held a determination of the antioxidant capacity marma-
lade prototypes by spectrophotometer Carry 100 Bio. Were obtained values of lipophilic and hy-
drophilic fractions of prototypes relative to cation radikaludiammoniynoy salt 2-azinobis-3-
etilbenziazolit-6 sulfonic acid (ABTS). As a standard in the analysis was used Trolox, the calcu-
lation was carried out in Trolox equivalents (TE) (Tciganova, 2015). The results are shown in
Table 4.
Table 4
Results of research antioxidant capacity in test samples of marmalade
Antioxidant capacity, micromole TE / g Antioxidant capacity, micromole TE / g

№
body weight (Lipophilic fraction) body weight (Hydrophilic fraction)
1 0,04 22,33
2 0,02 9,68
The data in Table 4 shows that the main contribution to the value of antioxidant capacity
marmalade making hydrophilic fraction. However, the antioxidant capacity of the sample № 1 is
higher than the 2nd more than twice. It is connected, apparently, with different ratios of orange
and viburnum puree in presented samples (see Table 1). Increasing share of viburnum puree in
recipe of marmelade can improve the antioxidant capacity of the finished product. In addition,
51
due to pick up ingredient composition of the selected sample marmelada № 1 on content of vi-
tamins, macro- and micronutrients can be related to functional foods.
Conclusion. Thus, the developed recipe and technology of fruit jelly marmelade based on
natural ingredients get closer to resolve problem of production confectionery products for a
healthy diet, having functional properties.
LITERATURE
1. Allilueva N.М., Tefikova S.N., Nikitin I.A. Technology and healthy products. – Saratov, 2015. –
Р. 406–409.
2. Klyachin V.N. Statistical methods in quality management: computer technology. – М.: Finance
and statistics, 2007.
3. Tabatorovich A.N. // Siberian trade and economic journal. – 2012. – № 15. – Р. 116–120.
4. Tciganova Т.B., Nikitin I.А., Gakova О.А., Kaluzhniy V.V., Zaichik B.Tс., Trufanova Yu.N. //
Bakery Russia. – 2015. – № 4. –Р. 20–22.
EVALUATION OF SCLEROTINIA BOREALIS

AND S. NIVALIS AS A POTENTIAL TOXIN PRODUCER
E.H.Z. Zayed1, 3, E.N. Pakina1, A.N. Ignatov1

1
2
Phyto Engineering Research, Development LLC
141880 Rogachevo, Moscow reg., Russian
3
Department of Plant Pathology, Faculty of Agriculture, Sohag University
Sohag, 82524, Egypt
Effective pathogenesis by the fungus Sclerotinia spp. requires the secretion of oxalic acid, but, this
compound has no specific activity to host plants. Some studies were conducted to determine whether ox-
alate aids pathogen compatibility, but indicated that the inhibitory effects of oxalate are largely inde-
pendent of both its acidity and its affinity for Ca2+. Other chemicals must be considered, but the current
information about Sclerotinia’s toxins is limited. Three isolates of Sclerotinia borealis and S. nivalis were
studied to examine the possible toxin production and its effect on virulence. After 5 days of germinated
seeds incubation, screening experiments revealed small difference in toxin production by the isolates, and
significant difference in sensitivity of the tested plants. The isolates were less toxic to putative host plants –
cereals, and highly toxic to tomatoes, brassicas, and other vegetables, rarely affected by those pathogens.
Five putative toxin-coding genes were revealed in analysis of complete genome of S. borealis F-4128.
This indicates that a possible action of several toxins is involved in the phytotoxicity of the phytopathogens.
Key words: Sclerotinia, toxins, genome, seed test, virulence, host range.
Introduction. Sclerotinia is a genus of fungi in the family Sclerotiniaceae, which com-

prises of 13 species (NCBI, 2014) including three economically important necrotrophic plant
pathogens: S. sclerotiorum (Lib.) de Bary, S. trifoliorum Erik; ss., S. minor Jagger, S. borealis
Bubák, Vleugel (1917), and S. nivalis I. Saito (Saito, 1979; Kohn, 1979). It also includes S. su-
barctica nom. prov. which has not been formally described and its host range has yet to be pub-
52
lished, but it causes symptoms similar to S. sclerotiorum (Clarkson et al., 2010). Yield losses due
to Sclerotinia diseases in susceptible crops vary and may be as high as 100 per cent (Purdy,
1979). In vegetable and fruit crops, losses are due to the infected produce rotting in the field be-
fore harvest and also due to rotting during storage (Walker, 1969; Willetts and Wong, 1980).
Most species of the genus Sclerotinia are mesophiles as typified by S. sclerotiorum, but S. bore-
alis, S. nivalis, and S. trifoliorum can cause damage to plants under snow cover (Saito and
Tkachenko 2003), attacking gramineous plants, dicots, and forage legumes, respectively. Saito
(2001) delimited the species concept of S. borealis and S. nivalis and investigated their host
range to clear the ambiguity and confusion over both fungi.
It is known, that effective pathogenesis by the fungus Sclerotinia spp. requires the secre-
tion of oxalic acid. Studies were conducted to determine whether oxalate aids pathogen compati-
bility by modulating the oxidative burst of the host plant. Several observations also indicate that
the inhibitory effects of oxalate are largely independent of both its acidity and its affinity for
Ca2+ (Cessna et al., 2000).
Poisoning effects of toxins produced by Sclerotinia sclerotiorum on seedling of sunflower
were reported (LI De-zhou et al., 2008). The unnamed toxin could inhibit seed germination,
plumular axis growth and seedling growth, and also induce lesions of sunflower leaves in vitro.
After being treated with the toxin, the sunflower leaves increased permeability of cell membrane
and the function of cell membrane was damaged.
The genomes of S. borealis and S. sclerotiorium show rather high sequence identity and
local gene order conservation (Mardanov et al., 2014).
The arsenal of genes associated with the necrotrophic lifestyle is also similar between spe-
cies. However, many genome regions and genes specific to S. borealis may be responsible for its
adaptation to particular ecological niches and conditions of growth. The genome sequence of
S. borealis is a valuable recourse for identifying the genes for the central metabolic pathways
and for analyses of the molecular mechanisms of pathogenesis.
In this report, we demonstrate the presence of toxins generated by virulent Sclerotinia bo-
realis and analyze poss3ible candidates based on complete genome sequence of S. borealis strain
F-4128. Most importantly, demonstrate that host plant of S. borealis is not susceptible to toxins
present in cultural liquid.
Material and methods.
Fungi isolates. Isolates of Sclerotinia spp. (Table 1) were cultured on liquid Chapek-Dox
medium in 10 ml tubes at 4 °C for 2 months. Cultural liquid was filtered with syringe and diluted
1:1 with sterile 30 mM phosphate buffer (pH = 7,0). Supplement of several amino acids (valine,
tyrosine, isoleucine, glycine) was studied as well.
Table 1
Isolates of Sclerotinia borealis and Sclerotinia nivalis
Isolate Species Host and Location

F-4125 Sclerotinia borealis Agropyron sp. Ekaterinburg
F-4128 – winter wheat, Mari El republic, Volzhsk district, Kozhlasola
F-4668 Sclerotinia nivalis Sedum sp. Moscow Region, Snegiri
Plant seeds growth. Seeds of tomato (Solanum lycopersicum), spring oilseed rape (Bras-
sica napus) cv. Griffin, radish (Raphanus sativus) cv. French Breakfast, sunflower (Heliantus
sativus) cv. VNIIMK 100, cucumber (Cucumis sativus) cv. Zozulya, barley (Hordeum vulgare)
cv. Josefin, Red clover, cv. Local, wheat (Triticum aestivum) cv. Moskovskaya 39, were ob-
tained from different commercial seed companies, and incubated for 1–2 days until start of ger-
mination at 24 °C on wet filter paper in Petri dishes. The germinating seeds were selected and
transferred on filter paper with supplement of diluted cultural liquid of S. borealis and S. nivalis,
53
obtained as described below. The Petri dishes with seeds were incubated at 24 °C for 3 more
days in darkness, and seedlings root and stem length were measures daily.
Effect of cultural liquid concentration. Cultural liquid was diluted 1:1, 1:3, 1:7 with ster-
ile 30 mM phosphate buffer (pH = 7,0). The germinating seeds were transferred on filter paper
with supplement of diluted cultural liquid of S. borealis and S. nivalis, and rated as described
above. The experiment was repeated 3 times.
Bioinformatic analyzis of S. borealis F-4128 proteins. Genome of S. borealis F-4128 was
sequenced using the Roche GS FLX pyrosequencing platform. The total size of the assembled
genome of S. borealis is 39,3 Mbp, with a G + C content of 42%. Ab initio gene prediction was
performed by using Augustus 2.7 (http://bioinf.uni-greifswald.de/augustus), producing 10,171
protein-coding sequences (Mardanov et al., 2014).
We searched for toxin-like coding genes using resources of NCBI for protein analysis
(https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein). Protein sequences of toxins proteins were retrieved from
National Centre for Biotechnology Information. Presence of signal peptide within the amino acid
sequences and cleavage sites of signal peptides was analyzed using SignalP 4.0 algorithm which
is a neural network-based method (http://www.cbs.dtu.dk/services/SignalP). Main chain of pro-
tein sequences were selected for further analysis. Sequence related information's was recovered
from Protein Information Resources (PIR) knowledgebase (http://pir.georgetown.edu). Multiple
sequence alignment is done with Clustal-X program (in Bioedit 7,02).
Results. Toxic effect of cultural liquid. The culture filtrate had a toxic effect on germi-
nation of tomato, radish, oilseed rape, cucumber, red clover, and sunflower seeds, but had not for
seeds of wheat and barley (Table 2). The Czapec-Dox medium had slightly suppressing effect on
germination of the seeds. The level of toxicity differed in variants of culture filtrate. Supplement
of several amino acids (valine, tyrosine, isoleucine, glycine) increased the toxic effect (data not
shown). The original culture filtrate taken from the liquid Czapec-Dox medium had significant
effect on tomato seed germination until dilution 1:7 (Table 3).
Table 2
The toxic effect of the culture filtrate of Sclerotinia spp. on germinating seeds
(% reduction of root length comparing to control)
Plant S. borealis F-4125 S. borealis F-4125 S. nivalis F-4668

Wheat 5,3 6,9 3,1
Barley 5,5 8,2 4,1
Sunflower 12,4 15,9 14,0
Cucumber 22,2 24,0 27,2
Oilseed rape 25,9 27,6 29,3
Radish 32,1 32,9 35,1
Red clover 43,8 53,2 45,9
Tomato 78,9 82,1 85,9
LSD95 5,0 6,9 5,6
Table 3
The toxic effect of serial dilutions of the culture filtrate of Sclerotinia spp. on germinating tomato seeds
(% of reduction of root length)
Dilution S. borealis F-4125 S. borealis F-4125 S. nivalis F-4668

Control (Water) 0 0 0
Control (Chapek-Dox) 1,9 1,9 1,9
1:1 78,9 82,1 85,9
1:3 61,4 53,2 53,1
1:7 4,1 3,3 4,8
LSD95 4,0 3,9 3,6
54
Sclerotinia toxins identification. BLAST analysis of proteins from complete genome of

strain F-4128 identified 5 protein-coding genes, homologous to known toxins, present in other
organisms (Table 4).
Table 4
Putative toxin-coding proteins identified in the genome of S. borealis F-4128.
Protein Homologous toxins Literature

> ESZ98118.1 structural toxin protein Pore-forming leukotoxins Repeats-in-toxin (RTX) Linhartová
RtxA [Sclerotinia borealis F-4128] 105 aa exoproteins binding Ca2+ ions et al., 2010
> ESZ97055.1 hypothetical protein Forms oligomeric pores on cell surfaces via a lipid
Tateno et
SBOR_2546 [Sclerotinia borealis F-4128] raft-associated protein(s). hemolytic lectins, Clos-
al., 2003
633 tridium epsilon toxin ETX
Van Dam-
> ESZ95384.1 hypothetical protein
HA33/A toxin from Clostridium botulinum me et al.
SBOR_4240 [Sclerotinia borealis F-4128]
2007
Dy et al.,
SBOR_5794 [Sclerotinia borealis F-4128] AAA domain, putative AbiEii toxin, Type IV TA
2014
aa 711
Bussey H.,
SBOR_2725 [Sclerotinia borealis F-4128] K1 killer toxin a secreted, pore-forming protein
1991
112 aa
Conclusions. To our knowledge this is the first report of plant-specific toxic effect of cul-
tural filtrate of S. borealis and S. nivalis. Though the results of toxin-coding proteins finding in
S. borealis genome should be interpreted with care it is tempting to speculate that the Sclerotini-
aceae toxin-coding genes appear to be structurally related to several well-known microbial tox-
ins. Taking into account that orthologues of toxin-related proteins are fairly common within the
family Sclerotiniaceae and could be identified in some other fungal plant pathogenic species one
can reasonably conclude that they can play important role in pathogenesis of Sclerotinia spp.
LITERATURE
1. Bassi H. K1 killer toxin, a pore-forming protein from yeast // Molecular Microbiology. – 1991. –
T. 5. – № 10. – S. 2339–2343.
2. Cessna S., Sears E.V., Dickman M. B., Low P.S. Oxalic acid, a pathogenicity factor for the
pathogen sclerotinia sclerotiorum, suppresses the oxidative burst of the host plant // Plant Cell. – 2000. –
№ 12 (11). – Р. 2191–2199.
3. Clarkson J.P., Carter H.E., Coventry E. First report of Sclerotinia subarctica nom. prov. (Scle-
rotinia species 1) in the UK on Ranunculus acris // Plant Pathology. – 2010. – № 59. – Р. 1173.
4. Dy R.L., Przybilski R., Semeijn K., Salmond G.P., Fineran P.C. A widespread bacteriophage
abortive functions of the system of infection through a type IV toxin–antitoxin mechanism // Nucleic ac-
ids research. – 2014. – № 42 (7). – Р. 4590–4605.
5. Li De-Zhou, Zhang Xiao-Yu, Liu Zheng-yuan, Li Feng-Qin, Liu Zheng-ping. The consequences
of poisoning the crude toxin of the pathogen sclerotinia Sclerotiorum on seeds and seedlings of sunflo-
wer // Journal of Beijing University of agriculture. – 2008. – № 23 (04). – Р. 25–28.
6. Linhartová I., Bumba L., Mašín J., Basler M., Is R., Kamanová J., …, Morová J. RTX proteins: a
highly diverse family secreted by a common mechanism // FEMS Microbiology reviews. – 2010. –
№ 34 (6). – Р. 1076–11122. Doi: 01175–13.
7. Mardanov A.V., Beletsky A.V., Kadnikov V.V., Ignatov A.N., Ravin N. The draft sequence of the
genome of white Borealis, a psychrophilic plant pathogenic fungi // Genome Announc. – 2014. Doi:
10.1128/genomeA.01175-13.
8. Purdy L.H. Sclerotinia sclerotiorum: history, diseases and symptomatology, host range, geo-
graphic distribution, and impact // Phytopathology. – 1979. – № 69 (8). – Р. 875–888.
55
9. Saito I. Snow mold fungi in the Sclerotiniaceae // Low temperature plant microbe interactions
under snow / Iriki N., Gaudet D.A., Tronsmo A.M., Matsumoto N., Yoshida M., Nishimune A. (eds). –
Sapporo: Hokkaido National Agricultural Experiment Station, 2001. – Р. 37–48.
10. Saito I., Tkachenko O.B. Low temperature species of Sclerotinia causing plant diseases in win-
ter // Advances in plant disease management / Huang H.C., Acharya S.N. (eds). – Research Signpost,
Kerala, 2003. – Р. 195–214.
11. Saito I., Sclerotinia K., Nov S.P. The pathogen of snow mold of herbaceous dicots in Northern
Japan // Mycoscience is. – 1997. – Vol. 38. – № 2. – P. 227–236.
12. Tateno N., Goldstein I.I. Molecular cloning, expression and characterization of a new hemolytic
lectins from the mushroom Laetiporus sulphureus, which show homology to bacterial toxins // Journal of
biological chemistry. – 2003. – T. 278. – № 42. – S. 40455–40463.
13. Van Damme E.J.M., Nakamura-tsuruta-is S., Hirabayashi Y. et al. The sclerotia sclerotiorum
lectin represents a new family of fungal lectins remotely associated with Clostridium botulinum Non-
toxin hemagglutinin // Glycoconj J. – 2007. HA33/a 9924: 143. DOI: 10.1007/s10719-006-9022-z.
14. Walker J.C. Plant Pathology, 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill, New York, (1969). 819 p.
15. Willetts H.J., Wong J.A.L. The biology of Sclerotinia sclerotiorum, S. trifoliorum and S. minor
with emphasis on specific nomenclature. – 1980. Bot. Rev. 46: 101–165.
BIOCLIMATIC STUDY FOR RUBUS FRUTICOSUS

AND DETERMINE WHERE IT GROWS IN NATURE CASE IN SYRIA
F. Duksi

Rubus fruticosus L grows naturally in Syria.

The fruit has medicinal, cosmetic and nutritious values. The juice is potentially used as preserva-
tive in food processing industries, as well as bioactive constituent therapeutic, It is also used as an ingre-
dient in bakery products like jams, snacks, desserts, and fruit preserves.
The plant materials contain various type of phytochemical constituents such as alkaloids, flavon-
oids, tannins, saponins, glycosides, terpenoids, sterols and carbohydrates. It also contains ascorbic acid,
organic acids, tannins, and volatile oils..
So, this study of bioclimatic condition for such kind of plant that grows naturally is a good idea
that we can plan, which doesn't cost that much. We chose this plant because it has a medicinal, cosmetic
and nutritive value. Through a number of scientific tours in the Syrian s forest in 2016–2017. To identify
the bioclimatic where it grows. In the results, we found that we recommend more study and study the pos-
sibility of converting to an agricultural crop.
Key word: Rubus fruticosus, bioclimatic zones, Syria, medicinal, cosmetic and nutritious value.
Introduction. Rubus fruticosus L and raspberry are members of the family Rosaceae.
Taxon: Rubus fruticosus.
Genus: Rubus.
Family: Rosaceae.
Existence Range: origin Europe, Naturalized, Asia, South America, United States, North-
Central Pacific,United States – Hawaii, Africa, Southern Africa, South Africa, Australasia, New
Zealand (1-2-3-4-5-6-20).
Description. Rubus fruticosus L. is a semi-prostrate to almost erect, scrambling, perennial
deciduous prickly, shrub with entangling and arching stem growing up to 3 m at a fast rate. It
56
grows in woodland garden [7–8]. Stem In its first year, a new stem, the primocane, grows vigor-
ously to its full length of 3–6 m (in some cases, up to 9 m), arching or trailing along the ground
and bearing large palmately compound leaves with five or seven leaflets; it does not produce any
flowers. In its second year, the cane becomes a floricane and the stem does not grow longer, but
the lateral buds break to produce flowering laterals (which have smaller leaves with three or five
leaflets) [9]. First and second year shoots usually have numerous short-curved very sharp
prickles that are often erroneously called thorns. These prickles can tear through denim with
ease and make the plant very difficult to navigate around. Unmanaged mature plants form a
tangle of dense arching stems, the branches rooting from the node tip on many species when
they reach the ground. Vigorous and growing rapidly in woods, scrub, hillsides and hedgerows,
Rubus fruticosus, shrubs tolerate poor soils, readily colonizing wasteland, ditches and vacant
lots [10].
Leaves Compound with three or five oval leaflets. Leaflets are usually dark-green above
and lighter green beneath, with small teeth around the edges [13].
Flowers White or pink, 2–3 cm in diameter, formed in clusters at the ends of short
branches; petals five.
Fruit Rubus fruticosus Lchanging color from green to red to black as it ripens, 1–3 cm in
diameter, consisting of an aggregate of fleshy segments or drupelets, each containing one seed.
Seed Light to dark brown, somewhat triangular, 2–3-mm long, deeply and irregularly pit-
ted.
Root Most roots occur in the top 20 cm of soil but a few are up to 1-m deep; there is a
well-defined crown at ground level [14].
Medical uses. The plant materials contain various type of phytochemical constituents such
as alkaloids, flavonoids, tannins, saponins, glycosides, terpenoids, sterols, and carbohydrates
[15–17]. It also contains ascorbic acid, organic acids, tannins, and volatile oils [18].
Rubus fruticosus L is known for its anticancer properties. As it contains antioxidants, it is
known to destroy the free radicals that harm cells and can lead to cancer [19].
YoungRubus fruticosus L leaves have high levels of antioxidants, or oxygen radical ab-
sorbance capacity, according to a study conducted by the U. S. Department of Agriculture's Ag-
ricultural Research Service and published in the «Journal of Agricultural Food Chemistry» in
February 2000 [21].
R. fruticosus has been used in Europe to treat diabetes. An extract of the leaves showed a
hypoglycemic effect on diabetic rats [22].
Material and Methods. We have to do a number of scientific tours in the Syrian s forest.
We determine for plant where it is grow in nature case, with recording type soil that grows on
this plant in each region:
1) according to previous studies of bioclimatic zones and because Syria country is one of
the Mediterranean basin countries, so we can determine the bioclimatic zones and their climatic
variants for Rubus fruticosus According to (Alboshi, 2012). Where Alboshi identified deter-
mined the bioclimatic zones for every region in Syria.used on data from climatic stations in these
areas and he based on classic method (Emberger, 1933) in Mediterranean phytogeography and
he draw bioclimatic map for Syria;
2) bioclimatic map: the purpose of a bioclimatic map is to exhibit for a particular region, a
synthesis of the climatic factors of special importance for living creatures. According to [23–24]
it is accordingly based on a particular aspect of the study of climate for these porpose is Ember-
ger's method of the Mediterranean region:
or ,
57
where Q – Emberger's quotient;

P – the precipitation(mm per year);
m – the mean of the minimum temperatures of the coldest month;
M – the mean of the maximum temperatures of the hottest month.
In the same way, all the bioclimatologists working on the Mediterranean bioclimate have
also defined, in relation with increasing humidity, diverse zones for which the terms mostly used
are: arid, semiarid, sub humid and humid (Emberger 1930; Thornthwaite 1948).
According to Q we have this Bioclimatic types [23].
Bioclimatic types Q
Tress arid Q < 20
Arid 20 to 30
Semi-arid 30 to 50
Sub humid 50 to 90
Humid Q > 90
In each of these bioclimatic types it is possible to distinguish thermal variants, defined in

relation with the values of m (senso Emberger). The generally admitted limits (Daget, 1977) are
the following:
The combination of the bioclimatic zones and their climatic variants make it possible to es-
tablish a diagram–the climagram (Emberger, 1933) now classic in Mediterranean phytogeogra-
phy [23].
Climates with coldest month temperatures are rated as follows [23]:
Conclusion. Therefore, Medical plants constitute one of the most important economic re-
sources in Syrian forests, so we should study of medicinal plants that grow in the forest, identity
the best ways to collect medicinal plants and the best ways to use of them.
Linking between regions Rubus fruticosus grows in nature case and bioclimatic zones for
every region give us a clear idea for planning of environmental management strategies, iincreasing
economic efficiency of forests, subject to the implementation of sustainable forest management.
LITERATURE
1. URL: npgsweb.ars-grin.gov/gringlobal/taxonomydetail.aspx?419819
2. Duke J.A. et al. CRC Handbook of medicinal herbs. – Еd. 2. – 2002 (CRC MedHerbs).
3. McGuffin M., Kartesz J.T., Leung A.Y., Tucker A.O. Herbs of commerce. – Ed. 2. – 2000 (Herbs
Commerce).
4. Flora europaea / ed. by T.G. Tutin et al. – 1964–1980 (F Eur).
5. Weber E. Invasive plant species of the world: a literature guide to environmental weeds. – 2003
(Invasive Pl Spec).
6. Wiersema J.H., León B. World economic plants: a standard literature (on-line edition) [medicinal
plants only] (World Econ Pl Med).
58
7. Rameshwar V., Tushar G., Rakesh P., Chetan G. Rubus fruticosus (blackberry) use as an herbal
medicine // Pharmacogn Rev. – 2014, Jul.–Dec. – № 8 (16). – Р. 101–104.
8. Plants for a Future. Available online. – URL: http://www.pfaf.org/user/Plant.aspx?LatinName=
Rubus+fruticosus (accessed on 5 November 2012).
9. Krewer G., Fonseca M., Brannen P., Horton D. Home Garden: Raspberries, Blackberries Coop-
erative Extension Service / The University of Georgia College of Agricultural and Environmental Sci-
ences. – 2004.
10. New RHS Dictionary of Gardening / editor A. Huxley. Macmillan. – 1992.
11. Blamey M., Grey-Wilson C. Flora of Britain and Northern Europe. – 1989.
12. mcshanesnursery.com McShane's Nursery and Landscape Supply (last accessed on 2013,
Aug. 25). – URL: http://www.mcshanesnursery.com/wpcontent/uploads/2010/06/BLACKBERRIES1.pdf
13. Clarence Valley Council, Inc 2014. – URL: clarence.nsw.gov.au; http://www.clarence.nsw.gov.
au/content/uploads/Blackberry.pdf (last accessed on 2013, Aug. 26).
14. Parsons W.T. Noxious Weeds of Australia. – 2nd ed. – Collingwood: CSIRO Publishing; 2001.
Noxious weed legislation in Australia-Family Rosaceae. – Р. 578.
15. Aduragbenro D.A., Yeside O.O., Adeolu A.A., Olanrewaju M.J., Ayotunde S.A., Olumayo-
kun A.O. et al. Blood pressure lowering effect of Adenanthera pavonina Seed extract on normotensive
rats // Rec Nat Prod. – 2009. – № 3. – Р. 282–289.
16. Harborne J.B. Phytochemical methods. – London: Chapman and Hall, 1973.
17. Kokate C.K., Purohit A.P., Gokhale S.B. Practical Pharmacognosy. – 4th ed. – New Delhi: Val-
labh Prakashan, 1997. – Р. 106–111.
18. Wada L., Ou B. Antioxidant activity and phenolic content of Oregon caneberries // J. Agr. Food
Chem. – 2002. – № 50 (Suppl. 12). – Р. 3495–500. [PubMed]
19. Live and Feel, Inc; 2014. liveandfeel.com. – URL: http://www.liveandfeel.com/vegetables/
blackberry.htm (last accessed on 2013, Aug. 28).
20. URL: npgsweb.ars-grin.gov/gringlobal/taxonomydetail.aspx?419819
21. Wang S.Y., Lin H.S. Antioxidant activity in fruits and leaves of blackberry, raspberry and
strawberry varies with cultivar and developmental stage // J. Agric. Food Chem. – 2000. – № 48. – Р.
140–146. [PubMed]
22. Bailey C.J., Day C. Traditional plant medicines as treatments for diabetes // Diabetes Care. –
1989. – № 12. – Р. 553–564. [PubMed]
23. Classifying Mediterranean Ecosystems in the Mediterranean Rim Countries and in Southwest-
ern U.S.A. Marcel Barbero and Pierre Quezez., Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW-58. Berkeley, CA: Pacific South-
west Forest and Range.Experiment Station, Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture. – 1982.
24. Ecological study of the mediterrannean zone,Published in 1963 by the United Nations Educa-
tional, Scientific and Cultural Organization Place de Fontenoy, Paris-7e and the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, viale délie Terme di Caracalla, Rome Printed by Firmin-Didot, Mes-
nil-sur-VEstrée (Eure).
CHEMICAL MUTAGENESIS AS A METHOD

OF EXPANDING GENETIC DIVERSITY LINUM USITATISSIMUM L.
AND CREATING A NEW SOURCE MATERIAL
FOR VARIOUS DIRECTIONS IN BREEDING
K.P. Korolyov
The Institute of Biology of the Tyumen State University
The main tasks of induced mutagenesis are now to improve known methods of mutagenesis, to
search for new mutagenic factors that have low toxicity and to reveal the specificity of their influence on
flax plants. Based on the conducted studies, the features of the effect of chemical compounds on the mor-
59
phological features in flax fiber samples have been established. As a result of phenological observations,
it was established that chemical mutagens had a negative effect on the growth and development of mutant
plants, which manifested itself visually. Under the influence of HMM on the Grant variety, plants with
chlorophilic changes are noted.
It was found that at high concentrations inhibition of growth processes is observed, and in some
cases complete destruction of plants occurs before harvesting. All studied genotypes reacted ambiguously
to chemical compounds possessing mutagenic effect. It should be noted that the first study of nitrosogua-
nidine made it possible to conclude that to obtain valuable forms of flax, additional studies with this com-
pound are necessary.
Key words: flax-fiber, sample, field germination, concentration, exposure exposure.
Induction of a wide range of variability of qualitative and quantitative characteristics and

properties in samples and varieties of crops is of great importance both for theoretical studies on
mutagenesis and for practical mutational selection. With the help of artificially induced muta-
tions, it is possible to considerably expand the limits of population-genetic variability of plants
and, thereby, to increase the efficiency of selection. An important place here is the determination
of the effectiveness of mutagenic agents and the study of the characteristics of the manifestation
of mutagenic effects in various samples (Simash, Korolev, 2012).
Almost all known physical and chemical mutagens have been tested on flax. According to
the conclusion of a number of researchers, chemical mutagens are most effective in obtaining
selectively significant forms, which, as a rule, give more useful mutations than radiation. Pref-
erably, the use of small doses for prolonged exposure than high concentrations and short-term
treatment. In the first case, there are more point mutations and fewer chromosomal rearrange-
ments [Simash, 2012; Bachalis, 2002; Makeen, 2010].
The experiments were conducted in 2016–2017. In the laboratory of flax fiber breeding of
the Institute of Flax (Republic of Belarus) and the laboratory of biotechnological and microbi-
ological research of the Department of Botany, Biotechnology and Landscape Architecture of the
Institute of Biology of the Tyumen State University (Russian Federation).
The aim of the study was to study the reaction of genotypes of flax-dolguntsa to the use of
nitrosomethylurea, nitrosoguanidine, and phosphomide. Object of investigation: collector sam-
ples of flax-dolguntsa – Yarok, Laska, Grant, Aramis, Ottava 770 In See, Velizhsky ridge. The
seeds were treated with nitrosomethyl urea at concentrations of 0,005; 0,01; 0,12 and 0,25%, ni-
trosoguanidine 0,01; 0,05; 0,1 and 0,15% at exposures 6,12 and 18 H and phosphomide in con-
centrations of 0,005; 0,01; 0,1% and 8 h exposure. Control variants were soaked in distilled wa-
ter.
After the treatment, the seeds were washed for 30 minutes with running water, then they
were dried and divided into 2 parts for laboratory experiments and field experiment. In petri
dishes the seeds were germinated to determine the germination energy, germination capacity,
morphometric parameters of seedlings, and the study of microflora.
Along with the morphoses in the variants of the treatment of HMM seeds, flax plants of
Grant's flax variety had single plants with chlorophilic mutations. Variation in the color of flow-
ers, the number of stamens, the number of petals, sepals, the degree of opening flowers was not
observed. As a result of the studies, a decrease in the field germination of seeds was revealed
with the use of HMM with an increase in the concentration of effects on different genotypes of
flax (Fig. 1).
At 6 hours of exposure, low germination was observed at 0,01% of the HMM concentra-
tion – 47,5%. Slightly increased when applying the HMM in a concentration of 0,006% and
amounted to 60,0%; 12 h exposure and concentration of 0,25% reduced this figure to 26,5%.
Concentrations of 0,12 and 0,25% and 18 hours had a depressing effect on this feature.
60
6 hours 12 hours 18 hours
Fig. 1. Effect of HMM on field germination in mutant forms M1
On the Grant variety, nitrosoguanidine did not have a stimulating effect on any of the stud-
ied variants of the experiment. The germination rate decreased at 6h. Exposure from 50,0 to
6,5%; from 39,0 to 6,0% at 12 hours and from 30,0 to 2,0 at 18 hours exposure. It should only be
noted that at a dose of 0,01% and 6 hours of treatment, germination was at the control level
(Fig. 2).
6 hours 12 hours 18 hours
Fig. 2. Influence of nitrosoguanidine on field seed germination in varieties of Laska and Rod-829
Field germination of the Rod-829 sample decreased from 52,5 to 10,5% at 6 hours expo-
sure. Concentrations of 0,05 and 0,15% and 12 hours of exposure resulted in complete death of
plants prior to harvesting, at a concentration of 0,01 to 0,15% and 18 hours of treatment, the
germination rate was from 40,0 to 12,0%.
It should be noted that the mutability of other varieties by this criterion was the same: the
mutagen reduced seed germination, high doses resulted in weakening of plants and in some cases
observed complete death. For example, in the Lasca variety, only a concentration of 0.01% at 6h
exposure allowed to obtain field germination above 50%.
Phosphomide had an ambiguous effect on the length of sprouts in different genotypes of
flax-dolguntsa. Seed treatment in the 0,005% concentration of phosphomide caused a decrease in
the length of the sprout in the Ottava 770 B See sample from 3,0 to 8,0 cm, in the Yarok sample
61
of 4,6–8,0 cm, Velizhsky range from 2,0–10,0 cm. High concentrations of phosphomide (0,01–
0,1%) reduced the length of shoots in the Yarok specimen (lim = 2,3–7,8), Velizh ridge (lim =
3,0–10,0), Ottava 770 V See (lim = 2,0–6,0). With an increase in the concentration of the chemi-
cal compound, the mass decreased significantly from 0,02 mg. Up to 0,05 mg.
Thus, as a result of studies, it was revealed that the reaction of varieties to the use of
chemical compounds of a mutagenic nature is ambiguous. The greatest number of morphological
changes was detected at high exposure concentrations and processing exposures. Stimulant effect
is noted in some treatment options. At the same time, there was a slight excess of symptoms in
the experimental variants over the control. In the future, it is planned to study the obtained mu-
tant forms of flax in order to select valuable forms as a new starting material.
The author is grateful to the doctor of agricultural sciences. Sciences, Professor of the Institute of
Biology N.A. Bomе and also to the leading scientific employee of the Institute of Biochemical Physics,
L.I. Weisfeld for all-round assistance in research.
LITERATURE
1. Bachyalis K.P. Induced mutants of flax-dolguntsa and their economic-biological characteristics //

Selection, seed-growing and agrotechnics of cultivation of flax-dolguntsa: sb. Sci. Tr. / VNIIL. –
Torzhok, 2002. – Is. 30. – T. 1. – P. 105–109.
2. Ivashko L.V. The use of the method of mutagenesis in selection of flax fiber // Chemical
mutagenesis in the selection process. – Moscow: Nauka, 1988. – P. 158–160.
3. Simash S.V., Korolev K.P. Creation of a new source material of flax-dolguntsa using the method
of induced mutagenesis // Youth and Innovation: Materials of the International. Young. Conf., Gorki May
13–16, 2012. – BGSKh.A-Gorki, 2012. – P. 34–36.
4. Makeen K., Suresh B. Mutagenic effectiveness and efficiency of gamma rays, sodium azide and
their synergistic effects in Urd bean (Vigna mungo L.) // World J. Agri. Sci. – 2010. – № 6 (2). – Р. 234–237.
CHARACTERIZATION OF MICROBIAL GROUPS

ASSOCIATED TO COFFEE CULTURE (COFFEA SPP.)
AND THEIR POTENTIALS IN THE STIMULATION
OF THE PLANT GROWTH
Y. Herrera1, A. Hernández2, M.E. González3

1
Cuban Institute for the Research on Sugarcane Byproducts (ICIDCA), Cuba
2
Microbian Ecology Laboratory, Faculty of Biology, University of Havana, Cuba
3
National Institute for Agricultural Sciences (INCA), Mayabeque, Cuba
Coffea spp. is the most important genus in the Rubiacea family. Coffea arabica (Arabica coffee)
and Coffea canephora (Robusta coffee) are the most valued species in our country, not only for the pro-
duction yield, but also for the area these crops represent from the land. To achieve a more sustainable
production, microorganisms associated to the plants could be used, being the use of diazotrophic bacteria
a promising alternative for the use of chemical fertilizers. This work was aimed to characterize the mi-
crobial groups associated to the rhizosphere of coffee (Coffea spp.) and its potentialities in the stimula-
tion of plant growth. Samples were taken from rhizospheric soil and dilutions were sown in the semi-solid
nitrogen-free media NFb and JNFb. From the 95 recovered isolates, 10 were selected due to the forma-
tion of the typical films of diazotrophic bacteria. All of the isolates produced indole compounds (0,93–
2,72 μg·mL-1) and three of them were able to produce siderophores (12,25–16,75 mm). The bacterial iso-
62
lates solubilized tricalcium phosphate, showing a level of early solubilization (SI: 2,95 and 6,37), stand-
ing out C4, C6, C8 and C9 for the highest solubilization index. Herbaspirillum sp. C8 showed the great-
est potentialities for plant growth promotion, and could be used for obtaining efficient bio-products in
coffee and other crops of economic importance.
Key words: Coffea Arabica, Coffea Canephora, Herbaspirillum sp., Azospirillum sp.
Methodology. Coffea arabica and Coffea canephora samples were taken from
rhizospheric soil (Red Ferralitic soil) from Cuba. For the characterization of the microbial
groups, the agar culture media, 168 h at 30 °C; Nutrient Agar, 24 h 30 °C and Malt Extract Agar,
168 h 30 °C. For the isolation of diazotrophic bacteria, the semi-solid nitrogen-free media JNFb
(Herbaspirillum sp.) (Dobereiner et al., 1995) and NFb (Azospirillum Sp.) (Baldani et al., 1980).
Samples were incubated for 7 days at 28 °C. For the physiological-biochemical characterization,
the API 20NE system (Biomérieux, France) was used. The strains of Azospirillum were used.
(ATCC29709), Pseudomonas putida AI05, Pseudomonas sp. AJ13 and Herbaspirillum seropedicae
Z94. The phosphate solubilizing activity was determined according to the protocol described by
Metha and Nautiyal (2001). To quantify the production of indole compounds, the isolates were cul-
tured in liquid medium Tryptic Soy Broth supplemented with L-Tryptophan (0,1 g/L) (Tien et al.,
1979). The quantification of siderophores was performed according to the methodology de-
scribed by Schwyn and Neilands (1987). The statistical analysis was performed using the
STATISTICA Program Version 8.0 on Windows.
Results and Discussion. The concentrations of microbial populations isolated from the
rhizosphere of C. arabica and C. canephora plants showed high population levels of bacteria
(between 3 × 1010 and 3 × 1011 cfu × g-1), fungi (between 3,5 × 107 and 3,5–108 cfu – g-1) and
actinomycetes (between 7 – 107 and 5 – 108 cfu – g-1). There are no significant differences in the
population levels associated with the species Coffea arabica cv. Arabica and Coffea canephora
cv. Robusta for p < 0,05, according to the statistical test of χ2. The high microbial concentrations
obtained in this study could be explained if the characteristics of the soil from which they were
isolated were taken into account. The rhizosphere soil sampled in this study was characterized by
favorable conditions for the growth of microorganisms according to Hernández et al. (2002).
The concentration of the diazotrophic bacteria populations associated with the cultivars of
Coffea sp. Ranged from 1,6 × 105 to 1,4 × 108 ufc – g-1 of soil. In this case, there are no signifi-
cant statistical differences between the cultivars, however, the values of magnitude between the
two samples of the cultivar Coffea arabica cv. Arabica are different. A total of 95 isolates of the
rhizosphere of the coffee crop were selected, due to their growth capacity in the NFb and JNFb
media. Of these, only 10 were selected taking into account film formation at approximately
4 mm the surface of the semisolid culture media, typical of diazotrophic bacteria.
The analysis of the results of the physiological-biochemical tests, obtained in the API
20NE, by calculating the Euclidean distance and complete ligation, as well as a clustering test,
showed that the isolates were in three groups (Fig. 1).
Group I is formed by isolates C1, C3, C4, C5, C6, C8, C9. The physiological-biochemical
tests showed that this group of isolates belongs to the genus Herbaspirillum. Group II is formed
by the isolates 8I and C7, indicating that C7 belongs to the genus Azospirillum. Group III is
formed by isolates C2 and C10.
The physiological-biochemical tests indicate that this group of isolates do not belong to the
genera Azospirillum and Herbaspirillum, so that they could be found within other genera of bac-
teria present in the rhizosphere of crops of economic importance. The results of tricalcium phos-
phate solubilization showed significant differences at 14 days of growth. The isolates C4, C6, C8
and C9 were highlighted, presenting values between 4,64 and 6,37.
63
Fig. 1. Dendrogram, represents the grouping of the isolates,

obtained from the physiological-biochemical tests
Regarding the production of indole compounds, it was observed that 100% of the selected
isolates showed this capacity, which is of great importance in plant phytostimulation (Saravana-
kuma and Samiyappan, 2007). The C10 isolate obtained the highest value, with a production of
2,72 μg – mL-1, although no statistically significant differences were observed between the iso-
lates, maintaining the values in a very narrow numerical range between 0,93 and 2,72 μg – mL-1.
After 24 hours of incubation, only three (C2, C9 and C10) of the 10 selected isolates (Fig. 2)
showed siderophores production, with siderophore production halos varying between 12,25 and
16,75 mm. The largest production halos were those of the C2 isolate and the C10 isolate.
Fig. 2. Production of siderophores by selected isolates. Positive control: Pseudomonas sp. AI05 and AJ13
Conclusions. In the rhynosphere of Coffea arabica cv. Arabica and Coffea canephora cv. Ro-
busta bacteria (between 3 – 1010 and 3 – 1011 cfu – g-1), fungi (between 3,5 – 107 and 3,5 – 108 cfu – g-1)
and actinomycetes (between 7 – 107 and 5 – 108 cfu – g-1), demonstrating that the cultivar does
not significantly influence microbial concentrations.
– 95 autochthonous diazotrophic isolates were selected from the rhizosphere of the coffee
crop, of which only 10 were classified as Azospirillum and Herbaspirillum, which indicates the
presence of other genera of bacteria with the nitrogen fixation capacity.
– The selected dizotrophic bacteria have the capacity to produce indole compounds (0,93–
2,72 μg – mL-1), solubilize phosphates (2,95–6,37) and C2, C9 and C10 isolates (12,25–
16,75 mm) produce siderophores. C8 was selected because his greater potential as a plant growth
promoting agent.
64
LITERATURE
1. Baldani V.L.D., Döbereiner J. Host-plant specificity in the infection of cereals with Azospiril-
lum spp. // Soil Biol. Biochem. – 1980. – № 12. – Р. 433–439.
2. Döbereiner J., Baldani V.L.D., Baldani J.I. Como isolar e identificar bactérias diazotróficas de
plantas não-leguminosas. – Brasília: EMBRAPASPI; Seropédica: EMBRAPA-CNPAB, 1995.
3. Hernández A. Obtención de un bioestimulador del crecimiento vegetal a partir de rizobacterias
asociadas al cultivo del maíz (Zea mays L) [Tesis para optar al grado de Doctor en Ciencias Biológicas]. –
Habana: Universidad de La Habana, 2002.
4. Mehta S., Nautiyal C.S. An Efficient Method for Qualitative Screening of Phosphate-Solubili-
zing Bacteria // Current Microbiology. – 2001. – № 43. – Р. 51–56.
5. Saravanakuma D., Samiyappan R. ACC deaminase from Pseudomonas fluorescens mediated sa-
line resistance in groundnut (Arachis hypogea) plants // J. Appl. Microbiol. – 2007. – № 102. – Р. 1283–
1292.
6. Schwyn B., Neilands J.B. Universal Chemical Assay for the Detection and Determination of
Siderophores // Analytical Biochemistry. – 1987. – № 160. – Р. 47–56.
7. Tien T.M., Gaskins M.H., Hubblel D.H. Plant growth substances produced by Azospirillum bra-
siliense and their effects on the growth of Pennisetum americanum // L. Applied and Environmental Mi-
crobiology. – 1979. – № 37. – Р. 1016–1024.
СONDITION OF THE RUSSIAN SEED PRODUCTION

OF VEGETABLE CROPS
A.A. Karavdin, N.B. Sambros

Russia today produces very little seed of vegetable crops. The main share of the seeds is imported
from abroad. Production of own high quality seeds is not only the fulfillment of an important part of the
food program, but it is also connected with the health of our nation, human longevity and it is essential
element of food security of the country. In recent years, more and more Russian vegetable growers began
to use domestic varieties and hybrids in crops production. This fact indicates that the really competitive
varieties and hybrids of domestic breeding began to appear on the market. Such enterprises as agricul-
tural firm «Poisk» contribute to the revival of the domestic seed production. However, they will not be
able to achieve any success in this area without serious help of the state.
Key words: seed production , food security, vegetable crops, consumption, production.
The goal of the studу: to provide an analysis of the condition of Russian’s seed produc-
tion of vegetable crops.
The object: agricultural company «Poisk».
The results of research. Vegetable – this is one of the most steadily growing and devel-
oping industries in the world. Nowadays, there is an increase in consumption of all kinds of
vegetables: fresh, frozen and canned, and also increases the consumption of vegetable juices.
However, Russia is far behind almost all developed countries, not only in the production of
vegetables, but also in the consumption of vegetables per capita. Each Russian consumes about
65
85 kg of vegetables per year, and it is much less than evidence-based medical standards, which
is 130–140 kg [4]. In many European countries, as well as in the US, China, Japan and several
other countries this figure exceeds 300 kg. It is important to understand, that the consumption of
vegetables, which conforms to generally accepted standards, and even grown in Russia – is not
only an important part of the implementation of the food program, but also the contributin to the
nation's health, longevity and an essential element of food security of the country.
Seed, and in particular, vegetable seed, faced with serious problems in the transition to a
market economy. Association «Sortsemovoshch» that existed in the Soviet Union and provided
in the seed vegetable industry organizational and control functions, as well as the revision of
seeds on their own material and technical base disappeared. With the collapse of the Soviet Un-
ion there are very few farms engaged in growing of vegetable seeds, there is practically no do-
mestic technology for seed production, so powerful foreign companies came to the Russian mar-
ket of seeds. The main problem of today – there is no single national logically interconnected
breeding system, seed production system, seed sales system for the production of commodity
vegetables.
Today, firms that grow commodity vegetables are represented by two main types:
– enterprises with modern machinery and technology of cultivation of vegetables, which
are used mostly foreign varieties and hybrids;
– private farms with a weak material base and outdated technologies, which use partly for-
eign, but mostly domestic varieties and hybrids.
The trade turnover in the seed market in Russia, close to $ 3 billion, while in the US it is
$ 12 billion, in China – $ 9 billion, in France – $ 3,6 billion. From 1975 to 2014 global seed
market increased from $ 4 billion to more than $ 50 billion. Thus, Russia takes 4 or 5 place in
the world in the seed market [2]. Every country has its own role in the global system. Russia – is
also included in this system, but, unfortunately, mostly as the largest buyer of seed.
Today Russian production of vegetables increased by 70% (for some vegetables up to
85%). And the role of the Russian private breeding and seed companies is dominant in the pro-
vision of seeds in this segment. These private farms buy about 95% of packets of seeds. The full
volume there are 900 million packages annually purchased in Russia. The remaining 30% of
vegetables are grown by professional manufacturers [4].
Agricultural firm «Poisk» is one of such professional seed producers operating in the Mos-
cow region. Company breeding activities can be divided into two stages, the two-stage test:
1) First year it is the crossing of hybrids, their cultivation on the appropriate lines of sow-
ing, then there is a check in the «liked or did not like»;
2) Second year those varieties that have proven themselves to be suitable for the specific
conditions, pass one more test.
It should be noted that the primary test varieties, hybrids conducted on sections belonging
to the company. The company also sells the «elite» – the seeds, which are obtained directly in
greenhouses. But the volumes of seeds are small, as their cost is very large. Therefore, for the
mass production of the world's seeds are used seed zones, as a rule, in China, which has large
areas of land and relatively cheap labor force.
The Breeding and Seed System of Agrofirma «Poisk» includes: selection, tests by regions,
primary seed, seed reproduction seeds, control of seed quality, seeds for sale. Geography of the
company's sales – it's all regions of the Russian Federation, neighboring countries, 12 countries
in Europe, 4 – in the Middle East, 5 countries in the Asia-Pacific region.
66
In order to create a competitive industry of seed production of vegetable crops, we suggest

the following measures:
1. To create a single organizational and management system.
2. To develop and implement measures of creating a competitive primary seed breeding
system.
3. To revive the domestic seed reproduction of seeds, including the establishing of seed
production areas, could be able to integrate into the global system.
4. To develop and implement measures for improvement, cleaning, storage and packing of
seeds that meet modern international standards.
In our opinion, in order to form a group of companies that will be engaged in production
of seed of vegetable crops in Russia, the following conditions are necessary: favorable soil and
climatic conditions; normal investment climate; the farms with modern seed technology; the
availability of qualified professionals; security guarantees in the Russian market; the absence of
unreasonable bureaucratic barriers; the absence of quarantine weeds.
These conditions are far from ideal for today, however, the agricultural firm «Poisk» is
developing successfully, and this fact is confirmed by the records in Table 1. The data show the
share of agricultural firms in the total seed production, as well as how the firm is integrated into
the system of the seed market of vegetable production.
Table 1
The share of the agricultural firm «Poisk» in the total amount of seed used
in the Russian Federation, 2014 [1]
Seed Culture The share of the agricultural firm «Poisk»

Production volume (tonnes) Tonnes %
Pepper 10 5 50
Carrot 160 34 21
Radish 150 29 20
Cabbage 40 3,6 17
Beet 300 49 16
Cucumber 70 10,5 15
Problems of Russian vegetable and seed production are very big. Companies have the un-
enviable financial, logistical, technological and staffing conditions, which cause both company
executives and scientists, breeders, agronomists largely work on enthusiasm.
In these circumstances, achievements of Agrofirm «Poisk» are spectacular. In 2015, the
company cultivated varieties and hybrids on more than 65 000 ha, which accounts for 8% of the
total area of vegetable crops in Russia. In the next 3–4 years the company plans to double this
figures. The main acreage is still located in the middle and weak farms, but mass production
tests carried out in the leading vegetable-growing farms of the Russian Federation with good re-
sults.
In recent years, more and more Russian vegetable farms began to use domestic varieties
and hybrids in crops production, this means that really competitive varieties and hybrids of do-
mestic breeding of seed have appeared on the market. The leading farms should not allow the
decrease of production, so the basic estimation of competitiveness depends on the yield and
keeping quality of products.
67
But if we look further the domestic breeding material has other competitive advantages.
Firstly, this is the quality of product. Taste and other consumer qualities are required criteria for the
creation of varieties and hybrids. Secondly, this is the cost of seed. The cost of domestic varieties
and hybrids in 2,5–5 times lower. For example, 1 kg of cabbage seed, which was brought from
abroad, worth from 70 to 150 thousand rubles. At the same time the cost of similar hybrid seeds of
Agrofirma «Poisk» do not exceed 30 thousand rubles per kilogram [3]. The company's employees
are constantly studying foreign experience: participate in conferences, exhibitions, congresses and
actively cooperate with foreign specialists. There is a selection of new forms of cooperation.
If the state can provide systemic support to domestic breeding, seed production and com-
mercial vegetable production, there will be a good chance of significant growth in this industry.
With such huge amount of natural, human resources and historically formed part of the tendency
of Russians to the rural way of life, Russia is simply obliged to become one of the largest vege-
table-growing countries in the world. Government officials should include vegetables in a basket
of food safety, assess the real state of the industry, set priorities for the revival of the industry,
and provide organizational, material and financial support for their solutions.
LITERATURE
1. Information from presentations and reports оf the agricultural firm «Poisk» concerning breeding
and seed production.
2. The official site of breeding and seed company «Poisk». – URL: http://www.semenasad.ru
3. The site of the magazine «Potato and Vegetables». – URL: http://potatoveg.ru
4. The official site of the All-Russian Scientific Research Institute of Horticulture FGBNU. – URL:
http://vniioh.ru
ANALYSIS THE GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

AND GRAIN QUALITY OF SEVERAL VARIETIES OF IRAQ WHEAT
(TRITICUM AESTIVUM L.)
A.-A.N.M. Hameed, O.G. Semenov

According to the totality of the quantitative characteristics of the elements of productivity, all
12 Iraqi varieties of soft wheat when reproduced in the non-Black Earth Region of the Russian Federation
are classified as productive varieties. However, the results of a comparative study of 12 varieties of soft
wheat do not provide a basis for isolating varieties on the basis of the characteristics of the elements of pro-
ductivity due to insignificant differences in these characteristics, as well as member. A significant variety of
Iraqi varieties has been identified in terms of gluten content and quality. 9 varieties of soft wheat from 12
are distinguished by a high content of gluten Ranging from (28,6 to 52,0%). Among them, three varieties
combine this property with high quality gluten, (Alrashid, Tamuz-3 and Sabirbeg). There are also three
introduced selection varieties with a low gluten content of Ibaa-99 (22,1%), Tahadi (25,5%) and Ibaa-95
(25,6%) which is obviously related to the national specifics of consumer requirements to the grain.
Key words: Soft wheat, Iraq varieties, selection, adaptation, production, grain quality, Gluten con-
tent, Sedimentation.
68
Introduction. Wheat remains one of the main crops cultivated on the globe. The strategic
importance of wheat as the main raw material for food production necessitates the adjustment of
the economic policies of many countries, In particular, the orientation towards increasing the
productivity and improving the quality of the grain of the crop. The Republic of Iraq has long
been known among wheat producers, since the time of Hammurabi and its Babylonian Empire.
«Mesopotamia» (the land lies between the two rivers – Tigris and Euphrates) was the most pro-
ductive part of the world for wheat harvests. However, at the end of the fifties of the last century,
the Republic of Iraq began importing wheat from other countries in half of its need (41–50%).
Over the last thirty years, the need for wheat in Iraq is about 4,6 million tons per year.
According to FAO statistics in 2014 the Republic of Iraq recorded a steady decline in the
rate of wheat production compared to international rates, Iraq was ranked 38th among the pro-
ducer countries, where wheat production was 2,8 million tons per year [6].Therefore, the prob-
lem of finding valuable genetic sources for the selection of highly productive and valuable wheat
varieties is very important for the agriculture and food security in Iraq.
Many researchers in Iraq are working on solving this problem. In the studies of AL-Dula-
mi, as a result of hybridization with the participation of a number of varieties of soft wheat, new
hybrids were obtained which exceeded the prevalent varieties in terms of productivity. The best
results were noted in hybrid plants, on the basis of which a highly productive variety, Ibaa-95,
with an average yield of 4,5 t/ha, was subsequently created [3].
By applying traditional methods of selection, as is known, significant progress has been
made in improving existing varieties of agricultural plants. However, such methods often do not
lead to the required results, especially on such indicators as grain quality, resistance to grain shed-
ding and its quality, drought resistance, and resistance to soil salinity and high temperatures [2].
Wheat seeds consist mainly of starch (up to 70%) and proteins (12–15%).Starch is gener-
ated from carbohydrates, which is activated to provide energy during seed germination. The pro-
teins in wheat seeds can be divided into albumins, globulins, gliadins, and glutenins. Albumins
and globulins are important enzymes that take part in plant growth [8].
Gliadins and glutenins are the major storage proteins in wheat endosperm, which confer
extensibility and viscoelasticity of dough and affect the processing quality of wheat [5]. One of
the most important indicators of wheat grain quality is the protein content. The problem of pro-
tein has a direct bearing on the problem of grain quality. The main aspects of the protein problem
are the condition and quality of proteins as the structural basis of gluten, which forms the most
important technological properties of flour, and the fact that proteins are the main nutritional
components of bread, bakery and macaroni products. Bread is the basis of human nutrition, the
nutritional value of which largely depends on Grade of flour and the composition of raw dough.
With a decrease in the yield of flour in it, the content of protein, minerals, and vitamins de-
creases. Bakery flour qualities depend on the protein-proteinase and carbohydrate-amylase com-
plexes.
Glutenins exert a significant influence on the baking qualities of wheat, as they determine
the elasticity of gluten, the most important being the composition of the high-molecular fraction
of these proteins. Thus, the glutenin composition, in particular of the high molecular weight frac-
tion, determines the strength of the gluten, Its elasticity and elasticity. Gluten and proteins, a
large complex composed mainly of glutenins and gliadins, play a key role in baking quality be-
cause of their impact on water absorption capacity of the dough, dough elasticity and extensibil-
ity that can affect wheat flour quality [7].
Matereals and method. Field experiment were conducted during Spring 2015, Twelve
modern varieties of soft wheat (Almurug, Fateh, Alrasheed, Sham-6, Ibaa-99, Tamuz-3,
Abighreb-3, Iraq, Ibaa-95, Tahadi, Maxibak, Sabirbeg) and one hard wheat was (Farah).
Seeds were obtained from the state agricultural institutions of the Republic of Iraq and applied in
the (Timiryazev academy) fields. The experiment were carried out on plots one meter wide using
69
a furrower and sowing line. Each variety consisted of 3 rows with a distance between rows of
15 cm, date of sowing are the last of April. Analysis of the quality of wheat grain and products of
its processing was conducted in the Laboratory of grain technology FGBNU «Moscow Research
Institute» (Nemchinovka).
Results. The analysis of the introduced Iraqi wheat varieties to the climatic conditions of
the Non-Black Earth Region of the Russian Federation is of considerable interest for studying
the potential of their genotypic variability in the productivity and quality of gluten and for indi-
vidual selection of plants with high genetic adaptation. The varieties differed of the Original
source, Method of creation or selection, Yield Average т/h, and they differed in Species As in
(Table 1). From total (12) varieties soft wheat was (eight) Selection from hybrid populations,
(three) varieties was a mutation and (two) varieties was foreign entrance.
The yield Average of varieties in the conditions of the republic of Iraq good, since the ave-
rage grain yield per hectare in the majority ranges from 3,5 to 5,5 c/ha (Table 1).
Table 1
General characteristics of Iraqi varieties
Method of creation Yield (Mean)

№ Varieties Original source Species
(selection) т/h
Selection from hybrid Leucurum Al.
1 Farah Agricultural Research Station 4,5
populations (T. durum Desf.)
Selection from hybrid
2 Almurug Agricultural Research Station 4,5 Ferrugineum Al.
populations
3 Fateh Center Agricultural Research 3,7 Erythrospermum
populations
4 Alrasheed Agricultural Research Station Mutation 4,0 Ferrugineum Al.
5 Sham-6 Center Agricultural Research A foreign entrance 3,5 Erythrospermum
Center «Ibaa» for Agricul- Selection from hybrid
6 Ibaa-99 5,1 Erythrospermum
tural Research populations
7 Tamuz-3 Agricultural Research Station Mutation 4,9 Ferrugineum Al.
8 Abighreb-3 Center Agricultural Research 3,9 Erythrospermum
populations
9 Iraq Agricultural Research Station Mutation 5,2 Erythrospermum
Center «Ibaa» for Agricul-
10 Ibaa-95 A foreign entrance 4,5 Erythrospermum
tural Research
11 Tahadi Center Agricultural Research 4,5 Ferrugineum Al.
populations
12 Maxibak Agricultural Research Station 5,5 Erythrospermum
populations
13 Sabirbeg Agricultural Research Station 4 Ferrugineum Al.
populations
One of the most important indicators characterizing the qualitative merits of the variety is
the content and quality of gluten. It is known that the fraction of high-molecular glutenins exerts
the greatest influence on the baking qualities of grain. The size of sedimentation is influenced by
the quantity and quality of protein and gluten, Volume of sedimentation is used as an indicator of
the quality of gluten and thus the performance of the flour in the baking process [4].
Among the twelve varieties of soft wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) nine varieties are distin-
guished, with more than 28% wet gluten content, ranging from 28,6% Alrasheed to 52,0%
Sabirbeg. Three varieties have a low gluten content was: Ibaa-99 (22,1%), Tahadi (25,5%) and
Ibaa-95 (25,6%) (Table 2–4). The type of hard wheat (Farah) recorded lowest measure of wet
gluten content and dry gluten content wa (12%), (2,0%) respectively (Table 4).
70
Table 2
Content and quality of gluten in the grain of Iraqi wheat
Indicators quantity and quality of gluten, Varieties

harvest, 2016 Almurug* Tamuz-3* Sabirbeg*
wet 32,0 33,5 52,0
1.Gluten content, %
dry 10,6 11,0 17,2
2. GDM, units. 91 79,3 103,4
II II III
Group according to GOST R54478-2011
78–102 78–102 103,0 – more than
Compliance with GOST R 52189-By quantity
First class 30% First class 30% Conformity
and quality of gluten [2]
in quantity Good. uluchshitel Good. uluchshitel Excellent. uluchshitel
Valuable in quality Satisfactory. filler Valuable Weak
generally Satisfactory. filler Valuable Weak
Sedimentation, ml 40 42 53
Compliance with norms on sedimentation val- Strong Strong Strong
ues [1] 40–60 40–60 40–60
Table 3
Indicators quantity Varieties

and quality of gluten, * * Ibaa- Abig- Maxi-
Fateh Sham-6 Iraq* Ibaa-95* Tahad*
harvest, 2015 99* hreb-3* ba*
1. Gluten wet 35,3 33,4 22,1 34,4 31,5 25,6 25,5 32,2
content, % dry 11,3 10,9 8,4 11,0 10,2 8,3 8,7 9,9
2. GDM, units. 86,5 91,9 48,4 90,6 84,0 80,6 56,1 90,3
Group according to II II I II II II I II
GOST R54478-2011 78-102 78–102 43–77 78–102 78–102 78–102 43–77 78–102
Not
Not Not
Compliance with GOST first lower first first first
first class lower lower
R 52189-By quantity class than class class class
30% than the than the
and quality of gluten [2] 30% the se- 30% 30% 30%
second second
cond
excel- Satis-
excellet Good Good
lent factory Good Good
in quantity ulu- ulu- Weak ulu-
ulu- ulu- filler filler
chshitel chshitel chshitel
chshitel chshitel
Valu- Satisfac- Satis-
Good Valu- Good
able in quality tory. Strong factory. Valuable Strong
filler able filler
filler filler
Satis-
Good Satisfac- Valu- Good Good Good
generally Weak factory
filler tory filler able filler filler filler
filler
Sedimentation, ml 36 32 30 37 32 30 32 30
Compliance with norms
Middle Middle Middle Middle Middle Middle Middle Middle
on sedimentation values
20–40 20–40 20–40 20–40 20–40 20–40 20–40 20–40
[1]
Based on the results of the analysis, the quality of gluten (GDM) of the studied Iraq wheat
varieties is classified as Group I, II and III respectively, GOST R54478-2011. Three varieties
quality indicator was belongs to the I group – Alrasheed, Ibaa-99 and Tahadi. Sabirbeg belongs
to the III group and the other varieties belongs to the II group.
71
Table 4
Varieties
Indicators quantity and quality of gluten, harvest, 2015
Farah** Alrasheed*
wet 12,0 28,6
1.Gluten content%
dry 2,0 7,6
2. GDM, units. 35,9 68,4
II I
Group according to GOST R54478-2011
0–1020 43–77
Compliance with GOST R 52189-By quantity and quality of gluten [2] Conformity Higher class 28%
in quantity Conformity Valuable
Valuable in quality Good filler Strong
generally Conformity Valuable
Sedimentation, ml 25 23
Middle Middle
Compliance with norms on sedimentation values [1]
20–40 20–40
On the basis of quantitative and qualitative assessment of gluten the varieties are distri-buted
as follows: «valuable» Alrasheed, Tamuz-3 and Iraq. «Good filler» – Fateh, Ibaa-95, Tahadi and
Maxibak. «Satisfactory filler» – Almurug, Sham-6, Abigreb-3, «weak» – Ibaa-99 and Sabirbeg.
The results of assessing the quality of gluten 13 varieties on the basis of the sedimentation
method are swelling (the volume of the precipitate of the flour in the acid solution). three of the
soft varieties Tamuz-3, Almurug and Sabirbeg are referred to the «strong» group in terms of
sedimentation index (Table 2).
While ten of soft varieties are characterized by sedimentation, including hard wheat
(Farah),as «middle «varieties according to this indirect indicator (Table 3, 4).The lower value of
sedimentation for the genetic installation means it contains a small percentage of protein and the
poor quality of the gluten and the flour not suited for baking [1].
The gluten of hard wheat by its physical properties differs sharply from soft in that it is in
most cases short-skinned, very elastic, less elastic and viscous. Therefore, the content of raw glu-
ten in the grain of hard wheat (Farah) variety in the conditions of the Non-Black Earth Region of
the RF turned out to be the smallest – 12%, and dry-only 2%. According to the amount of gluten,
the variety (Farah) does not comply with GOST R52189-2003, and in quality it can be used as a
filler (Table 4).
LITERATUREES
1. Al-Ali R.M., Sahi A.A. Study of chemical content and rheological properties of some local wheat
varieties // Basrah J. Agric. Sci. – 2006. – № 19 (1).
2. Al-Azawi N.M. Get rid of the food gap between the consumer and the product by increasing the
production of wheat. Modern paradigm of the Scientific Knowledge: Actuality and Prospects // Рrocced-
ing of the IV Internationale Multidisciplinary Scientific and practical Conference in Foreign Languages
(Modern paradigm of the Scientific Knowledge: Actuality and Prospects). Moscow, April, 2016. – М.,
Р. 14–19.
3. AL-Dulaimi H.J.H. Combining ability and gene action in wheat // Al-Anbar Journal of Agricul-
tural Sciences. – 2009. – № 7 (1). – Р. 100–109.
4. Fdl J.A.S., Mdher S.S., Ebadi M.A.H. Compared physical and chemical characteristics and
rheological some varieties local and imported wheat / Department of Food Science and Technology //
College of Agriculture / Sanaa University. – Yemen, 2010. – № 13 (2). – Р. 37–52.
5. Payne P.I. Genetics of wheat storage proteins and the effect of allelic variation on bread-making
quality // Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol. – 1987. – № 38. – Р. 141–153.
6. Report of the World Food Organization FAO.
72
7. Torbica A., Antov M., Mastilović J., Knežević D. The influence of changes in gluten complex
structure on technological quality of wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) // Food Res. Int. – 2014. – № 40. –
Р. 1038–1045.
8. Wiesner H., Seilmeier W., Belitz H.D. Vergleichende untersuchungen über partielle aminosäure-
sequenzen von prolaminen und glutelinen verschriedener getreidearten // Z. Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. –
1980. – № 170. – Р. 17–26.
TOLERANCE WHEAT TO SALT STRESS
A.-A.N.M. Hameed

Live in Some of the saline environments in Iraq and other countries of the world salinity tolerant
plants. Can make use of them multiplication and cultivation land affected by salinity for the provision of
green spaces to preserve the environment, As far as field crops and vegetable crops, they still suffer from
the limited number of them derived varieties and actually tolerant to salinity. This could be attributed to
difficulties in their breeding techniques and to low handling of such cultivars in the markets. Cause soil
salinity block absorption of water and some of the elements by the plant or if it increased absorption of
salt caused poisoning the Ionian for the cell, differs the mechanism of tolerance stress of salinity in the
kinds of cultivated and their gender plant.
Key words: Wheat, Salt stress, Tolerance, osmotic, Water potential, Environmental variances.
Introduction. Become the subject of stress one of the most prominent among the hot top-
ics in tolerance plants of stress mechanism like salinity, drought, high heat, and other, In vegeta-
ble crops and plants when we look at this topic, We know that stress is a mechanism to tolerance
it is a(Complex Syndrome) Resulting from interventions of large numbers of genes (Hundreds or
thousands) Control tens of differentiated effect qualities, and hundreds of compounds in plant,
The image will be clearer for the researcher to exhibits the proper way to diagnosis of some of
qualities or some mechanism associated with tolerances compounds and their relationship to that
site (QTL) or sites responsible for them. There is, for example, genes control the hormones loca-
tions responsible for them,There is genes control the hormones ABA, SA, IAA ethylene and
other her role and actor in stress tolerance [3].
Salt stress: stress is caused by soil salinity and irrigation water. And stress caused by soil
salinity and irrigation water. Called salt stress Salt stress and the damage caused by the case of
stress Water occur because of the effort osomatic resulting from the high concentration of salts in
the soil solution, especially in the root environment osomatic potential and therefore difficult to
absorb the roots of the water, which leads to dehydration plant.
Some live in saline environments in Iraq and some countries of the world to salinity toler-
ant plants can be used for breeding and cultivated land affected by salinity to provide landscap-
ing or green package to conserve the environment. Cause soil salinity or water irrigation block
the absorption of some of the elements of the plant before and if it is increased absorption of salt
poisoning caused the Ionian of the cell, as well as salts cause increased lack of water absorption
by the plant due to high soil water osmotic.
Developing plants in saline environments characterized by superficial qualities and chemi-
cal and anatomical and functional differ from the cultivated plants. Mechanism bearing tighten
salinity in cultivated plants by type of plant and races also differ.
73
That one or more of the following mechanisms include points, namely:

– Do not allow salt ions Login;
– Ability to expulsion to the gaps or spacing.
To be due to the presence of one or more of the salinity tolerance mechanisms, which are
systems: Proteomic, Metabolomic, Genomic, Transcriptomic.
The first manifestations of the effect of salinity on plants are:
1) shortage of water rate entry to its roots as it affects the activity and elongation
Almrsteimy roots;
2) shortage of stem diameter;
3) several changes in growth and installation of leaves becomes waxy leaves with pink
color and increases the thickness of Alkyotichael and at least the size of skin cells and less spac-
ing between cells and colored paper bluish green or dark-colored.
The effect of salinity on the transmission of elements:
1) lead to a shortage of transmission especially calcium, magnesium, iron, manganese and
affected transmission elements calcium and magnesium elements supreme parts;
2) shortage in the construction and breathing rate obscurantist;
3) the lack of access to adequate quantities of potassium element is either the presence of
sodium ions at concentrations excel much potassium concentrations to block absorbed by plants.
Said The low concentrations of salts symptoms appear when the plant is unable to hide
for.binma high concentrations be symptoms especially on the leaves and clear as it caused the
death of leaves and therefore the death of the entire plant. This situation depends on the type of
plant and the concentration of salts Valoorac be spotty yellow light and then dry out and die, fol-
lowed by the death of the entire paper. The direct effect of dissolved salts such as sodium, we
find that increased to 70% in the ground lead to the death of most of the plants and thus the lack
of Production. The areas affected by salinity in the world are on the increase, as it accounts for
between 20–50% of farmland irrigation work or whether they are dependent on monsoon rains.
Inhabiting in the Iraqi environment, especially in saline environments plants live and grow
their life cycle and complement naturally as called Halophytes There are several plants tolerant
to salinity varying degrees and can be used for several purposes that among those plants that
dates back to genders Shanginia, Imperata of annuals or perennials. As one of the most impor-
tant of which may bushes of the genus plants Cynodon Tamarix Which are spread in several lo-
cations in the central and southern and western Iraq, And the trees of the genus plants Casuarina
As well as other trees [2].
The researcher found [6] Some of these genders, including Tamarix to the salinity of the
soil up between (40–48) Dessie Siemens, and perhaps even higher in some areas, according to
the wind intensity and the degree of radiation and the abundance of water and air temperature
and other growth factors.
The increase in of salt concentration of the factors that caused severe damage to weaken the
absorption of the plant. And reduce the speed of the ingress of water to the roots and causes of this
increase and decrease the voltage of the water depends roots absorb water and are exposed to a
large water plant strain leads to death of the plant is called osmotic stress, As high the pressure
osmotic less than the capacity of the plant on the water any negative effect due to the absorption of
salts osmotic effect of salts and thus affect the salinity in the form of plant cells,, As well as the
appearance of the plant and the rate of breathing and carbon representation and dry matter produc-
tion per unit area. Generally smaller plants, leaves and stem cells when the root grows in the mid-
dle of saline, As well as the walls of the cells damaged traction salt, As it increases the thickness of
the cell walls and tend to result sclerosis did salts accumulate in the cells.
The aim is to study the effect of salinity some parameters on field crops and stand on the
knowledge of the possibility of planting in saline and desert areas, And because Iraq is located in
areas characterized by high temperature – with low annual rain rate with the expansion of the
74
state horizontally in the cultivation of land irrigated in salt depends on the water in varying pro-
portions of salts affect the growth of plants and content.
Conclusion. We conclude that the salinity tolerance is subject to very complex mecha-
nism, Either when you are working on the election or the development of varieties planted crops
tolerant to salinity, It must be the study of certain qualities possesses contrasting hereditary to
contrasting environmental large. In all cases, this has to be a definition to type which tolerance
salinity, and determine the degree of salinity. It must be the researchers in this field that is head-
ing their efforts to overcome the vulnerability factors for the emerging plants and their ability to
withstand the salinity.
LITERATURE
1. Elsahookie M.M. Breeding Crops for Abiotic Stress: A Molecular Approach and Epigenetics //
Coll. of Agric., Univ. of Baghdad. – 2013. – Р. 244.
2. Elsahookie M.M. Farmingon Degraded Lands. Dept. of Field Crops // Coll. of Agric., Univ. of
Baghdad. – 1994. – Р. 346.
3. Elsahookie M.M, Al- Khafajy M.J. Mechanism of plant salinity stress tolerance // The Iraqi Jour-
nal of Agricultural Sciences. – 2014. – № 45 (5). – Р. 430–438.
4. Jenks M.A., Hasegawa P.M., Jain S.M. Advances in Molecular Breeding toward Drought and
Salt Tolerant Crops. – Netherland: Springer Publ, 2007.
5. Lauchli A., Luttge U. Salinity: Environment – Plants-Molecules. – Kluwer Academic Publ.,
2004.
6. Zhu J. Plant salt tolerance // Trends in Plant Science. – 2001, February. – Vol. 6. – № 2.
PREREQUISITES AND THE POSSIBILITY OF OBTAINING

A 2-FOLD CROP OF POTATO MINITUBERS IN A GREENHOUSE
A.A. Popkova, A.Zh. Semenov, S.A. Kornatskiy

Primary seed production of potatoes, from a meristem to a reproductive potato, is a certain

technological chain, usually 7 years long. This period is required in order to have the opportunity
to develop a tangible amount of material sufficient for the mass laying of plantations of new and
promising varieties [1; 2].
Of particular importance in this scheme is the healthy initial material, which is the basis of
the original primary seed production. The original seed potatoes are obtained in the form of
minitubers after joint use of the thermotherapy (or chemotherapy) method with a meristem cul-
ture. The process is called « healing» and involves the elimination of a viral infection, the subse-
quent multiple replication of the material by means of cuttings. Microplants obtained from sin-
gle-leaf micrografts and planted in a greenhouse, after 2,5 months produce minitubers (1st year).
The next year after their landing in the field receive the first field generation (2nd year). The next
generation of material – super-superelite (3rd year). The second stage in potato seed production is
elite seed potatoes with the categories «superelite» and «elite» (2 years). The seed production
scheme is completed with reproduction potatoes with the categories: 1st and 2nd reproduction of
the elite (2 years). This scheme in potato seed production in Russia has been established for a
long time [3; 4] and is consistently implemented in specialized farms. However, not always this
situation satisfies producers of commercial potatoes, which are forced to expect the possibility of
75
varietal renewal for a sufficiently long period. As it can be noted, the process of reproduction has
the type of a mathematical progression, at the laboratory stage with micrografting the coefficient
is approximately 1:5 and this indicator is fairly stable. In the field, the multiplication rate is usu-
ally 1:10–20 and depends on the variety, the technology being sold, etc. That is, the fundamental
modernization of these elements is unlikely for technological reasons. But the stage of primary
reproduction in the greenhouse has quite tangible opportunities for modernization and acceler-
ated increase in the volume of material. As already mentioned, the process of growing minitu-
bers takes about 2,5 months, and the «technological window» in the spring film greenhouse, de-
pending on the climatic zone, lasts, at least, from the end of March to the end of September, that
is 6 months. This allows, in principle, to meet with two cycles of potato generation and, as a re-
sult, get 10–15 times more minitubers in one growing season, which can dramatically improve
the efficiency of the seed production process as a whole. The fact of obtaining two harvests in
1 year is well known and practiced in the southern regions of cultivation of potatoes. Primarily
for these purposes, varieties with a short growing season are used. The problem that often arises
and prevents the successful implementation of the second cycle, the tubers entering into a state
of rest. In this case, the germination of buds on tubers and the development of plants from them
becomes impossible and it takes at least 2–3 months cold period, so that this opportunity will re-
appear. As a rule, such a state arises even after a short stay, extracted from the soil tubers in open
light and air, and, conversely, very quickly planted again soon continue to develop and form new
plants. As the experience of obtaining microtubers of potatoes in vitro showed, when the growth
processes of microplants occur almost continuously, on a certain hormonal background, the buds
on the surface of microtubers tend to germinate and form new shoots and new microtubers [5; 6].
This effect can be fully used during the second generation when growing minitubers in the
greenhouse.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1. Salimov A.F. Biotekhnologicheskiye osnovy polucheniya kachestvennogo semennogo kartofelya

v Tadzhikistane: avtoreferat dis. … dokt. s.-kh. nauk. – Dushanbe, 2007. – 48 s.
2. Simakov E.A., Anisimov B.V., Filippova G.I. Strategiya razvitiya selekcii i semenovodstva karto-
felya na period do 2020 // Kartofel' i ovoshchi. – 2010. – № 8. – S. 2–4.
3. Anisimov B.V., Yurlova S.M. Polnee ispol'zovat' sredouluchshayushchie i zashchitnye agro-
priemy pri vyrashchivanii semennogo kartofelya // Kartofel' i ovoshchi – 2011. – № 2. – S. 18–19.
4. Anisimov B.V. Specialnye zony semenovodstva kartofelya // Kartofel' i ovoshchi. – 2015. – № 4. –
S. 30–33.
5. Kornatskiy S.A. Tekhnologicheskaya al'ternativa v pervichnom semenovodstve kartofelya // Kar-
tofel' i ovoshchi. – 2015. – № 12. – S. 24–26.
6. Kornatskiy S.A. Sposob polucheniya miniklubnej kartofelya. Patent RF № 2621571, 2017.
76
ANIMAL SCIENCE
HOME-PREPARED FOOD FOR DOGS,
COMPOSITION ANALYSIS OF FOOD,
ADVANTAGES AND RISKS OF APPLICATION
N.N. Shimanovich, E.D. Sotnikova

An unbalanced diet is at the root of many animal diseases. This is often the case when
owners prepare food for their dog at home. Using the program method, the nutritional value of a
home-prepared meal for an adult pug dog was analysed, and data on the alimentary deficiency of
a specific formula was obtained. Possible consequences and risks of further use were noted as
were causal relationships with emerging dog diseases and recommendations for eliminating the
deficiencies of the diet were given.
Purpose: to study the composition and risks of the dog's diet at home.
Tasks: to analyse the alimentary deficiency of the diet, to give recommendations on elimi-
nation of deficiencies in the diet.
Object of study: dietary needs of dogs.
Relevance of the topic. Recent research has shown that the composition of industrial feeds
often does not match the claims made about them. Interest in the problem has been generated by
numerous examples of the unsuccessful use of industrial feeds when given to dogs as part of an
elimination diet. Thus, R. Ricci, A. Granato et al. undertook PCR and microscopic analysis of
12 dry dietary dog food formulations and found that only two of these delivered a match between
the claimed composition of animal parts and those actually discovered. The remaining samples
contained ingredients which were not mentioned on the labels [7].
The fact that there has been a lot of similar research into industrial feeds which has delivered
similar results and conclusios [5; 8] indicates that we need to pay attention to the home diets of dogs.
At this point, home feeding diets are the optimal choice for elimination diets, and are also recom-
mended for feeding dogs with co morbidities which prevent the use of industrial animal feed.
In addition, cooked diets are popular with dog owners. This means that there is a growing
need to study the question of how to create a balanced diet which meets the needs of the dog.
Methods of research: analytical, comparative, programmatic. To calculate the nutritional
value, the Pet Vet Diet program was used, as well as Microsoft Office Excel.
Results. The diet was analysed. The dietary assessment was undertaken on a male, entire
pug dog nicknamed Khan, who was 4 years old at the time. His food was home made and he had
a low activity level. The dog was obese. The owner’s concerns were as follows: the presence of
poorly-healing skin lesions, dullness and dryness of the coat, hair loss, unconditioned moult,
poor stool (propensity to constipation), also according to the owner's impression «he was finding
it difficult to see, especially in poor lighting».
We managed to find out that up to the age of 6 months, Khan consumed Royal Canine in-
dustrial dry food for puppies and from 6 to 8 months of age Royal Canine dry food for adult
dogs. According to the owner, the dog was reluctant to eat the food, so at the age of 8 months,
Khan was transferred to a home diet with the following content:
– raw beef tenderloin: 110 g;
77
– boiled rice: 150 g;

– cottage cheese 5% fat content: 100 g;
– olive oil: 5 g;
– treats in the form of small pieces of apple – about 20 g per day.
In the course of the analysis, the recommendations of the NRC (National Research Council
of the National Academy) as of July 1, 2006 [6], were used as the guideline for the requirements
of dogs for ration estimation, with minor amendments and refinements based on the latest re-
search in the field of dog dietology. To calculate the nutritional value, a special Pet Vet Diet pro-
gram was used, and calculations were made using Microsoft Office Excel.
The results are shown in Table 1.
The analysis of the calculations allows us to draw the following conclusions about the
drawbacks of the diet eaten by Khan the pug.
1. Attention is drawn to the fact that the calorie content is higher than recommended,
which explains the dog’s obesity. At the time of treatment, the pug was significantly obese.
He weighed 12 kg, whereas the guideline for his breed and height at the withers was 7 kg [2].
2. The total protein content in Khan’s diet is within the norm, the content of essential
amino acids fully meets the needs of the dog.
3. The total fat content of the presented home diet also corresponds to the norm, but there
are essential shortages of essential fatty acids – linoleic, eicosapentaenoic, docosahexaenoic (so-
called Omega-3 and Omega-6).
4. As well as the quantitative difference the incorrect ratio of Ca 1: P 4,3, led to a very sig-
nificant lack of calcium.
5. Lack of all minerals and almost all vitamins, especially significant shortages in iodine,
copper and selenium, as well as in vitamins A, D, E and almost all the B vitamins.
6. Although NRC has not established norms for the consumption of carbohydrates and fi-
bre in a diet dog’s diet, a reasonable amount of both, based on the individual’s needs, is abso-
lutely acceptable, and in the case of fibre, it is desirable and even necessary. In this case, the low
level of fibre in the diet is likely to provoke constipation in the dog. Thus, the problems raised by
the dog’s owner are easily explained by the deficiencies in the dog’s specific diet, although it is
impossible to affirm this confidently without additional research [4; 6].
7. Prolonged use of a diet with such deficiencies can lead to a number of serious health
problems including problems with the heart, liver, kidney, immune system, etc. [1; 3; 4].
There are many ways to compensate for the deficiencies of such a diet, depending on the
capabilities and wishes of the owners, as well as the state of health and food tolerance of the dog.
The optimal way is to fill the main shortages with natural ingredients, because they are fully ab-
sorbed.
Taking into account the wishes of the owner and the assortment of veterinary pharmacies
in the area where she lived, recommendations were made to change the dog's diet as follows:
– Beef shin 110 g (more rich in amino acids and more suited to the needs of the dog than
beef tenderloin);
– Cottage cheese 5% – 100 g;
– Wholemeal buckwheat, boiled – 100 g (replacement of the source of carbohydrates is dic-
tated by the need to increase the fibre content to the optimal level to prevent problems with stools);
– Sunflower oil – 7 g (Unlike olive oil, unrefined sunflower oil is rich in vitamin E, li-
noleic and alpha-linoleic acid);
– Fish oil – 2 g (as a source of vitamins A, D and Omega-3);
– Calcium carbonate – 1 g (Source of calcium);
– Beaphar Vitamine B complex 0,5 ml (source of B vitamins);
– Helavit for dogs and cats – 0,5 ml (source of minerals in chelate form).
Calculations of the corrected and supplemented diet are presented in Table 2.
78
Table 1
Calculation 1
Components of the diet Dog needs Actual content in diet

Exchange energy 431 Kcal 472 Kcal
Cellulose 1
Crude protein 26 (min) 39
Arginine 0,48 2,40
Histidine 0,27 1,36
Isoleucine 0,52 2,30
Leucine 0,95 3,80
Methionine 0,48 1,15
Cystine 0,44 0,47
Phenylalanine 0,65 1,95
Tyrosine 0,44 1,67
Threonine 0,61 1,94
Tryptophan 0,20 0,50
Valine 0,69 2,54
Crude fat 8 (min) 15
Linoleic acid 1,55 0,07
Alpha-linoleic acid 0,07 0,13
Eicosapentaenoic acid 0,08 0,00
Docosahexaenoic acid 0,06 0,00
Arachidonic acid ND 0,03
Carbohydrates ND 45
Minerals
Calcium 560 93
Phosphorus 431 405
Ca: P ratio 1,3:1 1: 4,3
Potassium 603 538
Sodium 113 83
Chlorine 173 144
Magnesium 85 52
Iron 4,31 3,37
Copper 0,87 0,21
Manganese 0,69 0,59
Zinc 8,61 5,85
Iodine 128 mcg 5 mcg
Selenium 51 mcg 9 mcg
Vitamin
Vitamin А 719 IU 133 IU
Vitamin D 78 IU 3 IU
Vitamin Е 5 IU 1 IU
Vitamin В1 0,32 0,19
Vitamin В9 39 mcg 34 mcg
Vitamin В4 (Choline) 241 0
79
Table 2
Calculation 2
Components of the diet Dog needs Actual content in diet

Exchange energy 431 Kcal 426 Kcal
Cellulose 2
Crude protein 26 (min) 39
Arginine 0,48 2,30
Histidine 0,27 1,27
Isoleucine 0,52 2,01
Leucine 0,95 3,38
Methionine 0,48 1,06
Cystine 0,44 0,44
Phenylalanine 0,65 1,71
Tyrosine 0,44 1,52
Threonine 0,61 1,77
Tryptophan 0,20 0,48
Valine 0,69 2,19
Crude fat 8 (min) 19
Linoleic acid 1,55 4,80
Alpha-linoleic acid 0,07 0,10
Eicosapentaenoic acid 0,08 0,17
Docosahexaenoic acid 0,06 0,22
Arachidonic acid ND 0,03
Carbohydrates ND 29
Minerals
Calcium 560 581
Phosphorus 431 480
Ca: P ratio 1,3: 1 1,2:1
Potassium 603 630
Sodium 113 105
Chlorine 173 134
Magnesium 85 69
Iron 4,31 10,47
Copper 0,87 0,92
Manganese 0,69 1,83
Zinc 8,61 12,59
Iodine 128 mcg 204 mcg
Selenium 51 mcg 92 mcg
Vitamin
Vitamin А 719 IU 933 IU
Vitamin D 78 IU 83 IU
Vitamin Е 5 IU 5 IU
Vitamin В3 2,46 12,12
Vitamin В4 (Choline) 241 –
80
Since the owner had few options with which to compensate for full range of deficiencies
the dog’s diet and was also reluctant to change the formula radically, the following results were
obtained:
1. The drawbacks of the previous diet are compensated:
– its calorie content has been reduced by reducing the carbohydrate content and the fibre
content has been increased through a change in the source of carbohydrates;
– by introducing calcium carbonate into the diet both the amount of calcium and phospho-
rus and their ratio are adjusted;
– adding fish oil to the diet and replacing the olive oil with unrefined sunflower oil com-
pletely fulfilled the dog’s need for omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids and vitamins A, D and E;
– the basic requirements for minerals and vitamins are covered, the existing shortages can
be recognized as insignificant.
2. To compensate for the remaining deficiency of B4 (choline), the owner was additionally
recommended to introduce folic acid into the dog's diet. To increase the amount of fibre still fur-
ther you can add vegetables and unsweetened fruits to the dog’s diet.
Conclusions. The use of home-prepared dog diets is acceptable, and in some cases it is
preferable, provided that a competent diet is compiled by a specialist and the dogs’ owners are
aware of the need for strict adherence to the prescribed formula.
LITERATURE
1. Simpson J., Anderson R., Markuel P. Clinical nutrition of dogs and cats, Guidelines for veteri-
narian / Trans. with English E. Mahiyanova. – M.: Aquarium Print, 2013.
2. FCI Standard № 253 «Pug» dated 16.02.2011 // Federation Cynologique Internationale (AISBL). –
URL: rkf.org.ru/upload/documents/standards/9/253_en.doc
3. Khokhrin S.N., Rozhkov K.A., Lunegova I.V. Feeding Dogs: Study Guide. – SPb.: Publishing
House «Lan», 2015.
4. Pibo P., Bure V., Elliott D. Encyclopedia of clinical nutrition of dogs / Royal Canin. – M., 2010.
5. Willis-Mahn Ch., Remillard R., Tater K. ELISA Testing for Soy Antigens in Dry Dog Foods
Used in Dietary Elimination Trials // Journal of the American Animal Hospital Association. – 2014, No-
vember/December. – Vol. 50. – № 6. – Р. 383–389.
6. Nutrient Requirements of Dogs and Cats by National Research Council. – 2006.
7. Ricci R., Granato A., Vascellari M. Identification of undeclared sources of animal origin in ca-
nine dry foods used in dietary elimination trials // Journal of Animal Physiology and animal nutrition. –
2013, May. – P. 32–38.
8. Okuma T.A., Hellberg R.S. Identification of meat species in pet foods using a real-time poly-
merase chain reaction (PCR) assay // Food Control. – 2015. – № 50. – Р. 9–17.
NATURAL AND CLIMATIC CHARACTERIZATION

OF THE REPUBLIC OF CHAD AND ANTHRAX INCIDENCE
M.N. Yamtitina, V.V. Makarov

The paper addresses the effect of complex of natural and socio-economical factors on epizootic an-
thrax spread in the Republic of Chad, as the disease remains a significant problem for livestock farming.
Moreover, incidence of anthrax in humans due to exposure to diseased animals is steadily increasing. There
are three climatic zones in the country territory that differ in rainfall level, relief and farming system. Re-
81
gional differences in territorial dependence of anthrax nidus activity as well as its cycling and seasonal
character were detected. Influence of some natural and economical factors on epizootic situation was as-
sessed. No anthrax cases in animals were reported in Saharan natural-climatic zone for the analyzed pe-
riod. Therewith, there are about 460,000 cattle in this zone and no anti-anthrax measures are taken.
This fact can be accounted for desert arid climate and absence of rainfalls in this natural-climatic
zone. In Sahel and Sudan zones anthrax outbreaks in cattle are regularly reported due to higher moisture
levels especially during raining season. Performed studies were aimed at improvement of measures for
anthrax prevention in the Republic of Chad.
Key words: Republic of Chad, natural and climatic conditions, anthrax, epizootic process.
Introduction. The organism of the animal and the metabolic processes in it are in close inter-
relation with the environmental conditions and can be changed quantitatively and qualitatively under
its influence. At the same time, the environmental conditions undergo significant changes, depending
on the natural and climatic features. Oscillations in temperature, humidity, soil composition, intensity
of solar radiation, absence or deficiency of feed, presence or absence of obligate hosts of the patho-
gen and vectors can differ not only in connection with the geographical location of the terrain, but
also depending on the season. All this affects the conditions keeping animals.
In recent years, there has been a trend towards the growth of zoonotic diseases and an increased
risk of human infection with these diseases. Among them, an anthrax occupies a special position.
Anthrax (malignant carbuncle, anthrax) is a particularly dangerous infectious disease of agri-
cultural and wild animals of all kinds, as well as humans. The causative agent of anthrax is the Ba-
cillus anthracis bacillus. It is a large spore-forming gram-positive rod 5–10 × 1–1,5 micrometer.
In the Republic of Chad, anthrax continues to be a major problem and causes damage to
livestock. It is known that the epizootic process of anthrax develops under the influence of a
complex of natural and socio-economic factors.
Consequently, the need to study and analyze the manifestations of the epizootic process of
anthrax in various regions of the Republic of Chad, characterized by the uniqueness of natural
and geographical and economic conditions, is obvious.
The purpose of this work was to study the modern features of the manifestation of the epizo-
otic process of anthrax in the Republic of Chad as a basis for improving the system of measures to
prevent this zooanthroponosis.
Materials and methods. The subject of the study was the establishment of specific fea-
tures of the spread of anthrax among cattle in the Republic of Chad from 2010 to 2015. The
study was carried out to improve the measures aimed at preventing outbreaks of anthrax.
The indices of the epizootic process of anthrax were calculated by the method of.
S.I. Dzhupina [1].
Results and discussion. The climate of the Republic of Chad varies considerably from the
north of the country to the south, mainly by the level of precipitation, on the basis of which three
natural climatic zones are distinguished (Fig. 1).
In the northern part of the country, in the Sahara natural and economic zone, less than
100 mm of average annual precipitation falls, in the south their level varies from 1000 to
1400 mm. There are no rivers in the Sahara natural and economic zone. In the dry period of the
year (October–July) the red-hot northeast wind of the harmattan dominates in this zone. It brings
a lot of dust and sharply impairs visibility [4]. The flora of the Sahara natural and economic zone
is represented by bushes and stunted plants – askar, drin, ephedra, jujube, etc.
In the Sahel and Sudan natural-economic zones, ground waters are divided between lakes
and rivers. The main water sources are Lake Chad and Fitri, the rivers Batha, Azum, Сhari,
Logon, Ouaddi and Kanem. Lake Chad is considered the second by its significant wealth. But in
recent years, this lake is heavily threatened by the desertification of surrounding areas [6].
82
Fig. 1. Natural and climatic zones of the Republic of Chad
A dense network of rivers is characteristic of these natural and economic zones. The Shari
and Logon rivers are the main water arteries of the country. In the south of the Republic of Chad,
there are acacias (including hevea), baobabs, date palms and palm doom [4].
Animal husbandry in the Sahara and Sahel zones is mainly pasture-breeding. In the Sudan
natural-economic zone, settled cattle breeding is developed.
In the Saharan natural-economic zone, cases of anthrax is not established. During the ana-
lyzed period, not a single case of anthrax was detected in the Sahara zone [5]. It is important to
note that in this zone there are no anti-subjective measures, although the number of cattle in this
zone is about 460 thousand, which is 16–32 times less than in the Sahel and Sudan natural eco-
nomic zones.
The Sahel natural economic zone is divided into two regions: the pastoral Sahara-Sahel re-
gion and the agro-pastoral Sahel-Sudan region. In the Sahara-Sahel region, only 200–400 mm of
precipitation falls annually. This region contains more than 75% of cattle (cattle) and a large
number of small cattle [6]. During the alternating seasons of the year they are driven from the
north to the south. In the Sahel-Sudan region, 300 to 500 mm of precipitation falls annually,
which makes it possible to develop sedentary agriculture. The climate of this region is subequa-
torial [2].
The epizootic process of anthrax among cattle in the Sahel natural and economic zone is
shown in Table 1.
83
Table 1
Outbreaks of anthrax among cattle in the Sahel zone of the Republic of Chad from 2010 to 2015
Years
Regions
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Batha 10 10 3 3 7 0
Bar-el Gazal 0 0 0 0 0 0
Guera 8 11 7 31 0 0
Hadjer Lamis 30 32 0 0 0 0
Kanem 15 14 11 4 0 0
Lake Chad 3 5 0 18 0 0
Chari Baguirmi 0 6 5 4 7 6
N'djamena 0 0 0 1 0 0
Ouaddai 1 0 0 0 0 0
Wadi Fira 1 0 0 0 0 0
Total 68 78 26 61 14 6
As can be seen from Table 1, in the Sahel natural economic zone during the analyzed pe-
riod, the main outbreaks of anthrax occurred mainly in six regions (Batha, Guera, Hadjer Lamis,
Kanem, Lake Chad and Chari Baguirmi) from the available 10. In the other four regions, as well
as in the Saharan natural-economic zone, cases of the disease were not registered at all or at
most,there could have been recorded only single outbreak. It is characteristic that these regions
border on the Sahara natural-economic zone and the natural and climatic conditions in them dif-
fer little from the conditions in the Sahara zone.
Fig. 2 shows the specific weight of outbreaks of anthrax during the drought season and the
rainy season in the Sahel natural economic zone. As can be seen from the presented graph, the
main number of outbreaks of anthrax took place during the rainy season.
17% – dry season; 83% – rainy season
Fig. 2. Specific weight of outbreaks of anthrax during the drought season and rainy season
in the Sahel natural economic zone of the Republic of Chad from 2010 to 2015
The Sudan's natural economic zone covers an area of 193,080 km². In its territory, the cli-
mate is semi-dry to semi-humid. The amount of precipitation varies from 600 to 1200 mm. The
rainy season in this zone lasts from 6 to 7 months (May–November). The average monthly air
temperature is maintained at + 28 °C. The maximum temperature is recorded in April, when it
reaches 45 °C. Humidity varies from 51 to 96%. The territory of the zone is dominated by moist
forest tracts with clear forests dominated by legumes and combbet plants, savannas with light
forests, and artisanal savannah savannah [7].
84
Outbreaks of anthrax cattle in this natural economic zone, is presented in Table 2.
Table 2
Outbreaks of anthrax cattle in the Sudan zone Republic of Chad from 2010 to 2015
Year
Region
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
East Mayo Kebbi 0 0 0 8 0 0
West Mayo Kebbi 0 0 0 0 0 0
West Logon 5 24 16 3 0 0
East Logon 0 2 18 3 4 17
Mandoul 5 1 3 3 0 1
Moyen Chari 70 0 47 5 0 0
Salamat 0 0 2 1 1 0
Sila 0 0 0 0 0 0
Tandjile 0 5 0 0 5 0
Total 80 32 86 23 10 18
As can be seen from the presented Table 2, in no case in the two administrative regions
(West Mayo-Kebbi and Sila), no cases of cattle with anthrax have been reported. In East Mayo-
Kebbi, only in 2013 there were 8 outbreaks. In other regions, cases of cattle have been recorded,
if not annually, then at an interval of only one year.
As can be seen from the presented Table 2, in no case in the two administrative regions
(West Mayo-Kebbi and Sila), no cases of cattle with anthrax have been reported. In East Mayo-
Kebbi, only in 2013 there were 8 outbreaks. In other regions, cases of cattle have been recorded,
if not annually, then at an interval of only one year.
16% – dry season; 84% – rainy season
Fig. 3. Distribution of anthrax outbreaks in the drought season and rainy season
in the Sudan natural and economic zone
Conclusion. As a result of the conducted studies it was established that the epizootic situa-
tion of anthrax cattle in the Republic of Chad depends, to a large extent, on climatic parameters
of the natural and climatic zone. The presence of seasonality, which is one of the most important
characteristics of the epizootic process, is indicated by the detection at a certain time of the year.
In the Sahara zone, there is almost completely free of this infectious disease. This is ex-
plained by the lack of precipitation and desert arid climate, in which case the circulation of the
causative agent of this infectious disease is inhibited.
85
On the contrary, such conditions are created in the Sahel and Sudan natural climatic zones,
where outbreaks of anthrax cattle are registered regularly, mainly during the rainy season.
These materials indicate that, to implement effective measures to control the circulation of the
pathogen and improve the system of measures for the prevention of anthrax, systematic monitoring is
necessary taking into account the natural and climatic features of the regions of the country.
LITERATURE
1. Dzhupina S.I. Methods of epizootic examination and theory of the epizootic process; Ros. acad.
s.-sciences. Sib. separation. Institute of Experiments. veterinary medicine in Siberia and the Far East. –
Novosibirsk: Science. Sib. Deposition, 1991. – 138 p. ISBN 5-02-029293-1: B.C.
2. Centre d’echange et d’information, Tchad: Etude des besoins actuels et futurs en terres agricoles,
1999. bch-cbd. Naturels science disponible sur. – URL: http:be/tchad/ch
3. CIRAD-EMVT. Cartographie de la végétation pastorale pour le projet «Almy Baham»
d'hydraulique pastorale au Tchad oriental. Rapport. – N'Djaména: Direction de l'Hydraulique Pastorale et
de l'Assainissement, 1998. – 83 p.
4. Doutoum B., Dounia D., Laounodji, D., Monnier J.P. Tchad: Bilan diagnostic du secteur de
l'élevage. Rapport d'enquête. – N'Djaména: Ministère de l'Elevage, 1984. – 225 p.
5. Institut national Tchadienne des sciences. Atlas pratique du Tchad, 1987. – N'Djaména: INTSH. –
76 p.
6. Ministеrе dе l’еlеvаgе еt dеs rеsоurcеs аnimаls du Tchаd. Plаn nаtiоnаl dе dеvеlоppеmеnt
dеl’еlеvаgе (2009–2016). – Juillеt, 2008.
7. Tchad Direction de l’elevage et des ressources animales, Rapport annuel 2001–2003. – N'Dja-
ména, DERA, 2001–2011. – 105 p.
ECOLOGY OF ANTHRAX
M.N. Yamtitina, V.V. Makarov

The little referred bioecological elements of the Anthrax cycle such as the symbiosystemic nature of
infection, the fate of Bacillus anthracis outside the macroorganism, landscape climatic factors as a criti-
cal cause of activation of natural nidi are considered in this article.
Key words: anthrax, spores, vegetative forms, parasitoidism, landscape climatic risk factors.
From the eco-epidemiological standpoint Anthrax is a typical natural nidal non transmissi-
ble saprozoonosis with soil localization of the reservoir and a source of infection for mammals of
most species that have natural contacts with the soil. In connection with this defeat the herbi-
vores – the domestic large, small cattle and horses, wild ruminants of numerous species – are
exposed to an absolutely predominant degree (Fig. 1) [1; 2].
Parasitoidism B. anthracis. Herbivorous animals provide amplification of the pathogen in
nature in full ecological and epidemiological conformity to the concept. This is conversion of the
vegetative forms of the agent pathogenic in vivo into spores upon release from the macroorgan-
ism, contamination of the environment, quantitative accumulation of spores, persisting in the soil
as a reservoir and source of infection sufficient to provide the next epizootic stage of succession
of natural focal infection.
86
Fig. 1. Infectious cycle of Anthrax: disease and death, soil contamination, sporulation,
infection of a susceptible animal the next link of the epizootic chain
[URL: researchgate.net/profile]
The role the vegetative state of B. anthracis is virulent only in the infected organism in the
epizootic process this terminate because the contagious element is only spores. Within the
framework of an independent symbiotic system of interpopulation relationships «the causative
agent of Anthrax ↔ the susceptible organisms» the sick animals is not a source of infection for
chain transmission in a trivial sense, this is a biological dead end [5–7].
B. anthracis is the only obligate pathogen from the genus of Bacilli which are in the vast
majority of soil destructors.
The lifestyle of B. anthracis corresponds to parasitoidism. This is a widespread in the
nature negative type of interspecies symbiocenotic relationships in which the joint life of the
parasitoid with the host does not occur throughout its life extension but is limited to the early
stages of physical growth with the greatest plastic needs. This type of symbiosis is fundamentally
different from the canonical parasitism. In contrast in this case there is no mutually beneficial
evolutionary co-adaptation and the lethality of the host is indispensable for the release of the
parasitoid and subsequent stages of its biological cycle. This explains the almost fatal outcome of
a natural Anthrax and saprophytism of a free-living disease agent in a spore form. These circum-
stances together with the soil localization of the source of infection cause the nidal outbreak
quantum nature of the sudden occurrence of incidence regardless of the number of cases but not
the canonical wave type of entry and spread of infection. These are index cases or outbreaks in-
dicating the activity of a hidden soil source of infection [2; 9].
Spores and vegetative forms. The peculiarity of an Anthrax infection which is of criti-
cal importance in its parasitoid type biosystem is the presence in the existence of an agent of
two alternative processes such as vegetation and sporulation. These processes are realized at
the ecological level. The vegetation occur in the infectious process in the conditions of the
macroorganism and sporulation in the epizootic outside it. The stability of spores in the soil
and other non-organismic environments is phenomenal and ensures their preservation for an
indefinitely long period practically until favorable conditions for germination and reproduc-
tion arise [5; 7].
The extraorganism vegetation and similar ecological cyclicity of the «germination → vege-
tation → resporulation» are reproduced experimentally [5]. The reality and significance of the
87
phenomenon in the evolution of the Anthrax are advocated by the proponents of the Van Ness
«incubatory zones» hypothesis [10]. The some authors explain the territorial scaling of epizootic
outbreaks following the «abundant precipitation → heat» weather cycle rather in the reproduc-
tion of B. anthracis in soil than a simple preservation of the spores [8]. Apparently something
other is difficult to explain by self-purification of soil nidi from B. anthracis for several years if
there were no new cases.
Nevertheless the phenomenon of an accessory cycle in epizootology of Anthrax has not yet
been confirmed scientifically and hypothetically. It is treated ambiguously and moreover is
doubtful. Without going into the specific details of the question, one can only note the following.
If this were so then it is unlikely that in such a «double life» B. anthracis as a biological species
preserved during the great natural historical period the unshakable stereotype of the obligate
parasitoid pathogen (virulence, genetics, factors of the pathogenicity) and the caused disease
(epizootology, clinic sings, course, fatalities). Although more than 1200 strains of B. anthracis
are known, it is one of the most monomorphic species of microorganisms. All isolates from dif-
ferent sources or geographic zones are almost identical phenotypically and genotypically, and the
differences are manifested only in non-quantitative or semi-quantitative characteristics (colony
morphology, LD50 in tests on laboratory animals, etc.) [5].
Therefore the concept of «sporulate or die» in Anthrax [5] is most acceptable both in prin-
ciple and especially for the temperate climate ecozone.
Landscape and climatic factors. Undoubtedly the duration and other aspects of the extra
organismic existence of spores in soil depend on its composition and properties which are ex-
tremely diverse in this respect. The most favorable conducive to their long-term preservation is
wet alkaline (pH ~ 9) and calcium rich soil environment existing in some non cultivated areas
(reserves, reservations). The majority of agricultural soils characterize the pH of a lower le-
vel [5]. The acidity of podzolic soils (pH to 3,5) as the predominant type in the northern part of
the Russian Federation is especially expressed [3].
Due to this the ability of the spores to exist in the environment is different. Their preserva-
tion can be prolonged under favorable conditions and conversely short-term in agricultural con-
ditions. As the experience of observations has shown for many decades in the first case the inci-
dence may be ten or more times higher than that for opposing zones. In the second situation there
is also evidence of a synthesis experience that the eradication of Anthrax in a unfavorable zone is
achieved by vaccination for three years excluding the occurrence of new cases and reversion of
ill-being [5–7].
Soil as habitat of the spore form B. anthracis structurally represents a polyfunctional het-
erogeneous open four-phase system (solid, liquid, gaseous phases and living organisms). Here
there are various physical, chemical, biological transformations as a mechanic filtration, ad-
sorption, formation of insoluble compounds, biological absorption [3]. Here the spores as
physic bodies are dispersed horizontally and mainly vertically. This is largely promoted by
precipitation especially melted snow and the movement of water to the waterproof layer to a
sufficient profoundness (1–2 meters from the surface). Their fixation occurs due to ion-
exchange and gel filtration mechanisms (by analogy with the canonical chromatography of
microbiological structures). Inverse migration on soil capillaries with water to the rhizosphere
and further to the vegetative parts of plants begins with an increase in temperature and evapo-
ration of soil humidity.
This elementary passive mechanism determines the rhythmic intra annual dynamics and
the phenomenon of the summer seasonality of Anthrax especially in the temperate climate eco-
zone as well as the so-called «Anthrax weather pattern». As experience shows the incidence em-
ergently increases with a certain combination of climatic phenomena in particular when after an
excessive abundance of humidity in the spring there is an unusual heat in the summer. Such
combinations significantly increase the possibility of vertical passive capillary migration of
88
spores with water involving in the process deep-lying soil layers containing spores no affected
by the conditions of the ordinary climate. It can be assumed that the cause of the emergent epi-
zootic of Anthrax in the north of the Russian Federation in the summer of 2016 was an increase
in the thickness of the seasonally thawed layer due to a known warming [4], which called the
causative agent involvement in the epizootic process to be conserved in the deep layer of perma-
frost irrespective of the timing of its entry there.
Among other things the cycles of precipitation and evaporation as a passive horizontal
movements of surface water concentrate dispersed spores from previous epizootics in sepa-
rate places thereby creating local points with a high specific content of the pathogen and suf-
ficient infectious doses and an increased probability of «meeting» with another susceptible
organism.
In general the existence and routes of the spore form of B. anthracis in the soil impor-
tant in the context of the epizootic process are exposed to the action of numerous and power-
ful obstacles of physic (temperature), mechanic (sorption fixation), chemic (pH, excess and
deficiency of ions) and microbiologic (inter-species competition, predation of amoebae) of
nature [1].
The minimum dose for oral infection of cattle, sheep, horses is 5 × 108 (500 million)
spores [7] and a real achievement of such concentration becomes possible only under exceptional
circumstances. This once again explains the critical importance of the landscape and climate in
the emergence of infection cases, as well as the sporadic nature of its manifestation. For the oc-
currence of large-scale outbreaks involving hundreds and thousands of susceptible animals truly
unique combinations of favorable conditions of a very different nature are required which re-
quires adequate epizootic diagnosis.
LITERATURE
1. Litvin V.Yu., Ginzburg A.L., Puchkareva V.I. i dr. Epidemiologicheskiye aspekty ekologii bak-
teriy. – M.: Farmarus-print, 1997. – 256 s. [in Russ.].
2. Makarov V.V., Briko N.I. Globalnyy nozoareal sibirskoy yazvy // Epidemiologiya i infektsion-
nyye bolezni. Aktualnyye voprosy. – 2011. – № 10. – S. 13–17 [in Russ.].
3. Pochva. – URL: ru.wikipedia.org (data obrashcheniya: 23.12.2017) [in Russ.].
4. Yasyukevich V.V., Yasyukevich N.V. Sibirskaya yazva // Problemy ekologicheskogo monitoringa
i modelirovaniya ekosistem. – 2016. – T. 27. – № 2. – S. 87–101 [in Russ.].
5. Anthrax in humans and animals. – 4th ed. // WHO, 2008.
6. Shadomy S., El Idrissi A., Raizman E. et al. Anthrax outbreaks: a warning for improved preven-
tion, control and heightened // Empres watch. – 2016. – Vol. 37. – URL: http://www.fao.org/3/a-
i6124e.pdf (дата обращения: 23.12.2017).
7. Carter G., Pearson G. British biological warfare and biological defence, 1925–1945 // Biol. and
toxin weapons: research, developments and use from the Middle Ages to 1945. – 1999. – SIPRI № 18.
OUP. – P. 168–189.
8. Kaufmann A.F. Observations on the occurrence of anthrax as related to soil type and rainfall //
Salisbury Med. Bull. – 1990. – № 68. – P. 16–17.
9. Predators, Parasites, Parasitoids and Pathogens. – URL: http://gen.uga.edu (дата обращения:
23.12.2017).
10. Van Ness G.B. Ecology of anthrax // Science. – 1971. – № 172. – P. 1303–1307.
89
ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSTICS OF PANCREATIC DOG STRUCTURE

IN ACUTE PANCREATITIS
B.I. Boli, S. Seleznev, E.V. Kulikov

The article considers questions about methods of ultrasound diagnosis of the structure of the pan-
creas of a dog. Ultrasound is often used to diagnose the following pancreatic diseases and pathologies,
such as pancreatitis, pseudocysts, abscesses, neoplasms and nodular hyperplasia.
The material for research was dogs with suspected acute pancreatitis.
Key word: pancreas, ultrasound, diagnosis, dogs.
Introduction. One of the important methods in veterinary methods of visualization of

many structurals changes in internal organs is ultrasound. This method of diagnostics is widely
used to detect morphological changes in the anatomical structure of most internal and even ex-
ternal organs, allowing one to know the presence or absence of certain pathologies without dam-
aging the subject of the study. In addition, recently, such research methods as puncture biopsies
of organs under ultrasound control have been used. How exactly carrying out the uzi to the dog
will help to clarify the diagnosis [4].
Ultrasound is often used to diagnose the following pancreatic diseases and pathologies,
such as pancreatitis, pseudocysts, abscesses, neoplasms and nodular hyperplasia. Rareer patholo-
gies include exocrine insufficiency, pancreatitis, congenital anomalies, and inflammatory pan-
creatic edema [2].
The pancreas (Pancreas) is a dual function gland: exocrine and intrasecretory. The external
secretory function consists in the synthesis and isolation of juice in the duodenum, containing
digestive enzymes and electrolytes, intrasecretory – in the synthesis and secretion of hormones
into the blood.
The outer-secretory part of the gland is highly developed and accounts for more than 95%
of its mass. It has a lobed structure and consists of alveoli (acini) and excretory ducts. The bulk
of the acini (glandular-vesicular end sections) is represented by pancreatic cells – pancreatitis –
secreted cells [2].
The dogs of iron are long, narrow, reddish, forming a more voluminous left branch and a
longer right branch reaching the kidneys. The pancreatic duct opens into the duodenum together
with the bile duct. Sometimes there is an additional duct. The absolute mass of the gland is 13–
18 g.
Material and methods of investigation. The study included 8 dogs. In all animals of this
age, who entered the ultrasound examination of the abdominal cavity, they collected an anamne-
sis, paying attention to information about the pathology of the pancreas. The study included both
clinically healthy animals and patients.
The animals were examined clinically, blood, feces were analyzed. The material for re-
search was dogs with suspected acute pancreatitis. These animals were subjected to ultrasound
examination. The dogs were shaved off the scalp in the abdominal region in the projection of the
organ under investigation.
The ultrasound of the pancreas was performed with a Philips HD3 device with sector C2-
4MHz sensors and linear L5-9MHz. Considered the shape of the organ, its contours, position in
the abdominal cavity, the presence of hyper and hypoechoic areas in the parenchyma of the
90
gland, the presence of concernments, neoplasm’s, the state of fiber around the pancreas, the main
duct and the place of its confluence into the duodenum. In the blood, the content of α – amylase,
glucose, bilirubin, activity of aspartate aminotransferase, alanine aminotransferase was deter-
mined.
Results of the research. When ultrasound examination of the pancreas, it is important to
remember that for similar diseases, similar changes can occur. The main reasons for pancreatitis
in dogs, according to our observations, are the feeding of fatty foods of smoked products, poi-
soning. The disease is associated with holidays, when feeding animals is not limited. The results
of ultrasound should be interpreted taking into account the symptoms, anamnesis and laboratory
tests. The diagnosis of pancreatitis in dogs was complex, taking into account the results of clini-
cal examination, blood and stool analysis.
Diagnosis revealed the following pattern of ultrasound:
– Pancreas echogram of a healthy animal;
– Heterogeneity of the pancreas and areas of increased echogenicity – with edematic pan-
creatitis;
– Diffuse seals or areas of echogenicity lowering – in acute focal and chronic pancreatitis;
– Diffuse enhancement of the parenchyma of the gland.
In addition, a pancreatic infiltrate, free fluid in the abdominal cavity, edema of the wall of
the small intestine in pancreatogenic peritonitis was detected.
Thus, the use of ultrasound examination of the pancreas greatly facilitates the diagnosis of
pancreatitis, allows more clearly differentiate it from other diseases with similar characteristics,
and qualify and reasonably prescribe treatment [5].
Method of ultrasound examination of the pancreas. Normal pancreas is poorly visible
in ultrasound examination; it can be seen in small dogs, but it can be difficult or impossible to
identify in large dogs because of the topographic and anatomical shadows of the surrounding or-
gans. Identification of this organ is complicated by its fuzzy boundaries, as well as similarity to
surrounding mesenteric fat by the echogenicity and structure of the parenchyma. Gas or contents
in neighboring segments of the gastrointestinal tract can also interfere with ultrasound evalua-
tion. For identification and research of the pancreas it is important to know its location and the
corresponding anatomical landmarks [2].
In dogs for visualization of the right lobe of the pancreas, it is most convenient to find the
duodenum in the transverse projection adjacent to the right abdominal wall and the right kidney.
The pancreas is adjacent to the medial and ventral parts of the duodenum. The right part has a
triangular shape, its echogenicity is equal to or slightly less than the echogenicity of the sur-
rounding mesenteric fat. The sizes vary; the width of the beagle type dogs is from 1 to 3 cm and
the thickness is up to 1 cm. Most dogs in the center of the pancreas can see one or two circular
anechoic structures tubular in the sagittal projection, and in the Doppler study a signal corre-
sponding to the flow. This represents the branches of the pancreato-duodenal vein and artery.
Small papilla of the duodenum is the main site of the connection of the duct system of the pan-
creas and duodenum in dogs; occasionally it can be seen in the form of a small nodule on the
wall of the duodenum [2].
Protocols of the duodenum in dogs are usually not visible. After examining the right lobe
of the pancreas, you can go to the body and the left lobe. The body of the pancreas is located
dorso-caudal from the pylorus in the immediate vicinity of the portal vein, and the left lobe is
located between the stomach and the transverse colon. In healthy dogs, it is often difficult to
identify these parts.
In dogs for visualization of the right lobe of the pancreas, it is most convenient to find the
duodenum in the transverse projection adjacent to the right abdominal wall and the right kidney.
The pancreas is adjacent to the medial and ventral parts of the duodenum [1]. The right lobe has
a triangular shape, its echogenicity is equal to or slightly less than the echogenicity of the sur-
91
rounding mesenteric fat. The sizes vary: the width in dogs of the type of beagle is from 1 to
3 cm, and the thickness – to 1 cm. In most dogs in the center of the pancreas one can see one or
two round anechoic structures tubular in the sagittal projection, and with Doppler, a signal is de-
tected, The corresponding to the flow: these are the branches of the pancreato-duodenal vein and
artery. Small papilla of the duodenum is the main site of the connection of the duct system of the
pancreas and duodenum in dogs; occasionally it can be seen in the form of a small nodule on the
wall of the duodenum. Prostoks of the duodenum in dogs are usually not visible. After examin-
ing the right lobe of the pancreas, you can go to the body and the left lobe. The pancreas body is
located dorso caudal from the pylorus in the immediate vicinity of the portal vein, and the left
lobe is located between the stomach and the transverse colon. In healthy dogs, it is often difficult
to identify these parts [3].
Changes in the Structure of the Pancreas under Various Tumors. Tumors of the pan-
creas in dogs are rare. The most common exocrine tumor of the pancreas is adenocarcinoma; less
common are adenoma, lymphosarcoma, squamous cell carcinoma, lymphangiosarcoma and
spindle-shaped cell sarcoma. The most common endocrine tumor of the pancreas is insulinoma.
Diagnosis of exocrine pancreatic tumors is complex, because the clinical signs and results of
blood tests are non-specific and can remain normal. The most common change seen in ultra-
sound examination is nodules in the pancreas or near it, or dense formations of different size and
echogenicity [3]. Other common changes include multiple nodules, pancreatic enlargement, effu-
sion to the abdominal cavity, and extrahepatic bile duct obstruction. Possible complications in
the visual diagnosis of pancreatic tumors include a normal picture with ultrasound, neoplasms of
neighboring structures that germinate or border on the pancreas, changes in lymph nodes in the
immediate vicinity of the pancreas, a similar ultrasound pattern in pancreatitis and neoplasms,
and malignant neoplasms and nodular hyperplasia [4].
Lymph from the pancreas is filtered by splenic, hepatic, pancreatoduodenal and jejunal
lymph nodes that collect lymph from other abdominal structures, which makes it difficult to as-
sess the spread of metastases. Metastases in the liver can be seen as hypoechoic nodules.
Conclusion. Ultrasound should not be limited to the pancreas alone, since its pathology
can cause complications affecting other organs [6]. Topographical and anatomical landmarks of
the pancreas of dogs with ultrasound examination are: the right lobe of the caudal gyrus of the
duodenum and its mesentery; the cranial convolution of the duodenum; left lobe transverse colon
and spleen vein [1].
LITERATURE
1. Esina D.I., Seleznev S.B., Kulikov E.V. Ultrasound diagnosis of pancreatic dogs // Innovative
processes in the agroindustrial complex: Sat. articles. – M.: PFUR, 2014. – S. 186–188.
2. Seleznev S.B., Yesina D.I., Kulikov E.V. Clinical morphology of the pancreas of dogs with ultra-
sound diagnosis // Bulletin of the Peoples' Friendship University. Series «Agronomy and Livestock». –
2014. – № 2. – P. 39–50.
3. Blanchard J., Parago B.M. Exocrine pancreatic insufficiency or pancreatitis // Veterinary. –
2004. – № 4.– P. 21–25.
4. Vesnina I.A. Differentiation and cytogenesis of pancreatic endocrinocytes in conditions of
physiological and impaired vital activity: the author's abstract: dis. ... cand. honey. sciences. – St. Peters-
burg, 2001. – 18 p.
5. Sukhorukov E.G. et al. Detection of microglia in brain preparations stored for a long time in
formalin solution // Morphology. – 2012. – № 5. – T. 142. – P. 68–70.
6. Seleznev S.B., Yesina D.I., Kulikov E.V. Clinical morphology of the pancreas of dogs with ultra-
sound diagnosis // Bulletin of the Peoples' Friendship University. Series «Agronomy and Livestock». –
2014. – № 2. – P. 39–50.
92
CHARACTERIZATION OF THE PATHOGENIC AGENT VIBRIO

PARAHAEMOLYTICUS (VP-AHPND)
AS SANITARY RISK FOR SHRIMP CULTURE IN CUBA
A.M. Yelaine1, S.F.E. Yolanda2

1
Grupo Empresarial de la Industria Alimentaria
2
Universidad Agraria de La Habana
The article presents a characterization of the pathogenic agent Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-
AHPND) as a sanitary risk for shrimp culture in Cuba. The study consisted of 2 stages for its develop-
ment: the definition and identification of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) as sanitary danger in
shrimp farms during 2016. The results showed that Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) has the capac-
ity to cause disease in shrimp in general and especially in culture, that the species of shrimp (Litopenaeus
vannamei) that is exploited in the country constitutes an element at risk for this pathogenic agent causing
acute hepatopancreatic necrosis (AHPND/EMS) and that although the disease has not been reported in
the country, the importation of food of animal origin (brine shrimp, squid, polychaetes or similar) and the
contamination of the water of the culture ponds with the ballast waters of vessels from countries affected
by AHPND/EMS are ways for the introduction of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) in shrimp
farms; as well as the main risk factors that could be associated with the disease in the country.
Key words: shrimp, pathogenic agent, Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) and sanitary risk.
Introduction. Acute necrosis of the hepatopancreas or early mortality syndrome

(AHPND/EMS) is an emerging disease of shrimp, diagnosed in Penaeus monodon, Litopenaeus
vannamei and Penaeus chinensis, which has caused significant losses among shrimp producers
in different countries of the world, mainly those of the Asian continent such as China, Thailand,
Viet Nam and Malaysia.
In America, it was reported for the first time in Mexico in 2013 (Ligthner et al., 2013), af-
fecting 13,000 ha of breeding ponds, with a 70% reduction in production (Massaut, 2015).
In Cuba, the disease is not present. However, bacterial diseases are the ones that have
mostly affected the shrimp culture and cases with high frequency of vibriosis and bacterial ne-
crotising hepatopancreatitis (NHP-B) have been reported during the period 2014–2016 (Pozo,
Silveira, 2016). On the other hand, the commercial activities of import of food, movements of
travelers, tourism and others, are on the rise in the country especially those associated with the
import of products from Mexico, which brings with it an increase in the risks of introduction of
Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) for the country.
Materials and methods. The characterization of the pathogenic agent Vibrio parahaemo-
lyticus (Vp-AHPND) as sanitary danger for the shrimp culture in Cuba, consisted of 2 stages:
1. Definition of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) as a sanitary hazard for suscep-
tible animals in the shrimp farms of Cuba.
This first part involved:
– Define the health hazard, by reviewing the literature according to UNISDR (2009);
OIRSA/OIE (2006); OIE (2016; 2017) and the Regional Epidemiological Surveillance Program
of AHPND/EMS according to Morales et al. (2015; 2016);
– Define the health risk associated with the bacterium Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND)
for which the current state of information on the disease was reviewed;
2. Identification of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) as a sanitary risk in shrimp
farms in Cuba.
93
1.2.1. Previous research aimed at demonstrating the presence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus

(Vp-AHPND) in the Cuban shrimp population was reviewed.
Site and period of study: shrimp spawning centers in 2016.
Population under study: shrimp postlarvae (Litopenaeus vannamei).
Sample size. The data obtained and used for the investigation came from the samplings
analyzed by the Aquaculture Health Laboratory of the Fisheries Research Center (CIP), which
correspond according to De Blas (2008) to: Systematic Random Probabilistic Sampling: is car-
ried out systematically (every 3–4 months) in the absence of disease to evaluate the presence of
pathogenic microorganisms or parasitic agents.
In these samplings, 150 postlarvae of shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei) were taken per
spawning center, according to procedures recommended by Lightner (1996), modified from
Amos (1985) cited by Morales – Covarrubias (2013) and approved by the International Regional
Health Organization. Agropecuaria (OIRSA) and the Center for Research in Food and Develop-
ment (CIAD).
Laboratory techniques used. Among the techniques used to diagnose the AHPND/EMS
disease of the culture shrimp, the PCR and RT-PCR techniques were used following the protocol
described in the IQ 2000 TM AHPND/EMS toxin 1 (2015).
Results and discussion.
1. Definition of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) as a sanitary hazard for susceptible
animals in shrimp establishments in Cuba.
1.1. Danger and health hazard. It is defined as a danger or threat according to UNISDR
(2009) to the phenomenon, substance, human activity or dangerous condition that can cause
death, injury or other health impacts, as well as damage to property, loss of livelihoods and ser-
vices, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage.
The Regional Office of the World Organization for Animal Health (OIE) for the Americas
(OIRSA/OIE, 2006) defines the health hazard as the source of potential harm (eg an agent that
causes disease) that implies the cause of the adverse event and not its consequences. The Sani-
tary Code for Aquatic Organisms (OIE, 2016), designates as sanitary danger the presence of a
biological, chemical or physical agent in an aquatic animal or aquatic animal product or the state
of a aquatic animal or an animal product. aquatic that can cause adverse effects on the health of
aquatic animals or people.
1.2. Definition of sanitary danger associated with the bacterium Vibrio parahaemolyticus
(Vp-AHPND) in shrimp establishments in Cuba. The review of the information about Vibrio
parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) allowed to argue which of its characteristics allow to define
them as sanitary danger for the shrimp species.
2. Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) has the capacity to cause disease in shrimp in
general and, in particular, in culture.
Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) according to FAO (2013):
– Causes acute necrosis of the hepatopancreas (AHPND/EMS), considered an emerging
disease in cultivated penaeid shrimp.
– Lightner et al. (2013) and Tran et al. (2013) attribute the following:
a) a pathogenic strain of Vibrio parahaemolyticus is the causative agent of AHPND/EMS;
b) this strain colonizes the digestive tract and produces atrophy of the hepatopancreas;
c) This strain is infected by a phage carrying a plasmid (pAP1) containing 2 toxic pyrA and
pirB genes that act together and produce AHPND/EMS, as Fig. 1 shows.
Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) has mechanisms to enter and spread and survive in
shrimp populations, especially penaeids in intensive culture:
– It is introduced orally through the ingestion of water, organic detritus from the bottom of
the pond and by cannibalism of shrimp previously infected by this strain of bacteria according to
criteria of Morales et al. (2016);
94
Fig. 1. Mechanism of action of the pathogenic Vibrio parahaemolyticus causing EMS

according to Caraballo, 2016
– According to Kuola (2016), colonizes organic sludge and uneaten food at the bottom of
tanks, as well as chitin surfaces such as shrimp shells and coatings of shrimp stomachs.
These attributes make Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) an agent that corresponds to
the concepts of sanitary danger that OIRSA/OIE (2006) and OIE (2016a; 2017) refer for pur-
poses of prevention and control of emerging diseases.
Therefore, the introduction of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) in establishments of
the Company for the Cultivation of Shrimp of Cuba (ECCAM), would find appropriate condi-
tions for its establishment and dispersion, because there are elements at risk susceptible to being
affected by it as Litopenaeus vannamei, besides that the climatic and environmental characteris-
tics of the territory favor its development.
2.1. Previous research to determine the presence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND)
in susceptible animals in Cuba. The Center for Fisheries Research (CIP) of Cuba has established,
through its «Epizootiological Surveillance System for Aquatic Animals», to apply the PCR tech-
nique for the detection of AHPND/EMS in shrimp at spawning centers, frequently every four
months, and in farms, only in cases of mortality events. Table 1 shows the results of these studies
in the spawning centers of the Yaguanabo and Manzanillo shrimp during 2016.
To date, has not been reported the presence of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) in
shrimp farming facilities in Cuba. However, the investigations carried out are due to the fact that
the health authorities assume that Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) could be present by:
– The existence of risk factors associated with diseases in general and AHPND/EMS in
particular (import of products of animal origin);
– The presentation of mortality episodes in the first 20–40 days after sowing in the farms;
– The presence of migratory birds in shrimp farming areas;
– The use of sea water for the supply of shrimp farms and spawning centers, being recog-
nized that the marine water currents from countries affected with the disease are associated with
the introduction of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND).
2.2. Existence of entry ways of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) to Cuba. The exis-
tence of possible routes of introduction of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) producer of
AHPND / EMS to Cuba can be supported by the following criteria:
1) Import of food of animal origin. It is possible the introduction of Vibrio parahaemolyti-
cus (Vp-AHPND) to Cuba from affected countries, with which there are import relations of food
for shrimp farming, such as Mexico;
2) Maritime traffic from affected places to Cuban ports:
– Also from Mexico, the introduction of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) by mari-
time traffic could occur;
95
Table 1
Samples conducted at shrimp spawning centers to demonstrate the presence

of Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) during 2016
Category
Date № of
of the species Per-
of sam- Place sam- Technical Results Source
under inves- former
pling ples
tigation
PCR and RT-PCR Animal
100% Sam- Pozo y
Janu- Yaguanabo described in the IQ Health
Postlarvae 150 ples (-) to Silveira
ary 5 spawning 2000 TM AHPND / Laboratory
Vp-AHPND (2016)
EMS toxin 1 (2015) of CIP
100% Sam- Pozo y
Febru- Yaguanabo described in the IQ Health
ary 22 spawning 2000 TM AHPND / Laboratory
Vp-AHPND (2016)
100% Sam- Pozo y
Yaguanabo described in the IQ Health
June 9 Postlarvae 150 ples (-) to Silveira
spawning 2000 TM AHPND / Laboratory
Vp-AHPND (2016)
Sep- 100% Sam- Pozo y
Yaguanabo described in the IQ Health
tember Postlarvae 150 ples (-) to Silveira
spawning 2000 TM AHPND / Laboratory
26 Vp-AHPND (2016)
100% Sam- Pozo y
Decem- Yaguanabo described in the IQ Health
ber 8 spawning 2000 TM AHPND / Laboratory
Vp-AHPND (2016)
100% Sam- Pozo y
April Manzanillo described in the IQ Health
20 spawning 2000 TM AHPND / Laboratory
Vp-AHPND (2016)
– Rodríguez (2016) points out that ballast water and waste from vessels from countries af-
fected by AHPND/EMS can also represent a risk for the introduction of the pathogen to the region;
3) Migration of birds: the relationship of the migration of birds with the introduction of Vi-
brio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) has been reported by Chamberlain (2014).
Conclusions:
1. Vibrio parahaemolyticus (Vp-AHPND) constitutes a sanitary hazard for Litopenaeus
vannamei or white shrimp in intensive and semi-intensive breeding in Cuba.
2. The importation of food of animal origin (brine shrimp, squid, polychaetes or similar)
and the contamination of the water of the culture ponds with the ballast water of vessels from
countries affected by AHPND/EMS constitute ways for the introduction of Vibrio parahaemo-
lyticus (Vp-AHPND) in the shrimp farms of Cuba; as well as the main risk factors that could be
associated with the disease in the country.
LITERATURE
1. Chamberlain G. The impact of EMS continues but the shrimp industry is recovering // Informa-
tion portal in Aquaculture, Aquahoy. The Acuicultor. – 2014.
2. De Blas I. Study of the disease in aquatic populations: Aquatic Epidemiology. Seminar on health
defense groups in marine fish farming. – Spain: Veterinary school, Zaragoza's University, 2008.
3. Kuola K. Management of Early Mortality Syndrome in Shrimp Breeders. – URL: https://www.
facebook.com/pages/kampong.kuola-kerpan-kechil-kedah-Malaysia/106959159335882.Date_оf_consultation.
January 24, 2017.
96
4. Lightner D., Redman R.M., Pantoja C., Noble B.L., Nunan L.M., Loc T., Gomez S. Documenta-
tion of an Emerging Disease (Early Mortality Syndrome) in SE Asia. – Mexico, 2013.
5. Manual Instructivo IQ 2000TM AHPND/EMS toxin. Detection and Prevention System, 2015. –
URL: http://www.iq2000kit.com
6. Massaut L. Update on shrimp diseases, with emphasis on AHPND/EMS, National Chamber of
Aquaculture. 2015. – URL: http://www.cna-ecuador.com/aquaexpo/2015 (Retrieved on 04.07.2016).
7. Morales V., Cuellar-Anjel J., Blas I., De Gracia A., Frago F., Lara C., Cruz G., Girón C. Re-
gional Epidemiological Surveillance Program for the disease acute necrosis of the hepatopancreas
(EMS/AHPND). – OIRSA, 2015.
8. Morales V., Cuellar-Anjel J., Blas I., De Gracia A., Frago F., Lara C., Cruz G., Girón C. Re-
gional Epidemiological Surveillance Program for the disease acute necrosis of the hepatopancreas
(EMS/AHPND). – OIRSA, 2016.
9. International Regional Organization for Animal Health / World Organization for Animal Health.
(OIRSA/OIE), 2006. Practical guide for the elaboration of Risk Analysis in Animal Health. Ad hoc
Group on risk analysis. Regional Commission of the OIE for America. – P. 1–69.
10. United Nations Organization for Agriculture and Food (FAO), 2013. Fisheries and Aquacul-
ture, Report № 1053 Report of the FAO/MARD Technical Workshop on Early Mortality Syndrome
(EMS) or Acute Hepatopancreatic Necrosis Syndrome (AHPNS) of Cultured Shrimp (under TCP/VIE/
3304). 1053. – Р. 25–27.
11. World Organization for Animal Health (OIE), 2016 // Glossary. Sanitary Code for Aquatic Or-
ganisms. General considerations. – URL: http://oie.int
12. World Organization for Animal Health (OIE), 2016a. Diseases, infections and infestations of
the list of the OIE in force 2016. – URL: htpps //: www.oie.int (Date of consultation: November 8, 2016).
13. World Organization for Animal Health (OIE), 2017. Diseases, infections and infestations of the
OIE List in force 2017. – URL: htpps //: www.oie.int (Date of consultation: November 8, 2016).
14. Percedo M., González I., Chávez P., Delgado C., Abeledo M.A. Territorial risk analisys by
transboundary animal diseases in Cuba // Rev. Salud Animal. – 2013. – Vol 35. – № 2. – Р. 116–125.
15. Pozo M., Silveira R. Personal communication. Report of the diagnosis results of aquatic animal
diseases in 2016 / Fisheries Research Center. Subdirectorate for Food Safety and Aquaculture Health. –
2016.
16. Reantaso M., Gómez G.B. Power point presentation, Early Mortality Syndrome (EMS) in
Shrimp. 2014. – URL: slideplayer.es/slide/1545769
17. Rodríguez W.S. Resolution № 1851. Technical Manual for the application of the Andean Plan
of Contingency against the Syndrome of the Early Mortality or Disease of the Acute Hepatopancreatic
Necrosis, of the Shrimp of Cultivo. – 2016. – Р. 9–12.
18. Tran L., Nunan L., Redman R.M., Mohney L.L., Pantoja C.R., Fitzsimmons K., Lightner D.V.
Determination of the infectious nature of the agent of acute hepatopancreatic necrosis syndrome affecting
penaeid shrimp // Dis.Aquat. Organ. – 2013. – № 105. – Р. 45–55.
19. Terminology on Disaster Risk Reduction. International Strategy for Disaster Reduction. United
Nations. – Geneva, Switzerland: UNISDR, 2009.
MORPHOMETRIC PARAMETERS OF CHICK EMBRYOS

WITH DIFFERENT GENOTYPE
A. Ziad

The study was conducted on chicken embryos from three groups (H × H) (G × G) (H × G) at differ-
ent stages of ageto study changes in shape. Chicken embryos are the best experimental animals for easy
97
access to the fetus, short incubation period and low costs. It was noted that the embryos in group (G × G)
were shorter than the other two groups and there was no difference in the width of embryos between the
three groups. It can be noted that in the first group embryos outstripped the rate of growth of embryos of
groups 2 and 3 in the first 7 days of incubation. By the 18th day of incubation, the embryo length aver-
aged 88,87 mm, And the embryos of group 2 were shorter by an average of 5,8 mm, or 5,9%. (P < 0,05).
The width of the body embryos by groups did not differ and amounted to an average of 17,28 mm.
Key words: GFP, chicken embryos, morphological.
Introduction. GFP is a ~27 kDa protein consisting of 238 amino acids derived from the
crystal jellyfish Aequorea victoria. It has a fluorescent emission wavelength in the green portion
of the visible spectrum (hence the name).Fluorescent proteins have become widely used as
markers for positively identifying and tracking expressing cells in many in vitro and in vivo stud-
ies. Owing to its intrinsic fluorescence, GFP is commonly used as a molecular tag to study intra-
cellular protein trafficking. GFP appears to be an inert and stable molecule localized in the cyto-
sol. Furthermore, it is small enough (29 kDa) to be used as a passenger protein for fusion con-
structs. In these fusion proteins, it is assumed that GFP does not contain intrinsic targeting in-
formation. To date, various proteins have been tagged with GFP to study localization and sorting
in compartments such as the mitochondria, nucleus, chloroplasts, endoplasmic reticulum (ER),
Golgi apparatus and plasma membrane. On 10 December 2008, The Royal Swedish Academy of
Science academy awarded the Noble Prize in Chemistry to Tsien, Chalfie, and Shimomura for
their discoveries on GFP.
In a study GFP expression was confined to the peripheral and central nervous system. In
tissue sections from the brain, we could observe GFP expression in the cell bodies of neurons,
axons, and dendrites. In particular, the dendritic fan and soma of Purkinje cells of the cerebellum
and the axons of projection cells in the hippocampus were brightly fluorescent [5]. In other study
When a lentiviral vector carrying the CMV promoter was used to produce transgenic chickens,
transgene expression was primarily in the pancreas and to a lesser extent in the liver, skin, mus-
cle, and lining of the intestine [3]. In other study GFP was strongly expressed in tissue samples
from the heart, skeletal muscles, and whole pancreas. Generally, GFP expression decreased in
strength and frequency along with organ development. In embryos of 14 E and 17 E, strong fluo-
rescence in tissue samples from the brain, lung, and liver was observed. This fluorescence con-
tinued until birth, but the number of fluorescent cells decreased progressively. In adults, there
was strong GFP expression in some brain neurons, but only faint expression in other cells. The
lung and the liver also showed little GFP expression [2]. It GFP was observed only in oviducts,
with no detection in heart, muscle, liver and intestine. This is the first study to report the expres-
sion of tPA in egg white and oviduct epithelial cells using an oviduct-specific vector. GFP was
expressed only in oviduct tissue, with none being detected in heart, skeletal muscle, liver and
intestine [1]. Was found GFP expression was observed in oviduct tissue but not in heart, muscle,
liver or intestine [6].
The aim of the studies was to evaluate the morphometric parameters of hen`s embryos of
different genotype during the incubation period.
Material and methods of research. The study was conducted between 2016 and 2017 in
the laboratory of incubation of the Department of Veterinary Medicine of the Peoples'Friendship
University of Russia. The object of the study was incubation eggs and embryos of hens of egg
crosses Shaver Brown. In group 1, eggs were taken from adult chickens that were not subjected
to genetic engineering manipulation (normal – H). In group 2, eggs were taken from adult chick-
ens who had genetically engineered manipulations at the embryonic stage (G). In group 3 eggs
were taken from adult hens (H), inseminated with the sperm of roosters with genetic engineering
manipulation at the embryonic stage of development (H × G). Genetic engineering manipulations
98
were carried out by the employees of the Cell Engineering Laboratory of the Federal Science
Center for Animal Husbandry named after Academy Member L.K. Ernst. As an injection solu-
tion, a DMEM medium was used (Invitrogen, USA). The eggs were laid on the incubation in ac-
cordance with the requirements of OST 10 321-2003 «Chicken incubatory eggs. Technical con-
ditions». The egg mass was determined on an HR-200 electronic scale (Japan), large and small
diameters, as well as the egg shape index, using the IM-1 indexmer. Incubation of the embryos
was carried out in an RCOM SURO 20. Incubation was performed on the 3rd, 7th, 10th, 14th and
18th day of the incubation. Statistical processing of the data was carried out using the Microsoft
Excel 2010 data analysis package.
Results. Eggs with an average mass of 66,0 g (limit 55–72 g) were selected for incubation.
The average value of the index of the form index was 74,5% (lim 70–82). The shape of the eggs
corresponded to the standard ovaloid. During the incubation period, the weight loss of the egg
was evaluated.
During 18 days of incubation, egg weight losses averaged 8,68, 8,71 and 8,49%. This cor-
responds to the normative values. The study of embryo mass showed that by the 18th day of in-
cubation the mass was approximately the same and amounted to 21,78 ± 0,335, 19,91 ± 2,529
and 22,53 ± 1,444 g, respectively, in groups 1, 2 and 3. It can be noted that in the first group em-
bryos outstripped the rate of growth of embryos of groups 2 and 3 in the first 7 days of incuba-
tion. By the end of the incubation, the growth rate was equalized. By the 18th day of incubation,
the embryo length averaged 88,87 mm. The embryos of group 2 were shorter by an average of
5,8 mm, or 5,9% (P < 0,05). The width of the body embryos by groups did not differ and
amounted to an average of 17,28 mm.
When comparing embryos for the development of individual parts of the body, it can be
noted that the embryos of group 2 had an average of 3,4% less body length, 4,6% head length
and 2,3% head width (P < 0,05). Embryos of the 2nd group had shorter wings and legs on average
by 3,7% (P < 0,05).
Thus, the conducted studies have shown the influence of a number of factors on the em-
bryogenesis of chickens in the conduct of genetically engineered manipulations with embryos in
vivo. In particular, the influence of genetic engineering manipulations on the linear dimensions
of embryos during the incubation period was noted.
LITERATURE
1. KaleriI H.A., XiangI L., AniwashiII J., XuI Sh. Oviduct-specific expression of tissue plasmino-
gen activator in laying hens // Genet. Mol. Biol. – São Paulo, 2011, Epub Apr. 8, 2011. – Vol. 34. – № 2.
2. Takeuchi K., Sereemaspum A., Inagaki T., Hakamata Y., Kaneko T., Murakami T., Takaha-
shi M., Kobayashi E., Ookawara Sh. Morphologic characteri-zation of green fluorescent protein in em-
bryonic, neonatal and adult transgenic rats // J. – 2003, October. – Vol. 274A. – Issue 2. – P. 883–886.
3. McGrew M.J., Sherman A., Ellard F.M., Lillico S.G., Gilhooley H.J., Kingsman A.J., Mitropha-
nous K.A., Sang H. Efficient production of germline transgenic chickens using lentiviral vectors //
EMBO. – 2004. – Rep. 5. – Р. 728–733.
4. Nikishov A.A. Mathematical support of the experiment in animal husbandry. – М.: PFUR,
2014. – 209 p.
5. Ribeiro L.A., Mariani P.D.S.C., Azevedo J.L., Rech E.L., Schmidt G.S., Coutinho.L.L. // Braz. J.
Med. Biol. Res. – Ribeirão Preto, Sept. 2001. – Vol. 34 (9). – № 9. – Р. 1115–1124.
6. Scott B.B., Carlos L. Generation of tissue-specific transgenic birds with lentiviral vectors // Proc.
Nat. Acad. Sci. USA. – 2005. – № 102. – Р. 16443–16447.
99
CYTOPATHOLOGY OF CELLS IN CULTIVATION

OF A SACBROOD VIRUS
A.G. Kalinin, T.V. Galbek, A.N. Sotnikov,

D.V. Volodko, I.V. Potapova, A.V. Shchukina

The results of a study on the detection of common cytopathological signs of cell cultures inoculated
with the sacbrood virus were obtained. It was found that the following cell cultures exhibited common
cytopathological signs of the presence of the sacbrood virus in the form of a large number of vacuoles in
the cytoplasm, which corresponds.
Key words: bees, cell culture, a monolayer, sacbrood virus, cytopathology.
Beekeeping is an important branch of agriculture. Bees play a big role in the economy and
food security of the country. Their significance is not only in obtaining the products of beekeep-
ing (honey, pollen, wax, propolis, royal jelly, bee venom, etc.), but, more importantly, in pollina-
tion of agricultural crops. Harvest of such crops as sunflower, carrot, apple and many others de-
pends 100% on pollinators, of which 90% are bees (Grobov O.F. et al., 1987; Konusova O.L. et
al., 2010; Skrebneva L.A. et al., 2015; Singh D.A., 2000; Oldroyd B.P. et al., 2009).
However, bees are susceptible to a variety of pathogens, such as bacteria, fungi, protozoa,
parasites, viruses. It is known more than 20 viruses – causative agents of diseases of bees. One of
them is the sacbrood virus (SBV), which causes bee brood disease with characteristic clinical
features (Batuev Yu.M., 2010; Sotnikov A.N. et al., 2014; Coffey M.F. et al., 2013; Castle D.,
2013).
For a long time, various methods of studying viruses of bees have been used, such as RDP,
RSK, etc. (Grobov O.F. et al., 1989; Ogurtsov A.F., 2005). In vitro studies have not been widely
used to understand the pathogenetic process of the virus.
Previous studies have been conducted to study the effect of BMP in cell cultures of various
animals (Smirnova N.I., 1974; Kalinin A.G. et al., 2016, 2017; Carrillo-Tripp J. et al., 2016).
However, there is insufficient data on more in-depth study of the sacbrood virus in cell cultures
of various species and tissue origin.
When studying the possibility of replication of the sacbrood virus of bees in cell cultures of
chicken and mouse fibroblasts, honey bees, monkey kidneys, researchers observed in all studied
cell cultures the appearance of granularity and the set of vacuoles (Kerimbaev A.K., 1972;
Grobov O.F. et al., 1987; Alexeyenko F.M. et al., 1991).
The purpose of our research was to study the replication of the virus in cell cultures of ver-
tebrates.
The work was carried out within the framework of the Program of Fundamental Scientific
Research of the State Academies of Sciences for the period from 2012 to 2020, topic (draft)
№ 0578-2014-0021 «To obtain new knowledge about sensitive cell and cell cultures of different
species and tissue origin that are sensitive to viruses and intracellular parasites».
Financing of the work was received within the framework of the State task from the federal
budget without attracting additional sources of funding.
All authors of this publication confirm the absence of any conflicts of interest.
Materials and methods. Cell cultures obtained from the Specialized Collection of Inter-
mittent Somatic Cell Cultures of Agricultural and Commercial Animals and Cryobank VIEV,
100
such as kidney cells of calf (PB), lung fetus (LIC), testes of goat (TK-VIEV), monkey kidney
(Vero), cells of a hybrid strain of pig * horse (A4L). Cell cultures are sensitive to a wide range of
viruses that cause diseases of agricultural animals (Velichko G.N., 2014; Galbek T. et al., 2014;
Galbek T. et al., 2014; Dyakonov L.P. et al., 2003).
To support cell cultures, 0,5% hydrolyzatlactalbumin, IGLA MEM, as well as a combina-
tion of IGLA MEM and 0,5% hydrolyzate-lactalbumin in a ratio of 1:1 with 10% of bovine se-
rum or 5% of bovine embryos were used. A mixture of 0,02% versene solution with a 0,25%
trypsin solution in a ratio of 9:1 was used to remove the cells upon re-entry.
The virus-containing material was obtained from the dead larvae of the patient with the
sacbrood of the family. The larvae were ground in porcelain mortar with physiological solution.
Centrifuged on a T-24 centrifuge at 10,000 rpm for 10 minutes. The supernatant was poured into
test tubes. The centrifugate was filtered through filters with a pore size of 0,45 μm.
For the preparation of cytological preparations, the suspension of cells was introduced in
1–2 ml in sterile penicillin bottles with coverslips (Menzel-glasser), capped and placed in a
thermostat. When a 100% monolayer was formed, viral material was introduced into cell cul-
tures. Vials with culture were placed in a thermostat at to = 34 °C. After 96–312 hours, cell cul-
tures were fixed and stained with azur-eosin according to Romanovsky-Giemsa.
The presence of the virus was confirmed by rtPCR.
Results of the study and discussion. When the above cell cultures were diagnosed by the
PCR-RV method, the following results of the threshold cycle virus values were obtained (Tab-
le 1).
Table 1
№ Cell cultures Days of cultivation Mean of the threshold virus cycle

1 Initial viral material 15,78
2 PT 14 20,41
3 TK-VIEV 14 21,16
4 Vero (Germany) 14 19,4
5 А4L 14 15,82
6 LPK 14 18,24
When the sacbrood virus was diagnosed in the above cell cultures, the following values of
the threshold cycle of the virus were obtained in the first passage.
In a monolayer of PT cell culture, the virus, after 144 hours, in contrast to the control ones
caused the formation of voids, disruption of the integrity of the monolayer, destruction of the cell
membrane. In the cytoplasm of both cell types – epithelial-like and fibroblast-like – large vacu-
oles are observed. In some cells the vacuoles encircle the nucleus. In others, very large vacuoles
are located on both sides of the nucleus. There are cells with small vacuoles, also located around
the nucleus. The formation of large vacuoles is also observed in dual-core cells. There is a
pycnosis of nuclei.
In Vero cell culture, an unbroken monolayer was observed after 168 hours of culturing
with the virus. In contrast to the control, in most cells a large number of small vacuoles are lo-
cated throughout the cytoplasm. The destruction of the monolayer is not observed.
In the culturing of the sacbrood virus in the cell culture of TK-VIEV cells, the integrity of
the monolayer remains intact after 312 hours. Nuclei in oval and round cells containing 2–7 nu-
cleoli. As in PT culture, large or small vacuoles are located near the nucleus.
The hybrid culture of SPEV TK-lymphocyte cells of the horse (A4L) is represented by two
types of cells – epithelioid and lymphocyte-like. Epithelio-like cells of different sizes with one
large nucleus containing 1–2 nucleoli, double-cell cells are observed. Lymphocyte-like cells
range from 60 to 50% with respect to the total number of cells.
101
In a sacbrood virus infected the culture of A4L cells after 96 hours of culturing the
monolayer is not destroyed, there are no windows. Lymphocyte-like cells are rounded, arranged
in groups or in single cells. Epithelioid-like cells of different shapes, often elongated. In epi-
thelio-like cells, nuclei are oval or rounded, nucleoli of various forms, 1–2 in the nucleus. The
cytoplasm contains vacuoles of various sizes that fill the entire cytoplasm, the cell membrane is
destroyed, pycnosis of the nuclei is observed.
After 168 hours of virus culture in the hybrid culture of A4L cells, destruction of the cell
membrane, monolayer dilution, and strong vacuolization of the cytoplasm are recorded. The cy-
toplasm has a stellate form. Pycnosed cores, destruction of intercellular connections are noted.
The same changes in the cells are observed in the culture of the cells of PBL in 96 hours.
The cytoplasm contains vacuoles. There is a pycnosis of nuclei.
When viewing the culture of cells of PBL infected with the sacbrood virus, after 168 hours
it is seen that the culture consists mainly of epithelio-like cells. The nuclei of epithelio-like cells
are round in shape, the nucleoli round or oval are 3–5 in the nucleus. The cytoplasm contains
vacuoles. In some cells, vacuoles are located on both sides of the nucleus.
Based on the conducted studies, it can be noted that for the above cell cultures, the virus
induces a cytopathogenic effect in the form of vacuoles, which agrees with the data obtained by
O.F. Grobov et al. (1987).
As a result of the studies, the cytopathological manifestations of the sacbrood virus in the
cell cultures of different species and tissue origin were studied. These were expressed in the ap-
pearance of a large number of vacuoles of different sizes, rupture of the cell membrane, pycnosis
of the nuclei.
The results obtained are of interest not only in the use of cell culture for the isolation, ac-
cumulation and analysis of the virus, but also open up promising directions in its in-depth study.
LITERATURE
1. Alekseenko F.M., Revenok V.A., Chepurko M.A. Handbook of diseases and pests of bees. –
2nd ed., pererab. and additional. – K.: Harvest, 1991. – 83 p.
2. Batuev Yu.M., Goryacheva I.I. Identification of viruses of bees by methods of molecular genetic
analysis // Beekeeping. – 2010. – № 7. – P. 16–18.
3. Batuev Yu.M. Sieve brood // Beekeeping. – 2010. – № 10. – P. 24–27.
4. Velichko G.N., Shulyak A.F., Zhuravleva E.A., Galnbek T.V., Lomakina N.F. Estimates of vi-
rological and molecular methods in the diagnosis of viral diarrhea – mucosal disease of cattle // J. Veteri-
nary Medicine and Feeding. – 2014. – № 5. – Р. 66–67.
5. Galnbek T.V., Shulyak A.F., Kuleshov K.V., Shchukina I.V. Strain of diploid lung cattle cells for
the reproduction of viruses. Patent 2014, № 2515915.
6. Galnbek T.V., Shulyak A.F., Akinshina G.T., Potapova I.V., Fedorov A.I. The effect of lantha-
num nitrate on the lung cells of the fetus LDK in vitro // J. Veterinary Medicine and Feeding. – 2014. –
№ 5. – Р. 68–69.
7. Grobov O.F., Smirnov A.M., Popov E.T. Diseases and pests of honey bees: Handbook. – M.: Ag-
ropromizdat, 1987. – Р. 3–6.
8. Dyakonov L.P., Mayji E.V., Galnbek T.V., Safina A.N., Shulyak A.F. Cultural-morphological
properties and sensitivity to viruses of the interspecific hybrid culture of the pig * horse (SPEV TK-
lymphocytes of the horse) // Veterinary pathology. – 2003. – № 1 (5). – P. 68–70/
9. Kalinin A.G., Galnbek Т.V. Cultivation of viruses of bees in vitro // Proceedings of VIEV. –
2016. – Vol. 79. – P. 204–211.
10. Kalinin A.G., Galnbek T.V., Kulikov E.V. Selection of culture for in vitro accumulation of the
sacbrood virus of bees // Bulletin of the Peoples' Friendship University of Russia. Series Agronomy and
cattle breeding. – 2017. – № 2. – P. 168–174.
11. Kerimbaev A.K. The study of some biological properties of the virus of the sacbrood in larvae
of the honey bee and the improvement of methods for laboratory diagnosis of the disease: dis. for the aca-
demic degree of Cand. Biological Sciences. – M., 1972. – Р. 70–74.
102
12. Konusova O.L., Pogorelov Yu.L., Ostroverkhova N.V., Rasejikina S.A., Nechipurenko A.O., Vo-
rotov A.A., Klimova E.A., Prokopiev A.S. Biological and economic evaluation of the honey bee colonies
(Apis mellifera L.) in some areas of the Tomsk region // Bulletin of the Tomsk State University Biolo-
gy. – 2010. – № 1 (9). – P. 29–30.
13. Ogurtsov A.F. Diagnosis, disease prevention, control of pests and predators of bees – M.:
Aquarium Print, 2005. – Р. 62–63.
14. Skrebneva L.A., Bilalov F.S., Latypova V.Z., Shlychkov A.P. Use of honey bees for bioindica-
tion of the level of atmospheric air pollution by heavy metals // Bulletin of the Technological Universi-
ty. – 2015. – T. 18. – № 17. – P. 248.
15. Smirnova N.I. The use of chicken and bee fibroblasts for the isolation and cultivation of the
causative agent virus Bacterial brood // New in the breeding and genetics of farm animals, Collection of
Works, issue XXXV. – Leningrad: Ministry of Agriculture of the USSR. Leningrad Veterinary Institute,
1974. – P. 98–100.
16. Sotnikov A.N., Korolev A.V. Sacbrood – a threat to beekeeping // Beekeeping. – 2014. – № 5. –
P. 30–32.
17. Carrillo-Tripp J., Dolezal A.G., Goblirsch M.J., Miller W.A., Toth A.L., Bonning B.C. In vivo
and in vitro infection dynamics of honey bee viruses // Sci. Rep. – 2016. – № 6. – P. 1–12.
18. Castle D. Factors Affecting Global Bee Health. – Belgium: CropLife International A.I.S.B.L.,
2013. – Р. 1–2, 5.
19. Coffey M.F., Barth S., Hayes K., Breen J. The health status of Irish honeybee colonies in
2006 // Irish Journal of Agricultural and Food Research. – 2013. – № 52. – P. 39–51.
20. Oldroyd B.P., Nanork P. Conservation of Asian honey bees // Apidologie. – 2009. – № 40. –
P. 296–312.
21. Singh D.A. Focus on honey bees in the tropics // Current science. – 2000. – Vol. 79. – № 9,
10. – P. 1155.
CHARACTERISTICS OF ALLELE POOL SCHWYZ-ZEBU CATTLE

BY MICROSATELLITE MARKERS BREEDING IN TAJIKISTAN
N. Abdelaziz1, P.M. Klenovitsky1, 2, E.A. Gladyr2, A.A. Nikishov1

1
2
All-Russian Research Institute for Animal Husbandry (VIZh)
named after Academy Member L.K. Ernst
This article deal with the genetic characteristics of samples Schwyz-zebu cattle from three farms of
the Republic of Tajikistan on 10 microsatellite markers (STS). Studies performed using multilocus STS
analysis system of cattle. The estimation of genetic variability population was studied. Based on the
analysis of genotypes of the animals examined by MS, as well as on the number and allele frequencies
that are common to each population, set high genetic consolidation of the studied populations. The result-
ing information can be used in dealing with the conservation and sustainable use of genetic resources of
the Tajik Schwyz-zebu cattle.
Key words: gene pool, Schwyz-zebu cattle, microsatellite loci.
Introduction. The development of cattle breeding in the Republic of Tajikistan is aimed at

further increasing the productivity of animals [1], which is impossible without improving the
methods of breeding, conservation and rational use of the gene pool of local breeds, including
103
combining valuable genetic makings of different species [2; 3]. In recent years, using zebu in
breeding work in cattle breeding, a number of hybrid breeds of meat of meat and dairy direction
of productivity have been created [4]. In this regard, the zebra-like cattle bred in Tajikistan for
several decades are of undoubted interest for breeding [5].
Tajikistan has several indigenous cattle populations associated with different geographical
areas. The enormous and diverse cattle genetic resources of Tajikistan are signified in the form
of 30 documented breeds of zebu cattle besides numerous populations yet uncharacterized and
undefined.
These have been formed by centuries of human and natural selection. Breeds have been se-
lected to fit a wide range of environmental conditions and human needs. The genetic diversity
found in domestic breeds allows farmers to develop new characteristics in response to changes in
environment, diseases or market conditions. Indigenous zebu breeds often possess gene combi-
nations and special adaptations (such as disease resistance, adaptation to harsh conditions and
poor quality feeds, etc.) not found in other breeds. Among these, majority are draught breeds as
cattle development in Tajikistan principally rested on the production of bullocks required for
conventional agricultural operations.
The rich biological heritage of farm animal is fast getting eroded and trends in the last few
decades are alarming. There is a marked decline in the population of unique animals conforming
to the true attributes of native breeds. Widespread use of cross breeding, destruction of tradi-
tional production systems and a general thrust towards management systems which rely on
greater inputs placed this precious germ pool under threat. It is only since last decade that con-
certed conservation efforts have really been made to preserve the genetic diversity of cattle in
Tajikistan.
Importantly, it is necessary to determine which breeds should be conserved (using objec-
tive criteria) because loss of variation will restrict the options available to meet future unknown
requirements. Diverse attributes of a population are effective in its characterization, taking ac-
count of phenotypic traits (monogenic and polygenic), reproduction, geographic distribution,
origin and habitat. Although these breeds have been classified as separate breeds on phenotypic
traits, allelic diversity and genetic relationship are unknown. Genetic characterization of popula-
tions, breeds and species allows the evaluation of genetic variability, a fundamental element in
working out breeding strategies and genetic conservation plans.
An essential condition for the effective conduct of breeding work based on the rational use
of the gene pool is the control of the origin and genetic consolidation of the pedigree material. At
present, microsatellites (MS) have been used as one of the approaches for carrying out work on
genetic certification in animal husbandry. Test systems for MC multispectral analysis have been
developed and widely used to study the genetic diversity of various animal species [6-7]. Obtain-
ing such information is extremely important for analyzing the gene pool and assessing the degree
of phylogenetic proximity of the rocks, which is a prerequisite for the conservation and rational
use of animal genetic resources [8].
Materials and methods. For the analysis, wool samples were collected from Tajik
Schwyz-zebu cattle. The wool samples were taken by plucking and stored at -20 °C. Under these
conditions, samples can be stored for an unlimited period of time.
The material was obtained from three farms in the Tajikistan Republic. In total, 25 DNA
samples were examined, and were grouped into 3 groups, according to their origin (farm):
– Group 1–7: Samples from the Livestock Biotechnology Center, Rudaki district;
– Group 2–6: Samples from the farm «Barakat and Evan», Yavansky district;
– Group 3–12: Samples from the farm «Latif Murodova» (DNA bank of the Ernst VIZH
Federal Science Center).
Results research. The microsatellite analysis of the samples from Shvicezebuvides cattle
allowed the identification of a total of 82 alleles, with the maximum allelic diversity (61 alleles)
104
detected in animals from group 3, which is probably due to the largest number of samples stud-
ied. In the first and second groups, 52 and 41 alleles were identified, respectively.
That in the genotype of animals of the improved type, alleles appear in a number of loci
that are absent in the representatives of group 1 and group 2, which indicates the enrichment of
the allele fund in the hybridization of livestock. The graphical distribution of alleles in the stud-
ied groups is shown in Fig. 1.
Fig. 1
It should be noted that the allele profiles for a number of MC in the animals studied were
rather similar. – INRA 023, BM1824, however, the MC series, for example BM1818, BM2312,
showed radically different values. The percentage of polymorphic loci for all three studied popu-
lations was 100%.
Table 1
Degree of heterozygosity of zebu livestock
Degree of heterozygosity Difference

Groups Fis
Factual Ho Expected He Ho-He
Group 1 0,751 ± 0,067 0,708 ± 0,029 0,043 -0,048 ± 0,065
Group 2 0,767 ± 0,057 0,642 ± 0,028 0,125 -0,187 ± 0,072
Group 3 0,695 ± 0,084 0,714 ± 0,046 -0,019 0,050 ± 0,081
Note: Non-expected degree of heterozygosity, Ho – the actual degree of heterozygosity, Ho-He difference. «+/-» –
excess/deficit of heterozygotes, Fis – fixation index.
105
As can be seen from Table 2, the actual degree of heterozygosity varied from 75,1% in
animals from group 1 to 69,5% in animals of improved type (group 3). A small heterozygote de-
ficiency was detected only in group 3 (1,9%), whereas in the other two groups – Gr. 1 and gr. 2 –
an excess of heterozygous genotypes was observed in the range from 4,3 to 12,5%, respectively.
The revealed heterozygote deficiency indicates the possible use in breeding of an approach based
on moderate inbreeding. On a small deficit of heterozygotes in the third group, positive values of
Fis fixation index – equal to 5,0% also indicate.
A clear illustration of differences in heterozygosity levels is shown in Fig. 2.
Fig. 2. Levels of observed and expected heterozygosity
Table 2
Genetic distances between the investigated groups of zebu livestock
Groups Group 1 Group 2 Group 3

Group 1 * 0,1246 0,4210
Group 2 0,2599 * 0,4874
Group 3 0,3844 0,4319 *
Table 2 data highlight that, from the studied groups, groups 1 and 2 are genetically close,
while group 3, which included an improved type of local Schwyz-zebu cattle, is genetically more
remote from them. It can be explained by a probably increased proportion of Bos taurus blood in
the animals of this group, which led to significant changes in the allelofond of the Schwyz-zebu
cattle from the farm «Latif Murodova».
Analysis of Fig. 3 showed that all the animals of the three farms studied are grouped into
two large clusters, the first consisting representatives of Groups 1 and 2, which unites the repre-
sentatives the local zebu of livestock, while the second is represented exclusively by individuals
of the improved type obtained by the inflow blood from the Schwitz breed to the local zebu cat-
tle of Tajikistan.
Conclusion. From the 10 SSR locus analyzed we identified 82 alleles in total, with the
highest number of alleles – 61 alleles found in animals of the 3rd group. In Groups 1 and 2, 52
and 41 alleles were identified, respectively.
The maximum average number of effective alleles – 4,388 ± 0,648 was also in the third
group. In the first and second groups, the average number of effective alleles was 3,718 ± 0,341
and 2,934 ± 0,213, respectively.
106
Fig. 3. Dendrogram of phylogenetic relat ionship of studied zebu cattle individuals R.Tajikistan
The improved type of local Schwyz-zebu cattle in Tajikistan was the most genetically dis-
tant from animals from the first and second groups, which is probably due to an increased pro-
portion of Bos taurus blood in the allelefond of the third group’ animals.
Acknowledgment. The paper was prepared with the support of RUDN University Program 5-100.
LITERATURE
1. Elander E., Lundgren Alm., Malbert B., Sandstrôm U.G. Biodiversity in urban governance and
planning: Examples from Swedish cities // Planning TheO/y and Practiee. – 2005. – Vol. 6. – № 3. –
Р. 283–301.
2. Gulov M.I. Food supply of the Republic of Tajikistan: Author's abstract. dis. Doct. econ. Sci-
ences. – М., 2011.
3. Bagirov V.A., Ernst L.K., Nasibov S.N., Klenovitsky P.M., Iolchiev B.C., Zinovieva N.A. Conser-
vation of biodiversity of fauna and use of remote hybridization in cattle breeding // Achievements of a
science and engineering of agrarian and industrial complex. – 2009. – № 7. – Р. 54–56.
4. Nasibov S.N., Bagirov V.A., Klenovitsky P.M., Iolchiev B.S., Zinovieva N.A., Voevodin V.A. Con-
servation and rational use of the snow sheep gene pool // Achievements of science and technology of the
agroindustrial complex. – 2010. – № 12. – Р. 63–65.
5. Lumbunov S.G., Khamiruyev T.N., Yeshizhamsoeva S.B., Bolotova Z.G. Hybridization of Sim-
mental cattle with zebu in the conditions of Buryatia. – Ulan-Ude: Izd. VR Filippova, 2011. – 114 p.
6. Satarov D.K., Motorygina L.P., Abramov V.F., Kuznetsova N.A. Recommendations for the fur-
ther improvement and use of the Tajik type of shvisezebuvennogo livestock in the main areas of its breed-
ing (Kurgantyubinskaya oblast) // Recommendations on the selection and technology of cattle breeding in
Tajikistan. – Dushanbe, 1987. – Р. 3–17.
7. Gladyr E.A., Zinovieva N.A., Brem G. Characteristics of the gene pool and the establishment of
genealogical relationships between Russian sheep breeds using DNA microsatellites // Reports of the
Russian Academy of Agricultural Sciences. – 2004. – № 2. – Р. 26–29.
8. Bagirov A., Nasibov S.N., Klenovitsky P.M., Lesin S.A., Voevodin V.A., Zinovieva N.A.,
Ernst L.K., Kalashnikov V.V., Soloshenko V.A. Conservation and rational use of the gene pool of animals //
Reports of the Russian Academy of Agricultural Sciences. – 2010. – № 2. –Р. 37–40.
107
SPREAD OF THE LUMPY SKIN DISEASE AND RISK FACTORS
M.D. Lozovoi

Lumpy skin disease (LSD) (nodular dermatitis of cattle) is a contagious, highly dangerous infec-
tious disease, which is characterised by persistent fever, lymphatic system damage, hypostases of subcu-
taneous tissue and internals, nodules on the skin, mucosal membranes and internals, eyes damage. It is
included in the list of cross-border animal diseases (TADs). LSD also is a subject to obligatory notifica-
tion in OIE, by reason of an extensive economic damage to livestock production and due to serious trade
restrictions leading to an international trade failure in most heavily affected regions. Lumpy skin disease
is an endemic disease for the majority of the countries in Africa (for a long time it was widespread only to
the south of the Sahara). Since 2012 it has been extending to the countries of the Middle East, the Bal-
kans, Eastern Europe, Russia and Kazakhstan promptly. This work provides data analysis on distribution
of outbreaks of nodular dermatitis, in particular in the northern direction (Eastern Europe and Russia),
moreover about the ways of virus transmission and risk factors depending on conditions of every region.
Key words: lumpy skin disease, spread, vaccine, LSD, nodular dermatitis.
The causative agent of lumpy skin disease is the DNA-containing enveloped virus, group
Capripoxvirus of the Poxviridae family.
LSDV causes natural infection in cattle and Asian buffalos (Bubalus bubalis) though mor-
bidity rate in buffalos is noticeably lower, than in cattle. Highly productive dairy breeds of cattle
are the most susceptible.
The virus can be transmitted from infected, recovered, latent recovered animals and as-
ymptomatic virus carriers. The virus is shedding through the damaged skin, in saliva, nasal and
eye secret, semen, milk and colostrum. The main way of the virus transmission from infected
animals is transfer by different types of arthropods (ticks, mosquitoes, flies, etc.) including
blood-sicking (insects). The virus from sick animals can also be transmitted by direct and indi-
rect contacts.
Incubatory period at experimentally infected animals is usually 4–7 days, but at naturally
infected animals it can last up to five weeks [2]. According to the OIE Terrestrial Animal Health
Code (the Terrestrial Code) for trade issues the established incubatory period for lumpy skin dis-
ease is 28 days.
Clinical signs include:
– Lachrymation and discharge from nose;
– High temperature (> 40 °C), depression;
– Falling of milk yields and weight gain;
– Emergence of nodul 10–50 mm in diameter on skin (the intensity of manifestation varies
greatly);
– Lymphadenitis;
– Sometimes ulcerative lesions on a cornea usually leads to blindness;
– Skin damage on head, neck, extremities, crotch, udder which can lead to merge of small
knots forming painful ulcers;
– A frequent disease complication is a pneumonia caused by the virus or secondary bacte-
rial infections, mastopathy.
Subclinical manifestation of the disease or total absence of clinical symptoms are also pos-
sible. At primary outbreaks of the disease sickness rate is on the average from 50 to 95% (espe-
108
cially highly productive European breeds). In 50% of animals the disease can proceed atypical-
ly [3]. Mortality is usually no more than 10 percent [2].
The disease causes significant economic damage in livestock production. Direct economic
losses of infectious nodular dermatitis includes decrease in dairy and meat efficiency, loss of
hide quality, sexual cycle disorder in cows, abortions, a constant or temporary sexual sterility in
bulls and even death because of secondary bacterial infections. Expenses for full or partial sani-
tary slaughter may be referred to direct economic losses. Indirect losses include any restrictions
for cattle transfer and trade, and negative reputation formed to the region. These losses reduce
economic efficiency of cow livestock production by 45–65% [7].
Transmission: There are two possible ways of spreading – The first way is transfer of the
infected animals (while they pass through incubatory period), active sources of the infection or
convalescent animals (in this case the infection can extend for a long distance). The second way
is intermediate carriers of the virus (mechanical vector).
The main way of transmission is transference by blood-sicking insects different for the re-
gion is considered. The most common of them are mosquitoes, some species of flies and mites. It
is established that virus stays active in blood-sucking insects for 2 days in Stomoxys calcitrans
and for 6 days in Aedes aegypt after their bite [3].
At this type of transmission possibly infected area is equivalent to a length of flight of in-
sects (< 50 km). In this regard transportation of infected animals significantly enhances risk of
the disease to spread.
Some animals can also be infected by contact with contaminated forage or water.
Direct contacts aren't considered an effective way of transmission, but it can't be excluded.
Animals with damages on skin and mucous membranes of oral cavity and nose, discharge the
virus with saliva and from nose and eyes which can contaminate forage and drinking water.
Without disinfection virus remains in external environment for a long time.
Outbreaks are usually seasonal, but in many affected areas because of their climate features
the seasonality doesn't influence activity of insect-carriers, therefore outbreaks may happen at
any time. In the affected southern areas of Russia, the disease is mostly active during the period
from July to October (May–July), it is also possible to connect with activity of insects.
The annual recurrence of epizooties is also revealed, but concrete reservoirs of a virus are
unknown, as well as where and how it survives between epizooties [2]. Experts from Dagestan
report much lower sickness rate in mountainous areas [4].
History of spreading: Lumpy skin disease is widespread in Africa and is endemic to it. Ac-
cording to OIE the spreading of the disease was observed from a historical nozoareal (Africa) to
east coast of the Mediterranean Sea from 2013 to 2016. In 2013 the disease was revealed in Tur-
key for the first time where it became endemic for the region. From there zone of infection has
extended in the North direction – Azerbaijan (2014), Armenia (2015), Georgia (2016) in the di-
rection of the Russian Federation (2016) and Kazakhstan (2015). Since 2014 nodular dermatitis
extended to the West though the Mediterranean coast of Eastern Europe to Greece (2015), Bul-
garia, Macedonia, Serbia, Montenegro, Albania and Kosovo (2016) and to the East – Israel, Pal-
estine, Jordan, Lebanon, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Oman, Yemen, the United Arab Emir-
ates and Bahrain.
Active spreading of the nodular dermatitis in the European countries once again confirmed
the cross-border nature of this disease which leads to huge economic losses in affected regions.
Control and prevention of further spreading of the infection is possible only in case of interna-
tional cooperation with respect for the principle of transparency.
By the 1st December 2016 in the Russian Federation several republics were affected:
Dagestan, Chechnya, Ingushetia, Kalmykia, Karachay-Cherkessia and Stavropol Krai. Hereinaf-
ter the outbreaks of the LSD were noted in the Astrakhan, Samara, Volgograd, Tambov, Vo-
ronezh, Rostov regions, in the Republic of Kabardino-Balkaria, North Ossetia, Adygea, in Kras-
109
nodar Krai. For the end of 2017 outbreaks of lumpy skin disease were observed in Volgograd,
Saratov, Ulyanovsk, Samara (the most northern point of the nozoareat in Russia), Orenburg re-
gions and in the Republic of Bashkortostan. For spring of 2018 according to Federal Service for
Veterinary and Phytosanitary Surveillance(FSVPS), the Orenburg region (the most eastern point)
[3] was the only affected region in the Russian Federation.
According to the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) [5], for 2017 due to large-scale
vaccination (100%) of cattle in Eastern Europe, which was affected by the LSD for 2016 (Bul-
garia, Serbia, Montenegro – the western border of the nozoareat), the outbreaks have been elimi-
nated.
The same positive changes are also observed in Russia.
Prevention. For prevention of emergence and spreading of nodular dermatitis the indi-
viduals and legal entities (owners) of animals are obliged to: follow Veterinary rules about keep-
ing cattle for breeding, growing and selling; not allow environmental pollution by wastes of live-
stock production; not allow mixing of susceptible animals from different herds at their pasture
and watering place. For prevention of infectious nodular dermatitis of cattle vaccination of sus-
ceptible animals with vaccines from strains of kapripoksvirus must be carried out [1].
Large-scale vaccination combined with full or partial sanitary slaughter has proved the ef-
ficiency in eradication of infectious nodular dermatitis. But at the same time, it is revealed that
the virus can still be present in the environment and cattle populations. That may lead to re-
outbreaks in cases when susceptible or not enough immune animals appear [5]. There is data ap-
proving that keeping cattle on open space significantly increases the risks of infection.
Conclusion. For many countries out of the African continent LSD is still an exotic disease.
Insufficient knowledge about the etiological factors, full range of susceptible animals, pato- and
immunogenesis, mechanisms of transmission, increases risks of its spread among animals. Con-
sidering massive excretion of the virus with nasal discharge it is possible to assume that the in-
fection can also be transmitted via aerogenic mechanism. Specific effective measures for preven-
tion have to be developed with further experimental investigation depending on epizootic situa-
tion in affected and high-risk areas. Beside that there is a need in development of regulatory
documents on prevention and control of this disease and transportation of cattle and animal pro-
duction.
LITERATURE
1. Ветеринарные правила осуществления профилактических, диагностических, лечебных, ог-

раничительных и иных мероприятий, установления и отмены карантина и иных ограничений, на-
правленных на предотвращение распространения и ликвидацию очагов заразного узелкового дерма-
тита крупного рогатого скота. Утв. Приказом Минсельхоза России от 5 апреля 2017 г. № 166.
2. Заразный узелковый дерматит: Руководство для ветеринаров, подготовленное Е. Туппу-
райнен, Ц. Александровым и А.Д. Бельтран. – ФАО, 2017.
3. Руководство по животноводству и охране здоровья животных № 20. Продовольственная и
сельскохозяйственная организация Объединенных Наций (ФАО). – Рим. – 56 с.
4. URL: http://www.fsvps.ru/fsvps/ook/ndrussia
5. Кривонос Р.А., Джаилиди Г.А., Мищенко А.В., Мищенко В.А., Черных О.Ю., Шевкоп-
ляс В.Н., Дресвянникова С.Г., Коломиец Д.В., Тихонов С.В. Проблема профилактики и ликвидации
очагов нодулярного дерматита крупного рогатого скота // Ветеринария сегодня. – 2017. – № 1. –
С. 38–44.
5. Lumpy skin disease, II. Data collection and analysis; European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) //
EFSA Journal. – 2018. – № 16 (2). – Р. 5176.
7. World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), Disease cards, LUMPY SKIN DISEASE. – URL:
http://www.oie.int/fileadmin/Home/eng/Animal_Health_in_the_World/docs/pdf/Disease_cards/LUMPY_
SKIN_DISEASE_FINAL.pdf
8. URL: www.promedmail.org/post/4568938
110
THERMOMETRY OF ACUPUNCTURE POINTS

AS A POSSIBLE WAY TO DIAGNOSE STRESS ON CATS
L.B. Mizinova

Acupuncture is an area in traditional Chinese medicine in which special points on the body are
used for the impact on organism. It is gaining more and more popularity both in Europe and in Russia.
We use acupuncture for stress diagnostic.
The aim of my research was to find out how stress affects the acupuncture points, how the temperature
in acupuncture points changes under the influence of stress factors. The research was made on five kittens that
have the same parents. The measurements were made by infrared thermometer. Six acupuncture points lo-
cated on muzzle were selected for the research. As a stress-factor was used suddenly reproduced from the dy-
namics sound with a volume 78–83 dB. The dynamics themselves were not stress-factor for the animals.
The thermometry of acupuncture points can be used for stress diagnostic on cats. Points on muzzle
are the most convenient for use: point 1 (can be used as an additional one because), 2 and 6 (where we
can see noticeable rise of temperature) and 5 (decrease of temperature), points 3 and 4 cannot be consid-
ered indicative. It should be noted that purring affects the results of measurement and make them unreli-
able. Nevertheless, it is early to talk about statistics as only 5 testees took part in the experiment.
Key words: acupuncture, cats, thermometry, stress, diagnostic.
Acupuncture is an area in traditional Chinese medicine in which special points on a body

are used for the impact on organism. At present, there is no generally accepted theory explaining
the mechanisms of acupuncture, but despite this, acupuncture is gaining more and more popular-
ity both in Europe and Russia.
Acupuncture and its variety acupressure are used to treat different diseases, relieve pain
and tension. A lot of atlases of acupuncture points were created both for humans and animals. So
why do not we use acupuncture for diagnostic? For example, for stress diagnostic. Animals do
not always show symptoms of «increased body tension» and the consequences can be harmful.
The aim of my research was to find out how stress affects the acupuncture points, how the
temperature in acupuncture points changes under the influence of stress factors. The research was
made on kittens that have the same parents. An infrared thermometer was used for measuring tem-
perature. Six acupuncture points located on muzzle were selected for the measurements. This points
were chosen because of the accessibility (there is no need to fix the animal on the side or stomach)
and absence of thick wool cover. As a stress-factor was used suddenly reproduced from the dynamics
sound with a volume 78–83 dB. The dynamics themselves were not stress-factor for the animals.
Firstly, the measurements were made at rest and then after the action of the stress stimulus.
Five testees participated in the experiment. The results are shown in the graphs.
The graphs show that the temperature in the used 6 points really changes. In point 1 tem-
perature rises in four out of five testees, testee C does not show any changes which should be
associated with the individual characteristics of its organism. At point 2, there is a noticeable in-
crease of temperature in all except E, the reason of that I will explain further. At point 3, the re-
sults are different for all testees, the temperature of B and C increases, D and E shows decreases
of temperature, testee A does not have any changes. At point 4 temperature of A and B increases,
others show rise of temperature, testee E has the brightest change. At point 5, all testees show a
temperature drop. At point 6, an increase of temperature is shown by all testees exept E. Thus,
the most indicative points for stress are 2, 5 and 6, point 1 can be used as an additional.
111
Pic. 1. Topographic atlas of TA cats (superkutane localization, head)

from the scientific and practical manual G.V. Kazeev «Veterinary Acupuncture»
112
At two points, the results of testee E are very different from the rest. This can be explained
in the following way: while taking measurements, testee E began to purr. Hence, it can be con-
cluded that purring, as well as stress, affects the temperature of acupuncture points. That why
additional measurements were made on testees B, D, and E. The results are shown in the graphs.
When cats purr at point 1, the temperature of testee E raises, other two shows decrease. At
point 2, the results are different for all three testees: B does not have changes, temperature of tes-
tee D decreases and E shows rise of temperature. At point 3 slight changes are observed: an in-
crease on the testees D and E, a decrease on B. At point 4 B and D shows a slight increase, and E
a decrease of temperature. At point 5 testee B has a noticeable decrease of temperature, testees D
and E an increase. At point 6 all three testees have a temperature rise, which means that this
point is the most indicative.
Purring could affect the results of the testee E, especially at point 6, which is indicative for
both stress and purring, and therefore, the results of testee E cannot be considered reliable for
thermometry under stress.
The thermometry of acupuncture points can be used for stress diagnostic on cats. Points on
muzzle are the most convenient for use: point 1 (can be used as an additional one), 2 and 6
(where we can see noticeable rise of temperature) and 5 (decrease of temperature), points 3 and 4
cannot be considered indicative. It should be noted that purring affects the results of measure-
ment and make them unreliable. Nevertheless, it is early to talk about statistics as only 5 testees
took part in the experiment.
LITERATURE
1. Acupuncture // Great Soviet Encyclopedia: in 30 t. / ch. ed. A.M. Prokhorov. – 3rd ed. – M.: So-
viet Encyclopedia, 1969–1978.
113
2. Bolshakova M.V. Physiological indicators and technological features of the use of hippotherapy
equine: Monograph. – Balashikha: Publishing house RGAZU, 2009. – Р. 1–44.
3. Bolshakova M.V., Ivanova N.V. Change in temperature at the acupuncture point 24 (tip of the
ear) in therapeutic horses, depending on the conditions of detention // Equine and equestrian sport. –
2014. – № 2. – Р. 25–27.
4. Kazeyev G.V. Veterinary acupuncture (scientific and practical manual). – M.: RIO RGAZU,
2000. – 398 p.
5. Kazeev G.V., Fomicheva N.G., Taradainik N.P., Taradainik T.E., Nezamaeva O.N., Bolshako-
va M.V. Using the thermometry of acupuncture points to optimize animal health recipes // Equine and
Equestrian Sports. – 2013. – № 5. – Р. 17–19.
SKIN DEFECTS RECONSTRUCTION METHODS

COMPARATIVE EVALUATION IN THE DOGS ELBOW JOINT AREA
L. Barsegyan

The report considers various soft tissue defect reconstruction methods in the dog elbow joint area.
28 animals were surgically intervened; therefrom, the olecranon hygroma excision was performed in
26 cases, the soft tissue foreign lesion was excised in the elbow point area in 1 case as well as the pri-
mary surgical treatment of a large wound of soft tissues involving the elbow joint area skin was per-
formed in 1 case. 4 animal groups were isolated which underwent the surgical wound sealing using the
following methods: basic wound suturing (n = 5); plastic reconstruction by a rotary skin flap (n = 13);
plastic with a rotary full-thickness flap of the breast tissue (n = 4); plastic reconstruction with a rotary
full-thickness musculocutaneous flap m. latissimus dorsi (n = 6). The complications in the early postsur-
gery period in each animal group were represented by the skin flap necrosis as well as the sutures lack.
There were no statistically significant differences in the number of complications in the early and late
postsurgery period as well as the number of the olecranon hygroma relapses.
Key words: Elbow hygroma, dog, skin defects reconstruction, reconstructive surgery, dog elbow
joint area.
Introduction. Various methods of plastic and reconstructive surgery are often imple-
mented in soft tissue surgery in modern veterinary practice. While considering the soft tissue
surgery issues a large number of patients require the foreign tissue lesion excision, surgical
treatment involving the excision of the skin area and soft tissues (chronic nonspecific inflamma-
tion, hygroma, etc.), traumatic skin defects treatment. In many cases, implementation of such
surgical interventions in the head and extremities area involves a shortage of skin and soft tissues
to seal the surgical wound.
The main skin defects replacement methods in the dogs elbow joint area described in the
literature include:
– Secondary intention healing;
– Surgical wound basic suturing;
– Skin plastic reconstruction with local tissues («U», «V», «Z» plastic reconstruction);
– Application of axial skin flaps;
– Application of musculocutaneous flaps;
– Plastic reconstruction with a free skin flap [1; 2; 7; 10–12].
114
Purpose of work. To compare different methods of plastic and reconstructive surgery

while replacing skin defects in the dogs elbow joint area.
Materials and methods. The following postsurgery wound sealing methods were selected
during this work implementation:
– Group № 1: Basic wound suturing (n = 5);
– Group № 2: Plastic reconstruction with a rotary skin flap (n = 13);
– Group № 3: Plastic reconstruction with a rotary full-thickness flap of the breast tissue
(n = 4);
– Group № 4: Plastic reconstruction with a rotary full-thickness musculocutaneous flap
m. latissimus dorsi (n = 6).
28 animals were surgically intervened; therefrom, the surgical wound sealing was required
upon the olecranon hygroma excision in 26 cases, upon the soft tissue sarcoma excision in the
elbow point area in 1 case as well as while reconstructing extensive skin defects obtained by
physical impact in 1 case.
Results.
Animal group № 1. 5 animals underwent the surgical wound suturing in the elbow joint
area without the need for skin plastic reconstruction upon the olecranon hygroma excision as
well as upon the removal of the periarticular area soft tissue foreign lesions in one case.
Presence of a sufficient amount of intact skin as well as the minimal excision dimensions
of the skin and soft tissues during surgical intervention was an important criterion for the possi-
bility to implement this method of surgical wound sealing.
The primary intention sutures adhesion was achieved in 5 out of 6 cases (83,3 ± 16,7%).
The skin area necrosis occurred in the suture area in one case (16,7 ± 16,7%); the subsequent
treatment of this patient was nonsurgical with skin defect healing by secondary intention on the
36th day of the assessment.
The average remission was 195,7 ± 97,4 days upon the olecranon hygroma excision in ac-
cordance with this surgical wound sealing method. The uncomplicated hygroma relapse with a
positive response to nonsurgical treatment was diagnosed in one of 5 assessments on the 48th day
upon the surgical intervention.
Animal group № 2. The surgical wound reconstruction with a rotary skin flap was per-
formed in 13 cases upon the olecranon hygroma excision. At the same time, the erosive-
ulcerative skin defect in the hygroma area was observed in 2 cases.
The skin plastic reconstruction was performed by rotating a U-shaped flap isolated on the
shoulder or axillary area lateral surface.
The olecranon hygroma relapse excision was performed within one assessment upon the
previous surgical intervention with plastic reconstruction with the musculocutaneous flap m.
latissimus dorsi. In this case, the skin flap was removed from the previously transferred tissues
on the forearm lateral and medial surface.
The primary intention sutures healing was observed in 9 out of 13 cases (69,2 ± 13,3%).
The early postsurgery period complication was the formation of seroma during 3 assessments
(23,1 ± 12,2%) as well as the skin flap partial necrosis during 1 assessment (7,6 ± 7,6%), requir-
ing the wound primary surgical treatment.
While assessing long-term results in 2 out of 3 cases, the skin trophic defect formation in
the flap area was diagnosed during the formation of seroma under the skin flap.
Within the long-term follow-up the relapse-free period in the absence of the olecranon hy-
groma relapse was 669,3 ± 197,2 days; in case of the pathological process relapse it was 116,0 ±
68,5 days.
Animal group № 3. The surgical wound reconstruction with a full-thickness flap of the
breast tissue was performed in 4 cases – in 3 cases upon the olecranon hygroma excision and in
one case while reconstructing the extensive skin defect.
115
The flap removal was ipsilaterally performed on the ML (MR) 1–2 or 1–3 level. The flap
was contralaterally removed due to the skin lesion on the reconstruction side in case of the trau-
matic skin defect replacement.
The primary intention sutures healing occurred in 2 cases out of 4, the sutures lack in other
areas was also observed while reconstructing the traumatic skin defect, while the rotary flap of
the breast tissue remained intact. The sutures lack was diagnosed requiring repeated surgical
treatment within one assessment (25,0 ± 25,0%) on the 6th day.
The relapse-free period to the present day was 580,0 ± 385,0 days while reconstructing the
surgical wound upon the olecranon hygroma excision. The hygroma relapse was observed in one
clinical case on the 180th day upon the surgical intervention.
Animal group № 4. The plastic reconstruction with a rotary full-thickness musculocutane-
ous flap m. latissimus dorsi was performed in 6 cases upon the olecranon hygroma excision.
The flap removal was performed by full flap method (skin, subcutaneous fat, muscle) in
the shoulder proximal segment and the side chest wall area. The surgical wound reconstruction
was performed by its ventro-cranial rotation.
Absence of any complications in the early postsurgery period was observed in 4 out of 6
(66,7 ± 21,1%) cases. The sutures lack (n = 1) and the skin flap partial necrosis (n = 1) were ob-
served as the early postsurgery period complications requiring repeated surgical intervention.
Within the long-term follow-up the relapse-free period in the absence of the olecranon hy-
groma relapse was (n = 4) 1044,3 ± 281,9 days. The complicated hygroma migration to the patho-
logical process chronic course was observed in one case requiring periodic surgical interventions.
The chronic inflammation focus formation with the single fistulous passages formation with posi-
tive dynamics within the nonsurgical treatment was also observed within one assessment.
Discussion. Despite the sufficient number of methods developed to seal the surgical wound
in the dogs elbow joint area, there is no single systematic approach to such patients [1; 6–15].
While implementing this work, such standard complications described in the literature –
formation of seroma, formation of the skin flap marginal necrosis as well as the sutures lack –
were reported [1; 2; 13].
An individual approach to each patient is necessary while planning the reconstructive surgery.
Dogs with the olecranon hygroma require a separate approach. The chronic trauma of soft
tissues constitutes the main link in the pathogenesis of this pathology [5; 8]. A number of publi-
cations elaborate on the rationality of using large transplants to form a sufficient amortizing
component of the soft tissues [3]. However, this theory is not confirmed in this work.
Within the statistical evaluation of the number of complications in the early postsurgery
period no differences in the long-term follow-up and assessment of the olecranon hygroma re-
lapse recurrence in all 4 animal groups were observed.
Each described method has a number of advantages and disadvantages. From this perspec-
tive, the wound reconstruction with a rotary skin flap as well as the wound basic suturing are the
least traumatic, however, they require a sufficient amount of intact skin, which is observed by no
means in all cases.
The rotary flaps of the breast tissue and m. latissimus dorsi have a greater potential for ap-
plication, however, these methods are more traumatic and show a worse cosmetic effect in a
long-term period.
Conclusions. The effectiveness of using the described surgical wound sealing methods is
identical. There were no statistically significant differences in the number of complications in the
early and late postsurgery period.
Specific method for reconstructing the elbow joint area defect of dogs shall be individually
considered taking into account the data of a specific patient (the skin and soft tissues defect di-
mensions; the soft tissues intactness in the area of the proposed donor site; the surgical interven-
tion cosmetic efficiency).
116
LITERATURE
1. Amsellem P. Complications of reconstructive surgery in companion animals // Veterinary Clinics

of North America: Small Animal Practice. – 2011. – Т. 41. – № 5. – Р. 995–1006.
2. Anderson D.M., Charlesworthi T.C., White R.A.S. A novel axial pattern skin flap based on the
lateral thoracic artery in the dog // Veterinary and Comparative Orthopaedics and Traumatology. – 2004. –
Т. 17. – № 2. – Р. 73–77.
3. Green M.L., Miller J.M., Lanz O.I. Surgical treatment of an elbow hygroma utilizing microvas-
cular free muscle transfer in a Newfoundland // Journal of the American Animal Hospital Association. –
2008. – Т. 44. – № 4. – Р. 218–223.
4. Henney L.H.S., Pavletic M.M. Axial pattern flap based on the superficial brachial artery in the
dog // Veterinary Surgery. – 1988. – Т. 17. – № 6. – Р. 311–317.
5. Johnston D.E. Hygroma of the elbow in dogs Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Asso-
ciation. – 1975. – T. 167. – № 3. – Р. 213–219.
6. Kantia R.G. et al. Surgical Management of Capped Elbow Condition in a Female English Mas-
tiff Dog // International Journal of Novel Research in Healthcare and Nursing. – 2015. – № 2. – С. 36–38.
7. Kirpensteijn J., Ter Haar G. Reconstructive surgery and wound management of the dog and cat //
CRC Press. – 2013. – Р. 693.
8. Kousi T. et al. Elbow hygroma in the dog. Which treatment works better // Hellenic Journal of
Companion Animal Medicine. – 2017. – Т. 6. – № 1. – Р. 22–28.
9. Nath I. et al. Bilateral hygroma in a Great Dane dog and its surgical management // Indian J. Ca-
nine Pract. – 2014. – Vol. 6. – № 1. – Р. 62–64.
10. Pavletic M.M. Atlas of small animal wound management and reconstructive surgery. – John
Wiley, Sons, 2011.
11. Pavletic M.M. Canine axial pattern flaps, using the omocervical, thoracodorsal, and deep cir-
cumflex iliac direct cutaneous arteries // American journal of veterinary research. – 1981. – Т. 42. – № 3. –
Р. 391–406.
12. Pavletic M.M. et al. A comparison of the cutaneous trunci myocutaneous flap and latissimus
dorsi myocutaneous flap in the dog // Veterinary Surgery. – 1987. – Т. 16. – № 4. – Р. 283–293.
13. Pavletic M.M. Use of commercially available foam pipe insulation as a protective device for
wounds over the elbow joint area in five dogs // Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Associati-
on. – 2011. – Т. 239. – № 9. – Р. 1225–1231.
14. Pavletic M.M. Vascular supply to the skin of the dog: a review // Veterinary surgery. – 1980. –
Т. 9. – № 2. – Р. 77–80.
15. Sharma A.K. et al. Surgical management of olecranon bursitis in Belgium Shepherd dog // Res.
J. Vet. Pract. – 2015. – Т. 3. – № 4. – Р. 76–79.
GENETIC AND MORPHOLOGICAL DIVERSITY

IN ALGERIAN SHEEP BREEDS
Y. Ouinten1, P.M. Klinovitski1, 2, A.A. Nikichov1, E.A. Gladyr2

1
2
Laboratory for Animal Molecular Genetics, All-Russian Institute of Animal Husbandry, Moscow
Sheep genetic resources are playing a very important role in developing countries, especially
throughout the Near East and North Africa (NENA) regions where most of the local breeds have not been
sufficiently characterized while their share expressed in animal units represents 15% of the world small
ruminants (Galal, 2010) particularly in Algeria.
117
Two mountain ranges divide Algeria into three ecosystems: the Tellien system, consisting of a suc-
cession of mountains, the coastal and sublitoral ranges and their plains; the high plains steppe; and the
Sahara, with the massif of the Ahaggar. Algeria has three main production systems: extensive, semi-
intensive and intensive.
Algeria has one local cattle breed, known as the Atlas, which has a population of about 1,4 million
head. This breed has several subpopulations that are different phenotypically. The imported breeds pre-
sent in the country are the Holstein, Montbeliarde and Brune des Alpes.
Algeria has about 18 million head of sheep, grouped into three main breeds that are well adapted
to the often-precarious production conditions: the Ouled Djellal, representing 60 percent of the national
flock; the Rembi; and the Hamra breeds.
The Hamra had a population of more than 3 million head at the time of independence, but nowa-
days the population is no more than 50 000 head. There are six secondary sheep breeds, which can be
found in their regions of origin: the Berber, the Barbarine, the D’men, the Sidahou, the Tadmit and the
Tazegzawt.
The Tazegzawt sheep population, which is not mentioned in the list of Algerian sheep breeds in
Domestic Animal Diversity Information System (DAD-IS)2, can be found in the mountains of northern
Algeria.
Algeria’s local goat breeds include Arbia, Mekatia, M’zab, the dwarf race of Kabylia and Tergui.
The local goat population is estimated at 2,5 million head. It is concentrated in difficult and underprivi-
leged areas such as steppes, mountains and oases. There are also exotic breeds (Saanen, Alpine, Murcia
and Chami) and their crosses with local breeds.
The country has two types of camel population, the Chaâmbi and the Tuareg, which has several
subtypes: Reguibi, Sahraoui, Mahri, Marouki and Ouled Nail.
Inventory and characterization activities have been conducted on the Kabylian Dwarf goat breed
and on Tazegzwet and Tadmit sheep breeds. The results show the great potential of these sheep breeds for
mutton production, which allows them to compete with other local populations. In addition, there are on-
going projects studying genetic diversity (polymorphism) in the Ouled Djellal sheep breed and in Arbia,
Mekatia, Dwarf Kabylie and Mzab goat breeds.
In the case of horses, characterization work has focused on the Arab-Barb breed, the Barb and
Thoroughbred.
Key words: Algeria, Sheep, Goat, Camel, Horse, Breeds, Atlas, Ahaggar.
Introduction. Sheep were domesticated at the beginning of the Neolithic era (7500 years
before J.C.) in the Middle-East (Peters et al., 1999; Vigne et al., 1999), it was then spread in the
whole world, adapting to a wide range of environments, from the grassland of north of Europe or
New Zealand to the hot and dry areas and even semi-desert of Africa or Australia (Tabet-Aoul,
1999). Thus, there exists a great diversity of breeds or populations adapted to different contexts.
Initially, morphological characters (coat color, horns, etc.) as well as the polymorphism of bio-
chemical markers (blood and milk proteins) have been used for genetic characterization of
breeds and populations. However, these markers reflect only some loci duly identified in the
domestic animals.
The development of molecular genetics techniques allowed access to DNA polymorphisms
in both coding and not coding sequences. Indeed, molecular DNA markers are commonly used
for the generation of genetic maps in livestock species as well as for characterizing the genetic
diversity of domestic animal populations or breeds (Ligda et al., 2009; Calvo et al., 2011; Niu et
al., 2012; Agaviezor et al., 2012). In this context, microsatellite markers have been widely used
owing to their high level of polymorphism and their distribution over the genome. The useful-
ness of microsatellites has been extensively documented for sheep characterization to elucidate
genetic relationships among closely related populations (Peter et al., 2007; Álvarez et al., 2012;
Kijas et al., 2012).
118
Materials and methods.

1. Algerian sheep. Several studies on sheep reproduction and his management were con-
ducted in Algeria (Abbas et al., 2002; Dekhili, 2002, 2004; Dekhili, Aggoun, 2007). As for the
works on phenotypic characterization of Algerian sheep, they are limited to breeds of the north-
ern Algeria (Madani, 1987; Chellig, 1986, 1992; ITELV, 2001; Soltani, 2011; Belaib, Dekhili,
2012). However, the studies carried out on the phenotypic characterization of Algerian D’man
breed in oases are few.
In order to describe the animals sampled, a literature research was done to find the character-
istics description of the D’man pure breed. Some works reported (Bouix, Kadiri, 1975; Bouix et
al., 1977; Chellig, 1992; Khaldi et al., 2011) indicate that, morphologically, the D'man animals are
lanky with a light frame, with a small, thin and long head and a weak skeleton. This breed presents
a diverse pigmentation (many colors and color combinations) where the black is dominant.
Fig. 1. Algerian Sheep with their little of the herd
2. PCR. PCR is a simple, yet elegant, enzymatic assay, which allows for the amplification
of a specific DNA fragment from a complex pool of DNA. Dr. Kary Mullis, who discovered the
PCR assay, stated it «lets you pick the piece of DNA you’re interested in and have as much of it
as you want» (Mullis, 1990). PCR can be performed using source DNA from a variety of tissues
and organisms, including peripheral blood, skin, hair, saliva, and microbes. Only trace amounts
of DNA are needed for PCR to generate enough copies to be analyzed using conventional labora-
tory methods. For this reason, PCR is a sensitive assay.
Each PCR assay requires the presence of template DNA, primers, nucleotides, and DNA
polymerase. The DNA polymerase is the key enzyme that links individual nucleotides together
to form the PCR product. The nucleotides include the four bases – adenine, thymine, cytosine,
and guanine (A, T, C, G) – that are found in DNA. These act as the building blocks that are used
by the DNA polymerase to create the resultant PCR product. The primers in the reaction specify
the exact DNA product to be amplified. The primers are short DNA fragments with a defined
sequence complementary to the target DNA that is to be detected and amplified. These serve as
an extension point for the DNA polymerase to build on.
The above mentioned components are mixed in a test tube or 96-well plate and then placed
in a machine that allows repeated cycles of DNA amplification to occur in three basic steps. The
machine is essentially a thermal cycler. It has a thermal block with holes, into which the test
tubes or plates holding the PCR reaction mixture are inserted. The machine raises and lowers the
temperature of the block in discrete, precise and pre-programmed steps (Weier, Gray, 1988). The
reaction solution is first heated above the melting point of the two complementary DNA strands
of the target DNA, which allows the strands to separate, a process called denaturation. The tem-
perature is then lowered to allow the specific primers to bind to the target DNA segments, a
119
process known as hybridization or annealing. Annealing between primers and the target DNA
occurs only if they are complementary in sequence (e.g. A binding to G). The temperature is
raised again, at which time the DNA polymerase is able to extend the primers by adding nucleo-
tides to the developing DNA strand. With each repetition of these three steps, the number of cop-
ied DNA molecules doubles.
There are two main methods of visualizing the PCR products:
1) staining of the amplified DNA product with a chemical dye such as ethidium bromide,
which intercalates between the two strands of the duplex or
2) labeling the PCR primers or nucleotides with fluorescent dyes (fluorophores) prior to
PCR amplification.
The latter method allows the labels to be directly incorporated in the PCR product. The
most widely used method for analyzing the PCR product is the use of agarose gel electrophore-
sis, which separates DNA products on the basis of size and charge. Agarose gel electrophoresis
is the easiest method of visualizing and analyzing the PCR product. It allows for the determina-
tion of the presence and the size of the PCR product (Fig. 2). A predetermined set of DNA prod-
ucts with known sizes are run simultaneously on the gel as standardized molecular markers to
help determine the size of the product.
Fig. 2. Schematic presentation of the PCR principle
Fig. 3. Visualization of the PCR products on an agarose gel
Conclusion. Sheep farmers and governments should be constantly on the lookout for ways
to improve their business. Understanding sheep genetics is one way to increase productivity and
profitability.
In order to understand sheep genetics, you need to be familiar with some of the key terms
used in this field, including heritability, repeatability and genetic correlations, and how these re-
late to your flock.
120
It's also important to develop a breeding objective for your flock and select rams from a
stud that help you reach this objective.
LITERATURE
1. Abbas K., Chouya F., Madani T. Reproductive improvement factors in sheep systems Algerian
semiarid areas // Ruminants searches meetings. – 2002. – № 9. – Р. 130. – URL: http://www.journees3r.
fr/IMG/pdf/2002_systemes_19_Abbas.pdf (December 20, 2014).
2. Agaviezor B.O., Peters S.O., Adefenwa M.A., Yakubu A., Adebambo O.A., Ozoje M.O., Ikeo-
bi C.O., Wheto M., Ajayi O.O., Amusan S.A., Ekundayo O.J., Sanni T.M., Okpeku M., Onasanya G.O.,
Donato M.D., Ilori B.M., Kizilkaya K., Imumorin I.G. Morphological and microsatellite DNA diversity of
Nigerian indigenous sheep // Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology. – 2012. – Vol. 3. – Р. 38.
3. Álvarez I., Capote J., Traoré A., Fonseca N., Pérez K., Cuervo M., Fernández I., Goyache F.
Genetic relationships of the Cuban hair sheep inferred from microsatellite polymorphism // Small Rumi-
nant Research. – 2012. – Vol. 104. – Р. 89–93.
4. Belaib L., Dekhili M. Morphological characterization of sheep herds in the region of Setif (Alge-
ria) // Agriculture. – 2012. – № 3. – Р. 1–9. – URL: http://revue-agro.univ-setif.dz/documents/Issam-
Dekhili.art1.pdf (December 09, 2014).
5. Bouix J., Kadiri M. One of major elements of the development of the palm: the D'man sheep
breed // Mediterranean options. – 1975. – № 26. – Р. 87–93. – URL: http://om.ciheam.org/om/pdf/
r26/CI010595.pdf (November 14, 2014).
6. Bouix J., Kadiri M., Chari A., Ghanime R., Rami A. Fiche signalétique de la race D'Man //
Hommes, Terre et Eaux. – 1977. – № 25. – Р. 9–11. – URL: http://www.anafide.org/doc/HTE%2025/25-
2.pdf
7. Calvo J.H., Alvarez-Rodriguez J., Marcos-Carcavilla A., Serrano M., Sanz A. Genetic diversity
in the Churra tensina and Churra lebrijana endangered Spanish sheep breeds and relationship with other
Churra group breeds and Spanish mouflon // Small Ruminant Research. – 2011. – Vol. 95. – Р. 34–39.
8. Chellig R. The sheep breeds reared in Algeria // Agricultural Pedagogical National Center. – Al-
giers, 1986. – 50 p.
9. Chellig R. The Algerian sheep breeds. – Algiers: Office of University Publications, 1986. – 80 p.
10. Dekhili M. Reproductive Performance of simple and double born Ouled Djellal sheep // Meet-
ings around the Research Ruminants. – 2002. – № 9. – Р. 155. – URL: http://www.journees3r.fr/IMG/
pdf/2002_reproduction_08_Dekhili.pdf (November 9, 2014).
11. Dekhili M. Study of the productivity of a flock of Ouled Djellal // Ruminants searches meet-
ings. – 2004. – № 11. – Р. 234. – URL: http://www.journees3r.fr/IMG/pdf/2004_itineraire_10_Dekhili.
pdf (November 9, 2014).
12. Dekhili M., Aggoun A. Reproductive performance of ewes Ouled Djellal in two constraints of
environment // Archivos de Zootecnia. – 2007. – № 56 (216). – Р. 109–116. – URL: http://www.uco.es/
organiza/servicios/publica/az/php/img/web/06_17_39_20NotaPerformancesDekhili.pdf (December 15,
2014).
13. Galal S. Animal genetic resources in Near East and North Africa region with special literature
to Egypt and small ruminants // Eg. J. Sh. G. Sci. – 2010. – № 5. – Р. 3–16.
14. ITLEV (Technical Institute of animal breeding). Report on animal productions. – Algiers, 2001. –
10 p.
15. Khaldi Z., Haddad B., Souid S., Rouissi H., Ben G.A., Rekik B. Phenotypical characterization of
sheep population of the South-West of Tunisia // Animal Genetic Resources. – 2011. – № 49. – Р. 1–8. –
URL: http://www.fao.org/docrep/014/ba0128t/ba0128t00.pdf (October 18, 2014).
16. Kijas J.W., Lenstra J.A., Hayes B., Boitard S., Neto L.R.P., San C.M., Servin B., McCulloch R.,
Whan V., Gietzen K., Paiva S., Barendse W., Ciani E., Raadsma H., McEwan J., Dalrymple B. Genome-
wide analysis of the world's sheep breeds reveals high levels of historic mixture and strong recent selec-
tion // PLOS Biology. – 2012. – Vol. 10.
17. Ligda C.H., Altarayrah J., Georgoudis A. Genetic analysis of Greek sheep breeds using mi-
crosatellite markers for setting conservation priorities // Small Ruminant Research. – 2009. – Vol. 83. –
Р. 42–48.
121
18. Madani T. Contribution to the knowledge of Algerian sheep breeds: Morphological study, re-
productive traits and production. – Algiers: Thesis of engineer: National Agronomic Institute, 1987. –
95 p.
19. Mullis K.B. The unusual origin of the polymerase chain reaction // Scientific American. – 1990. –
№ 262 (4). – Р. 56–61 [PubMed].
20. Niu L.L., Li H.B., Ma Y.H., Du L.X. Genetic variability and individual assignment of Chinese
indigenous sheep populations (Ovis aries) using microsatellites // Animal Genetics. – 2012. – Vol. 43. –
Р. 108–111.
21. Peter C., Bruford M., Perez T., Dalamitra S., Hewitt G., Erhardt G. Genetic diversity and sub-
division of 57 European and Middle-Eastern sheep breeds // Animal Genetics. – 2007. – Vol. 38. – Р. 37–44.
22. Peters J., Helmer D., Von Den Driesch A., Sana-Segui M. Early animal husbandry in the
Northern Levant // Paleorient. – 1999. – Vol. 25. – Р. 27–57.
23. Soltani N. Study of morphological characteristics of sheep in the region of Tebessa: Magistere
memory. – Setif: Ferhat Abbas University, 2011. – 90 p.
24. Tabet-Aoul K. Caractérisation régionale d’un panel d’hybrides somatiques hamster-mouton et
contribution à la cartographie chromosomique du génome ovin: Thèse doctorat. – Tours: Université
François Rabelais, 1999.
25. Vigne J.D., Buitenhuis H., Davis S. Les premiers pas de la domestication animale a` l’ouest de
l’Euphrate: Chypre et l’Anatolie Centrale // Paleorient. – 1999. – Vol. 25. – Р. 49–62.
26. Weier H.U., Gray J.W. A programmable system to perform the polymerase chain reaction //
DNA. – 1988. – № 7 (6). – Р. 441–447 [PubMed].
MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF THE IMMUNE RESPONSE

IN VACCINATION OF CHICKENS
E.A. Krotova1, S.B. Seleznev1, G.A. Vetoshkina2

1
2
Department of Anatomy and Histology of Animals
of the Moscow State Academy of Veterinary Medicine and Biotechnology
Poultry farming is one of the most promising livestock sectors in the Russian Federation. The lead-
ing direction of poultry farming is the breeding of chickens, due to the fact that they are less whimsical in
terms of feeding and keeping, that is, they are economically important, and most importantly they are a
highly productive bird. In consequence of the foregoing, timely prevention of poultry from various infec-
tious diseases is one of the most important tasks of veterinary specialists. The most common way to pre-
vent these diseases is vaccination of the bird.
To date, there are many ways of immunization, such as the alimentary method (it is the simplest,
because the vaccine is water-soluble and does not require special equipment, but the drug consumption is
large enough), conjunctival method (antigen conjunctiva eyes and it Quickly through the tear-nasal canal
penetrates into the nasal cavity, here the mucous membranes of the nose and oropharynx are involved,
but this method is quite labor-intensive), the aerosol method (the vaccine hits the surface of mucous
membranes Shells, absorbed and causes an immunological reaction), the injection method (subcutaneous,
intramuscular injections, in the wing membrane, also quite labor-intensive). The most effective and sim-
ple of these methods is the aerosol vaccination method, this is the most cost-effective method of vaccina-
tion (minimum expenditure of time, labor and stress of the bird). This method induces good local and im-
mune responses of the body, but, like all methods, it has its disadvantages: not the same dose of vaccine
and the risk of not inculcating the bird. It is impossible to select the most effective method of immuniza-
tion, without a detailed study of the morphological features of the immune system.
122
Key words: Immune system organs, vaccination, thymus, cloacal bag, spleen, lymphoid plaques,
lymphoid organs, third-century glands, lymphoid diverticulum, lymphoid plaques of the blind intestines.
The immune system combines organs and tissues that carry out protective reactions of the
body and create immunity to the organism to substances possessing foreign antigenic proper-
ties [1]. The lymphoid organs, in accordance with their function and role in the development of
immunity, are divided into central ones in which T- and B-lymphocyte differentiation occurs,
and peripheral ones, where a complex morphofunctional complex is performed to organize an
immune response after vaccination [2; 5].
In birds, the central organs are the thymus and cloacal bag, and peripheral: third-century
glands, lymphoid diverticulum, lymphoid plaques of the blind intestines, spleen and lymphoid
nodules located along the lymphatic vessels [3; 4]. For the peripheral organs of the immune sys-
tem of chickens is characterized by the presence of a gland of the third century, which is located
in the depth of the periorbital and is connected to the conjunctival sac of the eye by a thin duct.
In its structure, it has lymphoid formations and provides local immunity to the mucous mem-
branes of the eye, nasal cavity and oropharynx. Lymphoid structures of the gland synthesize im-
munoglobulins, which, as part of the secret, enter the conjunctival sac of the eye, and from there
enter the oral cavity. Thus, the iron of the third century «blocks» the initial ways of the digestive
and respiratory organs, therefore, the tonsils are absent in birds and only diffuse lymphoid tissue
is sometimes found in the initial section of the pharynx [3].
With the gland of the third century, significant successes in aerosol vaccination are associ-
ated, which is widely used in industrial poultry farming. Antigens of the aerosol vaccine, getting
on the mucous membranes of the eye, nasal and oral cavity cause active reproduction of lym-
phoid cells of the gland of the third century (mainly B-lymphocytes), which begin to actively
synthesize immunoglobulins. Immunoglobulins provide not only local immunity of mucous
membranes, but also contribute to the formation of postvaccinal immunity against infectious
laryngotracheitis, infectious bronchitis, mycoplasmosis, as evidenced by antibody titres in the
blood of birds [4]. Together with the cecal lymphoid plaques, the lymphoid diverticulum creates
local immunity of the digestive tract. It is these peripheral organs of the immune system that
primarily respond to nutritional vaccination of birds against Newcastle disease and avian infec-
tious encephalomyelitis [3].
The spleen in birds is located in the right hypochondrium. In chickens it is round in shape,
red-gray, or reddish-brown in color. The parenchyma of the spleen consists of white and red
pulp. The red pulp in birds, unlike mammals, does not participate in blood formation, but only
deposits the uniform elements of the blood. As for the white pulp, antigenic stimulation produces
lymphoid nodules and centers of reproduction in them. Especially a lot of them are formed with
subcutaneous vaccination against infectious bursal disease and with intramuscular vaccination
against Marek's disease [4].
The peculiarity of the structure of the peripheral organs of chicken immunogenesis located
on the border of the organism with the external environment is the presence of cavities and
crypts that open into the digestive tube (lymphoid plaques and diverticulum) or conjunctival sac
of the eye (third-century iron) and create conditions for systematic and prolonged contact of
lymphoid Formations with microorganisms. They are like «sensors» that inform the body's im-
mune system of the antigenic diversity of the surrounding microflora. As for the spleen, in its
structure lymphoid formations form clutches (periarterial, ellipsoid, lymphatic), passing through
which the blood is filtered and purified from foreign structures [2].
Antigens in aerosol vaccination against infectious bronchitis and mycoplasmosis, getting
on the mucous membranes of these organs, contribute to the formation of postvaccinal immunity.
Lymphoid diverticulum and cecal lymphoid plaques primarily react to antigens that enter the
123
gastrointestinal tract with nutritional vaccination against Newcastle disease and infectious en-
cephalitis in birds. The spleen responds primarily to the antigens that enter the blood, so the his-
tological structure of the white pulp should be treated when vaccinated against Marek's disease
and infectious bursal disease. Thus, the immune system of birds is a strategically distributed pro-
tective network and is characterized by a variety of morphological features that must be taken
into account when carrying out anti-epizootic measures.
LITERATURE
1. Burmester G.-R., Petsutto A. Visual immunology. – M.: Binom, Laboratory of Knowledge,

2009. – 320 p.
2. Zaitseva E.V. Morfofunktionalnaya characteristics of broilers cross «Smena–7». – Bryansk:
Ladomir, 2011. – 104 p.
3. Seleznev S.B. Morphological aspects of the evolution of the organs of the immune system of ver-
tebrates // Bulletin of the Peoples' Friendship University. – 2001. – № 6. – P. 72–79.
4. Seleznev S.B. Features of the structural organization of the immune system of birds // Morphol-
ogy. – 2008. – № 4. – P. 92.
5. Slesarenko N.A., Vetoshkina G.A., Seleznev S.B. Anatomy and histology of birds. – M.: ArtSer-
vice Ltd, 2015. – 138 p.
6. Vasiliev S.S., Korneva G.V. Morphofunctional changes in the immune system of broiler chickens
in the process of growing // Industry portal WebPticeProm. – URL: http://webpticeprom.ru/en/articles-
veterinary.html?pageID = 1289672851 (literature date: 29.12.2014).
GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT

OF EDILBAEVSKY SHEEP
A.A. Alekseeva, Y.A. Yuldashbaev

The article presents statistical data on the state of the world and Russian sheep farming, described
the features of productive performance of fat-tailed sheep, the mapped survey data to study the weights
and linear measurements edilbaevskoy sheep in specific farm. Edilbaevsky animals are suitable for
breeding in southern Russia because the natural conditions of Northern Kazakhstan and southern regions
of the Russian Federation are similar in their characteristics. A very valuable biological feature of Edil-
baevsky sheep is there is high precocity at a young age and good use of the pasture in of desert, semi-
desert and dry steppe zones in different seasons of the year. The breeding and genetic centre OOO «Vol-
gograd-Edilbay», where these sheep were imported from Kazakhstan in 1992 is engaged in active breed-
ing. We have studied in the Centre the growth and development of Edilbaevsky sheep of different age
groups depending on the coat color of animals. There was formed an experimental group of animals and
their basic parameters – body weight and linear measurements – were studied measurements, which were
carried out during appraisal in October 2016.
Key words: meat sheep breeding, meat-tallow sheep, Edilbaevsky breed fat-tailed sheep, productiv-
ity, coat color, linear measurements.
Sheep breeding is an important livestock industry of Russia. In the Russian Federation, the
total number of sheep as of 01.01.2016 in all categories of farms amounted to about 24 million
124
head, while production of mutton and goat meat in slaughter weight was 203 thousand tons (The
Russian Federation Ministry of Agriculture, 2016). Currently Russia takes the 15th place in num-
ber of sheep, following such countries as Iran, UK, New Zealand and others. The leading posi-
tions are taken China, by Australia and India (FAOSTAT, 2016).
Until the 1990s the economy of sheep breeding in the country was based on wool produc-
tion, whose share in the total value of products was more than 70–80%, while at present the effi-
ciency of sheep production is determined by the level of production of mutton. On the global
structure the share of mutton production is 5% and in the total structure of meat production in
Russia this indicator is lower and is about 2%.
Intensification of sheep breeding aimed at improving meat productivity of sheep has now
become of particular relevance. An effective method of increasing the mutton production and
quality improvement is the wide use of various options of industrial crossing meat-tallow rams
with ewes of various breeds. This method of breeding can increase production of sheep of the
first generation and to improve the quality of products due to the effect of heterosis.
In many regions of Russia the effectiveness of crossing different breeds with the seres of
the most widespread meat-tallow breed – Edilbaevskaya, – has been confirmed.
Edilbaevsky sheep have great potential not only for purebred breeding but also when crossed
with sheep of other breeds. The productivity of sheep of this breed is fairly high. So, Edilbaevsky
sheep live weight reaches 120 kg, the uterus is 90 kg, the mass of the fat tail is 12–14 kg.
To improve the productive indicators of the Romanov sheep at the same time maintaining
their good fertility the method of crossing Romanov ewes and Edilbaevsky rams is widely used.
The possibility of obtaining a crossbred Edilbay-Romanov rams and comparison of the produc-
tivity of these animals with purebred Romanov young rams is shown in the works of Russian
scientists (Dvalishvili, 2013). It was possible to identify a significant superiority of the crossbred
over the purebred animals as far as feed efficiency, dynamics of body mass and the results of
control slaughter were concerned.
Edilbaevsky animals are suitable for breeding in southern Russia because the natural con-
ditions of Northern Kazakhstan and southern regions of the Russian Federation are similar in
their characteristics. There areas are dominated by steppe with similar vegetation composition –
narrow-leaved turf grasses such as feather grass and fescue, on brown soils. Climatic conditions
are also similar the average winter temperature is about -19°C, summer temperature is +50°C.
Now it’s safe to say that the Edilbaevskaya breed is perfectly adapted to Russian condi-
tions: it is bred successfully in different regions of Russia. The breeding and genetic centre OOO
«Volgograd-Edilbay», where these sheep were imported from Kazakhstan in 1992 is engaged in
active breeding. The number of sheep in the centre is about 6000 head.
Our goal was to study the indicators of live weight and linear measurements Edilbaevsky
sheep of different sex-age groups.
The object of the study is fat-tailed sheep meat-tallow direction productivity Edilbaevsky
breed, which bred in OOO «Volgograd-Edilbay».
The methods used in the study include the conventional methods of research of economic-
useful signs as VIZH 1985, VNIISSOK 1993 and RGAU-MTAA 2005. We have studied in the
Centre the growth and development of Edilbaevsky sheep of different age groups depending on
the coat color of animals. There was formed an experimental group of animals and their basic pa-
rameters – body weight and linear measurements – were studied measurements, which were car-
ried out during appraisal in October 2016.
Research results and discussion. In the age-sex group of 5-year-old rams there is an ap-
parent difference in such characteristics as weight, height at withers, height at sacrum, girth of
metacarpus, girth of thorax and width of thorax between black and brown animals. The brown
animal’s broved to be superior to black ones. So, the weight is 5,2 kg more, and the girth of tho-
rax is 4,3 cm larger (Table 1). In the group of rams born in 2012 the result was a different: all
125
features, except the girth of thorax, black animals show better performance. Significant differ-
ences can be noted in weight (11,9 kg), the oblique body length (2,3 cm) (Table 2). In the group
of 3-year-old rams brown animals show better results all categories, except the oblique body
length and width between external angles of ilium. The difference in weight is around 10,8 kg
and girth of thorax – 3,7 cm (Table 3).
Table 1
Indicators of live weight and linear measurements of rams
Rams (date of birth – 2011)

Coat color Brown Black
Weight 102,3 ± 4,8 95,1 ± 3,7
The height at the withers 86,8 ± 2,0 85,6 ± 0,8
The height at the sacrum 88,0 ± 2,3 86,6 ± 0,8
Girth of thorax 115,0 ± 2,3 110,7 ± 1,9
Girth of metacarpus 10,4 ± 0,4 9,9 ± 0,2
Width of thorax 28,8 ± 0,3* 27,3 ± 0,4*
Depth of thorax 40,0 ± 0,5 39,9 ± 0,6
Oblique length of the body 84,0 ± 1,6 83,1 ± 1,0
Width between external angles of ilium 22,8 ± 0,7 22,0 ± 0,7
*
– reliability of differences between the averages of the characteristic equal to 95%.
Table 2

Weight 90,0 ± 2,5* 101,9 ± 1,9*
Girth of thorax 111,3 ± 2,0 110,8 ± 1,9
Width of thorax 27,0 ± 0,7 28,6 ± 0,4
Depth of thorax 38,0 ± 0,7 39,5 ± 0,5
*
Table 3

Weight 103,8 ± 4,7 93,0 ± 6,8
Girth of thorax 115,5 ± 2,4 111,8 ± 3,7
Width of thorax 30,3 ± 2,6 27,5 ± 2,0
Depth of thorax 40,2 ± 1,7 38,8 ± 1,3
126
In the group of rams of different colors born in 2015, there was a slight difference in height
at the sacrum, girth of metacarpus, width and depth of thorax, width of between external angles
of ilium.
As to weight, height at withers, girth of thorax, width of thorax, width of between external
angles of ilium brown animals are superior to black animals (Table 4).
Table 4
Indicators of live weight and linear measurements of young rams
Young rams
Weight 73,3 ± 2,8 74,4 ± 1,0
Girth of thorax 99,1 ± 0,7 101,0 ± 0,6
Width of thorax 25,1 ± 0,5 25,7 ± 0,4
Depth of thorax 35,6 ± 0,5 35,1 ± 0,7
Black ewes born in 2014 are superior to brown animals as to weight, girth of thorax, and
width between external angles of ilium. However, brown ewes are superior to black ewes as to
girth of metacarpus, width of thorax, depth of thorax (Table 5).
Table 5
Indicators of live weight and linear measurements of ewes
Ewes (date of birth – 2014)

Weight 63,3 ± 2,5 59,0 ± 2,4
Girth of thorax 100,2 ± 2,3 97,4 ± 0,9
Girth of metacarpus 8,7 ± 0,1* 9,1 ± 0,1*
Width of thorax 22,6 ± 0,6 23,5 ± 0,3
Depth of thorax 32,1 ± 0,6 32,4 ± 0,8
*
A similar pattern can be observed in the group of younger ewes (2015 year of birth). In this
group, black ewes are superior to brown sheep in many ways, particularly, weight, width of tho-
rax, depth of thorax (Table 6). In general, however, a group of ewes born in 2015 can be called
homogeneous.
Conclusion. As a result of the studies, we have identified general biological regularities of
animal development in ontogenesis. Based on the above data, it can be argued that in this farm
the Edilbaevsky sheep are well adapted and the level of productive performance is slightly infe-
rior to Edilbaevsky sheep of Kazakhstan, whose average body mass ranges from 100 to 110 kg in
rams and from 70 to 80 kg in ewes (Mirzabekov, Erokhin, 2005).
127
Table 6
Indicators of live weight and linear measurements of ewes
Ewes (date of birth – 2015)

Weight 65,0 ± 2,8 62,7 ± 2,1
Girth of thorax 99,3 ± 1,7 99,1 ± 2,5
Width of thorax 23,4 ± 0,6 22,7 ± 0,5
Depth of thorax 32,4 ± 0,8 31,1 ± 0,7
LITERATURE
1. Dvalishvili V.G., Laptev P.E. Efficiency of crossbreeding Romanov ewes with rams edil-
baevskoy breed // Achievements of science and technology of agriculture. – 2013. – № 3. – P. 74–75.
2. Mirzabekov S.S., Erokhin A.I. Sheep breeding: the textbook / under the ed. of A.I. Erokhin. –
Almaty: Statmarket, 2005. – 512 p.
3. On the current situation in the agro-industrial complex of the Russian Federation in October
2016. – URL: http://www.mcx.ru (Date of application: 14.11.2016).
4. The number of sheep in different countries // FAOSTAT.
DETECTION OF THE EFFECT OF GFP ON CELLS

AND THE INFLUENCE OF GENE ENGINEERING MANIPULATIONS
ON CHICKEN EMBRYOS
Z.A. Alabdallah

Information about the methods of detection of the effect of GFP on cells and influence of genetic
engineering on the morphometric trials of chick embryos were studied. Green fluorescent protein (GFP)
is rapidly becoming one of the most frequently employed molecular reporters. Its use in monitoring gene
expression and protein localization has been well documented. For all morphological parameters, the
difference was statistically unreliable. On the length of the torso the difference varied from 0,3 to 5,6%,
the length of the head from 0,25 to 5,7%, the length of the neck from 0,35 to 5,8%. Lower length values
for all parameters were recorded in eggs obtained from a non-transgenic bird. The change in the bird's
genotype did not affect the morphological indices of embryos during incubation. From 3 to 7 days of in-
cubation, the length indicators increased by an average of 2.4 times, and the width by 8.1 times. From
7 to 10 days of incubation, the length increased by an average of 30.7%, and the width by 32,4%.
Key words: transgenesis, chick, embryos, cell, egg mass, embryo size, GFP, DMEM.
Background. In recent years, the attention of researchers is increasingly attracted to the is-
sues of obtaining transgenic poultry. At the same time, the creation of a genetically modified bird
is complicated by the characteristics of its reproduction and embryonic development.
128
One of the effective methods of genetic transformation of agricultural poultry is the trans-
fer of recombinant genes into embryonic cells of birds by means of viral vectors – retroviral and
lentiviral.
GFP is a ~ 27 kDa protein consisting of 238 amino acids derived from the crystal jellyfish
Aequorea victoria. It has a fluorescent emission wavelength in the green portion of the visible
spectrum (hence the name). Fluorescent proteins have become widely used as markers for posi-
tively identifying and tracking expressing cells in many in vitro and in vivo studies. Owing to its
intrinsic fluorescence, GFP is commonly used as a molecular tag to study intracellular protein
trafficking. Furthermore, it is small enough (29 kDa) to be used as a passenger protein for fusion
constructs. In these fusion proteins, it is assumed that GFP does not contain intrinsic targeting
information. To date, various proteins have been tagged with GFP to study localization and sort-
ing in compartments such as the mitochondria, nucleus, chloroplasts, endoplasmic reticulum
(ER), Golgi apparatus and plasma membrane.
Since GFP has important role in biotechnologies and its broad appeal in this field, we have
to touch to its pharmacological effects on cells.
The impact of GFP on cell. The green fluorescent protein (GFP) is the most commonly
used reporter protein for monitoring gene expression and protein localization in a variety of liv-
ing and fixed cells, including not only prokaryotes, but also eukaryotes, e.g., yeasts, mammals,
plants and fish. In general, it is thought that GFP is nontoxic to cells, although there are some
reports on the side effect of GFP. Further, these results suggest that Ku80 plays a key role in the
novel NHEJ-independent defense mechanism against EGFP-induced cytotoxicity. Caution
should be taken in considering of the potential influence by the stress response mechanism,
namely, the Ku80-dependent elimination mechanism of EGFP-induced cytotoxicity, being acti-
vated, even when using EGFP-expressing cells in which Ku80 functions normally (Manabu Ko-
ikea et al., 2003). It was previously described that MHC class I (H2-Kd) is the naturally occur-
ring epitope of eGFP, initiating the activation of CTLs (Gambotto A. et al., 2000). One proposed
mechanism is through the exocytosis of granzyme B (GrB) through activated CTLs. Enhanced
sensitivity of GFP expressing cells to anticancer drugs, such as Etoposide, has been associated
with increased levels of ROS in cells. This finding is confirmed by increased levels of p53-
dependent glutathione, which acts as a cellular defense mechanism in oxidative stress situations
(Goto H. et al.,2003).
Changes in morphology of dying cells detected by cytometry. Changes in morphology
of the dying cell can be detected by analysis of a light scatter signal by flow cytometry. The cell
traversing through focus of a laser beam in flow cytometer scatters the laser light. Analysis of the
scattered light provides information about the cell size and structure. While the intensity of light
scattered at a forward direction correlates with cell size, the intensity of scattered light measured
at a 900 angle to the laser beam (side scatter) correlates with granularity, refractiveness and the
presence of intracellular structures that can reflect the light. The cell's ability to scatter light is
altered during cell death, reflecting the morphological changes such as cell swelling or shrink-
age, breakage of plasma membrane and in the case of apoptosis, chromatin condensation, nuclear
fragmentation and shedding of apoptotic bodies (Salzman G.C. et al., 1990). During apoptosis,
the decrease in forward light scatter (which is a result of the cell shrinkage) is not initially paral-
leled by a decrease in side scatter. Actually, a transient increase in right angle scatter can be seen
during apoptosis in some cell systems. This may reflect an increased light reflectiveness by con-
densed chromatin and fragmented nuclei. In later stages of apoptosis, however, the intensity of
light scattered at both, forward and right angle directions, is decreased (Ormerod and Cheetham,
1995).
Plasma membrane changes. Features distinguishing dead from live cells include loss of
transport function and often even the loss of structural integrity of the plasma membrane. Variety
of assays of cell viability have been developed based on changes in the properties of the plasma
129
membrane. Because the intact membrane of live cells excludes charged cationic dyes such as
trypan blue, PI, ethidium bromide, or 7-AMD, short incubation with these dyes results in selec-
tive labeling of dead cells, while live cells show minimal dye uptake (Zamai L. et al., 1996). The
PI exclusion test is frequently used as the flow cytometric equivalent of the trypan blue exclusion
assay. These assays can be combined with analysis of cell surface immunophenotype. The
fluorochrome ethidium monoazide (EMA) similar to ethidium or propidium iodide, also is a
positively charged molecule and is excluded from live and early apoptotic cells. It stains cells
which have lost the integrity of their plasma membrane i.e. necrotic and late apoptotic, as well as
mechanically damaged cells (Riedy M.C. et al., 1991). The product of the hydrolysis, fluo-
rescein, is a highly florescent, charged molecule which becomes trapped in intact cells. Incuba-
tion of cells in the presence of both propidium iodide (PI) and FDA, thus, labels live cells green
(fluorescein) and dead cells red (PI). This is a convenient assay, widely used in flow cytometry.
Another DNA fluorochrome, Hoechst 33342 (HO342), unlike PI, is not excluded by live or
apoptotic cells. Actually, it has been observed that short exposure of cells to low concentrations
of HO342 led to strong labeling of apoptotic cells. Live cells, on the other hand, required much
longer incubation with HO342 to obtain a comparable intensity of fluorescence. Supravital up-
take of HO342 combined with exclusion of PI (to identify necrotic and late apoptotic cells) and
with analysis of the cell's light scatter properties has been proposed as an assay of apoptosis
(Hamel W. et al., 1996).
Finally, despite the importance of GFP in scientific research and its use as indicator of any
biological processes into cells, attention must be paid to its possible degenerative effects on cells.
Results. The aim of the investigation was to study the influence of genetic engineering
manipulations on the morphological characteristics of chick embryos. We are using DMEM as
the basis for the injection gene constructs.
Embryos of chickens in the egg crosses of Shaver Brown were the subject of research. The
eggs were incubated from birds of the following genotypes: 1st group – transgenic bird, 2nd group –
transgenic roosters, hens without transgenesis, 3rd group – non-transgenic bird. The eggs were
incubated in a KUMO-20 incubator.
The results of the incubation are shown in Table 1.
Table 1
Morphological characteristics of embryos
Day of incubation
Index Group
3 7 10
1 5,55 ± 0,52 13,83 ± 0,54 22,08 ± 1,52
Torso length, mm 2 5,57 ± 0,48 13,19 ± 0,62 22,36 ± 1,94
3 5,54 ± 0,46 13,28 ± 0,52 21,13 ± 1,47
1 – 5,37 ± 0,18 7,11 ± 0,30
Length of neck, mm 2 – 4,78 ± 0,29 7,33 ± 0,38
3 – 5,23 ± 0,17 7,06 ± 0,24
1 – 11,44 ± 0,49 13,49 ± 0,51
Length of head, mm 2 – 11,06 ± 0,54 13,45 ± 0,63
3 – 11,31 ± 0,47 12,95 ± 0,47
1 – 30,64 ± 2,01 42,68 ± 2,43
Body length, mm 2 – 29,03 ± 2,05 43,14 ± 2,66
3 – 29,82 ± 1,96 41,14 ± 2,14
1 1,01 ± 0,09 8,97 ± 0,33 11,05 ± 0,37
Body width, mm 2 1,03 ± 0,07 8,14 ± 0,44 11,12 ± 0,44
3 0,99 ± 0,09 8,66 ± 0,31 11,07 ± 0,32
130
Differences in the development of embryos during all periods of incubation were not re-
corded. For all morphological parameters, the difference was statistically unreliable. On the
length of the torso the difference varied from 0,3 to 5,6%, the length of the head from 0,25 to
5,7%, the length of the neck from 0,35 to 5,8%. A lower length for all parameters was recorded
in embryos of group 3.
From 3 to 7 days of incubation, the length of the torso increased by an average of
2,4 times, and width by 8,1 times. From 7 to 10 days of incubation, the length increased by an
average of 30,7% and the width by 32,4%.
It can be stated that the change in the bird's genotype did not affect the morphological indi-
ces of embryos during incubation.
LITERATURE
1. Gambotto A., Dworacki G., Cicinnati V., Kenniston T., Steitz J., Tuting T. et al. Immunogenicity
of enhanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP) in BALB/c mice: identification of an H2-Kd-restricted
CTL epitope // Gene Therapy. – 2000. – № 7 (23). – Р. 2036–2040. DOI: 10.1038/sj.gt.3301335
[PubMed] [Cross Ref].
2. Goto H., Yang B., Petersen D., Pepper K.A., Alfaro P.A., Kohn D.B. et al. Transduction of green
fluorescent protein increased oxidative stress and enhanced sensitivity to cytotoxic drugs in neuroblas-
toma cell lines // Molecular Cancer Therapeutics. – 2003. – № 2 (9). – Р. 911–917 [PubMed].
3. Hamel W., Dazin P., Israel M.A. Adaptation of a simple flow cytometric assay to identify differ-
ent stages os apoptosis // Cytometry. – 1996. – № 25. – Р. 173–181.
4. Jiang X., Sung Y.K., Tian W., Qian J., Semenza G.L., Nicolls M.R. Graft microvascular disease in
solid organ transplantation // Journal of Molecular Medicine (Berlin). – 2014. – № 92 (8). – Р. 797–810.
DOI: 10.1007/s00109-014-1173-y [PMC free article] [PubMed] [Cross Ref].
5. Liu H.S., Jan M.S., Chou C.K., Chen P.H., Ke N.J. Is green fluorescent protein toxic to the living
cells? // Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications. – 1999. – № 260 (3). – Р. 712–717.
DOI: 10.1006/bbrc.1999.0954 [PubMed] [Cross Ref].
6. Manabu K., Yasutomo Y., Aki K. Ku80 attentuates cytotoxicity induced by green fluorescent pro-
tein transduction independently of non-homologous end joining // 2013. – Vol. 3. – P. 46–50.
7. Ormerod M.G., Cheetham F.P.M., Sun X.-M. Discrimination of apoptotic thymocytes by forward
light scatter ?/ Cytometry. – 1995. – № 21. – Р. 300–304.
8. Riedy M.C., Muirhead K.A., Jensen C.P., Stewart C.C. Use of photolabeling technique to iden-
tify nonviable vells in fixed homologous or heterologous populations // Cytometry. – 1991. – № 12. –
Р. 133–139.
9. Salzman G.C., Singham S.B., Johnston R.G., Bohren C.F. Light scattering and cytometry // Flow
Cytometry and Sorting / M.R. Melamed, T. Lindmo, M.L. Mendelsohn (eds). – Wiley- Liss, N. Y.,
1990. – Р. 81–107.
10. Zamai L., Falcieri E., Marhefka G., Vitale M. Supravital exposure to propidium iodide identi-
fies apoptotic cells in the absence of nucleosomal DNA fragmentation // Cytometry. – 1996. – № 23. –
Р. 303–311.
131
GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGIES REMOTE SENSING

AND LAND MONITORING
EFFICIENCY OF IMPLEMENTATION OF LAND SURVEILLANCE
IN THE TERRITORY OF THE NOVOSIBIRSK REGION
I.A. Golik, V.A. Sinenko

Nowadays, land is the most important irreplaceable resource of our country, so accounting and its
rational use has become one of the most important tasks of the modern real estate cadastre and land
management. The article examines the legal nature of land supervision of the Russian Federation, pro-
vides information on monitoring of land offenses for 2016–2017 in the Novosibirsk Region.
Key words: land supervision, municipal supervision, the constitution, the land code of the Russian
Federation.
Rational use of land resources and real estate objects as the most important components of
Russia's resources, ensuring guarantees of property rights and other real rights to real estate – all
these aspects are the main directions in the sphere of land and property relations and land protec-
tion.
The land has a special social value and importance, primarily as a natural resource, as a ter-
ritory and as a property, continuously reproducing material goods and performing a number of
other vital functions.
Accordingly the rational use of land resources, protection of land resources, compliance
with legal requirements for proper use are an urgent problem for the country, the approach to the
solution of which must be ambiguous complex.
State land supervision and municipal land control is a mechanism for monitoring and
compliance with the rational use of lands, which are the activities of authorized bodies to
monitor compliance with the requirements of the legislation of the Russian Federation, the leg-
islation of the subject of the Russian Federation in respect of land relations objects and have as
their goal the preservation of land as a natural resource, prevention, detection, suppression of
offenses. That is why increasing the measures of efficiency of state regulation is an important
task.
The relevance of this topic is the state and analysis of modern land surveillance.
Consider what is the land surveillance. To date according to Art. 71 the Land Code of the
Russian Federation under the state land supervision is understood:
– the activity of authorized federal executive bodies aimed at preventing, detecting and
suppressing violations of the requirements of the legislation of the Russian Federation;
– organization and carrying out of inspections, adoption of measures provided for by the
legislation of the Russian Federation to curb or eliminate the consequences of violations de-
tected.
To date the main source of information on violations of land legislation, coming to the
bodies of state land supervision, are appeals of citizens, legal entities and individual entrepre-
132
neurs. In this connection, the main activity of bodies in this sphere is aimed at conducting un-
scheduled inspections on these appeals, planning in this case is carried out on random samples of
subjects.
In turn, planned inspections are complicated by the requirements of Federal Law № 294-FZ of
26.12.2008 «On protection of the rights of legal entities and individual entrepreneurs in the exer-
cise of state control (supervision) and municipal control» in the form of inspections no more than
once every three years, the need for coordination with the prosecutor's office, correlation with
the checks of municipal and other types of control and supervision. All this leads to the fact that
state land supervision acquires a declarative character, thereby losing the function of a state body
that ensures the permanent and universal implementation of the requirements of land legislation
by all subjects of the Russian Federation.
Powers for the organization and implementation of state land control are entrusted to the
Federal Service of State registration, cadastre and cartography and its territorial bodies. Officials
and specialists of Rosreestr and its territorial bodies carry out state land control in accordance
with the procedure foreseen by Decree of the Government of the Russian Federation of
02.01.2015 № 1 (as amended on 08.09.2017) «On Approval of the Regulations on State Land
Surveillance» (with amendment and add., entered into force on 01.10.2017).
Inspections are conducted by state land inspectors of the Office of the Federal Service for
State registration of cadastre and cartography.
In this article, I monitored the results of audits for 2016 and 2017 and identified the most
common types of violations. The results are presented in the form of histograms. Analyzing the
static indicators of state land supervision for 2016–2017 for NSOs, it is worth noting an annual
increase in the conducted inspections of compliance with land legislation and the number of vio-
lations identified. The indicators of the implementation of state land supervision are presented in
the diagrams (Fig. 1, 2).
Unauthorized occupation of land plots
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
legal entities citizens officials
2016 2017
Fig. 1
Based on the above diagrams, we can conclude that the number of violations of land legis-
lation has increased. In order to achieve high efficiency of state land supervision, I think it nec-
essary to prevent an increase in violations by citizens, the more it is necessary to strengthen
measures to control the elimination of violations of land legislation.
133
Fig. 2
An important task of increasing the effectiveness of measures of state land supervision is to

identify contemporary problems, the conditions of their origin, to apply new forms and methods
of work, and also to modernize existing ones.
Thus, summing up the analytical review and analysis of problems in the implementation of
state land supervision, the following areas of research in this area should be formulated:
1. Development of proposals for improving the mechanism and regulatory framework for
the implementation of state land supervision;
2. Application of new forms and methods of work, as well as modernization of those al-
ready available to improve the conduct of state land supervision;
3. Optimization of the organization and implementation of state land supervision. Research
in these areas will lead to effective organization and implementation of state land supervision
and, as a consequence, an effective system of land administration, since its important link is state
land supervision, since the implementation of activities for its implementation is aimed at
achieving the main goal of land management – rational use and protection of land.
LITERATURE
1. Russian Federation. Laws. The Land Code of the Russian Federation. The law of Russian Fed-
eration of October 25, 2001 № 136-FZ. – URL: Consultant Plus.Legislation.VersionProf (ed. from
07.03.2016).
2. On the approval of the Administrative Regulations of the Federal Service for State Registration,
Cadastre and Cartography for the execution by the Federal Service for State Registration, Cadastre and
Cartography of the State Function for the Implementation of State Land Surveillance min. economy. de-
velopment of Russian Federation of 20.07.2015 № 486. – URL: ConsultantPlus.Legislation.VersionProf
3. URL: https://www.rosreestr.ru
134
ANALYSIS OF THE MARKET OF LAND PLOTS

FOR INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT
IN THE DALNEVOSTOCHNIY ECONOMIC DISTRICT
FOR THE 1ST QUARTER 2018
V.Y. Petrova, V.A. Sinenko

This article deals with the analysis of the market of land plots for industrial development in the
Dalnevostochniy economic district for the 1st quarter 2018. It is known that land plots located in one eco-
nomic district have various price of offer which besides location is influenced by many other factors. The
number of offers depends on consumer activity and demand in the market.
Key words: real estate, land plots for industrial development, Dalnevostochniy economic district,
prices, analysis, real estate market.
Prices of offers of land plots for the corresponding period in the regions which are the part
of this economic district have been analyzed for the analysis of the market of land plots for in-
dustrial development in the Dalnevostochniy economic district for the 1st quarter 2018:
– Sakha (Yakutiya);
– Yevreyskaya avtonomnaya oblast;
– Kamchatkiy krai;
– Chukotkiy avtonomniy okrug;
– Primorskiy krai;
– Khabarovskiy krai;
– Amurskaya oblast;
– Magadanskaya oblast;
– Sakhalinskaya oblast.
As a result of the analysis have been revealed that the market of land plots for industrial
development in the district is not sufficiently developed and it is characterized by low de-
mand, consumer ability and the limited number of offers for the corresponding type of the real
estate.
It should also be noted that offered for sale land plots for industrial development are scat-
tered in the Dalnevostochniy economic district unevenly.
The number of offers in the regions (%) relative to the total volume of offered for sale land
of land offered for sale is shown in the Fig. 1 below.
As can be seen from the figure above, significant share of the total volume of offer is oc-
cupied by land plots for industrial development in the Kamchatkiy krai (34,1%) and the Amur-
skaya oblast (28,0%).
Primorskiy krai is behind them (12,2%).
The share of land plots in other regions is insignificant and is less than 10% of the total
volume of offer.
Land plots for industrial development for the relevant period was not revealed in the Chu-
kotkiy avtonomniy okrug (0%).
The structure of the offer of the market of land plots for industrial development by regions
is shown in the Fig. 2 below.
135
Chukotkiy
avtonomniy
okrug – 0,0%
Sakha (Yakutiya) – 4,9%
Magadanskaya
oblast
– 3,7%
Khabarovskiy
krai –34,1% Kamchatkiy krai – 6,1%
Amurskaya
oblast –
28,0%
Sakhalinskaya oblast – 2,4%
Yevreyskaya avtonomnaya obl. –

8,5%
Primorskiy krai – 12,2%
Fig. 1. Number of offers for the sale of land plots for industrial development
in the Dalnevostochniy economic district, %
Fig. 2. The structure of the offer of the market of land plots for industrial development by regions, %
The price of offer is influenced by many factors. The most significant from the point of
view of pricing within the same region are:
– location (city, town, hamlet, village, etc.);
– area;
– physical characteristics (size, shape of land plot, relief, etc.);
– type of the right for land plot (property, rent);
136
– engineering arrangement (power supply, water supply, Sewerage, gas supply, heating);
– availability of transport routes;
– location of relatively large motorways;
– legal regulation (easements, protective zones, etc.).
The price situation in the market of land plots for industrial development in the Dal-
nevostochniy economic district is shown in the table below.
Table 1
The mean price of the offer of 1 sq.m of land plot
Offer price, rub.

№ Region Administrative center
min max mean
1 Sakha (Yakutiya) Yakutsk 83 1220 618
2 Yevreyskaya avtonomnaya oblast Birobidzhan 70 750 337
3 Kamchatkiy krai Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 250 2778 1679
4 Chukotkiy avtonomniy okrug Anadyr – – –
5 Primorskiy krai Vladivostok 108 2500 759
6 Khabarovskiy krai Khabarovsk 128 2468 787
7 Amurskaya oblast Blagoveshchensk 162 1750 765
8 Magadanskaya oblast Magadan 100 1111 520
9 Sakhalinskaya oblast Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk 590 1500 1045
The land plots located in the administrative centers of the analyzed regions have been ex-
cluded from selection as the prices of offers in these settlements are much higher than the prices
of offers of the parcels of land located in other settlements.
Accounting of such land plots in selection will lead to a significant price dispersion and a
high error in determining the mean price of the offer.
It should also be noted that accuracy of the obtained data depends on the total volume of
the offer. Thus, the more offers of land sale are revealed in the region, the more correct it is pos-
sible to determine mean price of the offer.
Due to the lack of relevant data in Chukotkiy avtonomniy okrug for the 1st quarter 2018,
this region was not considered in the further analysis of the market of land plots for industrial
development in the Dalnevostochniy economic district.
The ratio mean prices for land plots for the analyzed period is shown in the figure below.
Fig. 3. Mean prices for land plots for industrial development for the 1st quarter 2018, rub/sq.m
137
The mean price for 1 sq.m of land plots showed an ambiguous condition of the market.
Khabarovskiy krai is leading in price, where the average offer price was 1679 rub./sq.m. Slightly
below the offer price in Sakhalinskaya oblast – 1045 rub./sq.m.
The cheapest are land plots in Yevreyskaya avtonomnaya oblast (337 rub./sq.m) and Ma-
gadanskaya oblast (520 rub./sq.m).
The offer price in other regions is approximately at the same level in the range of 618 –
787 rub./sq.m.
The range of areas of the analyzed land plots is shown in the table below.
Table 2
The range of areas of the land plots
Area, sq.m
№ Region Administrative center
min max
1 Sakha (Yakutiya) Yakutsk 3000 225 000
2 Yevreyskaya avtonomnaya oblast Birobidzhan 1100 50 000
3 Kamchatkiy krai Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 100 48 000
4 Chukotkiy avtonomniy okrug Anadyr – –
5 Primorskiy krai Vladivostok 200 25 000
6 Khabarovskiy krai Khabarovsk 1000 500 000
7 Amurskaya oblast Blagoveshchensk 100 20 000
8 Magadanskaya oblast Magadan 1000 9000
9 Sakhalinskaya oblast Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk 1200 10 000
Distinctive feature of land plots for industrial development in comparison with land plots
that have other permitted uses is a wide range of areas. This is due to the fact that the analyzed
land plots can be used both for construction of capital construction projects of a small area (for
example, garages), construction of linear facilities (for example, railway tracks), and for con-
struction of large industrial and warehouse complexes.
LITERATURE
1. Internet portal for placing ads «Avito.ru».

2. Base of real estate «Cian.ru».
3. Official site of the Ministry of Economic Development of Russian Federation. – URL: http://
economy.gov.ru
DYNAMICS OF CHANGES IN THE PRICES OF APARTMENTS

IN MOSCOW OVER THE PAST 5 YEARS BY COUNTY
V.Y. Petrova, V.A. Sinenko

The article is devoted to the consideration of changes in the market value of apartments in the dis-
tricts of Moscow with equal characteristics. The study period changes in the cost of housing – January
2014 – January 2018. In the article the dynamics of the market value of the apartments.
Key words: value, market value, real estate market, evaluation of apartments.
138
In accordance with the Federal law № 135-FL of 29.07.1998 «on valuation activities in the
Russian Federation», the market value of the valuation object is the most likely price at which
the valuation object can be alienated in the open market in a competitive environment, when the
parties to the transaction act reasonably, having all the necessary information, that is when:
– one of the parties to the transaction is not obliged to alienate the object of evaluation and
the other party is not obliged to accept the execution;
– the parties to the transaction are well aware of the subject matter of the transaction and
act in their own interests;
– the object of evaluation is presented to the open market in the form of a public offer typi-
cal of similar objects of evaluation;
– the transaction price represents a reasonable remuneration for the object of evaluation
and enforcement of the transaction in respect of the parties to the transaction with someone's
party was not;
– the payment for the valuation object is expressed in monetary terms.
Over the past 5 years, the secondary market in prices and structure showed significant
changes, but the volume of supply has not changed. Almost any advantage of the apartment
gives an increase in price. Even due to less significant advantages (e.g. built-in kitchen, dish-
washer, etc.) sellers raise the price. Now, at best, this increases liquidity, but the price is not af-
fected or affects slightly. The main characteristics that increase the price are: proximity to the
subway, repair, the material of the walls of the house, the view from the window, the floor loca-
tion, which increases / decreases the cost of the apartment by an average of 15%. Since this arti-
cle deals with the dynamics of apartments with equal characteristics that have not changed for
5 years, such parameters as: repair, the material of the walls of the house, the view from the win-
dow were not taken into account. Since January 2014 until today, was built the following metro
stations: 2014 – Bitsevsky Park, downtown, forest Park, Spartacus, Troparevo; 2015 Kotelniki,
Rumyantsevo Technopark; 2016 – Salar, station CIP; 2017 – Lomonosovskiy Prospekt,
Ramenki, Minsk, station, CIP, 2018 – scheduled opening of metro stations.
To assess the market value of the apartments are the main parameters in Table 1.
Table 1
№ Title Feature
1 Accessibility to metro 10 minutes walk
2 The material of the walls of the house panel house
3 Floor location middle floor
4 The condition good
5 Number of rooms 2
6 The total area of object, sq. m 55
7 The total area of kitchen sq. m 8
In Table 2 and fig. 1, taking into account these characteristics, the price change from 2014
to 2018 in rubles.
According to the data presented above, it is clear that prices (in rubles) for apartments
show generally negative dynamics. Significant changes have occurred in the last 2 years. In the
districts of NEAD, EAD, SEAD, SAD, SWAD, NWAD price drop today was about 12% relative
to January 2014, the NAD of minus 8% compared to January 2014, WAD was awarded an in-
crease of 2% over the period.
Since the dollar ranged from 32,6587 to 72,9299, the dollar price change averaged. –
50 per cent during the period under review (Table 3).
Fig. 2 illustrates the change in the dollar exchange rate.
The price change in dollars is reflected in Table 4 and Fig. 3.
139
Table 2
District/Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

North-Eastern administrative district 9 467 434 9 679 814 9 079 376 8 603 870 8 276 857
Eastern administrative district 9 015 571 9 032 642 8 731 907 8 179 911 7 968 468
South-Eastern administrative district 8 691 086 8 606 412 8 173 510 7 730 352 7 460 022
Southern administrative district 8 864 273 8 849 497 8 512 706 8 132 395 7 721 015
South-Western administrative district 10 709 583 11 245 766 11 052 468 9 751 556 9 395 368
Western administrative district 13 834 867 15 406 896 15 416 336 15 862 685 14 086 310
North-West administrative district 10 263 675 10 387 034 9 629 500 9 404 334 9 161 515
Northern administrative district 10 295 544 10 440 701 10 150 703 9 660 146 9 442 822
Fig. 1
Table 3
Title 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

USD 32,6587 56,2376 72,9299 60,6569 57,6002
Fig. 2
140
Table 4
District/Year 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

СВАО 289 347 177 481 128 403 140 151 143 025
ВАО 275 537 165 615 123 489 133 245 137 696
ЮВАО 265 620 157 800 115 592 125 922 128 910
ЮАО 270 913 162 257 120 389 132 471 133 420
ЮЗАО 327 310 206 193 156 307 158 846 162 353
ЗАО 422 826 282 488 218 022 258 392 243 413
СЗАО 313 682 190 448 136 183 153 190 158 312
САО 314 656 191 432 143 554 157 357 163 173
Fig. 3
The main factor in the formation of market prices – the willingness of people to pay the re-
quested amount. And it depends on their purchasing power, as well as what they consider ade-
quate in the current situation. Therefore, when forecasting prices, it is very important that buyers
think about it. In the housing market, there are still expectations of lower prices, and the fall is
due to the fact that the volume of demand for secondary housing is significantly lower than the
supply. Now supply exceeds demand by 2,5%.
The average duration of the exhibition today is about 3 months, as sellers are more willing
to go to the discount. But there are sellers who, not wishing to reduce prices to a level that suits
buyers, prefer not to sell the apartment now.
Many buyers are in no hurry to purchase housing, as they expect further price declines. In
addition, the decline in the Central Bank's key rate has led to a decrease in mortgage rates, and
many buyers hope that rates will continue to decline. Buyers often take a wait-and-see attitude.
In the secondary market, they can monitor the market for about a year and decide to buy when
they find a suitable option at an attractive price.
LITERATURE
1. Federal law № 135-FL dated 29.07.1998 «On appraisal activities in the Russian Federation».
2. The Federal valuation standard «General valuation concepts, approaches to valuation and the re-
quirements for evaluation» (FVS № 1), approved by the Order of Ministry of economic development of
Russia from 20.05.2015 № 297.
3. The Federal valuation standard «The purpose of valuation and types of value» (FVS № 2), ap-
proved by the Order of Ministry of economic development of Russia from 20.05.2015 № 298.
141
4. The Federal valuation standard «Requirements for evaluation report» (FVS № 3), approved by
the Order of Ministry of economic development of Russia from 20.05.2015 № 299.
5. The Federal valuation standard «Real estate appraisal» (FVS № 7), approved by the Order of
Ministry of economic development of Russia from 25.09.2014 № 611.
6. Leifer L.A. Directory of real estate appraiser. – M., 2016.
7. Harrison H.C. Evaluation of real estate: Translation from English. – M.: RIO Mosobluprpoli-
grafizdata, 1994. – 231 p.
8. URL: https://www.cian.ru
9. URL: http://www.cbr.ru
10. URL: https://www.irn.ru
APPLICATION OF INDEX IMAGES TO DETERMINE

THE QUALITATIVE CHARACTERISTICS OF FORESTS
N. Mounzer
State University of Land Use Planning
Satellite images are now relatively accessible, operational, visual and the most reliable car-
tographic information which reflecting real conditions constantly changing. In this regard, the
problem of creating a system of space monitoring, monitoring the state of forests and movement
of forest products, is extremely important [4].
The main purpose of this research is to explore and discuss the possibilities of using index
images as a tool for assessing the status of forest areas and monitoring changes.
A special feature of vegetation and its state is the spectral reflectivity, characterized by
large differences in the reflection of radiation of different wavelengths. Knowledge of the rela-
tionship between the structure and the state of vegetation with its spectrally spectral reflectivity,
makes it possible to use satellite images for mapping and identification of vegetation types and
their status [3].
The reflection of the vegetation cover in the red and near infrared regions of the electro-
magnetic spectrum is closely related to its green phytomass.
In order to quantify the state of vegetation, it is widely used vegetation index.
The vegetation index is an indicator calculated as a result of operations with different spec-
tral ranges based on remote sensing data in order to determine the vegetation parameters in a par-
ticular pixel image.
Accordingly, these indices are determined by the features of object reflections. The ration-
ale for using vegetative indices is that some mathematical operations with different spectral
bands can provide useful information about vegetation, and the effectiveness of their use is con-
firmed by a lot of empirical data [5].
Currently there are about 160 vegetation indices. They are selected experimentally (em-
pirically), based on the features of the spectral reflectivity curves of vegetation and soils.
The most popular and commonly used vegetation index. – NDVI normalized relative index
of vegetation.
The NDVI calculation is based on the two most stable sections of the spectral reflection
curve of plants. In the red region of the spectrum (0,6–0,7 μm) there is a maximum absorption of
solar radiation by chlorophyll in plant, and in the infrared region (0,7–1,0 μm) occurs the maxi-
mum reflection. That is, high photosynthetic activity (associated, as a rule, with dense vegeta-
tion) leads to less reflection in the red region of the spectrum and greater in the infrared. The ra-
tio of these indicators to each other allows you to separate and analyze plant objects from other
142
natural objects. The use of a normalized difference between the minimum and the maximum of
reflections increases the accuracy of the measurement, reduces the influence of such phenomena
as differences in the illumination of the image, clouds, haze, the absorption of radiation by the
atmosphere, etc.
NDVI is calculated using the following formula:
where NIR – reflection in the near infrared region of the spectrum;

RED – reflection in the red region of the spectrum.
As a result, the NDVI values change from -1 to 1 [1].
Study area. For our research was chosen the areas of Latakia, in Syrian Arab Republic.
This territory is one of the most forested in the country (Fig. 1) [2].
Fig. 1
In the course of practical work, the goal was to assess the state of forest areas in the study
area, and monitor changes. The input data for the study were multispectral space imagery of the
average resolution of Landsat 5, 7,8 for the period (from 2009 to 2016).
The work was done using ENVI Software.
First two images of the research area were combined into one mosaic.
Before processing the image, it must be prepared, because the image is in its original state.
The radiometric calibration of the image is performed. (Initially, each pixel stores a value in the
form of digits (Digital Numbers) that have no physical meaning. The radiometric calibration
procedure converts these values to spectral energy brightness).
Next, the effect of the atmosphere should be eliminated. For this, an atmospheric correc-
tion was done.
After the preparation of the images, the NDVI index was calculated, which characterizes
the status of the green mass. The smaller value of the index means the worse state of vegetation.
Red and near infrared bands were used for this index.
Then, the objects of the image were classified according to the NDVI index.
143
The results of the static analyzes were exported to EXCEL.

Results:
1. Based on the results of the classification, we realize that the vegetation cover takes
NDVI values from 0,4 to 1.
2. From the analysis of the diagram of changes in the area of the forest cover with a certain
value of NDVI in different years, it can be concluded that there are insignificant changes in areas.
3. Areas of forests with dense vegetation corresponding to NDVI values of 0,8–1 in the
study area occupy a small part of the territory.
4. Areas of forests with sparse vegetation corresponding to NDVI values of 0,4–0,5 occupy
most of the territory.
Conclusions:
1. The analysis found that the time series of NDVI average values allow us to estimate
long-term dynamics of forests.
2. To detect the changes that occurred within a certain period of time, it is possible to ob-
tain a difference image of NDVI indices for two periods.
3. The development of the work involves the inclusion of additional parameters to describe
the change in NDVI during the growing season, the use of additional terrestrial field data, the
analysis of data for several growing seasons.
Diagrams of the change in the area of the forest cover with a certain value of NDVI
in different years for different qualitative states
144
Diagrams of the change in the area of the forest cover with a certain value of NDVI
in different years for different qualitative states
145
LITERATURE
1. Antonina S.G. The use of index images in detecting changes in multitemporal satellite images //
Interexpo Geo-Siberia. – 2015. – № 1. – P. 67–70.
2. Syrian Geographic Regions. – Adel Abdel Salam, Damascus, 1990.
3. Cherepanov A.S., Druzhinina E.G. Spectral properties of vegetation and vegetative indices. –
M.: Geomatika, 2009. – № 3 (4). – P. 28–32.
4. Cherepanova E.S., Devyatkov S.Yu. Use of the vegetation index (NDVI) as a method for moni-
toring the state of forest resources in the Perm Territory // Sat. sci. tr. – Perm, 2008. – P. 155–166.
THE ACCURACY OF ORTHOPHOTOS,

OBTAINED FROM IMAGES FROM UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLES
A.A. Baranov, L.A. Gavrilova, A.N. Limonov
The use of unmanned aerial vehicles as carriers of surveying equipment is actual for to-
day. They have clear advantages in relation to other types of carriers of aerial survey cameras:
surveying in hard-to-reach places; economic feasibility in comparison with satellite image ac-
quisition.
However, alongside with advantages there are also disadvantages. The main one is the in-
stability of the flight of the aircraft, which causes a variety of scales and the swing angles of the
photos, which affect the instability of the image base, which, in turn, makes it difficult for the
optical correlator to perform an automatic search for tie points.
With the development and improvement of UAV (unmanned aerial vehicles) designs, pho-
togrammetric processing programs are being developed to generate orthophotos. In this work we
used a digital photogrammetric workstation «Photomod 6 lite», developed by the company «Ra-
curs», which allows automatic search of tie points, as well as anaglyphic method of stereo proc-
essing, which makes it possible to edit 3D points.
The main task is to generate an orthophoto of the terrain at a scale of 1:5000 with the sub-
sequent estimation of the positional accuracy of the orthophoto production.
The aim of the paper is to study the positional accuracy of the orthophoto production from
images obtained with UAV, realized in two ways:
1) absolute – from the difference in coordinates of the triangulation points and measured
on the orthophoto;
2) relative – by the difference in the lengths of linear objects on the orthophoto and infor-
mation on these objects contained on the public cadastral map (Fig. 1).
Initial data were images obtained on the territory of the Moscow region. Due to the limita-
tion of the lite version, only 19 images were transferred.
Aerial photography was carried out using the UAV (unmanned aerial vehicle) Irkut-10.
To perform aerial survey, a calibrated digital camera SIGMA-DP2S was used.
On-board GPS equipment and an aerial camera provide the photo center coordinates.
For each image, the exterior orientation elements are determined: the photo center coordi-
nates, rotation parameters of exterior orientation; exposure time.
To solve the task set in the work, the following types of research were performed:
– the classical technological scheme of orthophoto production on aerial images is consid-
ered;
146
Fig. 1. The block adjustment
– the orthorectification of images obtained with UAV is presented, considering the features
of image acquisition and metric properties. In the presented technological scheme at the stage of
photogrammetric triangulation, the search for tie points is carried out automatically. The use of
exterior orientation parameters, determined in flight, and their further refinement, using a large
number of tie points, allows the photogrammetric triangulation without ground control. This fact
significantly reduces the time and cost of orthophoto production (Fig. 2);
Fig. 2. The technological scheme of orthophoto production
147
– a regular digital terrain model is generated using the photogrammetric method, with a
pre-calculated grid, depending on the terrain slopes and the parameters of the camera. For the
given territory, parameters of surveying and scale of the generated plan the grid of the regular
DTM was 20 m (Fig. 3);
Fig. 3. DTM (digital terrain model) grid
– orthorectification of five images, combined into a single orthophoto (Fig. 4);
Fig. 4. Integrated orthorectificated images in the Geomosaic Program
– the accuracy testing of orthophoto is estimated in two ways:

1) absolute – from the difference in coordinates of the triangulation points and measured
on the orthophoto (Table 1);
148
Table 1
RMSE (roof mean square error) = 1,2 m
2) relative – by the difference in the lengths of linear objects on the orthophoto and infor-
mation on these objects contained on the public cadastral map (Table 2).
Table 2
RMSE = 0,43 m
149
The study showed, that images, obtained from the Irkut-10 UAV with a digital camera
Sigma-DP2S with a focal length of 24,2 mm in a scale of 1:33000, may produce orthophotos in
accordance with the accuracy of the scale of 1:1700 and smaller. In this case, the error in deter-
mining the translation parameters of EO (exterior orientation) should be no more than 0,2 m, for
rotation parameters of exterior orientation – 0,005º (18 <).
The given errors of the exterior orientation parameters make it possible to carry out photo-
grammetric processing without image georeferencing, which considerably reduces the costs of
orthophoto production.
LITERATURE
1. Limonov A.N., Gavrilova L.A. Methodical instructions for the work in the DPW «Talca» / State
University of Land Use Planning. – M., 2010. – 42 p.
2. Limonov A.N., Gavrilova L.A. Applied photogrammetry: Textbook for high schools. – M.:
Akademproject, 2016. – 256 p.
3. Limonov A.N., Gavrilova L.A. Photogrammetry and remote sensing: Textbook for high schools. –
M.: Akademproject, 2016. – 297 p.
THE OPTIMIZATION OF ORTHORECTIFICATION

OF SPACE IMAGES
V.V. Ivanov1, L.A. Gavrilova2

1
State Educational Establishment of Higher Education
2
Objective: to investigate the dependence of orthophoto accuracy of open access space im-
agery from the Google Earth program on the number of literature points and their relative posi-
tion along the image field.
Two variants of the location of the control points were considered: along the border of the
settlement to check the accuracy of the rectification within the designated area and the location
along the border of the settlement and 1 point in the center of the settlement. In the experiment,
in both cases, from 4 to 8 literature points were selected, for the second case, necessarily with
1 point in the settlement.
The main task was to determine the errors in the planned coordinates of the control points
under the linear method of transforming the space image and to determine the dependence of the
accuracy of the conversion on the number of literature points.
A linear transformation is called a similarity transformation or homothety, and:
– if ,then there is a stretching (increase) of the objects of the plane at a time;
– if , then compression (decrease) in k times;
If , then the transformation is the identity.
If less than zero, then in addition to stretching/compression/immutability, vectors change
direction, and points are displayed symmetrically relative to the origin.
When there is a so-called zero transformation.
The transformation stretches the objects of the plane in the direction of the vector
(horizontal) 2 times.
150
Additional minus signs will result in a mirror image of the objects (relative to the ordinate
or origin axis);
– this transformation rotates the vectors of the system counter-
clockwise by an angle .
The transformation transforms a unit square with vertices
into a parallelogram with vertices .

From the above it follows that in the basis of any square matrix «two by two» there
corresponds some linear transformation, and vice versa, every linear transformation has its own
matrix «two by two». And this fact is valid for any affine basis , and the same linear trans-
formation in different bases will have in the general case different matrices (which follows from
the very principle of the formation of these matrices) [1].
To carry out the experiment, literature points and control points are necessary on the terri-
tory of the scientific and educational base Gornoye, well-identified on space images of 2015 and
on aerial photos of 2004.
To obtain the coordinates of literature and control points, several methods can be used:
geodetic, cartographic and stereophotogrammetric, which was used.
On the territory of the scientific and educational base «Gornoye» were selected aerial pho-
tos that make up a 3 × 2 block. According to the photos, block phototriangulation was con-
structed and equalized in the DPW «Talca». The coordinates of the control and literature points
were calculated from the phototriangulation for further use in the study.
The main part of the experiment was conducted in the «Novaya Zemlya» software com-
plex, which consists of Vector and Vinkar programs.
In the program «Vector» on the raster image of a space image, control and literature points
were identified in its coordinate system, the geodetic coordinates of which were determined from
phototriangulation by aerial photos in the DPW «Talca». After that, the vector image of the
points with coordinates in the image coordinate system was exported to the Vinkar program, in
which the image was transformed linearly.
Results. Taking into account the peculiarity of the polynomial method of equalization, the
experiment was set up to determine the dependence of the accuracy of orthorectification of space
images on the number and relative position of the literature points.
The following results were obtained from 4 literature point.
Table 1
Summary error values and the scope of the plans
Control points Dmin, m Dmax, m Dср, m 1:Mmin

4 1,46 6,91 4,19 1:8380
4+1 1,11 6,84 3,93 1:7860
5 0,8 6,24 3,74 1:7480
5+1 0,38 6,19 3,35 1:6700
6 0,8 6,24 3,74 1:7480
6+1 0,38 6,19 3,35 1:6700
7 0,63 6,74 5,52 1:11040
7+1 0,78 6,74 3,52 1:7040
8 0,63 7,2 5,86 1:11720
8+1 0,9 7,88 3,74 1:7480
151
Fig. 1. Dependence of error in planned coordinates on the number of literature points and their location
As can be seen from the results of the study, the linear method of rectification the space
image gives better accuracy at the control points by using 5–6 literature points along the perime-
ter of the transformation zone with the addition of 1 literature point in the central part of the
processing area.
But with the increase in the literature points to 8, the accuracy begins to deteriorate. It is
important to note that the literature points in the number 5 and 6 with one point in the central part
of the image give the same result Dcp = 3,53 m.
LITERATURE
1. Copyright mathprofi.ru, Alexander Emelin, 2010–2018.

2. URL: https://studfiles.net/preview/1938346/page:7
3. Limonov A.N., Gavrilova L.A. Methodical instructions for the work in the DPW «Talca» / State
University of Land Use Planning. – M., 2010. – 42 p.
4. Limonov A.N., Gavrilova L.A. Applied photogrammetry Textbook for high schools. – M.:
Akademproject, 2016. – 256 p.
5. Limonov A.N., Gavrilova L.A. Photogrammetry and remote sensing Textbook for high schools. –
M.: Akademproject, 2016. – 297 p.
AESTHETICS OF PARK BRIDGES:

INNOVATIVE METHODS OF DESIGN AND MATERIALS
T. Meer

Many small bridges are required crossing over rivers, streams, different waterways, ravines or other
physical obstacles in the garden or park. The description of the main types of garden and park bridge con-
structions is given. The article outlines the importance for designers to address the issues of park spaces
aesthetics by the means of various forms of Park Bridge construction and its structural solution applying
innovative materials, enhance the role of advanced composite materials use for new bridges construction in
152
the park and recreation areas, the advantages of all-composite bridge structures installation in landscap-
ing. This paper describes composite bridge design approach for the small spans of bridges.
Key words: park bridges; garden bridges; bridging; types of garden bridge; innovative materials;
advanced composite materials; all-composite bridge; small span bridges.
Introduction. A bridge is an essential part of the Park environment. Bridge is a means by

which a road, pathway or other service is carried over an obstacle such as a river, valley, and
other road line.
Bridges range in size from very modest boardwalk over a brook or mud, to the short spans
over a small river. Examples of bridges crossing wide estuaries do not relate to this study.
Appearance is naturally crucial for the smaller bridges in landscape architecture, so as a
landmark structure, Garden or Park Bridge provides a striking, iconic sight. In all cases the
bridge structure should harmoniously blend into the natural landscape environment. The designer
will consider the appearance of the basic elements, which make up his landscaping bridge, the
superstructure and the substructure, and choose proportions which are appropriate to the particu-
lar circumstances considered.
The use of composites often helps the designer to select proportions that are aesthetically
pleasing. Small Bridges are an essential part of the park environment. For example, there are more
than 300 historic park bridges in the palace and park ensembles of St. Petersburg, which are the
subject of the world cultural heritage protection. A lot of small bridges being constructed each year
as reconstruction, replacements or additions. Many of these new bridges use composites as the
principal structural elements because it is an economic and speedy form of construction.
The paper describes the general use of composite bridges and all-composite bridge struc-
tures in the landscape industry and discusses the considerations to be made in designing them.
The purpose of the study is to consider modern trends in the landscape bridge design on the
basis of advanced domestic and foreign experience.
The target of research is modern garden and park bridges.
The research subject is the innovative foot-bridges forms and materials.
The research method presents the analysis of modern experience in practice of Park
Bridges aesthetic building and design.
Materials and methods. When we discover a bridge in the park area, we pay attention to
its form, span, material and travel location. There is a wide variety of structural forms available
to the designer bridge types but each essentially falls into one of four groups:
1) beams (and girders);
2) trusses;
3) arches;
4) suspensions (Fig. 1) (Köthe R., 1996).
Fig. 1. Main types of bridge structures
153
Beam bridges are often used in the park, they span short distances, easy to install, no built
in supports like other types have, and the only supports are provided by piers. The simplest and
cheapest solution is provided by wooden bridges, usually used in parks with a natural environ-
ment over small streams or cavins. For the better appearance, hunchbacks bridges are con-
structed, big attention is payed to the handrail architectural design (Fig. 2).
Beam bridge Truss bridge
Arch bridge Suspension bridge
Fig. 2. Examples of different types bridges in the park
The most common structure in the park is arch system. Ancient arch park bridges were
made of natural stone, modern – of concrete or reinforced concrete, the surface of arch bridge
can be dressed masonry, stone-lined or faced with tiles. In natural parks, in places with dense
vegetation, simple stone bridges are often constructed, with primitive architectural treatment that
compliments well to the surrounding landscape.
Truss system can be used in parks in mountainous terrain, the under-floor space of such
structures is increased in comparison with the beam systems. They are currently of little use be-
cause of high cost and specificity (Fig. 2).
Suspension bridges (Fig. 2) can be divided into suspended and cable stayed girder bridges.
Suspension type of bridge is known as a rope bridge due to its historical construction from rope.
These rope bridges must be renewed periodically owing to the limited lifetime of the materials
(Fig. 3). Simple suspension bridges, for use by pedestrians, are still constructed using wire rope and
sometimes steel or aluminum grid decking, rather than wood. In modern bridges, such materials are
used instead of fiber rope as: wire rope, chain, and special-purpose articulated steel beams (Fig. 4).
154
Fig. 3. Jurong Bird Park. Fig. 4. Vancouver, Canada –

Rope suspended bridge Capilano Suspension Bridge Park
According to the material, park bridges are often made of reinforced concrete, concrete and
stone, less common are wooden and metal bridges.
Sometimes the features of one type are incorporated into another so that the final bridge is
a hybrid (Fig. 5, 6) (Baus U., Schlaich M., 2007).
The development of new materials that have increased performance and functionality of
Garden and Park bridges has become a major driver of innovation in recent years. One of these
innovations is the advanced composite material for new bridge construction (Tang M.C., 2007).
Fig. 5. Example of unusual hybrid type – Fig. 6. Example of unusual hybrid type –
beam + truss beam + arch
These materials are not new but have been used only by the defense and aerospace indus-
tries until the mid 1990’s. Bakelite was the first fiber-reinforced plastic invented in 1909 (FRP).
FRP composites were later used in World War II in the construction of British Spitfires and have
since been developed extensively for use in the automotive, marine and aviation industries.
However, in the last few decades their potential has begun to be recognised in the construction
industry too and advances are now rapidly being made in this field.
Results and discussion. Initially, the use of FRP’s in bridges was restricted mainly as non-
structural elements. Then, during the 1970’s and 1980’s, the Swiss Federal Laboratories for Ma-
terials Research undertook a lot of research and development work in the area of the strengthen-
ing of reinforced concrete bridges using both glass, carbon and aramid fiber reinforced polymers.
However, the first world’s major advanced composite footbridge was constructed in 1992
(Aberfeldy footbridge in Scotland), and then, the first entirely FRP bridge in Surrey, 1995
(Bonds Mill Lifting bridge, UK) (Skinner J.M., 2009).
155
Sustainability is a key-issue for the design of bridges including composite bridges. Sus-
tainable design suggests the environmently-oriented design, which takes into account the bridge
structures impact on the environment and make maximal save of the resources use (John G.,
Clements-Croome D., Jeronimidis G., 2005; Nefedov V.A., 2002). The most important sustain-
ability indicator for bridges is durability with its effect on life cycle costs for an intended service
life of about 100 years.
So, we can resume, that the benefits of composite bridge decks include:
1) high mechanical;
2) durability, corrosion and fatigue resistance;
3) lightweight, composite decks typically weigh 80 percent less than cast-in-place concrete
decks;
4) rapid installation;
5) competitive life cycle cost, due to significantly lower maintenance requirements and a
longer overall service life;
6) long service life.
One of the latest research advances in the use of composites, applicable to bridges, is the
use of nano-materials which often have properties dramatically different from their bulk-scale
counterparts. For example, nanocrystalline copper is five times harder than ordinary copper with
micrometer-sized crystalline structure. The development of such materials could have dramatic
effects on the constructability of the ability to cross environmentally sensitive sites (Kim Y.,
2014).
Conclusion. Innovation in the field of the park and garden bridge object includes new
forms, new architectural solutions, and new special designation. As to park bridges design – such
constructions are imposed on the big aesthetic requirements. According to the material, scheme
and general appearance they should blend well with the surrounding landscape. In urban parks
bridges should have a smart appearance, with a good architectural design and decoration: faced
massive elements, beautiful handrails, sculptures, vases, lamps etc. In the parks designated for
recreation, bridges should have a calm appearance, merging with the surrounding nature. Ap-
proaches to park bridges should be well landscaped.
The use of moulded structural composite materials for the bridge decks became an integral
part of the design concept. The industry is gradually moving from the demonstration phase to
acceptance of composites for these applications. Hundreds more pedestrian bridges containing
FRP components such as decks, beams, trusses, rebar, grid, tendons, cables, or panels have been
built in the last 10 years.
The steps in the design procedure for a composite plate girder park bridge superstructure
start from the choosing an initial outline arrangement, then the design rules are applied to ana-
lyse the form and details the individual elements of the bridge.
LITERATURE
1. John G., Clements-Croome D., Jeronimidis G. Sustainable building solutions: A review of les-
sons from the natural world // Building and Environment. – 2005. – № 40. – Р. 319–328.
2. Yail K. Advanced Composites in Bridge Construction and Repair. – 1st еd. – Publ. Woodhead
Publishing, 2014. – 356 p.
3. Нефедов В.А. Ландшафтный дизайн и устойчивость среды. – СПб, 2002. – 295 с.
4. Райнер Кёте. Мосты – М.: Слово, 1996. – 48 с.
5. Skinner J.M. A critical analysis of the Aberfeldy footbridge, Scotland // Proceedings of Bridge
Engineering 2 Conference, 2009. – Bath, UK: University of Bath, 2009 – Р. 48.
6. Tang M.C. Evolution of Bridge Technology // IABSE Symposium Report. – 2007. – Р. 38–48.
7. Baus U., Schlaich M. Footbridges. – Birkhauser Verlag AG, 2007. – 255 p.
156
OPERATIVE ASSESSMENT OF THE QUALITY

OF THE GEODETIC NETWORK BY THE INVERSE LINEAR-ANGLE
RESECTION PRODUCED BY AN ELECTRONIC TOTAL STATION
I.V. Goryainov
The application of the inverse linear-angular resection to assess the quality of the geodetic network.
Is considered the practical importance and convenience of this technique is estimated. The fieldwork is
minimized, complicated post-processing of the results of measurements is eliminated. An algorithm for esti-
mating the accuracy of the inverse linear-angle intersection is given, which explains the principal possibility
of identifying «weak» points. The interrelation of errors in the initial data, coordinates and heights of the
station being determined is studied. The reliability and quality of the results obtained are verified experi-
mentally. The minimum possible number of points is determined to estimate the quality of the network relia-
bly. The proposed methodology does not require high qualification of performers, a large number of spe-
cialized equipment and is carried out by one or two specialists, depending on the configuration of the net-
work and the method of fixing geodetic signs. The course of the experiment on the scientific and educational
base «Gornoye» of State University of Land use planning is described. Recommendations are given on as-
sessing the quality of a geodetic network by constructing inverse linear-angled resection.
Key words: inverse linear resection, instrument, accuracy, residual deviation, coordinates, alti-
tude, geodetic network, horizontal and vertical justification of Agronomy complex.
In the practice of geodetic support for the construction of agricultural facilities, specialists
periodically face the problems: acceptance of the geodetic feasibility study, breakdown of the
main axes and support for the construction of the agro-technical complex. It is clear that the basis
for accurate geodetic work is a high-quality, reliable backbone network. Before the surveyors,
the task arises of accepting the points of the plan-altitude justification from specialized organiza-
tions, including checking the mutual position of the points of the network. The classical process
of assessing the quality of the geodetic base is significantly stretched in time. It is necessary to
carry out a large number of control measurements and compare them with the literature values.
So much of the time the surveyor does not naturally have. In the construction of agricultural in-
frastructure, as a rule, one specialist works with the minimum number of tools required: an elec-
tronic total station, a milestone, a tripod and a laptop. During the construction period, the load on
the regular survey of the stability of the geodetic foundation is additionally placed on the sur-
veyor: with extensive displacement of the ground masses, and especially during the seasonal
freezing of the ground, significant shifts in the points of the plan and height take place.
The construction of agricultural complexes from prefabricated metal structures lined with
sandwich panels has now spread widely (Fig. 1). The installation of metal structures significantly
increases the requirements for the quality of the geodetic network. All this indicates the need for
other more rapid methods of checking the mutual position of the points of the network immedi-
ately before the work.
Algorithms laid down in the electronic total station by manufacturers allow such work to
be performed. It is known, that the electronic total station, based on the results of the inverse lin-
ear angular resection, displays an estimate of the accuracy of the notch and the magnitude of the
so-called residual deviations at the starting points (Fig. 2, 3).
Mathematical apparatus for assessing the accuracy of resection is very interesting as well.
It allows you to take into consideration the accuracy of measurements and the accuracy of the
original data simultaneously. In [1] and [2], an estimate of the accuracy of the inverse linear an-
gular intersection and the corresponding explanatory diagram are given (Fig. 4).
157
Fig. 1. Construction of agro complex from metal structures and sandwich panels
Fig. 2. Assessment of the accuracy of the planned position of the station,

determined by the inverse linear-angle intersection
Fig. 3. The magnitude of the residual deviations at the starting points
Calculations of the error in determining the station coordinates are made using the follow-
ing formula:
, (1)
, (2)
, (3)
k – the coefficient received from 0,5 to 2,0, depending on the distance from the literature point to
resection station;
Δ Xi, Δ Yi – residual deviation corresponding to the original points.
158
Legend:
3
– Actual position of the source starting point
– Station position with stable literature points, no errors in their coordinates and no measurement error
Fig. 4. The estimation of the accuracy of the inverse linear angular resection
Based on this method of calculating the errors of the station coordinates, it is legitimate to
assume the possibility of estimating the stability of the network by its results. It is necessary to
check the reliability of detecting substandard items practically on the standard network and con-
firm the validity of the proposed assumptions. For this purpose, we had an experiment on the
scientific and educational base «Mining» of State University for Land Use Planning. The net-
work diagram is shown in Fig. 5.
At the beginning of the experiment, the literature coordinates and heights of 10 initial
points were determined. From ten points with the literature coordinates, the inverse linear angu-
lar intersection was performed. The values of the residual deviations from the resection results
were fixed. Then, the spatial position of one of the starting points was changed by the set value
(the 1st distant point was displaced by 5 mm along and 5 mm across the axis of sight). Next, a
series of resections were made, in which the number of starting points varied from 10 to 2. As an
example, from a large number of observations, deviations are reported for the outermost point by
value of 5 mm along the X axis and 5 mm along the Y axis (Table 1).
In the left columns of Table 1, the values of the residual deviations from the results of the
OLS for the literature literature points (column without displacements) are located. In the first
line (highlighted in bold and bold) there are deviations from the point that has lost stability. From
Table 1 it is obvious that for residual deviations, it is possible to assess the quality of the network
and determine the «weak» points. The values of the residual deviations on them differ signifi-
cantly from the remaining values.
159
Fig. 5. The scheme of the network on the basis of «Gornoye»
Table 1
Evaluation of the quality of the original datum of the resection results
Number Without
10 pt 9 pt 8 pt 7 pt 6 pt
of points offset
Dimension X Y X Y X Y X Y X Y X Y
of deviations mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1 0 0 -5 -1 -5 -1 -5 -1 -5 -1 -5 -1
2 0,1 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
3 0 0,1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
4 0 0,2 0 1 0 -1 0 -1 0 -1 0 -1
5 0 0,2 0 3 0 -3 0 -3 0 -4 0 -4
6 -0,5 0,7 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -3 -1 -2
7 0 0,3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
8 0 0,1 1 1 1 0 1 0
9 -0,1 0 0 1 0 0
10 -0,1 -0,6 -1 0
Number
5 pt 4 pt 3 pt 2 pt
of points
Dimension X Y X Y X Y X Y
of deviations mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
-5 -1 -5 -1 -5 -1 -3 -1
1 0 2 0 1 0 0 2 1
2 0 1 0 0 0 -2
3 0 -1 0 -1
4 0 -4
5 -1
6
7
8
9
10
160
As can be seen from the table, it is possible to determine the stability estimate assessment.
Based on the results of the experiment, the following conclusions can be made.
Conclusions:
1. With an increase in the number of starting points, the reliability of determining the
«weak» point.
2. To estimate the stability of the initial geodetic base, the number of starting points must
be three at least.
LITERATURE
1. Manual on practical work. – URL: http://trl.trimble.com/docushare/dsweb/Get/Document-406

433/SC_Design%20of%20backsight%20point%20configuration%20in%20resection%20setup.htm (date
Treatment: 25.03. 2016).
2. Manual on practical work. – URL: http://trl.trimble.com/docushare/dsweb/Get/Document-
406441/TechTip%20-%20Survey%20Controller%20Software%20-%20Weights%20in%20Resection%20-
English.htm (date Treatment: 25.03.2016).
DYNAMICS OF THE CHANGE IN PRICE OF THE LAND PLOTS

FOR INDIVIDUAL HOUSING CONSTRUCTION
IN THE MOSCOW REGION
IN 2016 IN COMPARISON WITH 2015
V.Y. Petrova

This article is devoted to the analysis of prices of the land plots for individual housing construction
(IHC) in the Moscow region in 2016 in comparison the same period last year. Because of current social
and economic situation in the country the real estate market comes under negative impact of a macroeco-
nomic situation, prices of the land plots are falling. These tendency of the market are caused by decrease
of the inflation rate, assets of the banking sector, reduction of prices of oil, export and import of goods,
reduction of the income in the federal budget, growth of volume of public debt.
Key words: value, real estate, law, market value, cadastral value, land plots, prices, dynamics,
analysis.
It is known that real estate market, including the land market, directly depends on social
and economic situation in the country. Therefore, the crisis in Russia which has begun in 2014
has exerted considerable impact on real estate market as a whole.
On the basis of the above, the analysis of prices of the land plots for IHC in the Moscow
region in 2016 in comparison with 2015, and also influence of crisis on this sector has been car-
ried out.
According to analysts' estimates, prices in the corresponding market segment were (Tab-
le 1, 2).
The Rublevo-Uspenskoye direction is still leading at price (328–2370 thousand rub./hund-
redth of a hectare). Kievskoye (128–525), Minskoye (133–900) and Rizhskoye (120–745) direc-
tions are conceding him.
161
Table 1
Prices of the land plots for IHC in 2015
Direction/Range of prices Distance from the Moscow Ring Road, kilometer

(thousand rubles/ < 15 15–30 3050
hundredth of a hectare*) min max mean min max mean min max mean
Dmitrovskoye 349 704 526 179 473 326 64 252 158
Yaroslavskoye 315 746 531 152 510 331 67 203 135
Schelkovskoye 194 534 364 152 367 259 97 194 146
Nizhegorodskoye 212 479 346 146 376 261 61 206 133
Kazanskoye 237 601 419 130 367 249 67 149 108
Kashirskoye 297 607 452 124 376 250 79 188 133
Simferopolskoye 337 594 466 249 382 315 76 273 174
Kievskoye 461 804 632 255 607 431 143 364 253
Minskoye 497 1049 773 303 613 458 152 358 255
Rublevo-Uspenskoye 1213 2214 1714 473 940 707 376 607 491
Rizhskoye 340 880 610 194 740 467 136 479 308
Leningradskoye 237 601 419 140 352 246 118 261 190
*
– recalculation at the dollar exchange rate on 31.12.2015.
Note: The table is made by the author according to the information and analytical bulletin of the real estate market RWAY.
Table 2
Prices of the land plots for IHC in 2016
Direction/Range of prices Distance from the Moscow Ring Road, kilometer

(thousand rubles/ < 15 15–30 30–50
hundredth of a hectare) min max mean min max mean min max mean
Dmitrovskoye 305 610 458 164 425 295 58 225 142
Yaroslavskoye 288 630 459 138 440 289 64 180 122
Schelkovskoye 175 440 308 139 331 235 84 176 130
Nizhegorodskoye 185 554 370 135 340 238 58 190 124
Kazanskoye 215 523 369 130 331 231 59 135 97
Kashirskoye 263 528 396 106 340 223 75 173 124
Simferopolskoye 290 525 408 220 340 280 72 245 159
Kievskoye – – – 231 525 378 128 326 227
Minskoye 430 900 665 260 540 400 133 325 229
Rublevo-Uspenskoye 1218 2370 1794 415 815 615 328 555 442
Rizhskoye 293 745 519 181 655 418 120 425 273
Leningradskoye 250 695 473 125 320 223 110 238 174
Note: The table is made by the author according to the information and analytical bulletin of the real estate market RWAY.
If the Nizhegorodskoye direction (61–479 thousand rub./hundredth of a hectare) were the

cheapest in 2015, it was replaced by the Schelkovskoye direction (84–440) in 2016.
The following parameters exert influence on price of land plots:
– prestigious district;
– infrastructure;
– natural surroundings including forests and water objects (the rivers, lakes, ponds, reser-
voirs, etc.);
– ecology;
– land relief;
– landscape;
– transport availability (personal and public transports), etc.
162
Prices of the land plots for IHC in 2015 and 2016 are presented in pictures below.
Fig. 1. Prices of the land plots in 2015 (thousand rub./hundredth of a hectare)
Fig. 2. Prices of the land plots in 2016 (thousand rub./hundredth of a hectare)
The ratio of prices of land plots for the analyzed period is presented in the picture below.
Fig. 3. The ratio of prices of land plots in 2015 and 2016 (thousand rub./hundredth of a hectare)
163
Dynamics of prices in directions and remoteness from the Moscow Ring Road has shown
an ambiguous condition of the market as it doesn't show an accurate tendency. The Rublevo-
Uspenskoye direction to 15 km from MKAD was the stablest where price for one year has
changed by 4,7 percentage points (from 1714 to 1794 thousand rub./hundredth of a hectare).
Price of the Leningrad direction to 15 km from the Moscow Ring Road has significantly
grown (by 12,9 pp) and was 479 thousand rub./hundredth of a hectare. However the most part of
land plots has shown negative dynamics of prices.
Data are presented in the table below.
Table 3
The ratio of prices in 2016 to prices in 2015
The ratio of prices in 2016 to prices in 2015, distance from the Moscow Ring Road
Direction
< 15 km 15–30 km 30–50 km
Dmitrovskoye -13,1% -9,7% -10,3%
Yaroslavskoye -13,5% -12,6% -9,6%
Schelkovskoye -15,5% -9,4% -10,7%
Nizhegorodskoye 6,9% -8,9% -7,1%
Kazanskoye -11,8% -7,3% -9,9%
Kashirskoye -12,5% -10,9% -7,1%
Simferopolskoye -12,5% -11,2% -9,1%
Kievskoye – – -12,2% -10,4%
Minskoye -14,0% -12,7% -10,1%
Rublevo-Uspenskoye 4,7% -13,0% -10,1%
Rizhskoye -14,9% -10,5% -11,5%
Leningradskoye 12,9% -9,4% -8,2%
Negative dynamics is caused by influence of various factors. As a result of crisis there

were following changes in the field of economy:
– According to official data of the Ministry of Economic Development in 2016 consumer
inflation in Russia has decreased and has amounted 5,4%, on average for one year consumer
prices have grown by 7,1% (in 2015 – 12,9% and 15,5% respectively);
– Decrease in assets of the banking sector continues to decline for 2016 receipt of the in-
come in the federal budget in comparison with 2015 was reduced;
– The total volume of public debt as a whole for 2016 has increased by 157,89 billion ru-
bles (by 1,4%);
– There was a reduction of prices of oil. The average price for oil in 2016 was 41,7 $/barrel
which is 18,6% lower than the same period of 2015 (51,2 $/barrel);
– Export and import of goods have also been reduced: export from 341,5 to 279,2 billion $,
import from 193,0 to 191,4 billion $. Decrease was 18,2 and 0,8% respectively;
– Despite the current social and economic situation in the country, positive factors are also
noted: Strengthening of ruble (according to official data of the Central Bank of Russian Federa-
tion dollar exchange rate on 31.12.2016 is equal 60,6569, for similar date last year it was
72,8827);
– GDP amounted 85 880,6 billion rubles in 2016. Decline in GDP was slowed down to
0,2%;
– Insignificant increase in the labor force due to the growth in the number of employed
people was recorded in the labor market in December, 2016;
– For 2016 the real wage has increased, according to preliminary estimate, by 0,6%.
164
LITERATURE
1. The information and analytical bulletin of the real estate market RWAY № 250, 262.
2. Official site of the Ministry of Economic Development of Russian Federation. – URL: http://
economy.gov.ru
STATE CADASTRAL REGISTRATION OF IMMOVABLE PROPERTY

IN THE TERRITORY OF THE REPUBLIC OF BURYATIS
D.A. Skosyrsky

State cadastral registration of real estate – the introduction of the Unified State Register of
property of land plots, buildings, structures, buildings, parking places on the objects of unfinished con-
struction, on united real estate complexes, and in the cases established by federal law, and on other
objects, which are firmly connected with the land, that is, the movement, which without disproportion-
ate damage to their purpose is impossible (further also – real estate objects), which confirm the exis-
tence of such an object of real estate with the characteristics to define it as an individual things, or
confirm the termination of its existence, as well as other provided by the present Federal law on real
property information.
Key words: state cadastral, law, litigation, federal law, reliability of source information, the pro-
cedure of the cadastral registration.
Quite often, the owners have problems in trying to sell real estate, register an inheritance
for it, exchange it, donate it, etc. because of the lack of necessary information in the cadastral
register.
Modern management of cadastral registration allows people not only to register their prop-
erty rights, but also to fix the precise boundaries of the land plots, which will help to avoid land
disputes with its neighbors.
The procedure of the cadastral registration is quite simple and does not take much time,
and after the entry into force of the new Federal Law № 218 from 13 July 2015 «On state regis-
tration of real estate» has become even easier.
Now the owners of real estate can not only put the object on the cadastral register, but at
the same time register the rights to this property, which significantly helps to save the applicant's
time.
Since 01.01.2017 Rosreestr has become the only registering agency. The employees of this
service register all real estate objects, and the territorial departments of this service also accept
applications and afterwards hand them over to the main agency.
The list of objects that are subject to state registration has expanded, now not only individ-
ual real estate objects but also entire property complexes are subject to registration, and subsoil
areas have been excluded from this list of facilities.
In order to put the property on the register, it is necessary to write an application of the es-
tablished form and submit it to the relevant authorities, as well as attach documents to it:
1. A copy of the identity document of the applicant.
165
2. Copies of documents confirming the ownership.

3. Technical plan of the building/premises/facilities.
4. Delimitation plan (if accounting is conducted with respect to land plots).
5. Copies of documents confirming the category of land and permitted use.
If the documents do not find errors or discrepancies and if they are correctly issued, the
procedure takes no more than 10 days. If inaccuracies are detected, the process time can signifi-
cantly increase.
There are also cases when the registration may be refused, the reasons for this include:
1. Impossibility of identification.
2. Wrong written application (errors, corrections, lack of signature).
3. Payment of the fee (if within 5 days, from the day of filing the application by the citizen,
information on the payment is not sent to the accounting agency, the documents and the applica-
tion will be returned).
Following the results of the accounting, the owner receives a cadastral certificate and a ca-
dastral statement, which records changes that have occurred since the last registration. The appli-
cant receives these documents personally only with identification documents.
Unfortunately, the residents of Barguzin district still do not have the opportunity to put
their property on the register and register the right to it at the same time, because while in the
area the departments involved in the cadastral service are still working on the basis of Federal
Law № 221 of July 24, 2007 «About state real estate cadastre «.
In this area, the main department to which you can apply is «Barguzin District Committee
of Property Relations».
The district consists of 1 urban the settlement of Ust-Barguzin and 9 rural settlements:
– Adamovo rural settlement;
– Barguzin rural settlement;
– Bayangol rural settlement;
– Suvo rural settlement;
– Ulyun rural settlement;
– Uro rural settlement;
– Chitkan rural settlement;
– Hilgana rural settlement;
– Yubileyniy rural settlement.
The Republic of Buryatia includes 9 districts:

– Barguzin district;
– Bauntovo district;
– Bichura district;
– Dzhidinsk district;
– Erawa region;
– Zaigraevsk district;
– Zakamensk district;
– Ivolginsk district;
– Kabansk district.
According to the consolidated data of the state budget institution «Information Technolo-
gies Center of the Republic of Buryatia» registered land plots from 2014–2016 was 13 952, the
number of capital construction objects. – 11 284. During the same period, land parcels were re-
moved – 60, objects of capital construction – 0.
166
In this connection, the author has studied the procedure for conducting state cadastral ac-
counting for capital construction projects in the territory of the Republic of Buryatia from 2014
to 2016.
So in Bounta district:
Fig. 1. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Bounta district
Fig. 2. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Bounta district
When analyzing the procedure for cadastral registration and making changes to the infor-
mation of the real estate cadastre for the year 2014, a smaller percentage of the registered real
estate objects (51%) was revealed as compared to 2016 (62,81%).
167
In Bichura district:
Fig. 3. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Bichura district
Fig. 4. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Bichura district
When analyzing the procedure for cadastral registration and making changes to the real es-
tate cadastre data for the Bichur district for the year 2014, a lower percentage ratio of the regis-
tered real estate objects (92,93%) compared to 2016 (93,42%) was revealed.
168
In Dzhidinsk district:
Fig. 5. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Dzhidinsk district
Fig. 6. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Dzhidinsk district
mation on the real estate cadastre for the Dzhidinsky District in 2016, a higher percentage of reg-
istered real estate objects (66,08%) was revealed than for the year 2014 of the registered real es-
tate objects (61,56%).
169
In Erawa region:
Fig. 7. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Erawa region
Fig. 8. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Erawa region
mation on the real estate cadastre for the Eravinsky District in 2016, a higher percentage of regis-
tered real estate objects (77,75%) was revealed than for 2014 of the registered real estate objects
(68,03%).
170
In Zaigraevsk district:
Fig. 9. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Zaigraevsk district
Fig. 10. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Zaigraevsk district
mation of the real estate cadastre for Zaigraevsky district in 2014, a lower percentage of regis-
tered real estate objects (69,57%) compared with 2016 (73,84%) was revealed.
171
In Zakamensk district:
Fig. 11. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Zakamensk district
Fig. 12. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Zakamensk district
mation on the real estate cadastre for the Zakamensky District for 2014, a lower percentage of
registered real estate objects (52,38%) was revealed compared to 2016 (63,42%).
172
In Ivolginsk district:
Fig. 13. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Ivolginsk district
When analyzing the procedure for cadastral registration and making changes to the real es-
tate cadastre data for the Ivolginsky District in 2016, a higher percentage of registered real estate
objects (78,4%) was revealed than for 2014 of the registered real estate objects (65,87%).
173
In Kabansk district:
When analyzing the procedure for cadastral registration and making changes to the information
on the real estate cadastre for the Kabansky district in 2016, a higher percentage of registered real
estate objects (69,13%) was revealed than for 2014 of the registered real estate objects (66,01%).
174
In Barguzin district:
Fig. 17. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Barguzin district
Fig. 18. The procedure for conducting state cadastral in Barguzin district
Total for the Barguzinsky district, when registering for cadastral registration and making
changes to the real estate cadastre data for 2016, a higher percentage of registered real estate ob-
jects (64,11%) was revealed than for 2014 of the registered real estate objects (51,25%).
175
In Barguzinsky district cadastral registration of land plots is carried out as follows:

– Land plots are being formed on the basis of schemes for locating plots on the cadastral
plan of the territory;
– The scheme is approved on the basis of the decision of the Administration of the Munici-
pality of Barguzin District or a decision of the local government;
– Based on the scheme, the cadastral engineer prepares a land delimitation plan, then it is
submitted to the cadastral chamber;
– The citizen must apply for the allocation of land under Article 39,15 of the Land Law-
book of the Russian Federation, as well as provide a copy of the passport, the scheme of the land,
indicate the purpose and use of the land;
– When approving the scheme of the land plot, the distribution of this plot is decided by
auction or without distribution;
– If the decision is made to carry out the sale of the plots for trading, then they are put up
for auction;
– After receiving the cadastral passport, the citizen again writes the application and con-
cludes the lease agreement, or perpetual use, or the repayment of the land plot.
LITERATURE
1. Russian Federation. Laws. The Civil Code of the Russian Federation. 2004.
2. Russian Federation. Laws. Land Code of the Russian Federation. Federal Law of 25.10.01,
№ 136 (rev. and ext. from 01.05.2016).
3. Russian Federation. Laws. On State Real Estate Cadastre: the Federal Law of 24.07.2007
№ 221-FZ // legal system «Garant».
4. Russian Federation. Laws. On state registration of real estate: the Federal Law of 13.07.2015
№ 218-FZ // legal system «Garant».
5. Official Website of Federal Service for State Registration, Cadastre and Cartography Rosreestr //
http://www.rosreestr.ru
THE USE OF UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLES

ON THE EXAMPLE OF PHANTOM 4 (STANDARD)
FOR CALCULATING THE VOLUMES OF GROUND MASSES
M.V. Aleshin

The use of unmanned aerial vehicles on the example of Phantom 4 (standard) for calculating the
volumes of ground masses.
Key words: digital terrain model (DTM), unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV), volume of ground mas-
ses, aerial surveying, topographic surveying.
The report is devoted to the analysis of the use of unmanned aerial vehicles in solving land
survey problems and in particular when calculating the volume of ground masses. The report
presents a comparison of the two methods for DTM generation. Namely, the DTM generation as
a result of photogrammetric processing of images obtained during aerial surveying with UAVs
176
and a more traditional method of ground surveying using a modern total station. Obviously, the
main criterion for the quality of the generated DTM is the accuracy of the spatial coordinates of
its points. In the most cases, the topographic plan of the terrain at a scale 1:500 is used as the ba-
sis for the DTM. As there are no official instructions and methods for creating topographic plans
using UAV, it becomes necessary to justify the possibility or impossibility of using them for this
type of work, and in consequence for calculating the volumes of ground masses. An experiment
was conducted within the framework of the study, the results of which are represented in this re-
port.
Objectives of the study:
– to generate a digital terrain model as a result of photogrammetric processing of images
obtained with a UAV;
– to generate DTM based on topographic surveying of the terrain;
– to compare the accuracy characteristics of the two models.
Object of the study. For the experiment, a small site of the terrain was chosen in the terri-
tory of the Teply Stan landscape reserve. An area of 2150 m2 represents a slight slope in excess
of 9 m (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1
First of all, it was necessary to create a geodetic literature network on the site. The coordi-
nates of the end points were determined in an arbitrary coordinate system, while the magnetic
azimuth of this direction was taken as the grid azimuth of the line 1000–2000.
In order to evaluate the accuracy characteristics of the DTM generated as a result of photo-
grammetric processing, it was decided to place targets on the surface of the site in the form of
crosses. Crosses were printed on sheets of A4 paper. The coordinates of the centers of the
crosses were determined as a result of a geodetic surveying by a total station.
As it was already said, the DTM generation is traditionally performed as a result of topog-
raphic surveying of the terrain at a scale of 1:500 according to the instruction (Instruction on to-
pographic surveying at scales 1:5000, 1:2000, 1:1000 and 1:500, Moscow «NEDRA» 1982). The
Leica TS09 + 5 total station was used to carry out topographic survey. The centers of crosses
were used as the pickets. The processing of field measurements was carried out in the program
«Credo 3.1» As a result of the processing, the spatial coordinates of all the pickets were ob-
tained. From the program Credo the picket coordinates were exported to the «txt» format and
later downloaded to the «AutoCAD» program for DTM generation.
Before aerial surveying it was necessary to calculate its parameters in order to provide the
preset accuracy of spatial coordinates of the pickets of DTM. The results of calculation in several
177
variants are given in Table 1. Many parameters are explained by the technical capabilities of the
UAV itself. A large overlap is chosen to minimize the effect of distortion, since in this way only
the central parts of the images can be used in processing. Movement of the UAV along the flight
strip occurs along the short side of the image, which length is 3000 pixels.
Aerial surveying was carried out from unmanned aerial vehicle Phantom 4 (standard) with
digital camera DJI FC300 with principal distance 3,60 mm.
Table 1
Aerial survey parameters
lx (y) (pix) Px (%) mh (m) mx; y (pix) b (pix) H (m)

1
3000 80 0,05 3 600 10
2
3000 80 0,1 3 600 20
3
3000 80 0,15 3 600 30
As a result of aerial surveying, more than two hundred images were obtained, and after re-
jection, forty images were selected. The photogrammetric processing was carried out in the pro-
gram «Agisoft Photoscan». Before processing, all telemetric data were deleted due to the fact
that it is not possible to convert coordinates from one system to another in the program. Thus,
absolute orientation of DTM was carried out only by literature points. Four points along the pe-
rimeter of the site were chosen as literature points. The remaining targets were taken as check
points. Coordinates of the centers of the crosses obtained as a result of processing in «Agisoft
Photoscan» were compared to the coordinates received by the electronic total station. In Table 2,
residuals are calculated.
Table 2
Comparison Results
Literature coordinates Aerial survey Discrepancies

№
X, m Y, m Z, m X, m Y, m Z, m FX, mm FY, mm FZ, mm
2 993,807 1010,099 99,928 993,820 1010,091 99,926 -13 8 2
3 998,390 1008,644 100,060 998,396 1008,639 100,073 -6 5 -13
4 1002,465 1005,733 100,125 1002,462 1005,722 100,112 3 11 13
12 991,212 1024,876 101,332 991,199 1024,881 101,323 13 -5 9
13 996,128 1024,131 101,505 996,133 1024,124 101,495 -5 7 10
14 1002,530 1023,519 101,677 1002,523 1023,533 101,701 7 -15 -24
15 1008,355 1022,246 101,590 1008,369 1022,234 101,569 -11 12 21
16 1013,298 1021,259 101,379 1013,312 1021,269 101,395 -14 -10 -16
29 1007,565 1043,659 105,279 1007,573 1043,662 105,263 -8 -3 18
30 998,938 1045,244 105,657 998,923 1045,253 105,653 15 -9 4
31 991,550 1046,457 105,510 991,538 1046,465 105,525 12 -8 -15
32 999,320 1051,816 107,053 999,317 1051,829 107,069 3 -13 -16
33 1009,465 1052,068 107,281 1009,463 1052,081 107,295 2 -13 -14
34 1021,207 1045,024 105,611 1021,213 1045,023 105,599 -6 1 12
39 1024,030 1056,547 107,871 1024,041 1056,560 107,852 -11 -13 19
As can be seen from Table 2, the residuals of the planned position of the points in some
places reach 15 mm, and the residuals are 24 mm in height, with permissible values of 17 mm.
This indicates the unsatisfactory quality of the DTM generated by the UAV. There are several
factors that influence this result: the unaccounted influence of distortion, the software is designed
for image georeferencing by GPS data, and not by ground support, other factors are possible.
178
This result can be improved by knowing the results of camera calibration and using more flexible
software, for example, Photomod Lite. And if we can get the DTM accuracy which will satisfy
the requirements, it will open great opportunities in the use of UAVs for calculating the volume
of ground masses.
LITERATURE
1. Instruction on topographic survey in scales 1:5000, 1:2000, 1:1000 and 1:500 // NEDRA. – M.,
1982.
2. Limonov A.N., Gavrilova L.A. Applied photogrammetry: Textbook for high schools. – M.: Aca-
demic Project, 2016. – 255 pp. (Gaudeamus: Library of Surveyor and Cartographer).
MAIN GOALS MANAGEMENT OF STATE LAND OVERSIGHT

ON THE TERRITORY OF MOSCOW REGION
I.R. Pertli1, V.A. Sinenko2

1
Russian Federal State University of justice (the Republican party of justice of Russia)
Azov str., house 2, korp. 1, Moscow, 117638
2
Land relations are such a sphere of the society's life activity where citizens and legal entities: own-
ers, land users, lessees and other entities allow a large number of violations of the current legislation.
Identify such violations, punish the perpetrators and ensure the elimination of the consequences of such
violations – these are the tasks that are entrusted to bodies of state power exercising state land supervi-
sion. State land supervision is the activity of federal executive bodies, which are empowered to verify
compliance with the requirements of land legislation. It is also an activity that aims to identify, prevent
and suppress violations by state authorities, local governments, as well as legal entities, their leaders and
other officials, individual entrepreneurs, citizens of the requirements of the legislation of the Russian
Federation.
Key words: land, supervision, land supervision, liability, violations, land disputes, real estate,
land, court, land legislation.
For violation of the legislation of the Russian Federation, administrative and other respon-
sibilities are provided through the organization and conduct of inspections, the adoption of
measures for preventing and (or) eliminating the consequences of violations identified by the
legislation of the Russian Federation, and the systematic monitoring of compliance with the re-
quirements of land legislation, analysis and forecasting of the state Compliance with the re-
quirements of land legislation.
Officials of the Federal Service for State Registration, Cadastre and cartography (hereinaf-
ter referred to as Rosreestr) within the framework of activities and authorities on state land su-
pervision (hereinafter referred to as the «State Inspectorate») carry out timely monitoring of
compliance with:
– the requirements of the land legislation to prevent unauthorized occupation of land plots,
the use of land plots without documents permitting in the cases provided for by the legislation of
179
the Russian Federation the implementation of economic activities, unauthorized cession of the
right to use the land, and also unauthorized exchange of land plots;
– requirements of land legislation on the use of land By purpose;
– the obligation to bring land to a state that is suitable for use by purpose;
– the requirements of land legislation that are related to the mandatory use of land intended
for agricultural production, housing or other construction, for the specified purposes (with the
exception of meeting the requirements associated with the mandatory use of land from agricul-
tural land, the turnover of which is regulated by Federal Law 24.07.2002 № 101-FZ «On the cir-
culation of agricultural land», for agricultural production or implementation Other activities re-
lated to agricultural production);
– requirements on the re-registration by legal entities of the right of permanent (unlimited)
use of land for the right to lease land plots or the acquisition of land plots in ownership;
– requirements for the availability and security of landmark land boundaries;
– the requirements of land legislation by local governments when providing land plots in
state and municipal ownership;
– regulations issued by officials of Rosreestr and its territorial bodies within the compe-
tence, on compliance with the requirements of land legislation and elimination of violations in
the field of land relations.
The implementation of the State Land Surveillance is carried out in the form of:
– scheduled and unscheduled inspections;
– systematic observation of compliance with the requirements of land legislation.
At the same time, systematic observation of compliance with the requirements of land leg-
islation is carried out through an administrative survey of land relations objects, analysis of legal
acts adopted by state authorities and local governments on the use and protection of land and (or)
land plots, as well as in other forms provided for Land legislation;
– Adopting the measures provided for by the legislation of the Russian Federation to sup-
press and (or) eliminate the consequences of the violations identified.
Officials authorized to carry out state land supervision have document forms with the im-
age of the State Emblem of the Russian Federation and a service certificate, the form of which is
established by the order of the Rosregister From 28.11.2013 № P/487 «On the organization of
registration and use of service certificates with a token of officials of the Federal Service for
State Registration, Cadastre and Cartography authorized to exercise state land supervision.»
One of the main forms of protection of violated or disputed rights is judicial protection.
Art. 46 of the Constitution gives everyone the right to seek protection of their rights in court. The
court may be appealed to any decisions and actions (inaction) of state authorities, local self-
government bodies, public associations and officials.
Employees of these state bodies are called state inspectors for the protection and use of
land (hereinafter – the State Inspector).
The state inspector, if there are signs of a land violation, draw up a protocol on an adminis-
trative offense, then an order is issued to eliminate the signs of a land violation, and then passes
the materials to a higher state inspector to decide on bringing to responsibility those responsible
for committing such an administrative land offense.
Based on the results of the inspections, the officials authorized to implement the State Tax
Inspectorate are drafting acts of verification. If, as a result of inspections, violations of the re-
quirements of the land legislation are identified, the inspection orders are accompanied by in-
structions on eliminating the revealed violations, where the terms for eliminating such violations
are indicated. Protocols on administrative offenses or other acts provided for by the legislation of
the Russian Federation in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation on admin-
istrative offenses are drawn up with respect to persons who commit violations.
180
Observations made systematically, for compliance with the requirements of land legisla-
tion are conducted through the administrative survey of land relations objects, the analysis of le-
gal acts adopted by state authorities and local governments on the use and protection of land and
land, as well as in other forms provided for by land Legislation.
Decisions and actions (omissions) of officials of the State Legislative Guards who carry
out scheduled and unscheduled inspections can be appealed in administrative or judicial proce-
dure in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation.
During the analysis and study of the activity of state inspectors on the use and protection of
lands of the Rosreest Office for the Moscow Region, the dynamics of the number of inspections,
the number of violations identified, and the number of administrative charges have been re-
vealed. Such data are presented in Table 1.
Table 1
The dynamics of the activity of state inspectors in the use and protection of lands
of the Office of the Rosreestr for Moscow region
Indicators / Year 2013 2014 2015

Number of checks carried out 6602 7415 6920
Number of violations detected 4918 3922 4090
Number of administrative proceedings 4254 3250 3331
The result of such activities of the Office of Rosreestr in the Moscow Region is the amount
of voluntarily paid fines, which is shown in Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Amount of voluntarily paid fines For land offenses
As a rule, all violations involving unauthorized occupation of land or the use of land plots
without legal title documents established in accordance with the established procedure (Artic-
le 7.1 of the Code of Administrative Offenses of the Russian Federation) and in the use of land
plots not for the intended purpose in accordance with its belonging to a particular category of
land and the permitted use or non-use of land for housing or other construction (article 8.8 of the
Administrative Code of the Russian Federation), entail damage to property of the state, munici-
palities, legal itz and citizens.
So, in the study on article 7.1 of the Code of Administrative Offenses of the Russian Fed-
eration, violations were found: 2015 – 1603 (2014 – 1418).
Under article 8.8 of the Code of Administrative Offenses of the Russian Federation, viola-
tions were found: 2015 – 1203 (2014 – 1357).
181
Information on the response measures taken by the bodies of the State Registry Office of
the Rosreest for the Moscow Region on the facts of the revealed violations, including in dynam-
ics over several years, are presented in Table 2.
Table 2
The dynamics of response measures on the facts of identified land violations
Solution (pcs) / year 2013 2014 2015

Issued and submitted for review 5141 3670 3431
Brought orders for the elimination of violations 3604 2249 1787
Issued submissions for removal 70 40 37
The number of eliminated violations of land legislation for the same period can be seen in
Fig. 2.
Fig. 2. Number of violations resolved Land legislation
During the year 2015, 189 administrative proceedings were contested in court, including
by resolutions passed in 2014, which were satisfied. Some decisions are appealed in court. The
basis for satisfying the claims is mainly the violation of the terms for notifying the person about
the inspection, in rare cases – incorrect qualification of the offense, as well as procedural viola-
tions, insufficient evidence base.
In respect of legal entities, compliance with land legislation is carried out in accordance
with Federal Law № 294-FZ (hereinafter referred to as the Protection Law), pursuant to clause 2
of Article 15, scheduled or unscheduled inspections are not allowed in the absence of an author-
ized representative protection in most cases leads to the inability of the audit authority of OH,
often discernible facts deliberate obstruction by the respective heads of the law the order or re-
quirement of an official body carrying out of OH.
This fact is confirmed by the incitement by officials of the State Tax Administration of the
Rosreest Office for the Moscow Region in 2015, 264 cases of administrative violations under
Part 1 of Article 19.4 and Article 19.4.1 of the Code of Administrative Offenses of the Russian
Federation.
The reduction in the overall indicators for the number of inspections in 2015 compared to
the same period in 2014 is primarily due to the transfer of some of the powers to verify agricul-
182
tural land to the Rosselkhoznadzor authorities, as well as the President of the Russian Federation
on reducing the number of inspections against small and medium-sized businesses.
Within the framework of the agreement between the Office of Rosreestra in the Moscow
Region, the Office of the Federal Tax Service for the Moscow Region and the Office of the
Rosselkhoznadzor for Moscow, the Moscow and Tula Regions, work is under way on the inter-
action of these parties in the application of Article 8.8 of the Code of Administrative Offenses of
the Russian Federation with regard to offenses on agricultural lands. This agreement allowed to
increase the taxable base, in particular for land tax, which, accordingly, increased the level of
income to budgets of various levels.
According to the Office of the Federal Tax Service for the Moscow region in 2015, due to
information on the results of inspections sent to the tax inspectorate Office Rosreestr in the Mos-
cow region, additional tax charges were made. The Office handed over more than 900 decisions
on the imposition of administrative punishments, additional taxation amounted to more than
26 million rubles.
Thus, this agreement has shown its effectiveness, the Office of Rosreestr in the Moscow
region will continue to conduct fruitful work within the framework of this agreement.
Particular attention is paid to the interaction of the Office of Rosreestr in the Moscow re-
gion with the prosecutor's offices, which regularly send information
On the revealed signs of violations of land legislation and give instructions on conducting
unscheduled inspections. In 2015, according to the materials of the prosecutor's office, 361 viola-
tions of land legislation were revealed.
In addition to this, there is also a municipal, industrial and public and control over the use
and protection of land.
LITERATURE
1. Constitution (Basic Law) of the Russian Federation // SZ RF. – 2014. – № 31. – Art. 4398.
2. Land Code of the RSFSR: Resolution of the Supreme Soviet of the RSFSR 25.04.1991 № 1103-1.
Has lost force // Sheets of the SNR and the Supreme Soviet of the RSFSR. – 1991. – № 22. – Art. 768.
3. The RSFSR Code of Administrative Offenses of 1984: Resolution of the Supreme Soviet of the
RSFSR of 20.06.1984. Has lost force // Vedomosti of the Supreme Soviet of the RSFSR. – 1984. – № 27. –
Art. 909.
4. Civil Code of the Russian Federation (Part Two): Federal Law From 26.01.1996 № 14 // SZ RF. –
1996. – № 5. – Art. 410.
5. The Land Code of the Russian Federation: Federal Law № 136 of October 25, 2001 // SZ RF. –
2001. – № 44. – Art. 4147.
6. Code of the Russian Federation on Administrative Offenses: Federal Law № 195 of December
30, 2001 // Ros.gaz. – 2001. – December 31.
7. The Criminal Code of the Russian Federation: Federal Law № 63 of June 13, 1996 (as amended
on 06.07.2016) // SZ RF. – 1996. – № 25. – Art. 2954.
8. Decree of the Presidium of the Supreme Soviet of the USSR of 14.05.1970 «On Administrative
Responsibility for Violations of Land Legislation»: USSR Law From 15.07.1970. Has lost force // Ve-
domosti VS of the USSR. – 1970. – № 29. – Art. 272.
9. On approval of the Regulations on State Land Supervision: Resolution of the Government of
the Russian Federation № 1 of 02.01.2015 (as amended on 12.03.2016) // SZ RF. – 2015. – № 2. –
Art. 514.
10. UR: http://www.rosreestr.ru/ OFFICIAL WEBSITE Federal Service for State Registration, Ca-
dastre and Cartography Rosreestr.
183
DETERMINING THE MARKET VALUE

OF A TWO-ROOM APARTMENT
IN THE CITY OF NARYAN-MAR NENETS AUTONOMOUS DISTRICT
V.Y. Petrova

The article is devoted to changes in the market value of one-bedroom apartments in the city of
Naryan-Mar Nenets Autonomous district for the 3rd quarter. The study period, changes in the cost of
housing – May 2016 – February 2017. In the article the calculation of the market value of the apartment.
Key words: value, valuer, market value, cadastral value, law, litigation, approaches to evaluation,
reliability of source information, real estate market.
The object under study has the following characteristics (Table 1).
Table 1
№ Title Feature
1 Address NAO, Naryan-Mar, St. of Professor Chernov, house 7, apartment X
2 View rights Property
3 Cadastral (conditional) number 83:29:19/001/2007-ХХХ
4 Appointment housing
5 Current use housing
6 Type of housing secondary
7 Condition good
8 The material of the walls of the house block
9 The year it was built 2006
10 Floor location/floors 2/5
11 Number of rooms 2
12 The total area of object, sq. m 61,5
13 Type of bathroom separate
14 The presence of balcony/loggia no
According to section 11 of the Federal valuation standard «General valuation concepts, ap-
proaches and requirements to assess» (FVS № 1), approved by Order of Ministry of economic
development of Russia from 20.05.2015 № 297: «the Main approaches used in the evaluation are
comparative, income and cost approaches. When used in the evaluation approaches should con-
sider not only the applicability of each of the approaches but also the goals and objectives of the
evaluation, the intended use of the evaluation results, assumptions, completeness and reliability
of initial information. Based on the analysis of these factors substantiates the choice of ap-
proaches used by the appraiser».
Due to the fact that the market for rental apartments is penumbral, residential property does
not apply to the income, and use of data about the lease is considered invalid. Given the lack of
reliable information that can predict future income that the facility is able to bring, and related to
the evaluation costs, the income approach was not used.
The cost approach was not applied because the property prices in this segment of the mar-
ket to a lesser extent dependent on the magnitude of replacement cost (the establishment of a
similar building structures), as these costs are not a determining element of the commercial at-
184
tractiveness of a property of this type in contrast to the local features of location, surroundings,
availability of solvent demand and supply.
Taking into account the available market information was used to determine adjustments in
the framework of a comparative approach. When adjusting the unit price comparison (objects-
analogues) all adjustments are made from the object-the analogue to the object of evaluation. At
the stage of collecting and analyzing baseline data were used informational materials real estate
companies, published in print and on the Internet.
The table below lists the objects-analogues, comparable to the object of evaluation (the
valuation date is 01.05.2016) (Table 2).
Table 2
Facility The elements The object- The object- The object- The object- The object-
assessment of comparison analogue 1 analogue 2 analogue 3 analogue 4 analogue 5
Apartment Title Apartment Apartment Apartment Apartment Apartment
Type of hous-
Secondary Secondary Secondary Secondary Secondary Secondary
ing
NAO, Na- NAO, Na- NAO, Na- NAO, Na-
NAO, Na- NAO, Na-
ryan-Mar, ryan-Mar, St. ryan-Mar, St. ryan-Mar, St
ryan-Mar, St ryan-Mar, St
St. of prof. named after named after named after
Location named after named after
Chernov, Captain Ma- Captain Ma- Captain Ma-
V.I. Lenin, V.I. Lenin,
house 7, trosov, hou- trosov, hou- trosov, hou-
house 35 house 38
apartment X se 6 se 8 se 2
The material
Block of the walls of Brick Brick Brick Panel Brick
the house
The total area,
61,5 62 54,2 60 51 64
sq. m
The presence
No of balcony/ No No No Yes No
loggia
Floor location/
2/5 3/5 5/5 5/5 1/5 2/5
floors
Number of
2 2 2 2 2 2
rooms
Type of bath-
Separate Separate Separate Separate Separate Separate
room
Good Condition Good Good Good Good Good
Sale price,
– 5 500 000 4 600 000 5 250 100 4 800 000 5 600 000
rubles
Sale price,
– 88 710 84 871 87 502 94 118 87 500
rubles/sq. m
http://nakluch
ah.ru/Nene
ckiy-AO/
Nar_yan-
http://www.d https://www. Mar/Prodam- https://www.
http://kodutee.
omofond.ru/ avito.ru/nary 2-komnatnu avito.ru/nary
com/naryan-
2-komnatna an-mar/kvar yu-Im-kapita an-mar/kvar
Source of in- mar/sale/apar
– ya-kvartira- tiry/2-k_kvar na-Matroso tiry/2-k_kvar
formation tment/kodu
na-prodazhu- tira_54_m_ va-proezd-2- tira_64_m_
6170234A/20
naryan_mar- 55_et._69588 60-kv-m-na- 25_et._77374
16/04/05/
139334946 0268 5-etazhe-5- 8355
etazhnogo-
kirpichnogo-
doma-adv705
583.html
185
The following is the calculation of the market value comparative approach (Table 3).
Table 3
Object-analogue
The elements of the calculation –
№1 №2 №3 №4 №5
Offer price rubles/ sq. m 88 710 84 871 87 502 94 118 87 500
Adjustment for market conditions % -13,0% -13,0% -13,0% -13,0% -13,0%
(Offer price) rubles -11 532 -11 033 -11 375 -12 235 -11 375
Adjusted price rubles/ sq. m 77 178 73 838 76 127 81 883 76 125
% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0%
Amendment to the location
rubles 0 0 0 0 0
Adjusted price rubles/ sq. m 77 178 73 838 76 127 81 883 76 125
Correction physical characteristics:
% 0,1% -0,7% -0,1% -1,0% 0,3%
Amendment to the area
rubles 39 -537 -114 -855 191
Adjusted price rubles/sq. m 77 216 73 301 76 013 81 027 76 316
% -6,0% -6,0% -6,0% 0,0% -6,0%
Correction for wall material
rubles -4 633 -4 398 -4 561 0 -4 579
% 0,0% 6,4% 6,4% 7,5% 0,0%
The amendment on the floor location
rubles 0 4 398 4 561 6 099 0
Correction for the presence of bal- % 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% -2,5% 0,0%
cony/loggia rubles 0 0 0 -2 180 0
% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0%
Correction for type of bathroom
rubles 0 0 0 0 0
% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0%
The amendment to the state finishes
rubles 0 0 0 0 0
The sum of the modules of the
– 19% 26% 26% 24% 19%
amendments
1/к 0,052500 0,038300 0,039200 0,041500 0,051900
Weight counterparts – 0,2350 0,1714 0,1755 0,1858 0,2323
The weighted average cost rubles/sq. m 75 408
Square sq. m 61,5
The market value of the valuation
rubles 4 638 000
object
The rationale of corrective amendments.

Adjustment for market conditions (Offer price). Discount bargaining was set at the ex-
treme values of bargaining for apartments due to the negative impact of deteriorating macroeco-
nomic conditions on the real estate market (Table 4) [6, p. 81].
Table 4
Discount bargaining,% The average value The extended interval

Prices of objects (off market)
Apartments 7% 4% 13%
Thus, the corrective amendment is adopted at the level (-13%) as the most probable.
Amendment to the location. All of the objects-analogues comparable in location of the
evaluated object, in this connection, the adjustment for location is not required (0%).
186
Correction physical characteristics.

Amendment to the area. As a rule, larger apartments have a lower cost per unit area than
smaller, so in prices of the analogues were introduced corrective amendments.
The following tables show the correction coefficients, reflecting the ratio of prices for
apartments with different size square (Table 5) [6, p. 209].
Table 5
Object analog/object evaluation Less than 65 65–100 100–200 More than 200
Less than 65 1,00 0,96 0,84 0,70
65–100 1,04 1,00 0,87 0,73
100–200 1,19 1,14 1,00 0,84
More than 200 1,42 1,36 1,19 1,00
Given that the evaluated object and the analogues differ in size, we believe it is necessary
for the subsequent calculations to analyze adjustments on the basis of on the basis of correlation
and regression analysis.
Fig. 1
As can be seen from the figure above, the dependence of the rates of supply of apartments
from the area described by the following formula:
у = 1, 0935е-0,001х
Given this dependence, the amendment to the area for objects-analogues is (Table 6).
Table 6
The object of The object- The object- The object- The object- The object-
Name
evaluation analogue 1 analogue 2 analogue 3 analogue 4 analogue 5
The total area, sq. m 61,5 62,0 54,2 60,0 51,0 64,0
The correction factor 1,0283 1,0278 1,0358 1,0298 1,0391 1,0257
Adjustment,% – 0,1% -0,7% -0,1% -1,0% 0,3%
Example calculate the magnitude amendment (object-analogue № 1):
(1,0283/1,0278 – 1) × 100% = 0,05% ≈ 0,1%.
187
Correction for wall material. In the housing market are home monolithic, brick, panel
and block. Characteristics, quality and price of brick houses comparable monolithic and panel –
block [13].
Correction for wall material for analogous objects № 1–3, 5 will be [6, p. 210]:
(-6%) ((0,94 – 1) × 100%).
The amendment on the floor location. As a rule, the apartments, located on the first and
last floor have a lower price per unit area than an apartment, located on the middle floors of a
house. Therefore, prices of analogues were introduced corrective amendments, depending on the
floor location of the subject property.
The amendment was introduced on the basis of the data presented in the table below (Ta-
ble 7) [6, p. 210]:
Table 7
Name Price
Floor location The average value The extended interval
The ratio of unit prices of apartments on the 1 floor to the unit
0,93 0,85 0,98
cost of the same apartment on the middle floor
The ratio of unit prices of apartments on the top floor to the unit
0,94 0,90 0,98
Thus, the amendment to the floor location of analogues will be (Table 8).
Table 8
The object of The object- The object- The object- The object- The object-
Name
evaluation analogue 1 analogue 2 analogue 3 analogue 4 analogue 5
Floor location/floors 2/5 3/5 5/5 5/5 1/5 2/5
The correction factor 1,00 1,00 0,94 0,94 0,93 1,00
Adjustment,% – 0,0% 6,4% 6,4% 7,5% 0,0%
(1/0,94 – 1) × 100% = 6,38% ≈ 6,4%.
Correction for the presence of balcony/loggia. The presence in the apartment balcony
(and/or) the loggia is considered an improvement, and the correction ranges from 0 to 5% [14].
The calculation was made an average value of 2,5% (Table 9).
Table 9
The object The object- The object- The object- The object- The object-
Name
of evaluation analogue 1 analogue 2 analogue 3 analogue 4 analogue 5
The presence of
no no no no yes no
balcony/loggia
Adjustment, % – 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% -2,5% 0,0%
Correction for type of bathroom. The apartment in which the toilet is separate from the
bathroom, claiming for a higher cost than a similar apartment with similar quality characteristics
but with a joint bathroom. The adjustment is an average of 5% of the value of the assessment
[14].
188
Because the objects-analogues, as well as the Object have a separate bathroom, an amend-
ment to the type of the bathroom was not introduced (0%).
The amendment to the state finishes not required. Further, each adjusted price is as-
signed a weight corresponding to the magnitude of the adjustments. The weight value of each
analogue is defined by the formula:
1 / xi
V =
∑ 1 / xi
i
Vi – the value of the weighting factor for the adjusted sales prices;
xi – the sum of the modules of the amendments.
Next, the objects are considered equivalents, comparable to the object of evaluation (date
of evaluation is 01.02.2017) (Table 10).
Table 30
Facility The elements The object- The object- The object- The object-
assessment of comparison analogue 1 analogue 2 analogue 3 analogue 4
apartment Title apartment apartment apartment apartment
secondary Type of housing secondary secondary secondary secondary
NAO, Nar-
NAO, Naryan- NAO, Naryan-
yan-Mar, St. NAO, Naryan- NAO, Naryan-
Mar, St. named Mar, St. named
of Professor Location Mar, St. Olen- Mar, St. Olen-
after V.I. Lenin, after V.I. Lenin,
Chernov, na, house 10 na, house 8
house 35-B house 41b
house 13
The material of the
block monolithic block panel brick
walls of the house
61,5 The total area, sq. m 61 61,9 55,3 56
The presence of bal-
no no yes no yes
cony/loggia
2/5 Floor location/floors 2/5 2/5 1/5 4/4
2 Number of rooms 2 2 2 2
separate Type of bathroom separate separate separate separate
good Condition good good good good
– Sale price, rubles 5 000 000 5 000 000 4 480 000 4 800 000
– Sale price, rubles/sq. m 81 967 80 775 81 013 85 714
http://tvoyadres.
ru/yamalo-ne
netskii-avto
https://www.av http://nao83.ru/
nomnyi-okrug/
ito.ru/naryan- board/3-proda https://naryan-
naryan-mar/ne
mar/kvartiry/2- zha-kvartir/ mar.kvarnado.
– Source of information dvizhimost/
k_kvartira_61_ 3115-prodam- ru/object/2029
kvartiry/2-kom
m_25_et._9044 dvukhkomnat- 9368/
natnye-kvarti
84356 nuyu-kvartir
ry/novostroiki/
prodazha/ 1418
981
The calculation of the market value of the property as at the valuation date 01.02.2017
given below (Table 11).
The rationale of corrective amendments.
Adjustment for market conditions (Offer price). Discount bargaining was set at the ex-
treme values of bargaining for apartments due to the negative impact of deteriorating macroeco-
nomic conditions on the real estate market (Table 12) [6, p. 81].
189
Table 41
Object-analogue
The elements of the calculation
№1 №2 №3 №4
Offer price rubles/sq. m 81 967 80 775 81 013 85 714
% -8,3% -8,3% -8,3% -8,3%
Adjustment for market conditions (Offer price)
rubles -6 803 -6 704 -6 724 -7 114
Adjusted price rubles/sq. m 75 164 74 071 74 289 78 600
% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0%
Amendment to the location
rubles 0 0 0 0
Correction physical characteristics:
% 0,0% 0,0% -0,6% -0,5%
Amendment to the area
rubles -36 28 -436 -409
% -6,0% 0,0% 0,0% -6,0%
Correction for wall material
rubles -4 277 0 0 -4 450
% 0,0% 0,0% 7,5% 6,4%
The amendment on the floor location
rubles 0 0 5 272 4 450
Correction for the presence of balcony/ % 0,0% -2,5% 0,0% -2,5%
loggia rubles 0 -1 760 0 -1 850
% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0%
Correction for type of bathroom
rubles 0 0 0 0
% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0% 0,0%
The amendment to the state finishes
rubles 0 0 0 0
The sum of the modules of the amendments – 19% 16% 21% 28%
1/к 0,052500 0,064400 0,047300 0,035200
Weight counterparts – 0,2633 0,3230 0,2372 0,1765
The weighted average cost rubles/sq. m 70 408
Square sq. m 61,5
The market value of the valuation object rubles 4 330 000
Table 52
Discount bargaining, % The average value The extended interval

Prices of objects (off market)
Apartments 7% 4% 13%
Thus, the corrective amendment is adopted at the level (-13%) as the most probable.
Amendment to the location. All of the objects-analogues comparable in location of the
evaluated object, in this connection, the adjustment for location is not required (0%).
Correction physical characteristics.
Amendment to the area. As a rule, larger apartments have a lower cost per unit area than
smaller, so in prices of the analogues were introduced corrective amendments.
The following tables show the correction coefficients, reflecting the ratio of prices for
apartments with different size square (Table 13) [6, p. 209].
Given that the evaluated object and the analogues differ in size, we believe it is necessary
for the subsequent calculations to analyze adjustments on the basis of on the basis of correlation
and regression analysis.
190
Table 63
Object analog/object evaluation Less than 65 65–100 100–200 More than 200
Less than 65 1,00 0,96 0,84 0,70
65–100 1,04 1,00 0,87 0,73
100–200 1,19 1,14 1,00 0,84
More than 200 1,42 1,36 1,19 1,00
Fig. 1
As can be seen from the figure above, the dependence of the rates of supply of apartments
from the area described by the following formula:
у = 1, 0935е-0,001х
Given this dependence, the amendment to the area for objects-analogues is (Table 14).
Table 74
The object The object- The object- The object- The object-
Name
of evaluation analogue 1 analogue 2 analogue 3 analogue 4
The total area, sq. m 61,5 61,0 61,9 55,3 56,0
The correction factor 1,0283 1,0288 1,0279 1,0347 1,0339
Adjustment,% – 0,0% 0,0% -0,6% -0,5%
(1,0283/1,0288 – 1) × 100% = -0,05% ≈ 0,0%.
Correction for wall material. In the housing market are home monolithic, brick, panel
and block. Characteristics, quality and price of brick houses comparable monolithic and panel –
block [15].
Correction for wall material for analogous objects № 1, 4 will be [6, p. 210]:
(-6%) ((0,94 – 1) × 100%).
The amendment on the floor location. As a rule, the apartments, located on the first and
last floor have a lower price per unit area than an apartment, located on the middle floors of a
house. Therefore, prices of analogues were introduced corrective amendments, depending on the
floor location of the subject property.
191
The amendment was introduced on the basis of the data presented in the table below (Ta-
ble 15) [6, p. 210]:
Table 15
Name Price
Floor location The average value The extended interval
The ratio of unit prices of apartments on the 1 floor to the unit
0,93 0,85 0,98
The ratio of unit prices of apartments on the top floor to the
0,94 0,90 0,98
unit cost of the same apartment on the middle floor
Thus, the amendment to the floor location of analogues will be (Table 16).
Table 16
The object The object- The object- The object- The object-
Name
of evaluation analogue 1 analogue 2 analogue 3 analogue 4
Floor location/floors 2/5 2/5 2/5 1/5 4/4
The correction factor 1,00 1,00 1,00 0,93 0,94
Adjustment,% – 0,0% 0,0% 7,5% 6,4%
(1/0,93 – 1) × 100% = 7,53% ≈ 7,5%.
Correction for the presence of balcony/loggia. The presence in the apartment balcony
(and/or) the loggia is considered an improvement, and the correction ranges from 0 to 5% [16].
The amendment for object-analogue № 2, 4 (-2,5%).
Correction for type of bathroom. The apartment in which the toilet is separate from the
bathroom, claiming for a higher cost than a similar apartment with similar quality characteristics
but with a joint bathroom. The adjustment is an average of 5% of the value of the assessment [16].
Because the objects-analogues, as well as the Object have a separate bathroom, an amend-
ment to the type of the bathroom was not introduced (0%).
The amendment to the state finishes not required. Further, each adjusted price is as-
signed a weight corresponding to the magnitude of the adjustments. The weight value of each
analogue is defined by the formula:
1 / xi
V = ,
∑ 1/ x
i
i
i
Vi – the value of the weighting factor for the adjusted sales prices;
хi – the sum of the modules of the amendments.
Thus:
– market value of the apartment identified in the framework of a comparative approach on
the valuation date 01.05.2016 is 4 638 000 (Four million six hundred thirty-eight thousand) ru-
bles, VAT exempt.
– market value of the apartment identified in the framework of a comparative approach on
the valuation date 01.02.2017 is 4 330 000 (Four million three hundred thirty thousand) rubles,
VAT exempt.
Based on the foregoing calculations, we can conclude that for 3 quarters of unit price of
one-bedroom apartments in the city of Naryan-Mar decreased by 7%.
192
Table 17
Date of evaluation Sale price, rubles/ sq. m The change in the price for the 3rd quarter,%
01.05.2016 75 408
-7
01.02.2017 70 408
Sale price, rubles/sq. m
Fig. 3. The change in the price for the 3rd quarter
LITERATURE
1. Federal law № 135-FL dated 29.07.1998 «On appraisal activities in the Russian Federation».
2. The Federal valuation standard «General valuation concepts, approaches to valuation and the re-
quirements for evaluation» (FVS № 1), approved by the Order of Ministry of economic development of
Russia from 20.05.2015 № 297.
3. The Federal valuation standard «The purpose of valuation and types of value» (FVS №2), ap-
proved by the Order of Ministry of economic development of Russia from 20.05.2015 № 298.
4. The Federal valuation standard «Requirements for evaluation report» (FVS №3), approved by
the Order of Ministry of economic development of Russia from 20.05.2015 № 299.
5. The Federal valuation standard «Real estate appraisal» (FVS № 7), approved by the Order of
Ministry of economic development of Russia from 25.09.2014 № 611.
6. Leifer L.A. Directory of real estate appraiser. The correction coefficients. – М., 2014.
7. Assessment of real estate: theoretical and practical aspects: Textbook. Approved and recom-
mended for edition of educational and methodical Council of the state property Committee of the Russian
Federation / ed. by V.V. Grigoriev. – M.: INFRA-M, 1997.
8. Real estate appraisal: the Textbook / ed. by A.G. Gryaznova, M.A. Fedotova. – M.: Finance and
statistics, 2002.
9. The market value of real estate: Textbook. pract. The allowance / ed. by V.N. Zarubin, V.M. Rut-
gaizer. – M.: Case, 1998.
10. Friedman D., Ordway N. Analysis and evaluation of income-producing real estate / Translation
from English – M.: Delo Ltd, 1995. – 461 p.
11. Harrison H.C. Evaluation of real estate: Translation from English – M.: RIO Mosobluprpoli-
grafizdata, 1994. – 231 p.
12. Data from the Internet, some of which are literatured in the Report.
13. URL: http://www.prometei-r.ru/services/secondary_habitation/articles/dome_type
14. URL: http://www.ocenchik.ru/docs/1293-correktirovka-realty
15. URL: http://www.prometei-r.ru/services/secondary_habitation/articles/dome_type
16. URL:http://www.ocenchik.ru/docs/1293-correktirovka-realty
193
TECHNOSPHERE SAFETY,
STANDARTIZATION AND METROLOGY
CREATION OF A UNIFIED ELECTRONIC
DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR EXPERT ORGANIZATION
A.A. Ivanova, V.G. Plyuschikov, M.V. Kochneva, Z.D. Meretukov

Features of rendering services in the field of industrial safety, the need for systematization and uni-
fication of the activities of expert organizations were considered, and an electronic system of document
management for expert organizations was proposed.
Key words: industrial safety, expert organization, document management system.
The Internet, the cyber system, electronic resources occupy a huge part in all spheres of our
life today. Almost all information is stored in the cloud, almost everyone has access to countless
databases. Now you can find anything on the Internet. But with the increase of information gain it
becomes more difficult to find the necessary information in this moment. There is a lot of false and
irrelevant data on the Internet, and in general, so much information that it is very difficult to collect
it together, to structure and to use it productively. In addition, many official sources make mistakes
in the documents issued. In this regard, with the development of information, internet technologies,
even greater availability of various kinds of data on the Internet, government, commercial organiza-
tions and individuals need systems that are adapted for specific activities and area.
In this article, I would like to pay attention to the development of such a system for expert
organizations that provide services for the examination of industrial safety.
In accordance with the Federal law of 21.07.1997 № 116-FZ «On industrial safety of haz-
ardous production facilities» industrial safety expertise shall be: documentation of the conserva-
tion, liquidation, technical re-equipment of hazardous industrial object; technical devices used at
hazardous production facilities; buildings and structures at hazardous production facilities; Dec-
laration of industrial safety developed as part of the documentation for technical re-equipment;
safety substantiation of a hazardous production facility, including changes.
From this we can conclude that almost every industrial organization has hazardous produc-
tion facilities, and in accordance with the legislation of the Russian Federation is obliged to carry
out timely examination of industrial safety for a particular object that is part of the OPO. Only
organizations that have the appropriate license have the right to carry out the examination of in-
dustrial safety.
The value of industrial safety of dangerous industrial objects is defined in Federal law 116-FZ
as a condition of protection of vitally important interests of the individual and society against
accidents at hazardous production facilities and consequences. That is, the main purpose of in-
dustrial safety expertise is to ensure safety, which is a priority and a mandatory direction in the
world. In this regard, the provision of reliable and qualitative performance of industrial safety
expertise is a critical issue. By ensuring the implementation of industrial safety expertise in ac-
cordance with all legal requirements, as well as by adding elements of the quality management
194
system, new management tools, a systematic approach, the risk of accidents, incidents and acci-
dents will be minimized.
As one of the new management tools in this area is invited to consider the creation of a
unified electronic document management system for expert organizations, including a set of re-
quired regulatory documents, sample documents, requirements, internal registers, archiving and
storage of documentation, and more.
A single electronic document management system implies the creation of a single Internet
platform, which includes a structured database and programs for each link in the chain of indus-
trial safety expertise services.
In general, the structure of the expert organization can be as follows:
– guide;
– commercial department (sale of industrial safety expertise services- bid team, and sales
department);
– technical department (experts, non-destructive testing specialists, technical specialists).
Schematically.
Each employee of the expert organization has its own duties and sector of tasks that per-
forms.
A single electronic document management system should include blocks with all the nec-
essary information for each post.
In each organization, the structures will be different, but the job responsibilities of the em-
ployees as a whole will be identical as well as overlapping. To unify the system, it is necessary
to duplicate part of the information from one block to another, where there is presumably a dif-
ference in the structure of the organization.
For example, consider what an electronic document management system should include for
experts:
– a list of regulatory documents (a general list, as well as specific for each area of expert
certification)
– list of documents to collect during the diagnosis;
– a list of tests, rules of their conduct and the necessary equipment (for each object of ex-
pertise, respectively);
– sample/model of conclusion of industrial safety expertise (for each object of expertise,
respectively);
– list of equipment, as well as table and certificates of verification of equipment;
– register of contracts;
– register of assignment of internal numbers to EPB conclusions;
– register of the conclusions of the EPB;
– schedule of travel and expenses.
As this system is created, its implementation, practical application, the list will be changed
and updated. The essence is to create a single platform for improving, simplifying and accelerat-
ing the provision of services in the field of industrial safety.
This system should not become mandatory, but it can become an official source of reliable,
relevant and collected in one place for each individual specialist of a single database.
The number of poor-quality diagnostics, refusals to register EPB conclusions in Rostech-
nadzor, appeals with complaints and questions to the supervisory authorities will decrease, the
speed of organization, conducting, writing and recording of industrial safety expert opinions will
increase, the risk of accidents and incidents on the OPO will decrease, etc.
This system is a tool of the quality management system, as its approach is based on a sys-
tematic approach and covers all stages of providing services for the examination of industrial
safety, as well as in general, aimed at improving activities, reducing risks and creating a solid
Foundation for stable and quality work.
195
LITERATURE
1. Federal law of 21.07.1997 № 116-FZ «On industrial safety of hazardous production facilities».
2. The order of Rostekhnadzor of November 14, 2013 N 538 about the approval of Federal regula-
tions and rules in the field of industrial safety «Rules of carrying out examination of industrial safety».
3. Administrative regulations of Rostechnadzor for the provision of state services for the mainte-
nance of the register of industrial safety expert opinions, approved by the order of Rostechnadzor of
23.06.2014 № 260.
4. URL: http://www.gosnadzor.ru
RISK MANAGEMENT IN MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISES
A.A. Ivanova, V.G. Plyuschikov, M.V. Kochneva, P.A. Spiridonov

The main standards, which define the requirements for risk management, as well as an approach to
risk management taking into account the specifics of organizations, the economic condition of the coun-
try, the variability of prices, the globalization of markets and technological achievements, were con-
sidered.
Key words: risk, risk management, risk management standards, risk treatment.
Risk management is one of the most pressing issues of the present time. Many methods of
identification, classification and risk management have been developed in the world.
Risk is an activity that involves overcoming uncertainty when it is necessary to make a
choice in the process of which it is possible quantify and qualitatively to assess the probability of
achieving the expected result, failure and deviation from the goal.
The following classification of risks is the most suitable for manufacturing enterprises:
– organizational (form and location of the enterprise, organizational structure of the enter-
prise);
– commercial or economic (methods of calculation and reporting);
– technological (used equipment and technologies);
– social (methods of impact on staff);
– legal (selection of the basic for the enterprise legislation, regulations, forms of contracts
and cooperation). The risk must be supported by evidence and calculations.
In general, risk management includes six main stages: planning, identification, qualitative
research, quantitative research, risk response planning, risk monitoring and control.
The main methods of risk reduction are identified: the method of expert assessments, the
method of analogies, the method of assessing the solvency and financial stability, the method of
expediency of costs, the statistical method.
In addition to the main theoretical methods of impact on risks, there are whole risk man-
agement systems. Standards have been developed and work is underway to implement manage-
ment systems in the enterprise. Implementation of the above systems in Russia is carried out on a
voluntary basis and after passing the certification audit, a certificate of compliance with the re-
quirements of a certain standard is issued. The main standard aimed at risk management is
GOST R ISO 31000-2010 «Risk management. Principles and guidance», which sets out the prin-
196
ciples and general guidelines for risk management and aims to harmonize risk management
processes.
The new version of GOST R ISO 9001-2015 «Quality management System. Require-
ments» also defines the risk management requirements. This standard describes actions in rela-
tion to risks and opportunities and emphasizes risk-based thinking.
Another important standard related to risks is GOST R ISO 22000-2007 «Food safety
management systems. Requirements for organizations involved in the food chain», and in par-
ticular the principles of HACCP (risk analysis and critical control points). This standard allows
to identify risks and, thus, is a tool for identifying the causes of hazards, with which the company
will be able to control and prevent certain risks.
GOST R 54934-2012 / OHSAS 18001: 2007 «Occupational safety and health management
systems. Requirements» and GOST R ISO/IEC 27001-2006 «Information technology (IT).
Methods and means of security. Information security management systems. Requirements « –
two equally common standards, including requirements related to risk management.
Despite the variety of existing methods and systems of risk management, it is necessary to
take into account the specifics of each organization, the economic condition of the country, the
variability of prices, the globalization of markets and technological achievements.
The specificity of the enterprise determines the main directions and methods of risk man-
agement. In production organizations, in addition to the main risks associated with the economic
aspect and human resources, production risks must be taken into account. Production risks are
divided into: RTD risks (research and development) or technical risks, production risks, transport
risks, implementation risks.
For Russian manufacturing enterprises, the current period is economically unstable and
even dangerous, many organizations become bankrupt and suffer losses in sales. It is necessary
to take into account all changes in the Russian economy in the assessment and management of
risks, in particular the exchange rate of the national currency, including its potential values, the
level of inflation and many other factors.
It is also necessary to control the price changes in the market, which is responsible for the
price risk. In Russia sharply there is a question of the variability of prices and the establishment
of market equilibria between supply and demand, and will retain its relevance in the near future.
Therefore, Russian manufacturing enterprises should adequately perceive the increased volatility
of prices and learn to manage the relevant risks.
There is a globalization of goods and financial markets in the world, which is manifested in
the consolidation of the size of these markets and a significant increase in competition of eco-
nomic entities. This fact puts the Russian manufacturers to serious risks. Domestic companies
should take into account international standards and consumer requirements and make maximum
efforts to improve the quality and financial stability, and as a consequence, improve their com-
petitiveness at the international level.
Technological advances have provided and continue to assist in the development of risk
management. To a greater extent, these achievements are associated with information and infor-
mation technologies, in particular, with the development of high-speed processors, high-
performance computers, network systems, advanced data entry methods. Risk management has
already been partially transferred to a network format, created a lot of innovative systems, cloud
data storage and more. However, in Russia there is no full and inexpensive access to many new
technologies, enterprises should take this into account when calculating the risk associated with
the introduction of information support and the acquisition of technical products.
On the basis of the above it can be concluded that the risk – the most important manage-
ment tool, and with its timely calculation and control, the company can avoid huge losses and
reduce the quality of products. Risk management systems are aimed at reducing the impact of
negative factors, their elimination and proper response, so that risk management contributes to
the growth of the company in all respects, improving its competitiveness and economic viability.
197
LITERATURE
1. Vasin S.M., Shutov V.S. Risk management at the enterprise, 2015.

2. Makarova E.P. Business consulting in the field of project management (tutorial): Textbook. –
M.: printing house PFUR, 2008. – 269 p.
3. Vasiliev S.S. Guide to managing projects, 2013.
4. Flusova N.G. Production risks // Young scientist. – 2010. – № 4. – P. 179–181.
5. Egorushkina T.N., Kulametov D.D. The Importance of risk management in risk management at
the enterprise // Scientific-methodical electronic journal «Concept». – 2016. – Vol. 17. – P. 435–439.
6. Procenko O.D., Cakaev A.H. Organization of risk management in modern enterprises // Russian
entreprise. – 2001. – № 8 (20). – Р. 38–45.
7. GOST R ISO 31000-2010 Risk management. Principles and guidance.
8. GOST R ISO 9001-2015 Quality management system. Requirements.
9. GOST R ISO 22000-2007 Food safety management systems. Requirements for organizations in-
volved in the food production chain.
RISK ANALYSIS AT INDUSTRIAL ENTERPRISES
Y.V. Shram, V.G. Plyuschikov, M.V. Kochneva, Z.D. Meretukov

The activities of any organization are subject to risks that can affect the company's performance,
reputation, safety. Assistance in the process of risk management can provide standards and recommenda-
tions that offer a set of principles for manage risks of an organization of any scale. An example of such a
standard is ISO 31000, which is gaining popularity in many countries today. This article is devoted to
this standard.
Key words: ISO 31000, risk management, risks, standard.
It is necessary that companies manage risks effectively to achieve the goals and improve
their productivity. Risk management is a part of corporate governance and leadership. It covers
management at all levels and contributes to the development of the management systems.
According to GOST R ISO 31000:2010 Risk Management. Principles and Guidelines (ISO
31000:2009 Risk Management. Principles and Guidelines), risk is the effect of uncertainty on
objectives. Risk management is coordinated actions focused on the control of those risks.
The purpose of risk management is to minimize the impact on the product value. Thus, it
promotes the company development and achievement of new goals.
To manage risks effectively, the following principles should be applied:
– Integrity;
– Clear organization structure;
– Comprehensive focus;
– Dynamic approach;
– Information processing;
– Consideration of human and cultural factors and their impacts;
– Continual improvement.
These principles should be taken into consideration during the establishment of the com-
pany and risk management processes.
198
It is necessary to take understand the organization type, existed approaches and methods,
possible risks and their impact during the processes development. Risk management system
should be revised and improved on the constant base to ensure that it is up-to-date and complies
with the present organization activities.
The effectiveness of risk management system depends on its integration into the manage-
ment system and all organization activities, including decision-making. This process requires the
support and involvement of interested parties and top management.
The structure development includes the integration, design, implementation, evaluation and
improvement of risk management system in the organization.
Integration of risk management is based on the understanding of organizational structures.
Structures can vary depending on the goals, activities and complexity of companies. Risk man-
agement should be applied in each element of the organizational structure. Each person is re-
sponsible for the fulfillment of risk management in the company.
Principles of corporate governance allow to manage and direct company activities, build
external and internal relationships, as well as define necessary rules, processes and procedures to
achieve stated goals. Governance structures transform corporate governance principles into a
strategy and related objectives to reach the sustainable performance and long-term viability.
Identification of key roles is an integral part of corporate governance which ensures the account-
ability and control within the organization.
The organizational culture and personnel needs should be taken into consideration during
the risk management integration, as the risk management itself is a part of objectives, corporate
governance, leadership, strategies, goals and activities of the company.
The company should evaluate both the external and internal context of the organizational
activities during the development of risk management system, i.e. legal authorities, partners,
consumers, employees, etc.
Moreover, organizational functions, responsibilities and authorized personnel should be
identified for the stable risk management system operation. Thus, top management should ensure
that all responsibilities and duties for the appropriate roles are written and explained to relevant
employees at all levels, as well as appropriate resources are identified and allocated.
To support the company structure and facilitate the effective application of risk manage-
ment in the organization, the information exchange and communication mechanisms should be
established.
The organization applies the structure of risk management through:
– development of an appropriate plan with deadlines;
– identification of where, when, how and by whom decisions are made throughout the
company;
– improvement of applicable decision-making processes;
– ensuring that risk management mechanisms are understood and applied correctly.
To evaluate the effectiveness of the risk management structure, the company should assess
and revise its goals, implemented plans, indicators of the development. It allows to determine
whether the organization complies with the current objectives or not.
A properly designed and applied risk management structure ensures that the risk manage-
ment system is implemented at all stages, including the decision-making.
The organization should monitor and change the risk management structure in accordance
with external and internal changes which in turn allows to improve the cost performance.
To improve the integration process of the risk management system, the organization should
constantly evaluate the adequacy, sufficiency and effectiveness of the risk management structure.
If any non-conformities or opportunities for the company improvement were identified, the
organization should develop plans and tasks, assign responsible people for their correction or
realization accordingly. Application of these actions contribute to the improvement of risks man-
agement.
199
Risk assessment should be conducted systematically, iteratively and jointly based on the
knowledge and experience of interested parties. It is necessary to use all available information
and resources during the evaluating stage.
Different opinions, bias of risk understanding of third parties can have influence on the risk
analysis. Risk analysis includes detailed consideration of uncertainties, sources of risk, consequences
and probabilities of different events, scenarios, their control and effectiveness of that control.
The quality and source of used information, assumptions and exceptions, methods or their
fulfillment limitations can also have influence on the risk analysis. These factors should be con-
sidered, documented and reported to personnel responsible for the decision-making.
The purpose of risk assessment is to facilitate decision-making. Risk assessment involves
the comparison of obtained results from the risk analysis and established risk criteria to deter-
mine its relevance.
The impact on the risk is an iterative process. It includes the identification and selection of
options which have influence on risk, planning and executing of the impact on it, effectiveness
evaluation of that impact, decision making whether the risk is acceptable, and further investiga-
tion if the risk is not acceptable.
The choice of the most acceptable risk involves the comparison of the cost, advantages and
disadvantages of the chosen method.
Constant monitoring and periodic verification of the risk management process and its re-
sults should be a planned part of that process with the clearly identified responsibilities among
personnel.
Monitoring and verification should be carried out at all stages of the process. Monitoring
and verification include planning, collecting and analyzing information, documenting results and
providing feedback.
Monitoring and verification results should be a part of the overall organization manage-
ment, performance assessment and reporting system.
To conclude, the development and implementation of the risk management system allow
the company to structure its activities, promptly react on any changes, achieve stated goal and
increase productivity.
LITERATURE
1. GOST R ISO 31000: 2010 Risk Management. Principles and Guidelines.

2. ISO Guide 73:2009. Risk management–Vocabulary, 2009.
3. Tenizbaev V.N. Key principles of iso 31000 and its application.
4. Grishikin S.A. Contemporary risk management: briefly about the main.
5. AS/NZS 4360:2004. Risk management. Standards Australia and Standards. – New Zealand, 2004.
APPLICATION OF THE DIAGRAM OF KAORU ISHIKAWA

FOR QUALITY MANAGEMENT OF FOOD
E.I. Absalyamova, V.I. Omelchenko, K.A. Lyash, M.V. Kochneva

In article one of the known instruments of quality management, Ishikawadiagram is considered. It

represents a graphic way of research and definition of the most essential cause and effect interrelations
between factors and consequences of the studied problem. In our work we used this method for identifica-
200
tion of the factors promoting emergence of defect of firm cheese –the formation of cracks on its surface.
Importance of this research is that damage of a crust of cheese can lead to product infection with harmful
microorganisms, bringing it into unfitness. Having studied the main factors of production – raw materi-
als, the production technology, a human factor, the equipment and the environment – we have come to a
conclusion that high quality of production and lack of defects in it could be reached by continuous im-
provement of the monitoring system of quality at the enterprise and observance of requirements of nor-
mative documents imposed to food.
Key words: quality, production technology, analysis of data, Ishikawa diagram, factors, food in-
dustry.
Objective. Studying of features of the cause and effect diagram and its practical applica-
tion.
Methods. In this work with the help of one of seven instruments of quality management
the main reasons for emergence of defects of food products have been analyzed.
Importance. Thanks to Ishikawa's method it is possible to find true sources of possible
problems and malfunctions in production, to eliminate and prevent them.
The control system of quality at the enterprise is large-scale and rather difficult project.
There are various tools of the analysis and quality control of products. One of them is the Japa-
nese invention of the largest expert in the field of chemistry, statistics and quality management
Kaoru Ishikawa «Cause-and-effect diagrams». It is also called «The diagram of the analysis of
the root reasons», «Fishbone diagrams» and «Fishikawa».
Main goals of the Ishikawa diagram – definition of relationships of cause and effect of fac-
tors and consequences of the arising problems, control and the analysis of production, taking into
account specifics of the made products, and the prevention of emergence of certain technological
mistakes. Ishikawa diagram represents the schedule reminding a shape of a fishbone. The con-
sidered problem is at the head of the diagram, and around her the factors causing her are noted.
These factors can be subdivided into factors of the first, second and third order («big, average
and small bones»). We will consider the principle of construction and action of the the Ishikawa
diagram on the example of production of hard cheeses and we will find out the reasons of emer-
gence of their defects.
Cheese – one of the most popular foodstuffs which is present at a diet of each person. For
this production there is a special production technology and standard documentation where re-
quirements to raw materials, the instruction for production of cheese and the recommendation
about carrying out tests are specified. All this is necessary to make cheese without defects. How-
ever, there is a set of the reasons of emergence of production problems, so emergence of defects on
cheese production is inevitable. One of the most popular defects is formation of cracks on a cheese
crust. We have made the diagram on which all possible sources of this problem are presented.
Fig. 1 follows from the scheme constructed by us that one of the reasons of formation of
cracks on a crust of cheese is the human factor which means a low level of staff qualification and
non-compliance with sanitary and hygienic norms at the enterprise. It is very important to check
constantly the employees for a suitability of their professional skills and observance of rules of
the safety.
Each person buying certain product has to be sure that his composition corresponds to the
characteristics prescribed to it, so one of the important factors that could greatly affect the proc-
ess of preparation of any product – raw materials. In our case, poor quality of milk, insufficient
content of fat in it or its infection with gas-forming forms of bacteria lead to emergence of cracks
on a cheese crust, and, therefore, to damage of a product. To avoid it, it is necessary to control
carefully the raw materials put on the enterprise, check its organoleptic properties and terms of
the storage.
201
A human factor Raw materials
Low professional skill Poor quality of milk Milk infection

with gas-forming forms
of microorganisms
Non-compliance Insufficient content
with sanitary and hygienic of fat in milk
requirements
Formation
of cracks
on a cheese
Low temperature crust
Shrinkageatstorage Wearoftheequipment of the second maturing
Increasedhumidityinware Failures in work Increased humidity and/or acidity

houses of the equipment of cheese mass at a stage
of the second maturing
Environment Equipment Production technology
Fig. 1
The complex and responsible aspect of the production is technological process of prepara-
tion of cheese. Dairy product passes several stages of cooking, each of which has to be con-
trolled and proceed carefully in certain conditions. Low maturation temperature, increased hu-
midity and/or acidity of cheese mass at the stage of pressing leads to disruption of the production
technology and, as a result, to damage of raw materials that can also be the cause of formation of
cracks on a cheese surface.
It is impossible to exclude the importance of what equipment and hardware is used at the
enterprise. Such production malfunctions as wear of the equipment and periodic failures in his
work aren't allowed if the purpose is production of qualitative dairy products therefore relying on
the automated way of management, it is important to remember that it needs tests and continuous
diagnostics.
Another important factor is considered to be the environment where the product is pro-
duced. Conditions of production and storage of cheese must comply with all regulations and
standards, which take into account the quality and safety performance. Shrinkage during storage,
high humidity in warehouses – these and many other adverse conditions negatively affect the
state of the produced food product. This proves once again that the special monitoring system of
production at the enterprise is the major need.
Thus, by analyzing hard cheese production technology and identifying the causal relation-
ships of the factors, which lead to defects in products, and their consequences using Ishikawa
diagram, we have revealed the main and minor sources of often arising problem on production
and realization of cheese, namely – emergence of cracks on his surface. Having an idea of the
origin of the defect, it is much easier to take measures for its prevention and elimination.
According to Ishikawa diagram constructed by us, it is possible to draw the following con-
clusion – to avoid damages of a cover of cheese, it is necessary:
– to carefully select raw materials – to give pliterature to the milk of the superior quality
containing enough fat (in accordance with GOST 5867-90) and not infected with harmful bacte-
ria (in accordance with GOST 25102-90);
– to precisely follow the production technology – to adjust the temperature conditions of
processing of raw materials, humidity and acidity of cheese mass at a pressing stage;
– to check and to improve the qualification of employees, motivate them to conscientious
perform their duties and comply with safety and hygiene regulations (GOST R 54762-2011 «Pre-
requisite programmes on food safety. Part 1. Food manufacturing»);
202
– to ensure trouble-free operation of the equipment by its check and improvement of tech-
nical equipment (also in accordance with GOST P 54762-2011);
– to monitor compliance with the conditions of storage and transportation of finished prod-
ucts, avoiding the negative impact of the environment on it (SanPiN2.3.2.1324-03 «Hygienic
requirements to expiration dates and storage conditions of foodstuff»).
By following these rules, it is possible not only to avoid emergence of cracks on a crust of
hard cheese, but also to improve in general production forces of the enterprise and quality of its
products. It once again confirms the effectiveness and rationality of the use of»cause-and-effect
diagram» of Ishikawa.
LITERATURE
1. Abramova L.S., Kochneva M.V. Trends in the food market and future prospects // Innovative
processes in agriculture: proceedings of the VI International scientific-practical conference of teachers,
young scientists, postgraduates and students. Moscow, 16–18 April 2014 (in English). – M.: PFUR, 2014.
2. Borodulina T., Bucaram Leverone M.R., Makarova E., Kochneva M. The Use of bio-technolo-
gical tools in cocoa (Theobroma cacao) // VII international scientific-practical conference of professors,
young scientists, postgraduates and students «Innovation processes in agroindustrial complex». Moscow,
15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
3. Goncharenko I.M., Kondratyev M.D., Kochneva M.V. Perspectives of innovative development of
Russian agriculture in modern conditions // VII international scientific-practical conference of professors,
15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
MODERN QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS:

TOLLS FOR FOOD SAFETY ASSURANCE
A.E. Koksharov, V.V. Antonova, J.N. Bobozoda, M.V. Kochneva

The article presents the review of approaches to the definition of the term «quality». The basic
concepts of quality are considered. Also it provides a basic understanding of food quality issues in devel-
oping countries and introduces the reader to the most popular quality management systems.
Key words: quality management, food quality, food safety, GMP, GAP, ISO.
The issue of quality is a crucial factor for improving living standards, economic, social and
environmental security in the market economy. Let’s consider the definition of «quality» accord-
ing to ISO standard: GOST P ISO 9000-2015: The extent to which the inherent characteristics
(of something) meet the established or expected requirements (needs).
Quality has long been a factor in the success of food trade transactions; however, recent
food safety issues have propelled quality control to the forefront of international trade concerns.
Now with the increasing globalization of trade, food quality is also becoming a factor in domes-
tic markets as quality and variety compete for a buyer's attention and regulatory bodies seek to
better control potential threats.
Various quality management systems are being applied to help ensure food safety. What is
a quality management system? A quality management system is a management technique used to
203
communicate to employees what is required to produce the desired quality of products and ser-
vices and to influence employee actions to complete tasks according to the quality specifications.
What purpose does a quality management system serve:
– Establishes a vision for the employees;
– Sets standards for employees;
– Builds motivation within the company;
– Sets goals for employees;
– Helps fight the resistance to change within organizations;
– Helps direct the corporate culture.
The most popular of such systems are:
1) ISO standards;
2) Good Hygiene Practice (GHP)/Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP);
3) Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP);
4) The International Food Standard (IFS) and the British Retail Consortium (BRC).
Standards from the ISO 9000 family include standards which implement in various organi-
zations systems of quality management. They were elaborated in such a way as to allow their
application in different enterprises irrespective of branches in which they operate. It is, therefore,
unimportant if a given organization manufactures a product or provides services. The ISO 9000
family comprises the following standards:
– ISO 9000, which embraces the basis of the quality management systems and terminology
[ISO 9000:2000];
– ISO 9001, which specifies requirements concerning the quality management system; it is
precisely this standard that is implemented in enterprises [ISO 9001: 2000];
– ISO 9004, which specifies guidelines for the improvement of the system already imple-
mented in a company [ISO 9004:2000];
– ISO 19011, which contains recommendations concerning auditing [ISO 19011: 2002].
Good Hygiene Practice (GHP) refer to procedures that must be undertaken and hygiene
conditions that have to be fulfilled and monitored at all stages of production or trade in order to
guarantee food safety. Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) denotes all the actions that must be
undertaken and conditions to be fulfilled in order to ensure that production of food, wrapping
materials and other materials expected for contact with food, is executed in proper way to guar-
antee safe end products and safe food for human consumption. The Prerequisite Programme in
other words GHP/GMP is the first step to implementation of food safety and quality systems
along the entire food chain beginning with the initial production, feed production, animal rear-
ing, processing, transport and ending with the retail trade.
The area covered by the GHP and GMP requirements comprises:
– the site, surroundings and infrastructure of the enterprise;
– enterprise facilities and their functional layout;
– machines and equipment;
– washing and disinfecting processes;
– water supplies;
– waste control;
– pest protection and appropriate control in this field;
– personnel training;
– personnel hygiene;
– keeping documentation and records in the area of GHP.
The Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point (HACCP) involves all the procedures
whose aim is to guarantee food safety by way of the identification and assessment of the scale of
threat from the point of view of the health quality of food as well as the risk of hazards which
may occur in the course of all the stages of the production process and food circulation. In addi-
204
tion, the system also aims to determine methods of limiting hazards and establishment of reme-
dial actions.
The HACCP system is based on seven principles which, simultaneously, make up consecu-
tive stages of its implementation:
– hazard analysis, in other words, identification and assessment of threats and possible
hazards of their occurrence and determination of control measures and methods of counteracting
these threats;
– determination of critical control points (CCP) in order to eliminate or minimize the oc-
currence of hazards;
– establish critical limits for the critical control points identified;
– determination and implementation of a system for the monitoring of critical control
points;
– establishment of corrective actions, if a critical control point does not fulfil thenecessary
requirements;
– establishment of verification procedures in order to confirm if the system is effective and
acts in accordance with the plan;
– elaboration and maintenance of the documentation of the HACCP system concerning
stages of its implementation and determination of the method of data registration and storage as
well as archiving of the system documentation.
The International Food Standard (IFS) and the British Retail Consortium (BRC)standard
are based, among others, on the GHP/GMP principles, the HACCP system and the ISO 9001
standard. However, the above standards include requirements which are not found in any of the
earlier discussed norms.
These requirements comprise, among others:
– the obligation to include in the threat analysis of the hazards associated with allergies;
– monitoring of work effectiveness;
– the need to cover facial hair with appropriate hygiene masks;
– checking of the hands’ hygiene of workers;
– the requirement to carry out application tests of products;
– documented system of management of stocks of raw materials and products, complying
with the FIFO principle;
– elaboration of a system which allows the company to obtain information about GMO;
– elaboration of procedures in case of unusual situations;
– the requirement to apply metal detectors;
– elaboration of the list of places in the production-storage area where glass and other haz-
ardous material occur;
– development of a procedure for the qualification, approval and verification of suppliers;
– total ban of smoking on the entire area of the company.
The modern quality management concept is based on the notion that quality management
can’t be effective after the products have been manufactured, this should be done in the course of
production. It is also important to ensure the quality of work that precedes the production proc-
ess. Quality is determined by many random, local and subjective factors. To prevent the influ-
ence of these factors a corresponding control system is required. To do it one should not take
episodic steps only, but develop a system of measures to effectively influence the process of cre-
ating a high quality product or service.
LITERATURE
1. ISO 22000:2005. Food Safety Management – Requirements for any organization in the food
chain.
205
2. Kochneva M.V., Popkova D.S., Shram U.V. The role of the cooperation of the Teilnehmenländer
within the scope of the Eurasian economic union (in German) // VII International Scientific and Practical
Conference of Professors, Young Scientists, Post-graduate and Under-graduate Students» Innovative
Processes in Agro-Industrial Complex». Moscow, 15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
3. Kotelnikova E.N., Kochneva M.V. Features GOST ISO 9001: 2011 and the new international
standard of ISO 9001:2015 // VII International Scientific and Practical Conference of Professors, Young
Scientists, Post-graduate and Under-graduate Students «Innovative Processes in Agro-Industrial Com-
plex». Moscow, 15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
4. Zharov A.N., Kochneva M.V., Syrtseva M.A. Statistical methods for assessing the quality of
products // VII International Scientific and Practical Conference of Professors, Young Scientists, Post-
gradu-ate and Under-graduate Students «Innovative Processes in Agro-Industrial Complex». Moscow,
15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
MODERN DIRECTIONS OF STATE POLICY

TO IMPROVE THE SAFETY AND QUALITY OF FOOD PRODUCTS
T.A. Alikberova, V.A. Grigoryeva, M.A. Sonina, M.V. Kochneva

This article identifies approaches for improving the mechanisms of technical regulation in the field of
food security and encouraging people to a healthy lifestyle based on the priorities of the state policy of the
government of the Russian Federation, indicates their purpose and the key points in their implementation.
Key words: quality, safety, authenticity, technical regulation, conformity assessment, voluntary
certification, healthy food.
The issues of quality and safety of food are a priority for discussion in recent years in Rus-
sia. Consumers need a guarantee that products offered on the market, will not harmful for their
health, but also will meet the criteria, speaking about quality product, because food consumed by
a person, directly affecting his health. Consuming food products with low consumer properties, a
person demotes quality of their life and increases the risk of several diseases, also due to the un-
reasonably high caloric food products, reduced nutritional value, excessive consumption of satu-
rated fats, deficiency of micronutrients and dietary fibers.
Certainly, each person decides how to eat and what kind of life to lead, however, govern-
ment must create all conditions for comfortable introducing people to a healthy lifestyle, which
is impossible without high-quality and safe food. Healthy, balanced diet directly affects the
health of the population, improves people's morale, increases work capacity, and therefore has a
positive effect on the economic condition of the country. An important task for the state is to en-
sure the population at an affordable cost environmentally pure and high-quality, safe and healthy
food. The active participation of the government in improving the quality of products is con-
firmed by the following effective documents. «Russian Federation Food Security Doctrine» was
adopted by the decree of the President of the Russian Federation of January 30, 2010. Its purpose
is realization of state economic policy in ensuring food security of the Russian Federation, aimed
at ensuring reliable population in food, as well as the development of domestic agricultural and
fishery complexes, rapid response to internal and external threats to the stability of the food mar-
ket, effective participation in international cooperation in the field of food security.
206
Further action to encourage the population to a healthy lifestyle and provide them with
quality and safe products was the approval document «Principles of the State Policy in the Field
of Nutrition for the period up to 2020» dated October 25, 2010. This document introduces the
concept of state policy of the Russian Federation in the field of healthy nutrition of the popula-
tion. It is understood as a complex of the actions directed on creation of conditions providing sat-
isfaction in accordance with the requirements of the medical science needs of different groups of
the population in healthy nutrition, taking into account their traditions, habits and economic
status.
A major step to creating the best conditions for food production of new generation with the
specified qualitative characteristics, the promotion of the principles of healthy nutrition among
the population became the order of the approving the «Strategy of improving the quality of food
products in the Russian Federation for the period up to 2030» by the Government of the Russian
Federation from June 29, 2016. This strategy focused on good nutrition, disease prevention, in-
creasing life expectancy and improving the quality of life of the population, stimulation of de-
velopment of production and circulation on the market of food products of proper quality. Spe-
cial attention should be given a completely new interpretation of the concepts «quality» and
«safety», where the second is the part of the first.
The introduction of the concept of «authenticity» plays an important role in the Strategy, it
means the combination of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters, their absolute
quantitative values and intervals and their changes due to natural properties of raw materials and
valid technological force at the receipt of finished goods, because these indicators allow to iden-
tify the food products.
The adopted document is the basis for the formation of a national system of quality man-
agement of food products and is aimed at creation of conditions for formation and realization of
complex of measures on updating of the regulatory framework, creating mechanisms to encour-
age the business community to the production and circulation of products meeting modern re-
quirements, and provide information to the public about the quality of food products, taking into
account the necessity of improvement and development of the food market.
An important instrument of technical regulation in quality assurance and product safety is
voluntary certification, so this year will launch a pilot version of the «National certification sys-
tem». It suggests that Russian consumers will be better protected from defective products not
conforming to the standards. The corresponding order was signed on 29 December 2016 by the
head of Rosstandart Alexey Abramov. Work in the new system will be organized with close in-
teraction between Rosstandart and Federal service for accreditation, and committees set up by
the System.
Thus, it is possible to conclude that the Russian government is very interested in promoting
unquestionably the actual fact about the reduction to market for produce not satisfying the re-
quirements of technical regulations and standards, falsification of products, improve the competi-
tiveness of products of Russian producers on foreign and domestic markets, as well as encourag-
ing people to a healthy lifestyle.
LITERATURE
1. Strategy of improving the quality of food products in the Russian Federation for the period up to
2030.
2. Russian Federation Food Security Doctrine.
3. Principles of the State Policy in the Field of Nutrition for the period up to 2020.
4. Kochneva M.V., Syrtseva M.A., Kotelnikova E.D. Food security in the framework of the customs
union // Innovative processes in agro-industrial complex: Conference Papers of the VI International scien-
tific and practical conference of professors, young scientists, post-graduate and under-graduate students.
Moscow, 16–18 April 2014 – M.: PFUR, 2014.
207
5. Abramova L.S., Kochneva M.V. Trends on fisheries market and outlook in the future // Innova-
tive processes in agro-industrial complex: Conference Papers of the VI International scientific and practi-
cal conference of professors, young scientists, post-graduate and under-graduate students. Moscow, April,
16–18, 2014. – M.: PFUR, 2014.
6. Borodulina T., Bucaram Leverone M.R., Makarova E., Kochneva M. Use of biotechnological
tools in cocoa (Theobroma cacao) // VII International Scientific and Practical Conference of Professors,
Young Scientists, Post-graduate and Under-graduate Students «Innovative Processes in Agro-Industrial
Complex». Moscow, April, 15–17, 2015. – М., 2015.
Conference of Professors, Young Scientists, Post-graduate and Under-graduate Students «Innovative
Processes in Agro-Industrial Complex». Moscow, April, 15–17, 2015. – М., 2015.
8. Abramova L.S., Kochneva M.V. The prospects for implementation of rapid methods of assessing
the quality of sterilized products during storage components // VII International Scientific and Practical
INNOVATION DEVELOPMENT
OF RUSSIAN AGRO-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX
IN MODERN CONDITIONS
A.I. Shayahmetova, L. Chuntu, E. Matveeva, M.V. Kochneva

Introduction of innovations and advanced technologies in processes of production of agricultural

production is the main motivator of achievement of the set competitive tasks. In agrarian and industrial
complex innovative process assumes a constant stream of transformation of research and development
into the new or improved products, materials, new technologies, new forms of organization and manage-
ment and finishing them before use in production for the purpose of obtaining effect.
Key words: agriculture, food, agrarian, research, raw materials, accreditation system, innovations.
At the present stage of economy development of Russian agro-industrial complex is ex-

posed to active changes and emergence of new innovative approaches to the organization of pro-
duction, interaction forms from all existing institutes of the power and management.
The main task for Russian Federation Government is increase in competitiveness of agri-
culture of the country for ensuring food security and realization of policy of import substitution.
Measures of the state support of agricultural territories in Russia include the Federal law
«About Development of Agriculture» of December 22, 2006 and the Federal target program
«Sustainable Development of Rural Territories for 2013–2017 and for the Period till 2020». It is
directed on creation of comfortable and hi-tech jobs for young specialists in rural areas. The pur-
poses of the Federal target program are: ensuring food independence of Russia, the accelerated
import substitution concerning meat (pork, a bird, cattle), milk, vegetables of the discovered and
closed soil, seed potatoes and fruit and berry production and increase in competitiveness of the
Russian agricultural production in the internal and external markets.
The agro-industrial complex (AIC) is one of the most significant environmental impact
factors. The impact of the agro-industrial complex on the environment has intensified with the
208
intensification of agricultural production, namely: the mechanization of many processes, exces-

sive plowing of the territory and deep plowing, chemicals applying and water reclamation, and
high concentration of production. 2017 is declared the Year of Ecology in Russia. The plan for
the Year of Ecology includes work to improve legislation in the field of ecology, which were de-
veloped in previous years. For this reason, 2017 will be the year of environmental reforms. There
will be improvement of the regulatory and legal framework governing the sphere of ecology, and
the practical application of already developed norms.
Stimulation of integration associations in agrarian and industrial complex, first of all ac-
cording to foreign experience of agro-industrial innovative clusters shall become one of the key
program items.
Introduction of innovations and advanced technologies in processes of production of agri-
cultural production is the main motivator of achievement of the set competitive tasks. Increase in
innovative activity in agrarian and industrial complex creates conditions for increase in technical
and economic level of agro-industrial production and improvement of investment climate.
Today, the scientific and technological revolution has a huge role. The solution of the ma-
jor tasks – transition to an intensive way of development of economy and steady increase in pro-
duction efficiency – demands not so many quantitative as high-quality changes on the basis of
the world and effective use of the latest developments of science and technology.
The scientific and technological revolution allows to improve considerably using of natural
resources, raw materials, materials, fuel and energy at all stages, i.e. from production and com-
plex processing of raw materials till release and use of final products. At the expense of it sharp
decrease in a material capacity, power consumption of production will be reached, and also en-
ergy saving and resource-saving will be reached.
In agrarian and industrial complex innovative process assumes a constant stream of trans-
formation of research and development into the new or improved products, materials, new tech-
nologies, new forms of organization and management and finishing them before use in produc-
tion for the purpose of obtaining effect. Innovative processes in agrarian and industrial complex
have the specifics. They differ in variety of regional, branch, functional, technological and or-
ganizational features. The conditions and factors promoting innovative development of agrarian
and industrial complex are existence of natural resources, considerable scientific and educational
potential, the capacious domestic food market, an opportunity to make ecologically safe, natural
food.
One of the directions improving national innovative system of agrarian and industrial com-
plex within the uniform state program can be use in agrarian production of domestic develop-
ments which were applied in limited scales generally in strategic areas until recently.
Due to conversion of the innovations which are available for scientific divisions of military
and space branches it is possible to expand considerably release of food products that will pro-
mote increase in level of national food security. Examples of similar practices may be: tech-
niques of production of biological products, microcloning and also cavitational technologies.
Microcloning technologies make it possible to obtain genetically homogeneous, guaranteed
healthy planting material, with specified physiological properties, adapted to natural and climatic
conditions. Technologies accelerate the selection process and allow obtaining improved plant
varieties in 3-5 years, which is 10 times faster than using classical techniques.
Cavitation technologies allow non-waste processing of by-products of the food and proc-
essing industry (spent beer grains, yeast, post-alcohol brew, molasses, beet pulp) into valuable
protein-vitamin feed concentrates. When used in feed production, the cost of livestock products
is reduced to 20%. A feature of processing industries working on this technology, in addition, is
low power consumption.
In general, the inclusion in the innovative system of agribusiness developments of other
industries, will solve such problems as: increasing the production efficiency of the agroindustrial
209
complex; Reduction of losses during processing and storage of products; Increase energy-
efficiency and energy efficiency; Implementation of environmental functions, as well as the crea-
tion of favorable social conditions in rural areas.
Also, one of the key problems of the AIC is to improve the quality of products. To increase
the level of exports in the modern market, products should not only be competitive, but also meet
the high quality requirements not only of the Russian, but also of the world market. To recognize
the test reports of products obtained in accredited testing laboratories as evidence base for certi-
fication in many countries of the world, in Russia, starting from 2013, work is being done to join
the ILAC International Laboratory Accreditation Organization, which will be completed in 2017.
Membership in ILAC and the IAF is very important, as it is, first of all, a guarantee that the Rus-
sian accreditation system works in accordance with international standards, which will allow the
products to be competitive not only in the Russian, but also in the world market.
It is these guarantees that give the right to recognize the results of accreditation of national
certification bodies and testing laboratories in ILAC and IAF member countries.
LITERATURE
1. Semenov O.G., Kochneva M.V., Sapotskina D.I. The Effect of mycotoxins on the quality of the
products // Innovative processes in agriculture: proceedings of the VI International scientific-practical
conference of teachers, young scientists, postgraduates and students. Moscow, 16–18 April 2014 (in Eng-
lish). – M.: PFUR, 2014.
2. Borodulina T., Bucaram Leverone M.R., Makarova E., Kochneva M. The Use of bio-technologi-
cal tools in cocoa (Theobroma cacao) // VII international scientific-practical conference of professors,
15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
3. Abramova L.S., Kochneva M.V. Trends in the food market and future prospects // Innovative
processes in agriculture: proceedings of the VI International scientific-practical conference of teach-
ers, young scientists, postgraduates and students. Moscow, 16–18 April 2014 (in English). – M.:
PFUR, 2014.
THE INTRODUCTION OF THE HACCP SYSTEM

INTO AN ENTERPRISE – THE BASIS
FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPETITIVE AND SAFE PRODUCTS
M.A. Shirshibleva, S.T. Gatamli, O.A. Predeina, M.V. Kochneva

Since February 15, 2015 according to the technical regulations of the Customs Union 021/2011
«On food safety», the food manufacturer must develop, implement procedures based on the principles of
HACCP. All technological processes, starting with the receipt of raw materials and ending with the pro-
vision of products to the buyer, should be based on the principles of this system. The introduction of the
HACCP control system is especially important at dairy enterprises, in connection with the characteristics
of raw materials. HACCP also gives the manufacturer a number of economic advantages. By using the
210
principles of HACCP it is possible to guarantee the production of quality milk-raw materials on farms.
The article shows the main advantages of introducing a HACCP system for a milk processing enterprise.
Key words: HACCP, critical control points, quality system, risk management, dairy production,
quality assurance, milk, dairy products, quality management system.
The modern consumer wants to be sure of the complete safety of food, showing high de-
mands on the quality of products. In the conditions of modern competition, an enterprise that
produces better and safer products wins, so the problem of ensuring the quality and safety of
food products is topical at the present time.
To increase and maintain the quality of products, it is necessary to carry out a large-scale
and comprehensive work – to introduce a quality management system to the enterprise. To date,
HACCP is the most perfect model of quality management and food safety.
HACCP – identification of critical control points (KTT) of production and development of
measures to prevent dangerous factors. The HACCP system is developed by the company inde-
pendently in accordance with the specifics of production. Since February 15, 2015, all food in-
dustry enterprises are obliged to implement and implement the HACCP system in production.
To determine critical control points, the enterprise performs an analysis of potential risks
during production, and also assesses the quality of incoming raw materials and auxiliary mate-
rials.
For each critical point, the enterprise develops a monitoring system to conduct observa-
tions and measurements necessary for the timely detection of violations of established critical
limits and corrective actions.
The introduction of the HACCP system is especially important at dairy enterprises, in con-
nection with the characteristics of incoming raw materials. First, milk is a product of animal ori-
gin. Secondly, the methods of making dairy products, storage have their own characteristics,
which differ from other types of food products.
The dynamically expanding assortment of dairy products and the increase in the domestic
market due to imported goods create competition between dairy enterprises and require the pro-
duction of high-quality and inexpensive dairy products. The best quality products at the lowest
cost can be produced only from good raw materials.
Therefore, an important factor in controlling the quality of products is the measures de-
signed to control the quality of milk at the stage of obtaining raw materials from a dairy cattle
enterprise. Milk processing functions are assigned to laboratories at milk processing enterprises.
As a result, safety and quality of raw materials are reduced. This stage is extremely important, as
it determines the implementation of the entire subsequent chain of technological processes, as a
result of which a safe and ecological dairy product must be produced.
Milk should have a whole complex of quality indicators: a high mass fraction of protein
and fat, good sanitary and hygienic indicators, specific qualities that can be technologically suit-
able for production. It is necessary to pay close attention to ensuring the safety of such an impor-
tant component of the diet.
Technical regulation in the field of dairy products is based on the following principles:
– milk and its products must not damage human health or the environment;
– prevention of actions that mislead the consumer;
– the manufacturer's full responsibility for all aspects of the safety of milk and dairy prod-
ucts;
– state control of product safety in the market.
To date, the level of product quality is the most important criterion for the development of
any country in the world community and a kind of a visiting card for penetration of goods into
211
the international market in conditions of severe competition, ensuring the expansion of export
opportunities in the world commodity market.
HACCP became an original system due to the fact that it pays attention to those stages of
processes and production conditions, the lack of management of which is critical.
For food safety. Therefore, HACCP is fundamentally different from the previous systems
used in food industry.
LITERATURE
1. Kochneva M.V., Syrtseva M.A., Kotelnikova E.D. Food security in the framework of the Customs
Union // Innovative processes in agriculture: proceedings of the VI International scientific-practical confe-
rence of teachers, young scientists, postgraduates and students. Moscow, 16–18 April 2014 (in English). –
M.: PFUR, 2014.
2. Abramova L.S., Kochneva M.V. Prospects for the introduction of rapid methods of assessing the
quality of sterilized products in storage components // VII international scientific-practical conference of
professors, young scientists, postgraduates and students «Innovation processes in agroindustrial com-
15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
THE IMPLEMENTATION OF HACCP SYSTEM

IN PUBLIC CATERING ENTERPRISES
E.S. Devletshaeva, A.S. Nurzhanov, E.A. Demidova, M.V. Kochneva

In this article the basic principles and features of formation of the HACCP system at catering es-
tablishments by means of which system control of appropriate execution of production of production of
food and the timely prevention of violations of technological and sanitary standards for ensuring produc-
tion of safe food products is exercised are defined.
Key words: public catering, HACCP, system control, safety, food products, control points, risks,
technological scheme.
According to provisions of Technical regulations of the Customs union of TR CU

021/2011 «About safety of food products» since February 15, 2015 at the enterprises of the food
industry there was obligatory an introduction of system – HACCP (English HACCP – Hazard
Analysis and Critical Control Points, risk analysis and critical points of control) – control sys-
tems of safety of foodstuff. The main objective of this system ensuring control at all stages of
production, and also at storage and product sales, that is everywhere where can arise the danger-
ous situation connected with safety of the consumer.
The sense introduction of the HACCP program is in revealing and taking all critical control
points of the enterprise under system control, that is those production phases at which violations
of technological and sanitary standards can lead to ineradicable or it is difficult for removable
consequences for safety of the made foodstuff. At introduction of HACCP analyze processes on
212
all chain of production of foodstuff – from an initial raw segment until hit to the consumer on
four sources of emergence of dangers is a raw materials, personnel, the equipment and the envi-
ronment.
Mark out seven principles which are the cornerstone of HACCP:
1. Carrying out full risk analysis by means of an assessment of the importance of danger-
ous factors is absolute at all stages of life cycles of foodstuff which are under control of manu-
facturer. Here the probability of risks is estimated, and measures for their prevention are devel-
oped, and also the revealed dangerous factors are minimized.
2. Definition of critical points of control within which rigid control helps to prevent poten-
tial danger or by means of concrete measures to bring to naught a possibility of emergence of
risks.
3. Establishment of critical limits for control points. Here define criteria which show that
process completely is under control. Developers of system form limits and admissions which
need to be observed that in critical points the situation hasn't got out of hand.
4. Establishment of procedures of monitoring of all critical points of control. Systems of
observation in critical points have to be for this purpose installed and different inspections by
means of the regular analysis and other different types of production supervision have to be cre-
ated.
5. Development of the correcting actions which need to be undertaken when observations
and inspection demonstrate that the situation can get out of hand.
6. Establishment of procedures of maintaining and the accounting of documentation in
which the necessary parameters are fixed.
7. Establishment of procedures of verification of documents which have to be supported
always in working order and reflect all actions for introduction, execution of all HACCP
points.
Introduction of the HACCP system is preceded by development of basic sanitary pro-
grams.
Such programs cover actions for respect for personal hygiene of personnel, cleaning of
rooms, holding procedures for disinfection and a flusher of the equipment.
The basic principles of development of the system of HACCP are determined by GOST
P 51705.1-2001 «Quality systems. Quality management of foodstuff on the basis of the princi-
ples of HACCP. General demands».
As catering establishments are a part of alimentary branch, since 01.01.2016 GOST 30390-
2013 «Services of public catering took effect. Products of public catering sold to the population.
The general specifications» according to which the obligatory demands to procedures of safety
of production of public catering based on the principles of HACCP are established.
The system of management of alimentary safety in public catering is based on identification
of critical control points for most to prevent all possible risks, on definition of their limits and on
constant control. Now HACCP in public catering is the main tool in safety of food products.
For identification of risks, definitions of degree of their danger and designation of limits in
the sphere of public catering need to be carried out a series of analytical actions. At the same
time, 3 factors of potential pollution of production are considered: biological, chemical and
physical.
Biological danger. Microorganisms (bacteria, viruses, parasites and mold mushrooms)
which aren't provided by production process belong to this type of dangers)
Chemical danger. This type of dangers includes substances or molecules which:
– in a natural look contain in plants or animals (for example, in toxicant mushrooms);
– can be deliberately added to time of cultivation or processing of products. Such sub-
stances can be safe at respect for the established norms, but become dangerous at their excess
(for example, sodium nitrite, pesticides);
213
– can unintentionally get to a nutrition (for example, after chemical cleaning of packing);
– can influence immune system of certain people (for example, alimentary allergens).
Treat chemical dangers: toxiferous metals, radionuclides, pesticides, antibiotics, GMO.
Physical danger. This type of dangers includes substances which in normal conditions
shouldn't be in a nutrition. Such substances can do harm to health of the end user (for example,
wood chips, glass fragments, metal shaving, ossicles).
The system of management in a public catering in structure is similar to other systems of
food productions, but also at the same time has the nuances. Periodic updating of the product
range and as a result change of a variety of raw materials (seasonal dishes) is characteristic of
catering establishments that involves changes in processes of production technologies and in-
crease in a variety of processes. It causes considerable difficulties in control of cross allergenic
pollution, and also demands essential time expenditure on carrying out risk analysis on raw ma-
terials and the technological scheme. Introduction of the HACCP system is preceded by devel-
opment of basic sanitary programs. They are called still programs of preliminary conditions.
Such development is conducted taking into account the Russian legislative sanitary and hygienic
requirements which can differ from norms of other countries. Such programs cover actions for
respect for personal hygiene of personnel, cleaning of rooms, holding procedures for disinfection
and a wash of the equipment, kitchen accessories. Here pest control and methods of elimination
of waste joins.
The group of the same processes by drawing up the technological scheme, and also raw
materials provided that degree of a detail remains sufficient for a correct assessment of all possi-
ble dangerous factors can be an exit.
In the course of safety of production of public catering by her production are estimated:
technological processes; completeness and reliability of production control; documenting of in-
formation on controlled stages of technological operations and results of control of food prod-
ucts, and also providing other procedures provided by part 3 of article 10 TR CU 021/2011.
Other complexity most of which catering establishments at introduction of HACCP faces is
that unlike the manufacturing enterprises equipped with own laboratories at catering establish-
ments there are no such laboratories, as a rule. Control of indicators of safety of raw materials
and finished goods in the third-party accredited laboratories is carried out only within production
control.
In a type of it it becomes more difficult to control indicators of safety of the arriving raw
materials, and check at acceptance can happen only by check of observance of conditions of
transportation, accompanying documentation and an assessment of organoleptic indicators. Con-
trol of safety of finished goods is made only organoleptic. It is necessary to remember that if
when developing the plan of HASSP check of organoleptic indicators is chosen as a control
measure of a dangerous factor, such control measure has to undergo without fail validation, i.e.
check of efficiency of the chosen control measures or their combinations before their introduc-
tion.
For non-compliance with food products by the producer including «About safety of food
products» administrative responsibility according to h the p. 1-3 of article 14.43 of the Russian
Federation Code of Administrative Offences is established to production of public catering of
requirements of TR CU 021/2011.
Introduction of the HACCP system not only ensures safety of production and the prepared
dishes, but also promotes safe development grow in general:
– preparation of dishes becomes safe process at which the personnel adhere to all sanitary
and hygienic norms and conditions;
– confidence of visitors as the eaten food causes their full confidence to this institution that
upgrades his rating;
– activity of the enterprise doesn't contradict requirements of the legislation;
214
– identification of possible violations at auditing checks is practically excluded;

– an institution gets notable marketing advantage in the conditions of the modern competition.
LITERATURE
1. The federal Law «On Technical Regulation» from 12/27/2002 № 184.

2. Technical regulations of the Customs union «About safety of food products» (TR CU-021-2011).
3. GOST P 53105-2008 «Services of public catering. Technological documents on production of
public catering. General requirements to registration, construction and contents».
4. GOST P 50763-07g «Public catering. Culinary products of the realized population».
5. Kotelnikova E.N., Kochneva M.V. Features of GOST ISO 9001:2011 and the new international
standard ISO 9001:2015 // VII international scientific-practical conference of professors, young scientists,
postgraduates and students «Innovation processes in agroindustrial complex». Moscow, 15–17 April
2015. – М., 2015.
6. Semenov O.G., Kochneva M.V., Sapotskina D.I. The Effect of mycotoxins on the quality of the
products // Innovative processes in agriculture: proceedings of the VI International scientific-practical
conference of teachers, young scientists, postgraduates and students. Moscow, 16–18 April 2014 (in Eng-
lish). – M.: PFUR, 2014.
7. Goncharenko I.M., Kondratyev M.D., Kochneva M.V. Perspectives of innovative development of
Russian agriculture in modern conditions // VII international scientific-practical conference of professors,
15–17 April 2015.
REQUIREMENTS OF TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

OF THE CUSTOMS UNION FOR DAIRY PRODUCTS
E.D. Grigoryeva, J.S. Klimova, F.S. Nazhmutdinov, M.V. Kochneva

Since July 1, 2013, the basic technical regulations of the Customs Union have been put in place,
including those dealing directly with milk and dairy products, which establish mandatory requirements
for technical regulation facilities. The purpose of technical regulations is to protect the health and life of
citizens, as well as to prevent misconduct that may mislead consumers, including providing the most reli-
able information about consumer properties, composition and name of products.
Key words: technical regulations, the Eurasian Economic Union, requirements for security, techni-
cal regulation.
The reform of technical regulation laid the foundation for the modernization of technical
requirements for products, the introduction of technological innovations in the food industry, the
procedures for confirming compliance. Currently, the technical regulations in the field of food
products is based on the technical regulations of the Customs Union.
The highest body of the EAEU is the Eurasian Economic Commission. The EEC was es-
tablished by the decision of the presidents of the Russian Federation, the Republic of Belarus and
the Republic of Kazakhstan and operates on the basis of the November 18, 2011 «On the Eura-
sian Economic Commission» Agreements. And «On the Rules of Operation of the Eurasian Eco-
nomic Commission». It has the status of a supranational body of government subordinate to the
215
Higher Eurasian Economic Council. Regulations of the Eurasian Economic Commission; The
approval of the budget of the union and the report on its implementation, as well as the exercise
of other powers provided for by contracts within the union.
Improving the quality of products is inextricably linked with food safety – this is one of the
priority tasks of the country's social and economic development aimed at preserving and improv-
ing the health of the nation. According to the Federal Law «On Technical Regulation», one of
the objectives of adopting technical regulations is to protect the life or health of citizens by pre-
venting actions that mislead the acquirers, as well as protecting the environment. Technical regu-
lations have the status of law and contain mandatory requirements for products, as well as for the
life cycle of products.
Thus, the Technical Regulation 033/2013 «On the Safety of Milk and Dairy Products» con-
tains specific requirements for the safety of milk and dairy products issued in circulation in the
customs territory of the Eurasian Economic Union, to the processes of their production, storage,
transportation, sale and disposal, to labeling and packaging milk and dairy products to ensure
their free movement.
This technical regulation applies to milk and dairy products issued in circulation in the cus-
toms territory of the Customs Union and used for food purposes, including:
– raw milk – raw materials, skimmed milk – raw materials, cream – raw materials; Dairy
products, including: dairy products; Dairy compound products; Milk-containing products; By-
products of milk processing;
– processes of production, storage, transportation, sale and disposal of milk and dairy products;
– functional components necessary for the production of milk processing products.
The requirements for the safety of dairy products consist in the fact that in the production
of traditional dairy products and fermented milk (for example, drinking milk, cream, kefir, sour
cream, cottage cheese, cereal curd, fermented milk, curdled milk, cheese, butter, etc.) Food addi-
tives that are not functionally necessary.
The levels of microorganisms in dairy products should not exceed the permissible levels
specified in TR 033/2013, and the levels of physicochemical and microbiological indicators
should not exceed the established limits. Safety requirements for the functional components nec-
essary for the production of milk processing products are also established in the technical regula-
tions for milk and dairy products.
Dairy products should be packaged in a package that meets the requirements of TR ТС
005/2011, which ensures the safety and preservation of consumer properties of milk and dairy
products during their shelf life. Each package of dairy products must have a marking containing
information for consumers in accordance with TR TC 033/2013.
Milk and dairy products must be accompanied by information for consumers meeting the
requirements of the technical regulations of the Customs Union «Food products in terms of la-
beling» (TR TS 022/2011) and additional requirements of technical regulations of technical
regulations for milk and dairy products. To marking milk and dairy products, there are separate
requirements specified in TR TC 033/2013. On the labeling of milk processing products, the
availability of information on the designation of the standard or the manufacturer's technical
document, in accordance with which the milk processing product is produced, is mandatory.
The technical regulations of the Customs Union provide for mandatory confirmation of the
conformity of dairy products and milk in the form of a declaration of conformity or mandatory
certification. Mandatory certification of milk and dairy products in the form of obtaining a cer-
tificate of compliance is carried out by special certification bodies, the scope of accreditation of
which applies to food products.
Milk and dairy products, which comply with the requirements of the technical regulations
and have passed the conformity assessment, must be marked with a single product circulation
mark on the market of the member states of the Customs Union.
216
Thus, the official documents that should be used by milk and dairy producers on the terri-
tory of the Russian Federation are TR TC 021/2011 «On the Safety of Food Products» and also
TR TC 033/2013 «On the Safety of Milk and Dairy Products». Technical regulations are aimed
at protecting human life and health, preventing actions that mislead the purchasers, as well as
protecting the environment. In those regulations for milk, the mandatory requirements for the
process of obtaining milk, the quality and composition of milk, auxiliary food products, as well
as the technology of making products from milk are specified.
LITERATURE
1. Abramova L.S., Kochneva M.V. Prospects for the introduction of rapid methods of assessing the
quality of sterilized products in storage components // VII international scientific-practical conference of
professors, young scientists, postgraduates and students «Innovation processes in agroindustrial com-
15–17 April 2015. – М., 2015.
3. Lifits I.M. Standardization, metrology and conformity assessment: a textbook. – M.: Yurayt,
2012.
4. Technical Regulations of the Customs Union 021/2011 «On Food Safety».
5. Technical Regulations of the Customs Union 022/2011 «Food products in terms of labeling».
6. Technical Regulations of the Customs Union 033/2013 «On the safety of milk and dairy prod-
ucts».
7. The Federal Law «On Technical Regulation».
IMPORTANCE OF CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT

IN THE TERRITORY OF THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION
A.V. Shorygina, A.S. Shamak, A.S. Loboda, M.V. Kochneva

Conformity assessment is an important tool in the regulation and control of product quality. Con-
firmation of compliance minimizes falsification in the market and creates conditions for free export of
products in accordance with the technical regulations of the EAEC. Activities to assess compliance are
under the control of the Federal Agency for Technical Regulation and Rospotrebnadzor.
Key words: conformity assessment, technical regulation, compliance confirmation, standards, fal-
sification, testing, control, accreditation, conformity assessment bodies, authenticity, inspection inspec-
tion, Eurasian Economic Union (EAEU).
Conformity assessment is an important tool in the regulation and control of product qual-
ity. The purpose of which is to minimize the falsification of domestic products, improve their
quality in accordance with the Order of the Government of the Russian Federation № 1364-r of
June 29, 2016 «Strategy for improving the quality of food products in the Russian Federation
until 2030», but also harmonization with other countries in To facilitate goods turnover and ex-
ports.
217
The conformity assessment is covered by a multitude of diversified normative-legal docu-

ments differing in content, forms and structure, where the main stage in the assessment of com-
pliance is legal regulation.
The purpose of conformity assessment is to create conditions for free movement of prod-
ucts while ensuring the level of product safety in accordance with the technical regulations of the
EAEC.
At present, conformity assessment is subject to regulation of Federal Law № 184-FZ dated
27.02.2002 «On Technical Regulation». In which, the relations arising in the assessment of con-
formity are regulated, such as:
– development, adoption, application and execution of mandatory requirements to prod-
ucts, including buildings and structures, or to products and associated design requirements (in-
cluding exploration), production, construction, installation, commissioning, operation, Storage,
transportation, sale and disposal;
– application and execution on a voluntary basis of requirements for products, design proc-
esses (including surveys), production, construction, installation, commissioning, operation, stor-
age, transportation, sale and disposal, as well as to perform works or provide services for Volun-
tary confirmation of compliance.
The status of technical regulations is approved by an international agreement of the Rus-
sian Federation subject to ratification in accordance with the procedure established by the legis-
lation of the Russian Federation and in accordance with an international treaty of the Russian
Federation ratified in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation of the Russian
Federation within the framework of the technical regulation of the Eurasian Economic Union.
The technical regulations contain rules and forms of conformity assessment, conformity
assessment schemes, determined with regard to the degree of risk, deadlines for conformity as-
sessment for each technical regulation object and (or) requirements for terminology, packaging,
labeling or labels and rules for their application.
The result of the conformity assessment is not a strict proof that the object will always
meet the established requirements.
GOST ISO/IEC 17000-2012 «Conformity assessment. Vocabulary and General Princip-
les», covers almost all types of activities. Sectoral study of conformity assessment shows the uni-
formity of the approach of the mechanisms for the implementation of each type of activity for con-
formity assessment, detection of problems in the implementation of activities and their adjustments.
Conformity assessment is an approach consisting of three consecutive functions that satisfy
the need and need to confirm that the specified requirements are met:
– choice;
– Definition;
– Final check and confirmation of compliance.
Such kind of evidence may give additional content and significance to the statement that
the specified requirements are fulfilled, increasing the trust of users to these applicants. As a set
requirements, standards (national, interstate, enterprise and organization standards) are used.
Activities to assess compliance are under the control of the Federal Agency for Technical
Regulation and Rospotrebnadzor.
To select the object of compliance, it is planned to plan and prepare actions to collect or
provide the necessary information. All its features and requirements are accepted. Attention is
drawn to sampling with the most appropriate procedures. Additional information may be re-
quired to prove the requirements are met.
The result of the final audit establishes a confirmation of compliance, which is sent to po-
tential users. The statement that the fulfillment of the specified requirements has been confirmed.
«Certification system» is a system of conformity assessment, which provides for the selec-
tion, definition, final verification and, finally, certification as a validation activity.
218
The result of the conformity assessment is not a strict proof that the object will always
meet the established requirements. In order to eliminate falsification, systematic monitoring may
be required. A complete repetition of the primary assessment with each re-inspection is not re-
quired. However, the authenticity of the product, based on information about previous inspection
checks, will be observed. With any re-monitoring, different requirements are selected.
In the inspection control, the final inspection takes a decision on the validity of the confir-
mation of the conformity. In the event of a decision on the ineffectiveness of a declaration of
conformity, measures are taken to inform users.
LITERATURE
1. Federal law from 27th of December, 2002, № 184 «On technical regulation».
2. Federal law from 29th of May, 2002, № 184 «About standardization in Russian Federation».
3. GOST R ISO/IEC 17030-2007 «General requirements for conformity marks in the evaluation
conducted by a third party».
4. Abramova L.S., Kochneva M.V. The prospects for implementation of rapid methods of assessing
the quality of sterilized products during storage components // VII International Scientific and Practical
5. Borodulina T., Bucaram Leverone M.R., Makarova E., Kochneva M. Use of biotechnological
tools in cocoa (Theobroma cacao) // VII International Scientific and Practical Conference of Professors,
Young Scientists, Post-graduate and Under-graduate Students «Innovative Processes in Agro-Industrial
Complex». Moscow, April, 15–17, 2015. – М., 2015.
FEATURES OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF RUSSIA-ARMENIA TRADE

IN CONNECTION WITH ARMENIA'S ENTRY
IN EURASIAN ECONOMIC UNION
S. Grebulets, A. Vlasova, N. Khomenets, R. Gurina

Armenia's accession to the Eurasian Economic Union (EAEU) in early 2015 led to an understanding
that Armenia is becoming a strong ally of Russia. Armenia received relatively low prices for some imported
products. Based on general forecasts, the country will be able to receive about $ 400 million annually, de-
pending on the volume of imports of goods to the territory of the EAEU. The country's leadership continues
to seek political and trade-economic balance in its relations with Russia and the West.
Key words: Armenia, Eurasian Economic Union, EAEU, partnership, HACCP, food control.
After the collapse of the Soviet Union, the existing industrial, scientific, technical and
other relations between the former Soviet republics were abandoned. This led to a sharp drop in
production, growing inflation, a decrease in the standard of living of the population, a reduction
219
in the economic and other opportunities of the newly formed states. All this caused a sharp dete-
rioration in the economic situation of Armenia.
A new starting point in the history of trade and economic relations between Armenia and
Russia can be considered September 3, 2013, when President Sargsyan announced Armenia's
desire to join the Eurasian Economic Union. Since January 2015, Armenia has become a full-
fledged member of the EAEU, which means that the republic is a part and a participant of the
grouping of countries, whose gross domestic product in 2014 amounted to 2,2 trillion [1; 3].
This opened up good opportunities for Armenia and Russia not only to make their trade
and economic relations wider and deeper, but also through the unification of standards, laws and
approaches, to remove the still existing barriers to their development. However, the process of
Armenia's accession to the EAEU has faced political, legal and other difficulties. Astana and
Minsk, unlike Moscow, reacted to Armenia's accession to the EAEU without much enthusiasm.
Today, Russia is Armenia's main trading partner. The joint trade turnover accounts for ap-
proximately 25% of the republic's foreign trade [4]. The trade and economic relations of Arme-
nia with Russia remain dominant in the total volume of Armenia's trade within the framework of
the Eurasian Economic Union.
The document circulation between the Republic of Armenia and the Member States has
significantly decreased. Additional requirements for Armenia as an importer have been reduced,
since unified veterinary and phytosanitary standards operate on the territory of the EAEU. The
cancellation of many types of certificates has led to the fact that now only three types of docu-
ments are required. With the association of regulations, bureaucratic red tape disappeared, border
procedures were simplified, which ensures the import and export of agricultural products in the
shortest possible time.
Over the past 2017, about 350 Armenian manufacturers were able to agree on the require-
ments for the safety of their products and enter the register of suppliers of EAEU. Now they have
the opportunity to export. This made it possible to increase the volume of exports of fruits, vege-
tables, wine and cognac products, meat products that were heat-treated. Especially increased the
supply of cheese and conserved fish, trout and crayfish to Russia. A separate article is the import
of traditional national products, numerous Armenian communities in Russia buy raw smoked
meat products, basturma, sujuk for further sale. This contributes to the spread, competition and
increasing the recognition of new Armenian trade marks among Russians [2; 7].
Specialists of the state food safety service of the Ministry of Agriculture of the Republic of
Armenia are now actively exploring ways to implement the HACCP risk analysis system, identi-
fying critical control points and measures for their elimination at their enterprises.
The assistance of the World Bank and EAEU allows to develop electronic systems for stor-
ing and exchanging data, to strengthen laboratory control in the industry, which, undoubtedly,
will contribute to increasing the efficiency of the analysis and control performed [9].
In the relationship between the State Food Safety Service of Armenia and the Federal Ser-
vice for Veterinary and Phytosanitary Control of Russia, two areas of cooperation are now sin-
gled out:
1. Joint inspections;
2. Close exchange of information.
The services conduct general work in the field of standardization, certification, veterinary medi-
cine. A special role is given to mutual information about epizootic conditions in accordance with the
international and regulatory framework of the EAEU, as well as measures to prevent and prevent the
spread of infectious animal diseases when transporting all types of controlled cargo [5; 6].
Armenia carries out control of food products through inspections, observations, audits, vet-
erinary and phytosanitary monitoring and state border control at the capital, regional centers,
border control points.
The Service performs state control of flour, wheat, nuts, dairy, meat, fish products of Rus-
sian origin imported to the territory of the Republic of Armenia. During border state control in-
220
spections and examination of documents are mandatory, laboratory examinations are conducted,
the volume of which has recently increased [8].
Conclusion. Trade and economic relations between Armenia and Russia have developed
vaguely, since from time to time there were problems and misunderstandings. Nonetheless, the
development of relations between the RA and RF has returned to the framework of a calm and
stable course, which opens up opportunities for their successful development. The parties will
take advantage of these opportunities or not, time will tell. The creation of the Eurasian Eco-
nomic Union and the «economic reunification» of Armenia and Russia give our countries new
opportunities for the development of their economies and trade and economic relations. It de-
pends on the effectiveness of the union and many non-economic features in the form of political
reasons and some regional factors.
LITERATURE
1. Grigoryan G.P. Trade and economic relations between Armenia and Russia (1991–2016) // Rus-
sia and the new states of Eurasia. – 2017. – № 2 (35). – Р. 49–68.
2. Martirosyan S. Two years of Armenia in the EAEC: more positive // The rhythm of Eurasia,
2017. – URL: http://www.ritmeurasia.org/news--2017-01-16-dva-goda-armenii-v-eaes-pozitiva-bolshe
27852 (Accessed 10.02.2018).
3. Decision «On the accession of the Republic of Armenia to the Customs Union and the Common
Economic Space of the Republic of Belarus, the Republic of Kazakhstan and the Russian Federation». –
Minsk, 24.10.2013.
4. Information and Analytical Center. – URL: http://iacentr.ru/expert/1213 (Accessed 20.02.2018).
5. The economic dictionary. – URL: http://weic.info/ekonimicheskii_slovar/eksport (Accessed
11.02.2018).
6. Russian-Armenian relations. – URL: http://embassyru.am/page.php?id=53 (Accessed 20.02.
2018).
7. Foreign Economic Information Portal. – URL: http://www.ved.gov.ru/exportcountries (Accessed
21.02.2018).
8. Armenia's export and import regime. – URL: http://investarmenia.am/ru/import-and-export-
regime-ru (Accessed 15.02.2018).
9. ITC Trade Map. – URL: www.trademap.org/Index.aspx (Accessed 14.02.2018).
INNOVATION PROJECTS ON DEVELOPMENT OF AGRICULTURE

IN MOSCOW
E. Sudnik

The article covers the long-term plans of the Moscow government on the construction of agrofood
clusters. The analysis of «New Moscow» territory for construction of an agrocluster is carried out. The
structure and the functioning system of the wholesale and retail center «Food City» is considered. During
the analysis of the Russian type cluster, primary advantages and disadvantages are defined. In the con-
clusion the author revealed the perspective directions for development of agrofood clusters in Moscow.
Key-words: Entrepreneurship, agro-industrial integration, integrated structures, production effi-

ciency, agro-industrial formations, food markets, agrofood cluster, agricultural production, development
of agriculture, producers.
221
The level of entrepreneurship development in Moscow is significantly higher than the

other regions of Russia. The best business conditions for entrepreneurs are created by Moscow
companies despite of high expenses.
In modern practice there are numerous business and integrated structures, differing by the
association purposes, the character of relations between participants, the nature of economic ac-
tivity and the financial basis for formation and functioning.
A new form of agro-industrial integration development for Russian market is agrocluster.
Agrofood cluster is a form of cooperation between the main organization and the juridical
companies or individual entrepreneurs, entering agrofood cluster. The tasks of participants are
storing, processing and selling food products and food raw materials in the borders of one or
several land plots belonging to the main organization.
Agrocluster includes the group of supplying and processing companies, stores for long-
term storage, logistic center with a parking lot.
Clusters play role «the points of raise» for economics of Russia. The forming of cluster
shows next advantages:
– offer new areas of activity for unprofitable companies;
– regulate investments and evaluate the efficiency of investments;
– raise the region business activity in the agrarian markets;
– develop innovation potential of agrarian enterprises by fast introduction of innovations to
all companies of the cluster.
The main factor of forming big-scale storage bases is the development of wholesale food
trade and stimulating food production in regions.
The introduction of a cluster structure is shown in Fig. 1.
Social sphere
Agropro-
duction Consumption
sphere sphere
Agrofood
Transporta-
cluster
Science and
tion sphere education
Industrial sphere
sphere
Fig. 1. Structure of agrofood cluster
Source: developed by the author based on the data [2; 3].
The main advantages of forming clusters are given further:

1. Clusters can be dynamical, possible to extend, join new elements, improve the forms of
communication of each cluster structure.
2. The structure elements of cluster can help each other, creating synergetic effect. The re-
sult is the growth of economic potential and continuous development.
3. Clusters’ colleagues can give each other technical, technological and economic support
and exercise mutual control aimed to achieve significant common economic effect.
These advantages of the cluster organization of primary agricultural production, processing and
realization of production motivate administration of regions to stimulate integration of work forces.
It should be noted that in Moscow and its suburbs the construction of three agrofood clus-
ters are planned. The characteristic of planned agroclusters is given below.
It is necessary to underline, more perspective direction is South. From July of 2012 year a
part of territory of Moscow region joined Moscow [7]. The result is that the sown areas of agri-
cultural farms are increasing, new wholesale and retail food production markets are opening.
Moreover, it is started the development of infrastructure, the roads are extending, new job posi-
tions are appearing.
222
Table 1
Characteristic of agroclusters
Possible number Number of

Square of territory, Production turn- Location
Agrocluster of used employee,
hectare over/year, m. t (highway)
cars/day, thou thou
South 220 2,6 8 4,5 Kaluzhskoe
North 227 1,1 4 2 Leningradskoe
West 300 0,6 2 1 Borovskoye
Source: developed by the author on the data of the project «Big Moscow» [7].
Consequently, joined territory or «New Moscow» has become perspective direction for ag-
riculture development in Moscow.
It means that the farms, agricultural organizations, small holdings have being developing in
the territory of «New Moscow». These agricultural structures produce vegetables and potato, milk
and eggs, fatten livestock and poultry. Areas under agricultural cultures are shown in Table 2.
Table 2
Areas under agricultural cultures in Moscow
Areas under crops, thou hectares

Category of agrarian organization
2012 2013 2014 2015
Farms and individual entrepreneurs 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
Agricultural organizations 16,5 12,2 13,3 14,7
Small holdings 1,9 1,6 1,6 1,4
Farms of all categories 18,6 14 15,1 16,4
Source: developed by the author on the data of Federal State Statistics Service of Russian Federation [6].
Considering Fig. 2, the areas under crops of Moscow are occupied by farms, agricultural
organizations and holdings. It should be noted, in the conditions of food supply of Moscow the
agrocluster «Food City» was opened in September of 2014. The aim of agrocluster construction
is to create big-scale complex for food supply of megapolis instead of unprofitable small food
and vegetable markets. The main task of the complex is free access to fresh products for unpopu-
lar shops, restaurants and other small consumers.
One of the main advantages of the cluster is location. The wholesale-food center is located
at Kaluzhskoe Highway, close to the village «Mamyri». The location of the center is shown on
the map (Fig. 2).
Fig. 2. The location of the agrocluster «Food City»
Source: composed by the author.
223
On the map we see, from the one hand the location of the cluster in the territory of «New
Moscow» doesn’t create traffic problems to the transport system of megapolis and from the other
hand it doesn’t have big territory in the city. That’s why it’s easy for regional and country trans-
port to drive up to the agrocluster. The structure of the agrocluster is shown in Fig. 3.
Ofices
Trade Stores
Complex
Agrocluster
«Food City»
The Parking
parking
Hotel
of trucks
Fig. 3. The structure of the agrocluster «Food City»
Source: developed by the author on the data of web-site of the agrofood cluster «Food City» [5].
The wholesale-food complex includes several types of trade structures: business buildings
(offices, hotel), storages and parking lots. In the trade center of «Food City» there are the halls
for Russian regions production. Moreover, in the complex is realized wholesale and retail food
production where everyone can buy meat, fish, milk, grocery products and flowers.
The characteristic of the agrocluster territory is shown in Table 3.
Table 3
The territory characteristics of the agrocluster «Food City»
№ Structure Square, thou meters in square

1. Trade complex 347
2. Offices 31
3. Storages 300
4. Parking lot, hotel 232
5. Total square 910
Source: developed by the author on the data of the agrofood cluster «Food City» [5].
It is necessary to underline, agrocluster offers to regional agricultural producers next ser-

vices:
– Retail and wholesale trade;
– Big wholesale trade;
– Storage rent;
– Trade from trucks.
The main advantages for trade produces are next:
– Effective system of logistics;
– Remission of sales tax;
– Trade without agents.
It should be noted, in 2014 the conception «Agrofood cluster» was introduced in State Law
«About food supply of Moscow» [1].
According to the Law of Food Supply, all producers, who realize their production inside
the agrocluster «Food City», can sell agricultural products without sales tax payment.
However, according to the reviews of agricultural producers and visitors of agrocluster,
Food City has being working insufficiently. There are several reviews about the new cluster:
224
«…large building, near-empty, no visitors…»; «…the quality of production is law, fish is not
fresh, the fruits are rotten…»; «Entrance into the territory of cluster for cars costs fifty rubles»;
«…the prices on the import production are high…»; «The produces of agricultural production
are mostly from Azerbaijan, there are no sellers from Tula, Kaluga, Voronezh, Lipetsk»;
«Wholesale prices are higher in 30–40%, than retail prices in Moscow and in Moscow Region»;
«Expensive rent (1600$ – 1 square meter per year)» and others [5].
In conclusion, the construction of a new agrocluster of Spanish type in the territory of
«New Moscow» solves next tasks:
– improve economic indicators of the country;
– provide Food Security for population of Moscow;
– create favorable conditions for supply and distribution of production;
– open new jobs positions for residents and for people from regions;
– conclude cooperation with the public, municipal authorities with the aim to supply fresh
agricultural production to schools, kindergartens, universities and other state companies;
– distribution of production to farmer fairs and supermarkets of Moscow;
– cooperation with the regional agrarian enterprises.
Construction of a new agrofood cluster and cooperation with the agrarian enterprises,
farms and outlets in Moscow and in regions improves the level of Food Supply in megalopolis.
Otherwise, agrarian enterprises of Regions increase sales by reducing transportation and storage
costs.
LITERATURE
1. Law «About Food Security in Moscow». – URL: http://docs.cntd.ru/document/3666938

2. Makarova E.P., Sudnik E.V. Prospects of agriculture development in Moscow region // Rural
economics of Russia. – 2015. – № 3. – P. 51–54.
3. Makarova-Korobeynikova E.P., Sudnik E.V. Development of agrofood clusters in Moscow //
Economy and business. – 2016. – № 10. – P. 246–249.
4. Makarova-Korobeynikova E.P., Sudnik E.V. Integration processes in agrarian and industrial
complex of Moscow in the condition of food supply // Modernization of economic systems: looking to the
future (MESLF-2016): Collection of scientific papers. – Prague, 2016. – P. 146–152.
5. Website of the wholesale and retail food center of Russia «Food City». – URL: http://foodcity.ru
6. Website of Federal State Statistics Service. – URL: http://www.gks.ru
7. Website of the project «Big Moscow». – URL: http://moscowbig.ru
THE MAIN APPROACHES TO THE CONCEPT «COMPETITIVENESS»
V.V. Novosad, A.N. Zharov

In the current economic conditions, when economic entities have economic freedom and are free to
choose independently the suppliers of resources and the markets for their products. Each of them strives
to «seize» the most profitable resources and markets. In other words, we are talking about a competitive
struggle between them. Many of the enterprises cannot withstand such a struggle and leave the market,
while others, on the contrary, show good rates of development. It should be noted that this behavior is
characteristic not only of micro-, but also of meso- and macrolevels. When in a competitive struggle
separate industries, states or their groups, separate regions converge. What contributes to this develop-
ment of events? If we talk about the subject (it is a question of the state or enterprise), then the concept of
225
«competitiveness» is introduced into the economic turnover. At the same time, there is no single interpre-
tation of this term. The article analyzes the main approaches to this term, gives the views of various re-
searchers.
Key words: competitiveness, modern economy, markets, markets systems
Introduction. One of the key concepts of modern economy is the notion of competitive-
ness. Enterprises, industries and whole states compete for better conditions. However, there is no
single, unified concept of this term. In the scientific literature, there are many approaches and
definitions of the term.
The aim of this study is to understand what the term of competitiveness means, how many
approaches there are, what foreign and Russian experts understand by this term.
Results of study. Theoretical approaches to the notion of competitiveness have their origin
from the period of precapitalistic formations. A huge contribution to the development and educa-
tion of a clear definition of «competitiveness» was made by A. Smith, D. Ricardo. The concept
was further developed through the works of J. Keynes, V. Leontiev, M. Porter and others. How-
ever, in the modern world and the established science of «economics» there is no one and correct
definition of «competitiveness». There are several different approaches to this concept. Each au-
thor focuses on something, putting his own unique shade. Scientists devoted their work to this
topic, and graduate students, journalists, specialists of a narrow profile, candidates and associate
professors of sciences worked and work on this definition. Even though competition is a well-
known economic category, nevertheless there is no single approach to this notion of «competi-
tiveness».
The term competition itself comes from the Latin «concurrentia», translated into Russian
as a competition, a clash, a rivalry (Arustamov E.A., 2010). In the dictionary of V. Dahl, the
term «competition is treated as rivalry or competition (Dahl V., 2008).
For the first time in the economic revolution, the term «competition» was introduced by
A. Smith in his famous work «An Investigation of the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Na-
tions». He gave this definition of competition: «Competition is a rivalry between market partici-
pants who are interested in better selling their goods or providing services» (Smith A., 1776). Also
A. Smith proposed a mechanism of competition that would balance the industry's rate of return and
lead to an optimal allocation of resources among the sectors. He identified the main conditions for
the effectiveness of competition, which formed the basis for a market of perfect competition.
To these conditions, A. Smith attributed the following:
– Availability of most sellers and buyers in the market;
– Impossibility of sellers' influence on the market value of goods and services;
– Availability of free entry and exit to the market;
– All producers are aware of their functions of income and costs, prices of resources on
equal terms.
Ideas similar to the ideas of A. Smith were expressed by K.R. McConnell, S.Yu. Bru,. Ac-
cording to these researchers, competition should be understood as a special situation in the mar-
ket, the main characteristics of which are, on the one hand, the presence of many independent
sellers and buyers, and on the other hand, the freedom of their movement (McConnell K.R.,
Bru S.Yu, 2009).
The main disadvantage of the definitions of «competition» is the lack of literature in them
to rivalry. In our opinion, it is rivalry that is the main competition. It is thanks to it that weak,
inferior producers leave the market, which, overall, has a favorable effect on the situation.
The study of competitiveness can occur at two levels: a macro level or a level of a separate
territory and a micro-level or enterprise level.
226
E. Chamberlin made a great contribution to the development of the concept of competition

(Chamberlin E., 1933). According to this researcher, the relationship between the term «competi-
tion» and «monopoly» was established. In his opinion, the concepts under study are the opposite.
However, in his view, the emergence of monopoly is possible only through competition. But this
is possible only under certain conditions. These studies gave impetus to the protection of compe-
tition by the state and the fight against monopolism. It was revealed that the emergence of mo-
nopolies provokes price increases, colluding between sellers, violations of consumer rights. In
his studies, E. Chamberlin proved that any enterprise strived to seize the leading positions in its
industry, dictating its prices in the market. It is done with one single goal. This goal is to maxi-
mize the profit of the enterprise. This aspiration can not be considered only as a negative factor.
Striving for leading positions pushes the enterprise to release new goods and provide new ser-
vices, reduce costs, seize new markets, improve the quality of products. A striking example of
this desire is Apple, which has been a leader in the production of IT products for several decades.
The next most important contribution to the development of the studied concept is the con-
tribution of J. Robinson, who introduced the notion of imperfect competition. Under «imperfect
competition» J. Robinson understands the situation in the industry market, in which the vast ma-
jority of products are offered by a limited number of organizations that enter into a competitive
relationship (Robinson J., 1933). In her studies, J. Robinson proved that in conditions of a mo-
nopolistic market and inelastic demand, to maximize profits, an enterprise could reduce produc-
tion volumes and increase the price of products or services. Another scientist who made a great
contribution to the development of «competition» was A. Marshall. In his main study «Principles
of Economics» he explained what a such concept as «imperfect competition» was (Marshall A.,
1890).
However, if we examine these approaches more precisely, we can say that they have one
common drawback: namely, they consider the competitiveness of an enterprise only from the
market position, considering only the types of markets: the market of free competition, the oli-
gopolistic market, the market of monopolistic competition, the monopolistic market.
Another approach to the concept of «competition» can be found in the writings of K. Marx
and F. Engels. In their works, they view competitiveness as an economic process of struggle be-
tween the entrepreneurs acting on the market to provide better sales opportunities for their prod-
ucts, meet the diverse needs of the buyer. At the same time, the works of K. Marx emphasize the
importance of competition precisely for capitalist society. It is in the pursuit of profit, that enter-
prises enter into competition. «Competition is competition for profit» can be found in one of the
works of K. Marx (Marx K., 1847). At the same time, the works of K. Marx emphasize the im-
portance of competition precisely for capitalist society. It is in the pursuit of profit, that enter-
prises enter competition. «Competition is competition for profit» can be found in one of the
works of K. Marx.
Another glance at the notion of «competition» is the view of the Austrian economist, No-
bel Prize Winner F. Hayek. In his work «Competition As A Discovery Procedure,» he notes that
enterprises that take into account competition in their work are more successful than those that
do not rely on it (Hayek F., 1968). He says that the value of competition lies in the fact that the
results of competitive struggle are unpredictable.
Thus, we can note the following. Competition can be considered as a market situation, the
presence of a large number of sellers and buyers, making a profit, constant improvement.
The study of competitiveness was not only carried out abroad, but also in our country.
However, the Russian experience of such study has its own characteristics, which are closely re-
lated to the specifics of the country's development.
So, for example, commodity-money relations appeared in Russia at the turn of the XIX–
XX centuries. Nevertheless, because of the Civil War of 1918–1921 and the change in the count-
ry's development vector, the country's economy has fallen into decay. Agriculture did not remain
227
aloof. The volume of its production decreased several times. Many historians attribute the ap-
pearance of a competitive market to the introduction of the New Economic Policy (NEP) in the
country. In those years, competitiveness was understood as «the attitude of isolated commodity
producers working on a common market». However, the implementation of this policy was
short-lived and lasted only until 1927/1928.
A new upsurge in the study of competitiveness in our country emerges only in the 1980s.
At the beginning of the 1990s several laws were adopted to protect competition. Among them we
distinguish the following: Law № 2079-1 «On the General Principles of Entrepreneurship of
Citizens of the USSR», Law № 948-1 «On Competition and Restriction of Monopolistic Activity
in Commodity Markets». It is through the adoption of these two laws that the state has under-
taken to fight against monopolism.
During this period, the creation of a competitive market was carried out in two main direc-
tions:
1. Destruction of the monopolistic market.
2. Prohibition of mergers of competing companies.
The period from 1991 to 1998 was especially difficult for the domestic economy. During
this period, not only a decline in production volumes occurred, but also a reduction in effective
demand, which made not only enterprises, but also the Russian economy in general.
At the beginning of the 21st century, the situation is radically changing. Intervention of the
state in the economy, as well as a favorable external economic situation spurred economic devel-
opment of the country. The growth of the economy provokes an increase in solvent demand,
which in turn spurs the development of enterprises.
In 2006, the Federal Law № 135-FZ «On Protection of Competition» was adopted. It is in
this law, namely in article.4., that the concept of competition is introduced, which means «the
rivalry of economic entities, in which the independent actions of each of them exclude or limit
the ability to unilaterally influence the general conditions of circulation of goods in the relevant
commodity market».
Conclusion. Thus, summing up, it can be noted that approaches to the definition of such
term as competitiveness are based on the following:
– Features of internal and external activities of the company;
– On the commodity component of competitiveness;
In our opinion, it is possible to give the following definition of competitiveness: competi-
tiveness is on the one hand the enterprise's ability to provide products that can satisfy customers'
needs as much as possible, and on the other it is the enterprise's ability to compete for better op-
erating conditions in different markets.
LITERATURE
1. Arustamov E.A., Pakhomkin A.N. Organization of entrepreneurial activity: textbook; Recom-

mended by the UMO for Education in Environmental Management and Water Management. – 3rd ed. –
М., 2010 – 336 p.
2. Dahl V. Explanatory dictionary of the living Great Russian language. Modern writing: In 4 vol. –
Vol. 2: I–O. – M.: AST, 2008. – 1280 p.
3. Galperin V.M., Coase R.G., Williamson O.E., Simon H.A., Mahlup F., Weiner J., Alchian A.,
Walters A.A., Dorfman R., Chamberlin E.H., Stigler G.J., Hicks J.R., Samuelson P.A., Stingler G., Ar-
row K.J., Baumol W.J., Quandt R.E. Leibenstein H. Milestones of economic thought. – Vol. 2: Theory of
the firm. – M.: Economical School, 1999. – 534 p.
4. Hayek F. Competition as a Discovery Procedure // The Quarterly Journal of Austrian Econom-
ics. – 1968. – № 5 (3). – Р. 9–23.
5. Marshall A. Principles of Economics. – Vol. 2. – M.: Progress, 1993. – 312 p.
6. Marx K. Wage Labour and Capital. – M., 1933. – 48 p.
228
7. McConnell K.R,. Bru S.Yu. Economics. – M.: Infra-M, 2009. – 940 p.

8. Robinson J. The Economics of Imperfect competition. – London: Macmillan, 1933. – 352 p.
9. Smith A. Inquiry into the nature and causes of the wealth of nations. – M.: Ecsmo, 2016. – 1056 p.
EFFECT OF NANO-FERTILIZER ON GERMINATION

OF BITTER ALMOND SEEDS
A. Badran1, 2, I. Savin2, 3
1
Plant Production Dept., Desert Res. Center, Cairo, Egypt
2
3
V.V. Dokuchaev Soil Science Institute, Moscow, Russia.
The use of large quantities of chemical fertilizers caused in many harmful to humans, animals and
the environment. Adding to that, the difficulty of using nitrogen fertilizers especially urea and loss a large
amount of it in sandy soil (70%) by leaching. In the other side, using of nano-particles and nano-
powders, can produce controlled or delayed releasing fertilizers. This strategy could be reduced leaching
of fertilizers as the release occurs gradually and continuously. Hence, this experiment conducted to study
the effect of nano-fertilizer on seed germination and the first stages of bitter almond growth compared to
other chemicals fertilizers. The nuts were soaked in distilled water for 48 hours. Subsequently, the seeds
were sown in perlite and treated with different concentrations of nano-fertilizer, urea and ammonium sul-
fate at (0, 25, 50 and 100%) for each, then stratified at 6 ºC for 8 weeks. After cold stratification, non-
germinated seeds were exposed to 22 ºC for three weeks to promote germination. Germinated seeds were
sown in pots with a mixture of peat and perlite. The treatments were arranged in a randomized complete
block design with 3 replicates and 25 seeds for each replicate. The results revealed that, nano-fertilizer at
50% affected significantly on seed germination and first stages of bitter almond growth and gave the
highest parameters compared to other chemicals fertilizers under the study.
Key words: chemical fertilizers, nano-fertilizers, slow release fertilizers, germination, bitter almond.
Introduction. Nitrogen is the necessary nutrient for plant growth and it is the most impor-
tant factor commonly considered as being yield limiting [1]. Urea is the most widely used nitro-
gen fertilizer in world agriculture because of its high nitrogen content 46% [2]. However, urea
cannot be easily fixed by soil particles before hydrolysation as it is a neutral organic molecule. It
has been estimated that only 30–50% of the dose of nitrogen applied as urea can be recovered by
plants [3]. Basically the nitrogen applied using conventional fertilizers, with particle size dimen-
sions greater than 100 nm (nano size from 1-100 nm), almost is lost to the soil due to leaching,
so nitrogen utilization efficiency (NUE) by plants is low [4]. To reduce the leaching and improve
the NUE, must convert the surface area of the fertilizer to nanosize, and this strategy involves the
slow–release of fertilizer also [5].In this concern, nano-fertilizer; Hydroxyapatite (HA)modified
with nanourea composite have been employed to agriculture, because of their higher NUE and
slow release of nitrogen to the soil. These maximize the NUE by plants and minimize the ad-
verse effects to the environment.
The main target of this study is determining the optimum amount of nano-fertilizers that
give higher germination percentage with vigor seedling growth of bitter almond rootstock com-
pared to other chemicals fertilizers.
229
Materials and methods. This study was conducted in 2016–2017 to investigate the effect
of nano-fertilizer on seed germination and first stages of bitter almond growth instead of other
chemical fertilizers. Nano-fertilizer (Hydroxyapatite (HA) modified with nanourea) can be syn-
thesized by several methods as described in previous studies [6–7] and its elemental composition
showed in Table 1.
Table 1
Elemental compositions of hydroxyapatite (HA) nanoparticles and urea-modified HA nanoparticles
Element (%) Urea surface-modified HA nanoparticles

N 33,2
P 6,2
Ca 13
HA was synthesized according to the following equation:
6H3PO4 + 10Ca(OH)2 → Ca10(PO4)6(OH)2 + 18H2O.
Additionally, the interaction between HA and nanourea was conducted under ultrasonic
mixing (30 KHz for 1hr).
In this concern, dry seeds of bitter almond (Prunus Amygdalus), Family: Rosaceae, were
collected from a vigor genotype at Rafah, North Sinai Governorate-Egypt. Uniform size and
healthy nuts were soaked in distilled water for 48 hours subsequently, nuts sown in perlite and
treated with three kinds of fertilizers; nano-fertilizer, urea and ammonium sulfate at 0% as a con-
trol, 25, 50 and 100% for each; 100% = 100 mg N [8]. Weight of nano-fertilizer adjusted to con-
tain an equal amount of nitrogen as the commercial fertilizer. Moreover, amount of P, Ca in form
of Monocalcium phosphate Ca(H2PO4)2 were applied as well as their contents in nano-fertilizer.
K was added to all treatments in macro scale (Potassium sulfate). After that, the seeds were
stratified at 6 ºC for eight weeks (15 October – 13 December, 2016). After cold stratification,
non-germinated seeds were exposed to 22 ºC for three weeks (13 December – 5 January, 2017)
to promote germination. Germination period is the time (in days) between the first time of
sprouts and the end of germination because of the seeds which placed in the optimum conditions
do not germinate immediately after sowing [9]. Seed germination was defined by the emergence
of the radicle at least 2-mm length. Two plants per replicate from every treatment were obtained
and sown in black polyethylene bags (15 × 20 cm) contained a mixture of peat and perlite subse-
quently treated with different concentrations of fertilizers once/month (100% = 10g N in first
stages of growth). The plants were grown at a temperature of 25 ± 2°C; a photoperiod of
16 hours light, eight hours dark; and alight intensity (PAR) of 500–700 μM m-2 s-1.
Estimated measurements:
1. The seed moisture content was determined before study and after germination (g/seed).
2. The germination percentage was determined weekly until the end of germination period
according to the following formula: GP = ΣG/N × 100 where GP is the germination percentage,
G is the numbers of germinated seeds and N is the numbers of all seeds [10].
3. Germination rate (GR) was calculated using following equation: Gr = Σn/Σ (Dn) × 100.
Where n is the number of seeds that germinated on days and D is the number of days counted
from the beginning of the test [11].
4. The stem length (cm) was measured from the soil surface to the end of the growing point.
5. The stem diameter (mm) of each plant was measured using venire caliper.
6. The mean length of primary root/plant (cm) was measured.
7. The mean number and length of secondary roots/plant (cm) were measured.
230
The treatments were arranged in a randomized complete block design with three replicates,
and 25 seeds for each replicate. The obtained data were tabulated and subjected to analysis of
variance (ANOVA) with the MSTAT software package.
Results and discussion. Data obtained regarding the effect of pre-treating seed with urea,
ammonium sulfate and nano-fertilizer on germination and seedling growth of bitter almond were
tabulated in Table 2 and 3.
Table 2
Effect of fertilization treatments on seed germination, stem length and diameter of bitter almond seedlings
Seed moisture Germination, Germination Stem

Fertilizer Stem length
content % rate diameter
without 0,36 76,00 4,76 9,00 1,80
25% 0,50 84,00 7,00 19,33 2,40
Urea
50% 0,58 86,67 7,14 20,33 2,73
100% 0,59 90,67 7,56 21,00 2,76
Without 0,44 80,00 5,55 9,66 1,90
Ammonium 25% 0,57 86,67 9,10 22,67 2,93
sulfate 50% 0,65 90,67 9,52 24,00 3,00
100% 0,68 90,67 9,89 25,67 3,10
Without 0,38 77,63 5,58 10,00 1,96
Nano- 25% 0,79 94,67 14,00 28,50 3,40
fertilizer 50% 0,99 97,33 14,94 28,67 4,10
100% 1,04 98,67 15,21 31,33 4,76
LSD at 5% 0,09 4,70 3,38 4,04 0,50
Table 3
Effect of fertilization treatments on roots formation and of bitter almond seedlings
Number of secondary Length of secondary Length of primary

Fertilizer
roots/plant roots/plant root/plant
Without 8,32 2,66 6,33
25% 15,33 4,67 10,33
Urea
50% 15,67 4,66 10,67
100% 17,33 4,66 10,67
Without 9,33 3,00 6,00
Ammonium 25% 20,00 4,66 11,67
sulfate 50% 21,00 5,00 13,00
100% 14,00 5,66 15,67
Without 9,60 3,10 4,66
25% 19,67 6,33 16,33
Nano-fertilizer
50% 22,67 6,67 17,67
100% 25,33 7,00 18,00
LSD at 5% 3,02 0,63 1,69
From the obtained data, it was found that seed moisture content was significantly increased
by increasing fertilization doses from zero to the complete dose in all types of fertilizers (Tab-
le 2). The highest seed moisture content was recorded with 50 and 100% of nano-fertilizer with-
out any differences between them compared to other treatments. The obtained results are in line
with previous studies [12]. They founded that; the various nanomaterials can be uptake by the
tomato seeds and significantly affect their biological activity, most probably by enhancing the
amount of water that penetrates inside the seeds during the germination period, whereas,
231
nanoparticles can create new pores for water permeation by penetration of seed coat. This proc-
ess can increase germination and growth rate of tomato seedlings.
There was a marked increment in germination percentage parallel to increasing fertilization
doses up to 100% in all types of fertilizers (Table 2). In this respect, the highest germination per-
centage was achieved when the seeds were treated with nano-fertilizer treatments compared to
traditional fertilizer treatments. Additionally 100% of urea, 50 and 100% of ammonium sulfate
gave an equal effect to 25% of nano-fertilizer in germination percentage. In this respect, synthe-
sized nanourea was encapsulated into the HA were safe to the germination of green gram seeds
and enhance the property of slow and sustained release of nitrogen to the plants [6].
Fertilization treatments significantly affected the germination rate of bitter almond seeds
(Table 2). Subsequently, the highest pronounced increment was obtained due to all doses of
nano-fertilizer relative to urea and ammonium sulfate treatments. Differences between urea and
ammonium sulfate treatments were insignificant.
The obtained results in Table 2 showed that, treating bitter almond seeds with different fer-
tilization types and doses improve both stem length and diameter due to mobilizing fertilization
dose from zero to 100%. Moreover, nano-fertilizer gave the best growth and had the greatest
length and diameter relative to urea and ammonium sulfate treatments. Previous studies men-
tioned that height of green gram plants (Vigna radiata) treated with HA nanourea gave 11,8 cm
for 5 days time interval in contrast urea alone treated has only 10 cm [12]. Also, Nano calcium
and Nano potassium fertilizer treatments, increased leaf area and Chlorophyll content in basil
[13].
Relative to the effect of seed pre-treating with different fertilizers types and doses, on
length of primary root, number and length of secondary roots/plant of bitter almond seedlings
(Table 3), it is cleared that the germinated seeds under high doses of nano-fertilizers 50% and
100% gave strong seedlings which had a tallest length of primary and secondary root/plant and
also gave the highest number of secondary root/plant. While, the other seeds which germinated
under urea and ammonium sulfate fertilizers gave short length and lowest number values of
roots. It can be attributed to; nano-fertilizers are available for absorption and can provide all nu-
trients that required for plant growth in a wide range of PH. Previous studies [14] reported that,
iron can be unavailable for absorption if soil pH is not between about 5 and 6.5. A common
problem is when the soil is too alkaline (the pH is above 6.5). Iron chelate Nano fertilizer can be
considered as a rich and reliable source of bivalent iron for cowpea plant because of its high sta-
bility and gradual release of iron in a wide pH range 3 to 11.
Conclusion. From the aforementioned results, it can be concluding that treating seeds and
bitter almond transplants in early stages of growth with nano-fertilizers improve germination pa-
rameters, stem length and diameter and produced stronger seedlings which had the tallest and
deepest underground parts; due to providing the nutrients through continuous and slow release
fertilizer to the plants and decrease leaching of nitrogen, compared to other conventional chemi-
cal fertilizers.
LITERATURE
1. Ni B.L., Liu M.Z., Lue S.Y. Multifunctional slow release urea fertilizer from ethyl cellulose and
super absorbent coated formulations // Chemical Engineering Journal. – 2009. – № 155. – Р. 892–898.
2. Zheng T., Liang Y.H., Ye S.H., He Z.Y. Superabsorbent hydrogels as carriers for the controlled-
release of urea: experiments and a mathematical model describing the release rate // Biosystems Engi-
neering. – 2009. – № 102. – Р. 44–50.
3. Al-Zahrani S.M. Controlled-release of fertilizers: modelling and simulation // International Jour-
nal of Engineering Science. – 1999. – № 37. – Р. 1299–1307.
4. Monreal C.M., McGill W.B., Nyborg M. Spatial heterogeneity of substrates: effects of hydrolysis,
immobilization and nitrification of urea // N. Journal of Soil Science. – 1986. – № 66 (4). – Р. 499–511.
232
5. Sastry R.K., Rashmi H.B., Rao N.H., Ilyas S.M. Integrating nanotechnology into agri-food sys-
tems research in India: a conceptual framework // Technology Forecast Science. – 2010. – № 77 (7). –
Р. 639–648.
6. Subbaiyal R., Priyankal M., Masilamani S.M. Formulation of Green Nano-Fertilizer to Enhance
the Plant Growth through Slow and Sustained Release of Nitrogen // Journal of Pharmacy Research. –
2012. – № 5 (11). – Р. 5178–5183.
7. Kottegoda N., Munaweera I., Madusanka N., Karunaratne Y. A green slow-release fertilizer com-
position based on urea-modified hydroxyapatite nanoparticles encapsulated wood // Current science. –
2011. – № 101 (1). – Р. 73–78.
8. Neilsen D., Parchomchuk P., Hogue E.J. Soil and peach seedling responses to soluble phos-
phorus applied in single or multiple doses // Communications, in Soil. Sci. and plant Ann. – 1993. –
№ 24 (9-10). – Р. 881–898.
9. Miryam O., Moulay B., Narimane Z. Effect of salinity on seed germination of Abelmoschusescu-
lentus // Afr J. Agric. Res. – 2015. – № 10. – Р. 2014–2019.
10. Copeland L.O., Mc Donald M.B. Principles of seed science and technology. – 4th ed. –
Dordrecht; the Netherlands: KluwerAcademicPublishers, 2001. – 488 p.
11. Copeland L.O., Mc Donald M.B. Principals of seed science and Technology. – 3nd ed. – Chap-
manand Hall, N. Y., 1995. – 236 p.
12. Khodakovskaya M., Dervishi E., Mahmood M., Xu Y., Li., Watanabe F., Biris A. Carbon Nano-
tubes are able to Penetrate Plant Seed Coat and Dramatically Affect // Seed Germination and Plant
Growth. – 2009. – № 3 (10). – Р. 3221–3227.
13. Ghahremani A., Akbari K., Yousefpour M., Ardalani H. Effects of Nano-Potassium and Nano
Calcium Chelated Fertilizers on Qualitative and Quantitative Characteristics of Ocimum basilicum //
IJPRS. – 2014. – № 3. – Р. 235–241.
14. Monsef-Afshar R., Hadi H., Pirzad A. Effect of Nano-Iron on the yield and yield components of
Cowpea under end season water deficit. International // Journal of Agriculture. – 2013. – № 3 (1). – Р. 27–34.
INFLUENCE OF SOWING TIME

ON PRODUCTIVITY OF SOYBEAN PLANTS
IN MOSCOW REGION CLIMATIC CONDITIONS
E.V. Romanova, E.O. Shmelkova, P. Kezimana,

D.R. Shafiggulin, E.A. Gorbatovskaya, M.M. Kleshenko

In this research we studied the effect of sowing time on the productivity of soybean plants.
It has been established that sowing time is a variety-specific factor. In the Moscow region, the Sib-
NIIK-315 variety is similar in terms of precocity and height of plants with the standard variety Mageva,
however, when sowing is in the last decade of May, it exceeds that of a single plant, beans and seeds, and
can be recommended for expanding the range of seed products with high protein and oil content, and also
as a source for further breeding work, taking into account the expression of genes that determine the pho-
toperiod of plants.
Key words: soybean, photoperiod, sowing time, phases of development, productivity.
The time of crops sowing is a key element in zonal cultivation technologies, especially be-
cause those technologies don’t need additional material costs compared to such practices as fer-
tilization, using pesticides, etc. Often, the rightly chosen sowing time significantly affects the
233
amount and quality of the yield. That’s why the purpose of our study was to determine the opti-
mal timing of soybean sowing for the Moscow region, taking into account the variety-specificity
of the crop.
Soybean is a short-day plant and it’s characterized by the fact that in a short day period,
flowering begins earlier than in a long day. Each type of soybean variety has its own response to
the duration of the day. There are varieties that, under the conditions of a long summer day of
northern latitudes, never turn to flowering and fruit-bearing and can begin to bloom only at a
longitude of 14 days or even fewer hours. In some varieties, in conditions of a long day, the time
of transition to flowering is significantly extended. If other types of short-day plants need 7 to
40 days to accelerate the onset of flowering, soybean induction of flowering can be caused by
exposing plants on a short day for 2 to 6 days. Even intense moonlight at night can change the
reaction of the plant at the beginning of flowering. There are more than 8 genes controlling the
reaction of soybean to photoperiod are known [1]. Also it’s known that the dominant E3 and E4
genes cause a reaction to the photoperiod in soybean in the vegetative phase, which reaches
30 days at the 20-hour day, and at 16-hour or less-absent. Varieties with these genes are practi-
cally not ripening in the northern latitudes. The recessive alleles of all these genes cause neutral-
ity to the photoperiod [2]. In recent years, in connection with the promotion of soybean to the
North, there are more and more new varieties with a neutral or weak reaction to the photoperiod.
Soybean has always been considered as a heat-loving plant, which requires a large sum of active
temperatures for maturing. However, in recent years, many ultra-early maturing forms have been
developed, which require aging of the sum of active temperatures from 1700 to 2200 °C. Al-
though soybean require a sufficient amount of moisture, it is fairly resistant to water shortages
from shoots to flowering. This culture is more sensitive to drought during the setting and pouring
of beans. Soybean grows poorly on wetland soaked soil, and well in conditions of sufficient soil
moisture it tolerates the dryness of atmospheric air. Weather conditions of a particular year have
a determining effect on the yield of soybean varieties, especially introduced ones [3]. As a rule,
in practice, sowing is used in several terms to avoid weather risks that negatively affect the yield.
To study the effect of sowing time on yield and other characteristics of soybean varieties
SibNIIK-315 and Mageva in the Moscow Region, seeding was carried out in two terms – on
May 15 and 22 at the demonstration site of the All-Russian Research Institute of Selection and
Seed Vegetable Crops (VNIISSOK). The methodology of setting field experiments was carried
out taking into account the specific features of field experience in selection, variety testing and
primary seed production of vegetable crops established in GOST standard № 46 71–78. The
«Methodology of the State variety testing of agricultural crops» was used [4]. The length of each
plot is 2 meters, the row spacing is 45 cm, the distance between the plants is 20 cm, and the seed-
ing was done by the ordinary method manually. The studies were conducted within the frame-
work of a comprehensive program on soybean selection studies [5].
The SibNIIK-315 – variety of the Siberian ecotype, was created in the Federal State Budg-
etary Scientific Institution Siberian Research Institute of Feedstuff by V.E. Gorin and co-workers
by selecting from the Swedish varieties of the collection of VIR-5828. According to the authors,
the cause of variability in the collection pattern was spontaneous hybridization. The variety be-
longs to the Manchurica subspecies and is part of the approbation group Sordida. Vegetation pe-
riod is 90–110 days. It was zoned in 1991 and is allowed to be used in production in the Volga-
Vyatka, Middle Volga, Ural, West Siberian and East Siberian regions of the Russian Federation
and the Republic of Kazakhstan. In the conditions of the forest-steppe zone of Western Siberia, it
ripens 10–12 days earlier than the Rassvet standard, with seed ripening in years with unfavorable
weather conditions, whereas the standard drastically reduces yields [6].
The Mageva variety is developed by selection from a mutant population and refers to the
variety Proecox (early maturing). Vegetation period is 83–99 days. The sum of active tempera-
tures from shoots to full maturation is 1680–1750 °C. The variety is cold-resistant, in the phase
234
of primordial leaves it tolerates spring frosts to -5 °C. The variety is included in the State Regis-
ter in five regions: Central, Central Black Earth, Volga-Vyatka, Middle Volga and Urals [7]. The
results of a single-factor analysis of variance revealed a significant difference between the two
sowing periods for the SibNIIk-315 variety.
Table 1
The effect of the sowing period on the quality traits of soybean plants of the SibNIIC-315 variety
(the first sowing period is May 15, the second is May 22)
Sowingperiod
May 15 May 22 LSD05
Traits
Plantheight, cm 53,8 ± 3,0 55,1 ± 3,0 4,2
Weightof 1000 seeds, g 140,3 ± 8,0 163,5 ± 8,0 11,6
Weight of seeds from single plant, g 5,4 ± 1,8 16,5 ± 1,8 2,7
Yield (estimated), t/ha 1,2 ± 0,4 3,0 ± 0,4 0,6
Total number of seeds per one plant 40 ± 12 101 ± 12 17,2
Total number of pods per plant 22,5 ± 6,6 55,4 ± 6,6 9,6
Height of attachment of the lower pod, cm 13,7 ± 1,2 10,4 ± 1,2 1,7
Number of pods on the lower node 2 4 0,9
The second term was more effective than the first. This is probably due to a more favorable
combination of precipitation and a critical phase of plant development than at the first term.
Based on the average duration of the interphase development periods of the SibNIIK-315 vari-
ety, the critical period occurs on the 56th day after emergence. At the first sowing period this pe-
riod occurs in the second-third decade of July, the critical period of soybean water consumption
coincided with the deficit of precipitation. As a result, the yield has significantly decreased (by
1,8 t/ha) compared with a later date. At the second sowing period, the critical period began in the
third decade of July – the first ten days of August. As a result, the period of the technical ripen-
ing only affected the drought. The rest of the period was accompanied by weather-friendly
weather conditions (Table 1).
According to the main features studied, a single-factor analysis of variance did not show a
significant difference between the two sowing periods for the soybean variety of Mageva stan-
dard. However, at the first sowing time, the height of the attachment of the lower pod was larger
and larger seeds were tied than in the second (the weight of 1000 seeds was 124 and 105 g, re-
spectively). This fact gives grounds to believe that the plants of the first sowing season were in
somewhat better conditions of water consumption during the sowing period than the plants of the
subsequent sowing season.
Weather conditions during the ripening of seeds less affect their quality than in earlier
phases of development. Under normal conditions of water absorption and in the absence of
drought, the phase of soybean seed filling is extended, the seeds become larger, they acquire a
large mass and size, the color inherent in the variety, and are characterized by high seeding
qualities and productivity. As is known, Mageva variety is deterministic growth type and belongs
to the ripeness group of 000. The SibNIIK-315 grade is an indeterminate type of growth and be-
longs to the ripeness group 00c. The vegetation period for soybeans in 2015 was generally favor-
able both for temperature and for water regime, and the late-ripening indeterminate variety Sib-
NIIK-315 proved to be more productive than the early maturing determinant variety of Mageva.
Thus, under the conditions similar to those studied, in the Moscow Region the optimal pe-
riod for soybean cultivation of the SibNIIK-315 variety is the last decade of May. This increases
the number of pods and the number of seeds from the plant, as well as the mass of 1000 seeds,
compared with the earlier sowing time. It is established that the SibNIIK-315 variety is close to
the Mageva standard for precocity and plant height, however, it exceeds the last one by weight of
235
one plant, the mass of beans and seeds, and can be recommended for expanding the range of seed
products with high protein, oil and biologically Active substances, and also as a source for fur-
ther breeding work. It is also advisable to continue the study with the influence of the timing of
planting on economically significant soybean characteristics of various varieties to determine the
reaction of their genotypes to changing growing conditions, taking into account the expression of
genes that determine the photoperiod of plants.
LITERATURE
1. Bojko A.P. Katalogmirovojkollekcii VIR // Vseros. nauch.-issled. in-t rastenievodstvaim /

N.I. Vavilova (VIR); sost. A.P. Bojko, I.V. Seferova, T.V. Shelenga, T.A. Sholuhova, T.M. Andreeva,
M.A. Vishnyakova Vyp. 817:Soya. Iskhodnyj material dlyaselekcii v yuzhnyhregionah Rossijskoj Fed-
eracii. – SPb.: VIR, 2014. – 36 s.
2. Buzzel R.J., Volgeng H.D. Inheritance of intensitivity to long day length // Soybean Genetic
Newsletter. – 1980. – V. 7. – P. 26–29.
3. Gorin V.E. Novyj sort soidlyauslovijSibiri [Zapadnaya Sibir'] // Nauch-tekhn. byul. / Sib.
NIIkormov. – 1994. – V. 1. – S. 6–12.
4. Romanova E.V. Biologicheskie osobennosti soipriintrodukcii // Vestnik RASKHN. – 2005. –
№ 3. – S. 52–55.
5. Shafigullin D.R., Romanova E.V., Gins M.S., Pronina E.P., Gins V.K. Ocenka i podbor iskhod-
nogo materiala dlya selekcii soi na hozyajstvennocennye priznaki v usloviyah Central'nogo rajona Ev-
ropejskoj chasti Rossii // Ovoshchi Rossii, 2016. – № 2. – S. 28–32.
6. URL: http://gossort.com/index.html
7. URL: http://gossort.com/docs/rus/metodica_2.pdf
236
CONTENT
INTRODUCTION ………………………………………………………………………………... 3
PLANT SCIENCE
Semina E. Economic feasibility of using combined pesticides in the seed treatment by the exam-
ple of LLC «Soyuz agro», Republic оf Tatarstan ………………………………………………… 5
Mizrukhin Y. Influence of biological preparations on the productivity of potatoes in arid condi-
tions in the Russian Federation …………………………………………………………………… 10
Kalunga B. Innovations in organic agriculture …………………………………………………... 12
Tsvetkova Y., Liashko M.U. Inoculation of soybean seeds with Rizotorfin as a way to increase
symbiotic nitrogen fixation and the yield of this crop in the Republic of Belarus ……………….. 14
Vvedenskaya A., Gins M.S., Khorokhorov A.M., Vvedenskiy V.V., Peliy A.F., Diop A.,
Borodina E.S., Ulyumdzhieva V.E., Gadzhikurbanov A.Sh., Notina E.A. The predictive
model for the nitrogen supply estimation of agricultural plants ………………………………….. 15
Peliy A.F., Diop A., Borodina E.S., Burlutskiy V.A., Vvedenskaya A.V., Vvedenskiy V.V.,
Ulyumdzhieva V.E., Gadzhikurbanov A.Sh., Bykova I.A., Gins M.S. Use of Amazon preci-
sion sprayers in rapeseed cultivation technology ………………………………………………… 18
Bayat M., Astarkhanova T., Pakina E., Zargar M., Albert E. Controlling weed by the differ-
ent strategies in sugar beet ………………………………………………………………………... 21
Ferdous A., Pakina E.N. Background of weed management of wheat field in Russia …………. 27
Naserzadeh Y., Mahmoudi N. Antibacterial effect of essential oil of medicinal herbs and their
inhibitory effects on Ralstonia Solanacearu bacteria (potato soft rot factor) and Pectobacterium
Carotovorum bacteria (potato wilting factor) …………………………………………………….. 30
Díaz Y.H. Marker-assisted selection – a potential approach to breed Prebiotic-rich yacon plants
(smallanthus sonchifolius) ………………………………………………………………………... 39
Yacer R.N., Pakina E. Study of spatio-temporal evolution in the North African Region (Algeria)
and its influence on the cereal production process: study of the yield evolution of durum wheat
(triticum durum desf) ……………………………………………………………………………... 42
Nikitin I., Nikitina M., Allilueva N., Bogatirev V. Development technology dietary marmalade
using natural vegetable raw materials ……………………………………………………………. 48
Zayed Z., Pakina E.N., Ignatov A.N. Evaluation of sclerotinia borealis and S. Nivalis as a po-
tential toxin producer ……………………………………………………………………………... 52
Duksi F. Bioclimatic study for rubus fruticosus and determine where it grows in nature case in
Syria ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 56
Korolyov K.P. Chemical mutagenesis as a method of expanding genetic diversity Linum Usita-
tissimum l. and creating a new source material for various directions in breeding ……………… 59
Herrera Y., Hernández A., González M.E. Characterization of microbial groups associated to
coffee culture (coffea spp.) And their potentials in the stimulation of the plant growth …………. 62
Karavdin A.A., Sambros N.B. Condition of the Russian seed protestation of vegetable crops .. 65
Hameed A.-A.N.M., Semenov O.G. Analysis the general characteristics and grain quality of
several varieties of Iraq wheat (Triticum Aestivum L.) ………………………………………….. 68
Hameed A.-A.N.M. Tolerance wheat to salt stress ……………………………………………… 73
Popkova А.A., Semenov A.Zh., Kornatskiy S.A. Prerequisites and the possibility of obtaining a
2-fold crop of potato minitubers in a greenhouse ………………………………………………… 75
ANIMAL SCIENCE
Shimanovich N., Sotnikova E.D. Home-prepared food for dogs, composition analysis of food,
advantages and risks of application ………………………………………………………………. 77
237
Yamtitina M., Makarov V.V. Natural and climatic characterization of the Republic of Chad and
anthrax incidence …………………………………………………………………………………. 81
Yamtitina M., Makarov V.V. Ecology of anthrax ……………………………………………… 86
Boli B.I., Seleznev S., Kulikov E.V. Ultrasound diagnostics of pancreatic dog structure in acute
pancreatitis ………………………………………………………………………………………... 90
Yelaine A.M., Yolanda S.F.E. Characterization of the pathogenic agent vibrio parahaemolyticus
(Vp-Ahpnd) as sanitary risk for shrimp culture in Cuba …………………………………………. 93
Ziad A. Morphometric parameters of chick embryos with different genotype ………………….. 97
Kalinin A.G., Galbek T.V., Sotnikov A.N., Volodko D.V., Potapova I.V., Shchukina A.V.
Cytopathology of cells in cultivation of a sacbrood virus ………………………………………... 100
Abdelaziz N., Klenovitsky P.M., Gladyr E.A., Nikishov A.A. Characteristics of allele pool
schwyz-zebu cattle by microsatellite markers breeding in Tajikistan ……………………………. 103
Lozovoi M.D. Spread of the lumpy skin disease and risk factors ………………………………... 108
Miziniva L. Thermometry of acupuncture points as a possible way to diagnose stress on cats … 111
Barsegyan L. Skin defects Reconstruction methods comparative evaluation in the dogs elbow
joint area ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 114
Ouinten Y., Klinovitski P.M., Nikichov A.A., Gladyr E.A. Genetic and morphological diver-
sity in Algerian sheep breeds ……………………………………………………………………... 117
Krotova E.A., Seleznev S.B., Vetoshkina G.A. Morphological aspects of the immune response
in vaccination of chickens ………………………………………………………………………... 122
Alekseeva A.A., Yuldashbaev Yu.A. Growth and development of Edilbaevsky sheep ………... 124
Alabdallah Z.A. Detection of the effect of GFP on cells and the influence of gene engineering
manipulations on chicken embryos ………………………………………………………………. 128
GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGIES REMOTE SENSING AND LAND MONITORING
Golik I., Sinenko V.A. Efficiency of implementation of land surveillance in the territory of the
Novosibirsk Region ………………………………………………………………………………. 132
Petrova V.Y., Sinenko V.A. Analysis of the market of land plots for industrial development in
the Dalnevostochniy economic district for the 1st quarter 2018 ………………………………….. 135
Petrova V.Y., Sinenko V.A. Dynamics of changes in the prices of apartments in Moscow over
the past 5 years by country ……………………………………………………………………….. 138
Munzer N. Application of index images to determine the qualitative characteristics of forests … 142
Baranov A.A., Gavrilova L.A., Limonov A.N. The accuracy of orthophotos, obtained from im-
ages from unmanned aerial vehicles ……………………………………………………………… 146
Ivanov V.V., Gavrilova L.A. The optimization of orthorectification of space images …………. 150
Meer T. Aesthetics of park bridges: innovative methods of design and materials ………………. 152
Goryainov I.V. Оperative assessment of the quality of the geodetic network by the inverse lin-
ear-angle resection produced by an electronic total station ………………………………………. 157
Petrova V.Y. Dynamics of the change in price of the land plots for individual housing construc-
tion in the Moscow region in 2016 in comparison with 2015 ……………………………………. 161
Skosyrsky D.A. State cadastral registration of immovable property in the territory of the Repub-
lic of Buryatis …………………………………………………………………………………….. 165
Aleshin M.V. The use of unmanned aerial vehicles on the example of phantom 4 (standard) for
calculating the volumes of ground masses ……………………………………………………….. 176
Pertli I.R., Sinenko V.A. Main goals management of state land oversight on the territory of
Moscow region …………………………………………………………………………………… 179
Petrova V.Y. Determining the market value of a two-room apartment in the city of Naryan-Mar
Nenets autonomous district ………………………………………………………………………. 184
TECHNOSPHERE SAFETY, STANDARDIZATION AND METROLOGY
Ivanova A.A., Plyuschikov V.G., Kochneva M.V., Meretukov Z.D. Creation of a unified elect-
ronic document management system for expert organization ……………………………………. 194
238
Ivanova A.A., Plyuschikov V.G., Kochneva M.V., Spiridonov P.A. Risk management in
manufacturing enterprises ………………………………………………………………………… 196
Shram Y.V., Plyuschikov V.G., Kochneva M.V., Meretukov Z.D. Risk analysis at industrial
enterprises ………………………………………………………………………………………… 198
Absalyamova E.I., Omelchenko V.I., Lyash K.A., Kochneva M.V. Application of the diagram
of Kaoru Ishikawa for quality management of food ……………………………………………… 200
Koksharov A.E., Antonova V., Bobozoda J.N., Kochneva M.V. Modern quality management
systems: tolls for food safety assurance ………………………………………………………….. 203
Alikberova T.A., Grigoryeva V.A., Sonina M.A., Kochneva M.V. Modern directions of state
policy to improve the safety and quality of food products ……………………………………….. 206
Shayahmetova A.I., Chuntu L., Matveeva E., Kochneva M.V. Innovation development of
Russian Agro-Industrial complex in modern conditions …………………………………………. 208
Shirshibleva M.A., Gatamli S.T., Predeina O.A., Kochneva M.V. The introduction of the
HACCP system into an enterprise – the basis for the production of competitive and safe products 210
Devletshaeva E.S., Nurzhanov A.S., Demidova E.A., Kochneva M.V. The implementation of
HACCP system in public catering enterprises …………………………………………………… 212
Grigoryeva E.D., Klimova J.S., Nazhmutdinov F.S., Kochneva M.V. Requirements of techni-
cal regulations of the Customs Union for dairy products ………………………………………… 215
Shorygina A.V., Shamak A.S., Loboda A.S., Kochneva M.V. Importance of conformity as-
sessment in the territory of the Russian Federation ………………………………………………. 217
Grebulets S., Vlasova A., Khomenets N., Gurina R. Features of the development of Russia-
Armenia trade in connection with Armenia’s entry in Eurasian Economic Union ………………. 219
Sudnik E. Innovation projects on development of agriculture in Moscow ……………………… 221
Novosad V.V., Zharov A.N. The main Approaches to the concept «Competitiveness» ………... 225
Badran A., Savin I. Effect of nano-fertilizer on germination of bitter almond seeds …………... 229
Romanova E.V., Shmelkova E.O., Kezimana P., Shafiggulin D.R., Gorbatovskaya E.A.,
Kleshenko M.M. Influence of sowing time on productivity of soybean plants in Moscow region
climatic condition ………………………………………………………………………………… 233
239
Научное издание
ИННОВАЦИОННЫЕ ПРОЦЕССЫ
В СЕЛЬСКОМ ХОЗЯЙСТВЕ
На иностранных языках
Издание подготовлено в авторской редакции
Технический редактор Н.А. Ясько

Компьютерная верстка Н.В. Малаховская
Дизайн обложки Ю.Н. Ефремова
Подписано в печать 08.08.2018. Формат 60×84/16

Бумага офсетная. Печать офсетная. Гарнитура Таймс
Усл. печ. л. 27,9. Тираж 500 экз. Заказ 1139
Российский университет дружбы народов

115419, ГСП-1, г. Москва, ул. Орджоникидзе, д. 3
Типография РУДН
115419, ГСП-1, г. Москва, ул. Орджоникидзе, д. 3
Тел.: (495) 952-04-41
View publication stats

Morphometric Parameters of Chick Embryos With Different Genotype

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Morphometric Parameters of Chick Embryos With Different Genotype

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.

MORPHOMETRIC PARAMETERS OF CHICK EMBRYOS WITH DIFFERENT

Conference Paper · April 2018

The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

Moscow, 26–28 April, 2018

И66 Инновационные процессы в сельском хозяйстве : сборник статей VIII Международной

В сборник включены статьи по актуальным проблемам агрономии, ветеринарии, геодезии, землеуст-

ISBN 978-5-209-08849-3 УДК 631.1:338.43:504.03(063)

© Коллектив авторов, 2018

Director of the Agrarian Technological Institute,

Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

Introduction. Many years of experience in the advanced grain-producing countries, as

1. Agrarian Stavropol. – 21.07.2017. – № 27.

INFLUENCE OF BIOLOGICAL PREPARATIONS

Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

Influence of biological preparations on productivity of potatoes (2013–2016)

Productivity Yield Deviation Marketable yield

TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION IN ORGANIC AGRICULTURE

Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

Key words: technological innovation, organic agriculture, innovation.

Introduction. Organic Agriculture according to the international forum for organic

1. Symposium on Human Factors in Organizational Design and Management // ODAM–2008,

INOCULATION OF SOYBEAN SEEDS WITH RIZOTORFIN

Y.V. Tsvetkova, M.U. Liashko

Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

Effect of inoculation on the yield of soybean cultivars

Yield of pods, t/ha

THE PREDICTIVE MODEL

A.V. Vvedenskaya1, M.S. Gins2, A.M. Khorokhorov1, V.V. Vvedenskiy2,

Introduction. Timely and reliable monitoring of mineral substances composition in the

Predictive models equations for various indices

Prediction model Formulation R2 RMSE

USE OF AMAZONE PRECISION SPRAYERS

A.F. Peliy1, A. Diop1, E.S. Borodina2, V.A. Burlutskiy4, A.V. Vvedenskaya3,

The effectiveness of application of Amazone UX sprayers and technology of different in-

Average value and its statistical characteristics

Productivity of rapeseed sowing using different treatments, t/ha

Yield of The content Addition to control

HCP05 (Factor A) – 1,2 centner/ha; HCP05 (Factor B) – 1,8 centner/ha.

CONTROLLING WEED BY THE DIFFERENT STRATEGIES

M. Bayat, T. Astarkhanova, E. Pakina, M. Zargar, E. Albert

Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

Key words: herbicide; mechanical control; planting pattern.

Mean comparison of main effects of treatments on weeds density (plant m2–1)

Treatments A. retroflexus C. Album D. stramonium

Treatments Density (plant m2–1) Biomass (g m2–1)

Interactions of planting pattern × herbicide application on weeds density and biomass

Treatments Density (plant m2–1) Biomass (g m2–1)

Mean comparison of main effects of treatments on weeds biomass (g m2–1)

A. retro- D. stra- Total dry

Treatment Root yield (t h-1) Sugar content, %

Among herbicide treatments, metamitron plus combination of phenmedipham + desmedi-

BACKGROUND OF WEED MANAGEMENT OF WHEAT FIELD

A. Ferdous, E.N. Pakina

Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

Grain yield of winter wheat «Maskovskaya–39» during 2011-2013

Verdict doses 2011 2012 2013 Average + /- Control %

ANTIBACTERIAL EFFECT OF ESSENTIAL OIL

Agrarian and Technological Institute, RUDN University

Biomass increase = [average fresh weight of control /

Biological control efficiency = [disease of control /

Antibacterial effect of various concentrations of tested essential oils on R. solanacearum bacteria

Rosmarinus officinalis L the highest antibacterial effect on both R. solanacearum and